BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORP
S-4/A, 1996-10-02
TELEVISION BROADCASTING STATIONS
Previous: BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORP, S-4/A, 1996-10-02
Next: STORM PRIMAX INC, 424B1, 1996-10-02






<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
         AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 2, 1996
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-09529
    
________________________________________________________________________________
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
 
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-4
    
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                            ------------------------
<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>                                <C>
           DELAWARE                               6719                        36-4076007
  (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL          (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
      OF INCORPORATION)              CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)         IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                           STEWART SQUARE, SUITE 210
                             308 WEST STATE STREET
                            ROCKFORD, ILLINOIS 61101
                                 (815) 987-5350
              (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               A. RICHARD BENEDEK
                      CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                           STEWART SQUARE, SUITE 210
                             308 WEST STATE STREET
                            ROCKFORD, ILLINOIS 61101
                                 (815) 987-5350
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                WITH A COPY TO:
 
                             PAUL S. GOODMAN, ESQ.
                              SHACK & SIEGEL, P.C.
                                530 FIFTH AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10036
                                 (212) 782-0700
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED  SALE TO PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
     If the  securities being  registered  on this  Form  are being  offered  in
connection  with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PROPOSED               PROPOSED
                                                                             MAXIMUM                MAXIMUM
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES             AMOUNT TO BE     OFFERING PRICE       AGGREGATE OFFERING
                  TO BE REGISTERED                       REGISTERED        PER UNIT(1)             PRICE(1)
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>                  <C>
13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
  due 2006...........................................   $170,000,000          53.046%             $90,178,200
 
<CAPTION>
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES                 AMOUNT OF
                  TO BE REGISTERED                     REGISTRATION FEE(1)
<S>                                                     <C>
13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
  due 2006...........................................      $ 31,096.15
</TABLE>
 
(1) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(f).
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 2, 1996
    
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
                             OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS
      13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006, WHICH HAVE BEEN
            REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
                       FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING
              13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006
 
                  THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M.,
          NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON               , 1996, UNLESS EXTENDED
                            ------------------------
 
     Benedek Communications Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the 'Company'),
hereby  offers to exchange  $1,000 principal amount  at maturity of  its 13 1/4%
Senior Subordinated Discount  Notes due 2006  (the 'Exchange Securities')  which
have  been  registered  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended (the
'Securities Act'), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
is a part, for each  $1,000 principal amount at maturity  of its 13 1/4%  Senior
Subordinated  Discount Notes due 2006 (the  'Existing Notes') outstanding on the
date hereof upon  the terms  and subject  to the  conditions set  forth in  this
Prospectus  and  in  the  accompanying  Letter  of  Transmittal  (which together
constitute the 'Exchange Offer'). The Exchange Securities and Existing Notes are
collectively hereinafter referred to as the  'Notes.' The terms of the  Exchange
Securities are identical in all material respects to those of the Existing Notes
except (i) for certain transfer restrictions and registration rights relating to
the  Existing Notes and (ii)  that, if by November  4, 1996, neither an Exchange
Offer with  respect to  the Existing  Notes  has been  consummated nor  a  Shelf
Registration Statement (as defined) with respect to such Existing Notes has been
declared  effective, additional cash interest will  accrue on each Existing Note
from and including November 5, 1996 until but excluding the earlier of the  date
of  consummation  of the  Exchange Offer  and  the effective  date of  the Shelf
Registration Statement at  a rate of  0.50% per annum.  The Exchange  Securities
will  be issued pursuant to, and entitled  to the benefits of, the Indenture (as
defined) governing the Existing Notes.
 
     The Existing  Notes  were  issued  at a  substantial  discount  from  their
principal  amount. Interest will not accrue on  the Notes prior to May 15, 2001.
Thereafter, interest  will  be payable  in  cash  semi-annually on  May  15  and
November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2001.
 
   
     The  Exchange Securities will be obligations  of the Company evidencing the
same debt as the  Existing Notes, and  will be entitled to  the benefits of  the
same  Indenture,  which  governs  both  the  Existing  Notes  and  the  Exchange
Securities. The form and terms  of the Exchange Securities  are the same as  the
form  and terms of the  Existing Notes except that  the Exchange Securities have
been registered  under  the Securities  Act  and  hence will  not  bear  legends
restricting  the transfer thereof. See 'The  Exchange Offer.' The Existing Notes
are, and the Exchange  Securities will be, subordinated  in right of payment  to
all  existing and future Senior Debt (as defined) of the Company. As of June 30,
1996, the Company had outstanding  approximately $263.6 million of Senior  Debt.
The  Existing  Notes  are,  and the  Exchange  Securities  will  be, effectively
subordinated to creditors of subsidiaries of the Company. At June 30, 1996,  the
total  liabilities of the Company's  subsidiaries were $346.5 million, including
$263.6 million of Senior Debt.
    
 
     The Company will  accept for exchange  any and all  Existing Notes  validly
tendered  and not withdrawn  prior to the Expiration  Date. The term 'Expiration
Date' shall mean 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on               , 1996,  unless
the  Company shall, in its sole discretion, have extended the period of time for
which the Exchange  Offer is open,  in which event  the 'Expiration Date'  shall
mean the latest time and date at which the Exchange Offer, as so extended by the
Company, shall expire. The Exchange Offer may be extended, terminated or amended
as provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Expiration Date shall not
be  later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time,  on the date 60 days from the date
of  this  Prospectus.  The  Exchange  Offer  is  subject  to  certain  customary
conditions. See 'The Exchange Offer.'
 
                                                  (Cover continued on next page)
                            ------------------------
     Prior  to  the Exchange  Offer, there  has  been no  public market  for the
Existing Notes. If  a market for  the Exchange Securities  should develop,  such
Exchange  Securities  could trade  at  a discount  from  the Accreted  Value (as
defined). The Company currently does not intend to list the Exchange  Securities
on  any  securities  exchange or  to  seek  approval for  quotation  through any
automated quotation  system  and  no  active  public  market  for  the  Exchange
Securities  is currently anticipated.  There can be no  assurance that an active
public market for the Exchange Securities will develop.
 
     The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount  of
Existing Notes being tendered for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
 
     SEE  'RISK FACTORS' ON  PAGE 23 FOR  A DISCUSSION OF  CERTAIN FACTORS WHICH
HOLDERS OF EXISTING NOTES SHOULD CONSIDER IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER.
                            ------------------------
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE  NOT  BEEN  APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY  THE  SECURITIES
  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
     PASSED   UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
       REPRESENTATION  TO   THE   CONTRARY   IS   A   CRIMINAL   OFFENSE.
                            ------------------------
               The date of this Prospectus is              , 1996.
 
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
(Cover continued from previous page)
 
     The Exchange Securities  are being  offered hereunder in  order to  satisfy
certain  obligations of the  Company contained in  the Exchange and Registration
Rights Agreement dated May 30, 1996 (the 'Registration Agreement'), between  the
Company  and  Goldman,  Sachs &  Co.,  as  the initial  purchaser  (the 'Initial
Purchaser'), with respect to  the initial sale of  the Existing Notes. Based  on
interpretations  by the  staff of  the Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the
'SEC') in letters issued to  third parties, Exchange Securities issued  pursuant
to  the Exchange Offer in exchange for Existing Notes may be offered for resale,
resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than any such  holder
which  is an 'affiliate' of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the
Securities  Act),  without  compliance  with  the  registration  and  prospectus
delivery   provisions  of  the  Securities  Act,  provided  that  such  Exchange
Securities are acquired in the ordinary  course of such holder's business,  such
holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution  of such Exchange Securities and such  holder is not engaged in and
does not intend to  engage in a distribution  of such Exchange Securities.  Each
broker-dealer  that receives Exchange Securities for its own account pursuant to
the Exchange  Offer  must acknowledge  that  it  will deliver  a  prospectus  in
connection   with  any  resale  of  such  Exchange  Securities.  The  Letter  of
Transmittal states that by  so acknowledging and by  delivering a prospectus,  a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an 'underwriter' within the
meaning  of  the  Securities Act.  This  Prospectus,  as it  may  be  amended or
supplemented from time  to time, may  be used by  a broker-dealer in  connection
with  resales of  Exchange Securities  received in  exchange for  Existing Notes
where such Existing  Notes were acquired  by such broker-dealer  as a result  of
market-making  activities or  other trading  activities. The  Company has agreed
that, for a  period of  90 days  after the Expiration  Date, it  will make  this
Prospectus  available to any  broker-dealer for use in  connection with any such
resale. See 'Plan of Distribution.'
 
     The Company will  not receive  any proceeds  from the  Exchange Offer.  The
Company  will pay all  the expenses incident  to the Exchange  Offer. Tenders of
Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior
to the  Expiration  Date  for the  Exchange  Offer.  In the  event  the  Company
terminates  the Exchange  Offer and  does not  accept for  exchange any Existing
Notes with respect to the Exchange Offer, the Company will promptly return  such
Existing Notes to the holders thereof. See 'The Exchange Offer.'
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
   
     The  Company has  filed with the  SEC a Registration  Statement (which term
shall include any amendment thereto) on Form S-4 under the Securities Act,  with
respect  to  the  Exchange  Securities offered  hereby.  This  Prospectus, which
constitutes a  part of  the Registration  Statement, does  not contain  all  the
information  set  forth  in  the Registration  Statement  and  the  exhibits and
schedules thereto, certain  items of which  are omitted in  accordance with  the
rules  and regulations of the  SEC. For further information  with respect to the
Company and  the Exchange  Securities,  reference is  made to  the  Registration
Statement,  including the exhibits and schedules to such Registration Statement,
copies of which may be obtained as noted below. Any statements contained  herein
concerning  the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in
each instance,  reference is  made to  the copy  of such  document filed  as  an
exhibit to the Registration Statement or otherwise filed with the SEC. Each such
statement is qualified by such reference.
    
 
     The   Registration  Statement  and  the  exhibits  and  schedules  to  such
Registration Statement filed by the Company  with the SEC, may be inspected  and
copied at the Public Reference Section of the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza,
450  Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,  and at the regional offices of
the SEC located  at Seven World  Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New  York, New  York
10048  and  Citicorp  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,  Suite  1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of all or part of such materials can be obtained from the
Public Reference Section  of the SEC  at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.
 
   
     Following  consummation of the Exchange Offer,  the Company will be subject
to the informational reporting  requirements of the  Securities Exchange Act  of
1934,  as amended (the 'Exchange Act'), during the current fiscal year by reason
of the  public  offering  and  the  issuance  of  the  Exchange  Securities.  In
accordance with the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC the reports
and  other information required to be filed  under the Exchange Act. The Company
anticipates, however, that it may not  be subject to the reporting  requirements
of  the Exchange  Act in future  fiscal years  pursuant to Section  15(d) of the
Exchange Act;  however, the  Indenture  governing the  Notes provides  that  the
Company  must continue  to file with  the SEC  copies of the  annual reports and
other information, documents and reports specified  in Sections 13 and 15(d)  of
the Exchange Act so long as the Exchange Securities are outstanding.
    
 
                                       2
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                     [THE STATIONS GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION]

 
                                       3

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     As used in the Prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires:
 
     Company   refers   to  Benedek   Communications  Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation which is the sole stockholder of Benedek Broadcasting;
 
     Benedek Broadcasting refers to Benedek Broadcasting Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, and its subsidiaries (BLC);
 
     LLC refers  to Benedek  Broadcasting Company,  L.L.C., a  Delaware  limited
liability  company,  owned 99%  by  Benedek Broadcasting  and  1% by  A. Richard
Benedek, formed  in  connection  with the  issuance  of  Benedek  Broadcasting's
outstanding  11 7/8% Senior Secured Notes  due 2005 (the 'Senior Secured Notes')
to  hold  all  of  the  licenses  and  authorizations  issued  by  the   Federal
Communications  Commission (the 'FCC') for the operation of the Benedek Stations
which was merged with BLC upon the consummation of the Transactions;
 
     BLC refers to Benedek License Corporation, a Delaware corporation which was
merged with the LLC  upon the consummation  of the Transactions  as a result  of
which  it became  a wholly-owned subsidiary  of Benedek  Broadcasting, and which
holds all of the licenses and authorizations issued by the FCC for the operation
of all the Stations;
 
     Benedek Stations refers to the nine network-affiliated television  stations
owned by Benedek Broadcasting prior to consummation of the Transactions;
 
     Stauffer refers to Stauffer Communications, Inc.;
 
     Stauffer  Agreement refers  to the Assets  Purchase and  Sale Agreement, as
amended, among  the  Company,  Stauffer and  Morris  Communications  Corporation
pursuant  to  which  the Company  acquired  substantially all  of  the broadcast
television assets of Stauffer.
 
     Stauffer Stations refers to the five network-affiliated television stations
(and four satellite stations) owned by Stauffer prior to the consummation of the
Transactions and acquired by Benedek Broadcasting;
 
     Brissette refers to Brissette Broadcasting Corporation and its wholly-owned
subsidiaries;
 
     Brissette Agreement refers  to the  Stock Purchase  Agreement, as  amended,
among  the  Company, Mr.  Paul Brissette,  General Electric  Capital Corporation
('GECC') and  Brissette, pursuant  to  which the  Company  acquired all  of  the
capital stock of Brissette.
 
     Brissette  Stations  refers  to  the  eight  network-affiliated  television
stations owned by Brissette  prior to the consummation  of the Transactions  and
acquired by Benedek Broadcasting;
 
     Acquired  Stations  refers collectively  to the  Stauffer Stations  and the
Brissette Stations; and
 
     Stations refers  collectively  to the  Benedek  Stations and  the  Acquired
Stations.
 
     As   further  described  under  'The  Acquisitions,'  Benedek  Broadcasting
acquired substantially all of  the television broadcast  assets of Stauffer  and
all  of  the  capital  stock of  Brissette  (the  'Acquisitions').  The Company,
together with Benedek Broadcasting, implemented a financing plan (the 'Financing
Plan,' and  together  with  the  Acquisitions  and  certain  other  events,  the
'Transactions')  in  order  to finance  the  Acquisitions  and to  pay  fees and
expenses related thereto. The Financing Plan consisted of the offer and sale  by
the  Company of the Existing Notes, borrowings by Benedek Broadcasting under the
Credit Agreement,  the offer  and  sale by  the Company  of  the Units  and  the
issuance  by the  Company of its  Seller Junior Discount  Preferred Stock. Issue
Date refers to June 6, 1996, the date on which the Transactions were completed.
 
     Credit Agreement refers to the credit agreement, dated as of June 6,  1996,
among  Benedek Broadcasting, as  borrower, the Company,  the Lenders referred to
therein, Canadian  Imperial  Bank of  Commerce,  New York  Agency  ('CIBC'),  as
administrative  agent and collateral agent,  Pearl Street L.P. ('Pearl Street'),
as arranging agent, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as syndication agent, pursuant  to
which Benedek Broadcasting borrowed $128.0 million in term loans (the 'Term Loan
Facilities')  and may borrow up to $15.0  million in revolving credit loans (the
'Revolving Credit Facility');
 
     Exchangeable Preferred Stock  refers to the  15.0% Exchangeable  Redeemable
Senior Preferred Stock issued by the Company;
 
     Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock refers to the preferred stock issued
by  the Company  to GECC and  Mr. Paul  Brissette, the sellers  of the Brissette
Stations;
 
                                       4
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Senior Secured Notes refers to the 11 7/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2005 of
Benedek Broadcasting;
 
     Units refers to  the Units issued  by the Company,  each consisting of  ten
shares of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, ten Initial Warrants and 14.8 Contingent
Warrants;
 
     Initial  Warrants refers to 600,000 warrants, each to purchase one share of
Class A Common Stock of the Company;
 
     Contingent Warrants refers to 888,000 warrants, each to purchase one  share
of Class A Common Stock of the Company;
 
     Warrants refers to the Initial Warrants and the Contingent Warrants;
 
     Warrant  Shares refers to the shares of  the Company's Class A Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Warrants;
 
     Operating cash  flow refers  to operating  income before  financial  income
(expense)  as  derived  from  statements  of  operations  plus  depreciation and
amortization, amortization of program broadcast rights and non-cash compensation
less cash payments for program broadcast rights;
 
     Operating cash flow  margin refers to  operating cash flow  divided by  net
revenues;
 
     Broadcast  cash  flow refers  to operating  income before  financial income
(expense) as  derived  from  statements  of  operations  plus  depreciation  and
amortization,  amortization of program broadcast  rights, corporate expenses and
non-cash compensation less cash payments for program broadcast rights; and
 
     Broadcast cash flow  margin refers to  broadcast cash flow  divided by  net
revenues.
 
     Operating  cash flow and broadcast cash flow data have been included herein
because such data is used by certain investors to measure a company's ability to
service debt. Operating  cash flow  and broadcast cash  flow do  not purport  to
represent cash provided by operating activities as reflected in the Consolidated
Financial  Statements  of  Benedek  Broadcasting,  the  Financial  Statements of
Stauffer or the Consolidated Financial Statements of Brissette, are not measures
of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles ('GAAP')
and should not  be considered  in isolation or  as substitutes  for measures  of
performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.
 
                            MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
 
     As used in the Prospectus:
 
     designated  market area  ('DMA') or  market area  is defined  as a specific
geographic market designated by A.C. Nielsen Company ('Nielsen') for the sale of
national 'spot' and local advertising time sales;
 
     market rank means the ranking of the DMA among all markets, measured by the
number of television  households in  each DMA, as  listed in  the February  1996
Nielsen Station Index reports;
 
     number of commercial stations in market represents the number of television
broadcasting  stations in the  market, excluding public,  low power and national
cable stations;
 
     station rank  in  market  is a  station's  rank  in the  market  among  all
commercial  stations in a  station's market, measured  by such station's average
share during  the  February, May,  July  and November  ratings  periods,  Sunday
through  Saturday, 6:00 a.m. to 2:00  a.m., unless another measurement period is
referenced;
 
     a station's rating represents the number of households actually viewing the
station as a percentage of the total potential audience in the DMA, measured  by
such  station's  average ratings  during the  February,  May, July  and November
ratings periods, Sunday through Saturday, 6:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m., unless another
measurement period is referenced;
 
     a station's share represents the percentage of households actually  viewing
television  which are viewing  that station, measured  by such station's average
Nielsen shares  during the  February, May,  July and  November ratings  periods,
Sunday  through Saturday,  6:00 a.m.  to 2:00  a.m., unless  another measurement
period is referenced; and
 
     cable penetration means the  percentage of all  television households in  a
DMA  subscribing to  cable television  service, according  to the  February 1996
Nielsen Station Index reports.
 
     All rank, rating and share information  set forth in the Prospectus  refers
to  the calendar year  1995 unless otherwise specified.  See 'Business -- Rating
Service Data.'
 
                                       5

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
   
     The  following summary is qualified in its  entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction  with, the  more detailed  information and  financial  statements
included  elsewhere  in  this Prospectus.  As  used herein,  unless  the context
otherwise requires, the 'Company'  means Benedek Communications Corporation  and
its  subsidiaries  (including  Benedek  Broadcasting  Corporation)  after giving
effect to  the Transactions,  which  were completed  on  June 6,  1996.  Certain
capitalized  terms used in this Prospectus  are defined herein under the caption
'Description of the Notes -- Certain Definitions.'
    
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     The Company owns  22 network-affiliated television  stations in the  United
States. The Stations are diverse in geographic location and network affiliation,
serve  small to medium-sized markets and, in the aggregate, reach communities in
24 states. Twelve of  the Stations are affiliated  with CBS, six are  affiliated
with  ABC, and four are affiliated with NBC.  On a pro forma basis giving effect
to the Transactions,  the Company would  have had net  revenues, broadcast  cash
flow and operating cash flow of $121.3 million, $52.4 million and $50.5 million,
respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
    
 
     The  Company believes that the  Acquired Stations have been underperforming
in terms of their overall revenue potential and can be operated more efficiently
under Company management, thereby offering the Company an attractive opportunity
to improve broadcast cash flow. The  Company believes that such improvement  can
be  achieved by expanding the Acquired Stations' share of market revenues and by
increasing viewership levels  through an  increased emphasis on  local news  and
informational   programming   and  cost-effective   purchasing   of  competitive
syndicated and first run programming.
 
     The Company believes that the broadcast  cash flow margins of the  Stauffer
Stations of 19.7%, 29.5% and 23.1% during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, can
be  substantially improved in  the near-term. In  comparison, the broadcast cash
flow margins for the Benedek Stations for the same periods were 40.5%, 44.4% and
42.3%, respectively. The  Company further believes  that although the  Brissette
Stations  have operated  at attractive  margins, the  previous ownership  of the
Brissette Stations operated with  a focus on managing  costs, not on  maximizing
revenues and broadcast cash flow growth. This strategy typically resulted in the
Brissette  Stations capturing  a smaller share  of advertising  revenue in their
respective markets  than their  audience share  in these  markets. The  compound
annual  growth  rate of  net revenues  and  broadcast cash  flow of  the Benedek
Stations  (excluding  the  station  in  Dothan,  Alabama  acquired  by   Benedek
Broadcasting  in 1995) for the five-year period  from 1991 through 1995 was 7.8%
and 9.0%, respectively,  as compared  to 4.0%  and 3.6%,  respectively, for  the
Brissette Stations during the same period.
 
     The  Stations are located in  markets ranked in size from  83 to 201 out of
the 211  markets  surveyed  by  Nielsen. The  Company  believes  that  broadcast
television  stations in  small to medium-sized  markets offer  an opportunity to
generate attractive and stable  operating cash flow  due to limited  competition
for  viewers from other  over-the-air broadcasters, from  other media soliciting
advertising expenditures  and  from  other  broadcasters  purchasing  syndicated
programming. The Company targets small and medium-sized markets that have stable
employment  and population and a diverse base of employers. The markets targeted
by the Company  generally have  population centers that  share common  community
interests  and  are receptive  to  local programming.  Each  of the  Stations is
affiliated with  one of  the  national television  networks, which  provides  an
established  audience and reputation for national news, sports and entertainment
programming. With the  established audiences provided  by network  affiliations,
management  seeks to implement  its strategy to  enhance non-network ratings and
revenues while controlling costs.
 
     The Company  believes  that the  television  industry  is in  a  period  of
consolidation  as  a  result  of  which a  relatively  small  number  of station
operators will emerge  as the  leading television  station group  owners in  the
United   States.   Recent   telecommunications   legislation   that   eliminates
restrictions on the number of television stations that any individual or  entity
may  own so  long as  the aggregate audience  reach does  not exceed  35% of all
United States  households is  likely  to accelerate  this trend.  The  Company's
growth strategy, of which the acquisition of the Stauffer Stations and Brissette
Stations  is a part,  is to become one  of the leading group  owners of small to
medium-sized market  television  stations  in the  United  States.  The  Company
believes  that  this expansion  will create  economies of  scale which  will (i)
improve its  ability  to  negotiate more  favorable  arrangements  with  program
suppliers, national sales representation firms, equipment vendors and television
networks,  (ii) enable it  to develop program consortiums  for regional news and
sports programming and (iii)  enhance its ability to  attract and retain  strong
management and on-air talent.
 
                                       6
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth certain information for each of the Stations
and the markets they serve:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF
                                                                                             COMMERCIAL
                                                                                              STATIONS    STATION
                                            MARKET      CALL                      NETWORK        IN       RANK IN      CABLE
                MARKET AREA                  RANK     LETTERS      CHANNEL(c)   AFFILIATION    MARKET     MARKET    PENETRATION
- ------------------------------------------- ------    --------     ----------   ------------ ----------   -------   -----------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>
BENEDEK STATIONS
    Youngstown, Ohio                           95         WYTV         33           ABC           3           3        72.3%
    Duluth, Minnesota and                     134      KDLH-TV          3           CBS           3           2        52.7%
      Superior, Wisconsin
    Rockford, Illinois                        136      WIFR-TV         23           CBS           4           1        68.4%
    Quincy, Illinois and Hannibal, Missouri   158      KHQA-TV          7           CBS           2           1        60.6%
    Dothan, Alabama                           172      WTVY-TV          4           CBS           3           1        65.8%
    Panama City, Florida                      159      WTVY-TV          4           CBS           4           3        68.3%
    Bowling Green, Kentucky                   181      WBKO-TV         13           ABC           2           1        56.7%
    Meridian, Mississippi                     182      WTOK-TV         11           ABC           3           1        52.4%
    Parkersburg, West Virginia                184      WTAP-TV         15           NBC           1           1        76.4%
    Harrisonburg, Virginia                    201      WHSV-TV          3           ABC           1           1        67.3%
 
STAUFFER STATIONS
    Santa Barbara, Santa Maria and            115      KCOY-TV         12           CBS           4           3        85.7%
      San Luis Obispo, California
    Topeka, Kansas                            140      WIBW-TV         13           CBS           3           1        73.1%
    Columbia and Jefferson City, Missouri     146     KMIZ(TV)         17           ABC           3           3        59.7%
    Casper and Riverton, Wyoming              192      KGWC-TV         14           CBS           3           2(e)     68.9%(e)
                                              192      KGWL-TV(a)       5           CBS          (d)         (e)      (e)
                                              192      KGWR-TV(a)      13           CBS          (d)         (e)      (e)
    Cheyenne, Wyoming, Scottsbluff,           193      KGWN-TV          5           CBS           4           1(f)     73.0%(f)
      Nebraska and Sterling, Colorado         193      KSTF-TV(b)      10           CBS          (d)         (f)      (f)
                                              193      KTVS-TV(b)       3           CBS          (d)         (f)      (f)
 
BRISSETTE STATIONS
    Madison, Wisconsin                         83     WMTV(TV)         15           NBC           4           2        61.5%
    Springfield and Holyoke, Massachusetts    102     WWLP(TV)         22           NBC           2           1        81.8%
    Lansing, Michigan                         106      WILX-TV         10           NBC           4           2        65.1%
    Peoria and Bloomington, Illinois          109     WHOI(TV)         19           ABC           4           3        71.3%
    Wausau and Rhinelander, Wisconsin         131      WSAW-TV          7           CBS           3           1        50.6%
    Wheeling, West Virginia and               138      WTRF-TV          7           CBS           2           2        76.4%
      Steubenville, Ohio
    Wichita Falls, Texas and                  139      KAUZ-TV          6           CBS           4           3        68.8%
      Lawton, Oklahoma
    Odessa and Midland, Texas                 149      KOSA-TV          7           CBS           4           2        73.5%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(a)Satellite station of KGWC-TV.
 
(b)Satellite station of KGWN-TV.
 
(c)Channels  2 through 13 are broadcast over  the very high frequency (VHF) band
   of the broadcast spectrum and channels  14 through 69 are broadcast over  the
   ultra-high frequency (UHF) band of the broadcast spectrum.
 
(d)Satellite  stations are not  considered distinct stations  in this market for
   Nielsen purposes.
 
(e)Station Rank and Cable Penetration information for KGWC-TV includes data  for
   satellite  stations  KGWL-TV,  Lander,  Wyoming  and  KGWR-TV,  Rock Springs,
   Wyoming, as reported by Nielsen.
 
(f)Station Rank and Cable Penetration information for KGWN-TV includes data  for
   satellite  stations  KSTF-TV,  Scottsbluff, Nebraska  and  KTVS-TV, Sterling,
   Colorado, as reported by Nielsen.
 
                                       7
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                    STRATEGY
 
     The Company's senior management team,  led by A. Richard Benedek,  Chairman
and  Chief Executive Officer, and K.  James Yager, President and Chief Operating
Officer, has extensive experience in  acquiring and improving the operations  of
television stations. Management's primary operating strategy is to maximize each
Station's    advertising   revenue   through   local   news,   information   and
community-oriented programming that  has broad audience  appeal and  value-added
sales  potential,  while  maintaining  strict  cost  controls.  Key  elements of
management's strategy include:
 
          LOCAL NEWS LEADERSHIP AND LOCAL PROGRAMMING. The Company  concentrates
     its  programming resources on local news and informational programming that
     distinguish its Stations  in their  respective markets.  Management of  the
     Company  believes that  strong, well-differentiated  local news programming
     attracts high viewership  levels, particularly of  demographic groups  that
     are  appealing to both local and national advertisers, thereby allowing the
     Company to maximize advertising rates. Six of the nine Benedek Stations are
     the number one ranked  news stations in  their respective markets,  whereas
     only  four  of the  13 Acquired  Stations  are the  number one  ranked news
     stations in  their  respective  markets.  The  Company  believes  that  the
     Acquired  Stations will benefit from the  Company's focus on local news and
     community-oriented programming.
 
          SYNDICATED PROGRAMMING. The  Company selectively  purchases first  run
     and   off-network  syndicated   programming  designed   to  reach  specific
     demographic groups attractive to advertisers. The Company seeks to  acquire
     programs that are available on a cost effective basis for limited licensing
     periods,  allow scheduling  flexibility, complement  each Station's overall
     programming mix and  counter competitive  programming. As a  result of  the
     limited   competition   from  other   broadcasters   purchasing  syndicated
     programming in the small  and medium-sized markets  served by the  Company,
     program  expense as a percentage of net  revenues for the Stations was 4.3%
     and 4.1% in 1994 and 1995, respectively, as compared to approximately  9.1%
     for  all  network-affiliated stations  in  1994. In  addition,  the Company
     believes that the programming mix of the Acquired Stations can be  improved
     on a cost effective basis.
 
          LOCAL   SALES  EMPHASIS.   Management's  sales   strategy  focuses  on
     increasing the sale of local  advertising by attracting new advertisers  to
     television  and increasing the amount of advertising dollars being spent by
     existing local advertisers. Management emphasizes local sales by  operating
     professional  local sales  departments, utilizing  extensive sales training
     programs, producing  commercials  for  local clients,  producing  news  and
     informational  programming with local advertising  appeal and sponsoring or
     co-promoting local events and activities that give local advertisers unique
     value-added community identity.
 
          FINANCIAL PLANNING AND CONTROLS. Management emphasizes strict  control
     of  the Company's programming and operating costs as an important factor in
     increasing broadcast cash flow. The  Company continually seeks to  identify
     and   implement  cost  savings   opportunities.  Furthermore,  the  Company
     maintains a detailed budgeting process and reviews performance relative  to
     budget monthly with respect to both revenues and expenses, thereby enabling
     management to react promptly to changes in market conditions.
 
   
          FUTURE  ACQUISITIONS AND  OPPORTUNITIES. The  Company has  a long-term
     strategy  to  pursue  additional   acquisitions  of  broadcast   television
     stations, primarily of network-affiliated stations in small to medium-sized
     markets  where  the  Company  believes it  can  successfully  implement its
     operating strategy and where such  stations can be acquired on  financially
     acceptable  terms.  Additionally,  a rule  making  proceeding  is currently
     pending  before  the  FCC  regarding  possible  relaxation  of  the   local
     television  duopoly  rules. If  these  rules are  implemented,  the Company
     intends to explore opportunities to  enter into local marketing  agreements
     with  other stations in markets  where it currently operates  as well as in
     other markets. The Company does  not have any agreements or  understandings
     with respect to any acquisition or local marketing agreement.
    
 
                                       8
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                THE ACQUISITIONS
     The Acquisitions are a central part of the Company's strategy to become one
of  the leading television station group  owners of small to medium-sized market
television stations in the United  States. The Acquisitions are consistent  with
the  Company's  strategy to  acquire  network-affiliated television  stations in
markets with  a  limited  number  of media  competitors  for  local  advertising
revenues.
   
     The  Company has  identified approximately  $4.686 million  of increases to
operating cash flow which it  would have realized in 1995  on a pro forma  basis
giving effect to the Transactions. See 'Pro Forma Financial Statements.' Of this
amount, the Company would have realized an increase in pro forma net revenues of
$0.446   million  to  reflect  (i)  increased  network  compensation  under  new
affiliation agreements for certain of  the Stations and (ii) increased  revenues
from  a national sales representative firm for certain of the Acquired Stations.
In addition, the Company  would have realized $4.161  million of pro forma  cost
savings  at the Stations comprised  of (i) the net  effect of the elimination of
substantially all of the corporate expenses of Brissette, offset in part by  the
addition  of  certain  corporate management  by  the Company  and  related costs
($1.983 million on  a net basis),  (ii) the effect  of reduced commission  rates
payable  to national sales representative  firms under new agreements negotiated
by the  Company  ($0.284  million), (iii)  elimination  of  redundant  operating
expenses,  including  the  elimination  of  certain  positions  at  the Acquired
Stations ($1.345 million),  (iv) adjustments  to certain  employee benefits  and
compensation   practices  at  the   Acquired  Stations  ($0.355 million) and (v)
implementation at  the  Acquired  Stations  of  operating  strategies  currently
utilized at the Benedek Stations ($0.194 million).
    
     THE   STAUFFER  ACQUISITION.  On   June  6,  1996,   the  Company  acquired
substantially all of the broadcast television assets (including working  capital
of  approximately  $1.6  million)  of  Stauffer  consisting  of  five  principal
broadcast television stations and  four satellite broadcast television  stations
for  a purchase price of  $54.5 million. The principal  stations acquired by the
Company  were  KCOY-TV,  Santa  Maria,  California;  WIBW-TV,  Topeka,   Kansas;
KMIZ(TV),  Columbia, Missouri; KGWC-TV, Casper,  Wyoming; and KGWN-TV, Cheyenne,
Wyoming. KGWC-TV operates two satellite stations, KGWL-TV, Lander, Wyoming,  and
KGWR-TV,  Rock Springs,  Wyoming, both of  which rebroadcast  the programming of
KGWC-TV. KGWN-TV operates two satellite stations, KSTF-TV, Scottsbluff, Nebraska
and KTVS-TV, Sterling, Colorado,  both of which  rebroadcast the programming  of
KGWN-TV.  All  of the  Stauffer  Stations are  affiliated  with CBS,  except for
KMIZ(TV), Columbia, Missouri, which is affiliated  with ABC. For the year  ended
December  31, 1995,  the Stauffer  Stations had  net revenues  of $17.3 million,
broadcast cash flow of $4.0 million and broadcast cash flow margin of 23.1%.
     THE BRISSETTE ACQUISITION. On June 6, 1996, the Company acquired all of the
capital stock of Brissette for $270.0  million in cash and preferred stock.  All
of  the outstanding indebtedness of Brissette was paid in full by the sellers at
the closing. Pursuant to the Brissette  Agreement, at the closing Brissette  was
required  to have  working capital of  at least  $8.8 million and  any amount in
excess thereof was paid to the sellers. By acquiring all of the capital stock of
Brissette, the  Company acquired  eight network-affiliated  television  stations
including  WMTV(TV), the NBC affiliate serving Madison, Wisconsin; WWLP(TV), the
NBC affiliate  serving Springfield,  Massachusetts; WILX-TV,  the NBC  affiliate
serving Lansing, Michigan; WHOI(TV), the ABC affiliate serving Peoria, Illinois;
WSAW-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Wausau, Wisconsin; WTRF-TV, the CBS affiliate
serving  Wheeling,  West  Virginia  and  Steubenville,  Ohio;  KAUZ-TV,  the CBS
affiliate serving Wichita Falls, Texas;  and KOSA-TV, the CBS affiliate  serving
Odessa,  Texas. For the year ended December 31, 1995, Brissette had net revenues
of $51.3 million, broadcast cash flow  of $23.9 million and broadcast cash  flow
margin of 46.5%.
     Of  the  $270.0 million  paid for  the capital  stock of  Brissette, $225.0
million was paid in cash and $45.0 million was paid by the issuance to GECC  and
Mr. Paul Brissette of the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock of the Company.
See 'The Financing Plan.'
 
                                       9
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                               THE FINANCING PLAN
 
     The Company, together with its subsidiary Benedek Broadcasting, implemented
the  Financing Plan  in order to  finance the  Acquisitions and to  pay fees and
expenses related thereto. The Financing Plan consisted of (i) the offer and sale
by the  Company  of the  Existing  Notes to  generate  gross proceeds  of  $90.2
million,  (ii) the offer and sale by the  Company of the Units to generate gross
proceeds of $60.0 million, (iii)  Benedek Broadcasting borrowing $128.0  million
pursuant  to  the Term  Loan Facilities  of  the Credit  Agreement and  (iv) the
Company issuing an aggregate of $45.0 million initial liquidation preference  of
Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock to GECC and Mr. Paul Brissette.
 
   
     The  following table sets forth the sources and uses for the Financing Plan
as of June 6, 1996:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   (DOLLARS
                                                                                IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                             <C>
SOURCES:
  Benedek Broadcasting
     Cash....................................................................      $  7,322
     Deposit(a)..............................................................         5,000
     Credit Agreement
          Revolving Credit Facility(b).......................................            --
          Term Loan Facilities...............................................       128,000
  The Company
     The Existing Notes......................................................        90,178
     The Units(c)............................................................        60,000
     Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock..................................        45,000
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                   $335,500
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
USES:
     Stauffer Acquisition....................................................      $ 54,500
     Brissette Acquisition...................................................       270,000
     Fees and Expenses.......................................................        11,000
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                   $335,500
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
  
(a) Pursuant to the Stauffer  Agreement, Benedek  Broadcasting had  made a  $5.0
    million down payment which had been deposited in escrow pending consummation
    of the Stauffer Acquisition.
 
(b) Benedek Broadcasting has available to it $15.0  million under the  Revolving
    Credit Facility.
 
(c) Each Unit consisted  of ten  shares  of Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock,  ten
    Initial Warrants and 14.8 Contingent Warrants, each Warrant to purchase  one
    share of Class A Common Stock of the Company.
 
                                       10
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    POST-TRANSACTIONS CORPORATE STRUCTURE(a)



                              [GRAPHIC REPRESENATION]

 
- ------------
 
(a) Concurrently with the consummation of the Transactions, Brissette and all of
    its  subsidiaries were  merged with and  into Benedek  Broadcasting with the
    result that the operating assets of all of the Stations (other than the  FCC
    licenses and authorizations) are owned directly by Benedek Broadcasting.
 
   
(b) The  obligations of  Benedek Broadcasting in  respect of  the Senior Secured
    Notes, the  Term  Loan Facilities  and  the Revolving  Credit  Facility  are
    guaranteed  by the Company and,  except in the case  of the Revolving Credit
    Facility, by BLC. Although the Credit  Agreement does not limit the  ability
    of  Benedek  Broadcasting to  pay dividends  or make  other payments  to the
    Company, the Senior  Secured Note Indenture  does contain such  limitations.
    However,   after  the  consummation  of   the  Transactions  (including  the
    contribution to the common equity  of Benedek Broadcasting of  approximately
    $188.5 million net proceeds of the sale of the Existing Notes, the Units and
    the  Seller Junior Discount  Preferred Stock), as of  June 30, 1996, Benedek
    Broadcasting could  have distributed  approximately  $188.5 million  to  the
    Company under such limitations.
    
 
                                       11
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
SECURITIES OFFERED.....................  Up  to $170.0 million aggregate principal  amount at maturity of 13 1/4%
                                         Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due  2006. The terms of the  Exchange
                                         Securities  and Existing Notes  are identical in  all material respects,
                                         except  for  certain  transfer  restrictions  and  registration   rights
                                         relating   to  the  Existing  Notes  and  except  for  certain  interest
                                         provisions  relating  to  the  Existing  Notes  described  below   under
                                         ' -- Terms of Exchange Securities.'
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER.....................  The  Exchange  Securities  are  being offered  in  exchange  for  a like
                                         principal amount at maturity  of Existing Notes.  Existing Notes may  be
                                         exchanged  only in  integral multiples  of $1,000.  The issuance  of the
                                         Exchange Securities is  intended to satisfy  obligations of the  Company
                                         contained in the Registration Agreement.
 
EXPIRATION DATE; WITHDRAWAL OF
  TENDER...............................  The  Exchange Offer  will expire  at 5:00 p.m.,  New York  City time, on
                                                       , 1996,  or  such later  date  and  time to  which  it  is
                                         extended  by the Company. Notwithstanding  the foregoing, the Expiration
                                         Date shall not be later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the  date
                                         60  days from the date of this  Prospectus. The tender of Existing Notes
                                         pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
                                         Expiration Date. Any Existing  Notes not accepted  for exchange for  any
                                         reason  will be returned without expense to the tendering holder thereof
                                         as promptly as practicable  after the expiration  or termination of  the
                                         Exchange Offer.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE
  OFFER................................  The Exchange Offer is subject to certain customary conditions, which may
                                         be  waived by the Company. See 'The Exchange Offer -- Certain Conditions
                                         to the Exchange Offer.'
 
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING EXISTING
  NOTES................................  Each holder of Existing Notes wishing to accept the Exchange Offer  must
                                         complete,  sign  and  date  the Letter  of  Transmittal  or  a facsimile
                                         thereof, in  accordance  with  the  instructions  contained  herein  and
                                         therein,  and mail or  otherwise deliver such  Letter of Transmittal, or
                                         such facsimile, together with such Existing Notes and any other required
                                         documentation, to the  Exchange Agent  (as defined) at  the address  set
                                         forth  herein. By executing the Letter  of Transmittal, each holder will
                                         represent to the Company that, among other things, (i) the holder is not
                                         an 'affiliate' of the Company within  the meaning of Rule 405 under  the
                                         Securities  Act, (ii) the  Exchange Securities acquired  pursuant to the
                                         Exchange Offer are being acquired in the ordinary course of the holder's
                                         business, (iii) such holder has no arrangement or understanding with any
                                         person to participate in a distribution of such Exchange Securities  and
                                         (iv)  such holder is not  engaged in and does not  intend to engage in a
                                         distribution  of   such   Exchange   Securities.   See   'The   Exchange
                                         Offer  --  Exchange  Offer  Procedures.'  Pursuant  to  the Registration
                                         Agreement, the Company is required to file a registration statement  for
                                         a  continuous offering pursuant to Rule  415 under the Securities Act (a
                                         'Shelf Registration Statement') in respect of Existing Notes held by any
                                         holder which indicates in  a Letter of Transmittal  that it cannot  make
                                         such  representations  to the  Company and  that it  wishes to  have its
                                         Existing Notes registered under the Securities Act.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS........................  There will be no proceeds to  the Company from the exchange of  Existing
                                         Notes  for Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The gross
                                         proceeds received by the  Company from the sale  of the Existing  Notes,
                                         together with the gross proceeds from the sale of the Units and advances
                                         under the
</TABLE>
 
                                       12
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         Credit  Agreement, were used to finance the Acquisitions and to pay fees
                                         and expenses in connection with the Transactions. See 'The Acquisitions'
                                         and 'The Financing Plan.'
 
EXCHANGE AGENT.........................  United States Trust Company of New York is serving as the Exchange Agent
                                         in connection with the Exchange Offer.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES........  The exchange of Existing Notes  for Exchange Securities pursuant to  the
                                         Exchange  Offer  will not  be  a taxable  event  for Federal  income tax
                                         purposes. See  'Certain  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences  --  Exchange
                                         Offer.'
</TABLE>
 
                          TERMS OF EXCHANGE SECURITIES
 
     The terms of the Exchange Securities are identical in all material respects
to  the  Existing  Notes,  except  (i)  for  certain  transfer  restrictions and
registration rights relating to the Existing Notes and (ii) that, if by November
4,  1996  neither  the  Exchange  Offer   has  been  consummated  nor  a   Shelf
Registrations  Statement has  been declared effective,  additional cash interest
will accrue on each Existing Note from and including November 5, 1996, until but
excluding the earlier of the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer and  the
effective  date of a Shelf Registration Statement  at a rate of 0.50% per annum.
See 'Description of the Notes.'
 
                            THE EXCHANGE SECURITIES
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
SECURITIES OFFERED.....................  $170.0 million aggregate principal amount at maturity of 13 1/4%  Senior
                                         Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006.
 
MATURITY DATE..........................  May 15, 2006.
 
YIELD TO MATURITY......................  13.25%  per  annum  (computed on  a  semi-annual  bond-equivalent basis)
                                         calculated from June 6, 1996.
 
INTEREST...............................  The Exchange Securities will be issued at 100% of the Accreted Value  of
                                         the  Existing Notes and  no cash interest  will accrue prior  to May 15,
                                         2001. Thereafter, cash interest will accrue until maturity at an  annual
                                         rate  of  13.25%  payable  semi-annually  on  May  15  and  November 15,
                                         commencing November 15, 2001.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION....................  On or after May 15, 2000, the Notes are redeemable at the option of  the
                                         Company,  in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth herein
                                         plus accrued and  unpaid interest, if  any, to the  date of  redemption.
                                         Until  May 15, 1999, the Company may, at its option, redeem up to 25% of
                                         the aggregate principal amount  at maturity of the  Notes at 113.25%  of
                                         the  Accreted Value thereof with the net  proceeds of one or more Public
                                         Equity Offerings or Strategic Investments  (as defined) if at least  75%
                                         of  the original  aggregate principal  amount at  maturity of  the Notes
                                         remain outstanding after each such redemption.
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL......................  After the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined), the Company is
                                         required to offer  to repurchase all  outstanding Notes at  101% of  the
                                         principal amount plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase (or, if
                                         prior  to May  15, 2001, at  101% of the  Accreted Value on  the date of
                                         repurchase). There can be  no assurance that the  Company will have  the
                                         financial  ability to purchase  the Notes upon a  Change of Control. See
                                         'Description of the Notes -- Change of Control.'
 
RANKING................................  The Exchange Securities  will be general,  unsecured obligations of  the
                                         Company,  will be subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Debt of
                                         the Company, will rank pari passu  with all senior subordinated debt  of
                                         the  Company, including Existing Notes not exchanged, and will be senior
                                         in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated debt of  the
                                         Company. As of June 30,
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       13
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
                                         1996,  the Company had  no Senior Debt  other than its  guarantee of the
                                         obligations of Benedek Broadcasting with respect to the Credit Agreement
                                         and the Senior Secured Notes and Benedek Broadcasting had $263.6 million
                                         of indebtedness outstanding.  The Company  has no  present intention  to
                                         incur    any   indebtedness    junior   to   the    Notes.   See   'Risk
                                         Factors --  Leveraged  Financial Position,'  and  ' --  Holding  Company
                                         Structure;  Subordination  of the  Notes,' 'Management's  Discussion and
                                         Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results of Operations --  Liquidity
                                         and Capital Resources' and 'Description of the Notes -- Ranking.'
 
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS..................  The  indenture pursuant to which the  Existing Notes were issued and the
                                         Exchange Securities will  be issued (the  'Indenture') contains  certain
                                         covenants that, among other things, limit (i) the issuance of additional
                                         indebtedness  by the Company and its  subsidiaries, (ii) the creation of
                                         certain liens on the assets of  the Company and its subsidiaries,  (iii)
                                         the  Company from entering into certain sale and leaseback transactions,
                                         (iv) the issuance of preferred stock by the Company's subsidiaries,  (v)
                                         the payment of dividends on, and redemption of, certain capital stock of
                                         the   Company  and  its  subsidiaries  and  the  redemption  of  certain
                                         subordinated obligations  of the  Company, (vi)  investments in  certain
                                         affiliates,   (vii)  sales  of  assets   and  subsidiary  stock,  (viii)
                                         transactions  with  affiliates  and  (ix)  consolidations,  mergers  and
                                         transfers  of  all or  substantially all  of  the Company's  assets. The
                                         Indenture also  prohibits  certain restrictions  on  distributions  from
                                         subsidiaires.  However, all  of these  limitations and  prohibitions are
                                         subject to a number of important qualifications. See 'Description of the
                                         Notes -- Certain Covenants.'
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT................  The Existing  Notes were  offered  at an  issue price  that  represented
                                         original  issue discount for Federal income tax purposes. Thus, although
                                         cash interest  will not  accrue on  the  Notes prior  to May  15,  2001,
                                         original  issue discount (i.e., the difference between the principal and
                                         interest payable on the Notes and  their issue price) will accrete  from
                                         the  issue date  of the  Notes and will  be included  as ordinary income
                                         (including for periods ending prior to May 15, 2001) for Federal  income
                                         tax purposes in advance of receipt of cash payments to which such income
                                         is attributable. See 'Certain Federal Income Tax
                                         Consequences -- Original Issue Discount.'
 
REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS..............  The  Company  has  agreed to  use  its  best efforts  to  consummate the
                                         Exchange Offer  by  October  4,  1996.  In  the  event  that  applicable
                                         interpretations  of the staff  of the SEC  do not permit  the Company to
                                         effect the Exchange Offer, or if for any other reason the Exchange Offer
                                         is not  consummated  by  November  4,  1996,  and  under  certain  other
                                         specified  circumstances, the Company will use its best efforts to cause
                                         to become effective a Shelf  Registration Statement with respect to  the
                                         resale  of  the  Existing  Notes  and  to  keep  the  Shelf Registration
                                         Statement effective until  three years  after the date  of the  original
                                         issuance  of the Existing Notes. If the Company does not comply with its
                                         obligations with respect to the Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration
                                         Statement, additional cash interest will accrue on the Existing Notes at
                                         a rate of 0.50% per annum until such obligations are satisfied. See 'The
                                         Exchange Offer -- Acceptance of Existing Notes for Exchange; Delivery of
                                         Exchange Securities.'
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Holders of  the  Existing  Notes  should  consider  carefully  all  of  the
information set forth in this Prospectus and, in particular, the information set
forth under 'Risk Factors' commencing on page 23.
 
                               OTHER INFORMATION
 
     The  Company was incorporated  under the laws  of the State  of Delaware on
April 10, 1996.  Benedek Broadcasting  was incorporated  under the  laws of  the
State  of Delaware on  January 22, 1979. Benedek  Broadcasting is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company.  The principal executive offices  of the Company  and
Benedek  Broadcasting are located  at 308 West  State Street, Rockford, Illinois
61101. The telephone number at the executive offices is 815-987-5350.
 
                        SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following  tables  present summary  pro  forma financial  data  of  the
Company  for the year ended December  31, 1995 and as of  and for the six months
ended June 30, 1996. The  pro forma operations and  financial data for the  year
ended  December 31, 1995 give effect to  the Transactions as if the Transactions
had been consummated on January 1, 1995. The pro forma operations and  financial
data  as  of and  for the  six months  ended June  30, 1996  give effect  to the
Transactions as if the Transactions had been consummated on January 1, 1996. The
pro forma financial statements  do not purport to  represent what the  Company's
results  would actually have been if the  Transactions had occurred on the dates
indicated or to project the Company's  results or financial condition for or  at
any  future period or date.  Additionally, certain reclassification entries have
been made to  the audited  financial statements  of Stauffer  and Brissette  for
consistent  presentation  with  Benedek  Broadcasting.  The  following financial
information  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Pro  Forma  Financial
Statements,  Consolidated  Financial Statements  of  the Company,  the Financial
Statements of Stauffer  and the Consolidated  Financial Statements of  Brissette
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       15

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          HISTORICAL          ADJUSTMENTS     THE COMPANY
                                                    THE COMPANY      ---------------------        FOR             PRO
                                                  AS ADJUSTED(A)     STAUFFER    BRISSETTE    TRANSACTIONS       FORMA
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>                <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net revenues..................................     $  51,972       $ 17,317    $  51,326      $    250(f)    $ 121,345
                                                                                                     132(g)
                                                                                                     284(h)
                                                                                                      64(i)
  Operating expenses:
      Station operating expenses................        30,139         13,534       27,515        (1,894)(j)      69,294
      Depreciation and amortization.............         5,467          2,229        6,252        13,677(k)       27,625
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
        Station operating income (loss).........        16,366          1,554       17,559       (11,053)         24,426
      Corporate expenses........................         1,576(e)          --        2,307        (1,983)(l)       1,900
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Operating income (loss).......................        14,790          1,554       15,252        (9,070)         22,526
 
  Financial expense, net:
      Interest expense, net:
        Cash interest, net......................       (15,779)            --      (20,837)        9,401(m)      (27,215)
        Other interest..........................          (620)            --         (549)      (12,602)(m)     (13,771)
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
          Total interest, net...................       (16,399)            --      (21,386)       (3,201)        (40,986)
      Other, net................................            --             --         (354)          354(n)           --
  Provision for income taxes....................            --             --         (147)          147(o)           --
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Net income (loss) from continuing
    operations..................................        (1,609)         1,554       (6,635)      (11,770)        (18,460)
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Exchangeable Preferred Stock dividends........            --             --           --        (9,519)(p)      (9,519)
  Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock
    dividends...................................            --             --           --        (3,672)(q)      (3,672)
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    available to common stockholders............     $  (1,609)      $  1,554    $  (6,635)     $(24,961)      $ (31,651)
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
                                                  ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
 
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(b).........            --                                                        --
 
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
  Broadcast cash flow(c)........................     $  21,863       $  4,000    $  23,856      $  2,703       $  52,422
  Broadcast cash flow margin....................          42.1%          23.1%        46.5%                         43.2%
 
  Operating cash flow(c)........................     $  20,287       $  4,000    $  21,549      $  4,686       $  50,522
  Operating cash flow margin....................          39.0%          23.1%        42.0%                         41.6%
 
  Amortization of program broadcast rights......     $   2,183       $  1,025    $   1,684      $     --       $   4,892
  Payments for program broadcast rights.........         2,153            808        1,639           (79)(r)       4,521
  Capital expenditures..........................         2,126            406        2,748            --           5,280
  Cash payments for Federal income taxes........            --                                                        --
 
CERTAIN RATIOS:
 
  Operating cash flow to cash interest
    expense, net................................          1.29x                                                     1.86x
 
  Operating cash flow to total interest
    expense, net................................          1.24x                                                     1.23x
 
  Operating cash flow less capital expenditures
    to cash interest expense, net...............          1.15x                                                     1.66x
 
  Operating cash flow less capital expenditures
    to total interest expense, net..............          1.11x                                                     1.10x
 
  Net Senior Debt to operating cash flow(d).....           6.2x                                                      5.1x
 
  Net debt to operating cash flow(d)............           6.2x                                                      6.8x
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       16
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SIX MONTHS
                                                         ENDED            FOR THE PERIOD
                                                     JUNE 30, 1996        JANUARY 1, 1996
                                                    ---------------       TO JUNE 6, 1996       ADJUSTMENTS     THE COMPANY
                                                          THE          ---------------------        FOR             PRO
                                                        COMPANY        STAUFFER    BRISSETTE    TRANSACTIONS       FORMA
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>                <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net revenues....................................      $30,115         $7,341      $22,439       $     64(h)    $  59,959
  Operating expenses:
      Station operating expenses..................       18,236          6,094       12,875           (900)(j)      36,305
      Depreciation and amortization...............        4,069            974        2,954          5,258(k)       13,255
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
        Station operating income (loss)...........        7,810            273        6,610         (4,294)         10,399
      Corporate expenses..........................        1,087             --        3,303         (3,440)(l)         950
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Operating income (loss).........................        6,723            273        3,307           (854)          9,449
 
  Financial expense, net:
      Interest expense, net:
        Cash interest, net........................       (8,668)            --       (8,209)         3,238(m)      (13,639)
        Other interest............................       (1,098)            --         (275)        (6,103)(m)      (7,476)
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
          Total interest, net.....................       (9,766)            --       (8,484)        (2,865)        (21,115)
      Other, net..................................           --             --         (190)           190(n)           --
  Provision for income taxes......................           --             --         (114)           114(o)           --
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Net income (loss) from continuing operations....       (3,043)           273       (5,481)        (3,415)        (11,666)
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Exchangeable Preferred Stock dividends..........           --             --           --         (4,630)(p)      (4,630)
  Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock
    dividends.....................................           --             --           --         (1,809)(q)      (1,809)
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    available to common stockholders..............      $(3,043)        $  273      $(5,481)      $ (9,854)      $ (18,105)
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
                                                    ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------    -----------
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(b)...........           --                                                         --
 
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
  Broadcast cash flow(c)..........................      $11,995         $1,390      $ 9,441       $    964       $  23,790
  Broadcast cash flow margin......................         39.8%          18.9%        42.1%                          39.7%
 
  Operating cash flow(c)..........................      $10,908         $1,390      $ 6,138       $  4,404       $  22,840
  Operating cash flow margin......................         36.2%          18.9%        27.4%                          38.1%
 
  Amortization of program broadcast rights........      $ 1,302         $  491      $   865                      $   2,658
  Payments for program broadcast rights...........        1,186            348          988                          2,522
  Capital expenditures............................        1,334             93          935
  Cash payments for Federal income taxes..........           --             --           --                             --
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       17

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
(a)  Concurrently   with   the   consummation  of   the   Transactions,  Benedek
     Broadcasting  became  a  wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  the  Company.   The
     operations  and  financial  data  of 'The Company as Adjusted' for the year
     ended  December  31, 1995  are  derived  from  the  pro  forma consolidated
     financial statements of the  Company  adjusted  to  give pro  forma  effect
     to the acquisition  on  March 31,1995  of WTVY-TV,  serving Dothan, Alabama
     and  Panama City,  Florida  (the 'Dothan Station')  and the issuance of the
     Senior Secured Notes  is as if both such events had occurred on  January 1,
     1995.  Capital expenditures  do not include assets acquired  in  connection
     with the acquisition of the Dothan Station.
    
 
   
(b)  For the purpose  of calculating  the ratio  of earnings  to fixed  charges,
     earnings consist of net income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary
     item  plus fixed  charges (excluding  capitalized interest).  Fixed charges
     consist  of  interest  on   all  debt  (including  capitalized   interest),
     amortization  of debt discount  and deferred loan costs  and the portion of
     rental expense that is representative  of the interest component of  rental
     expense (deemed to be one-third of rental expense which management believes
     is  a reasonable approximation of the interest component). For 'The Company
     As  Adjusted,'  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1995,  earnings  were
     insufficient  to cover fixed charges by $1.6 million. The net income (loss)
     for 'The Company As Adjusted' includes certain non-cash charges as follows:
     non-cash interest of $0.6 million and depreciation and amortization of $5.5
     million. For 'The Company Pro Forma,' for the year ended December 31, 1995,
     earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by $18.5 million. The net
     income (loss) for 'The Company Pro Forma' includes certain non-cash charges
     as follows:  non-cash  interest  of  $13.8  million  and  depreciation  and
     amortization  of $27.6  million. For the  Company for the  six months ended
     June 30, 1996, earnings  were insufficient to cover  fixed charges by  $3.0
     million.  The net income  (loss) for the  Company includes certain non-cash
     charges as follows: non-cash interest of $1.1 million and depreciation  and
     amortization  of $4.1 million. For the 'The  Company Pro Forma' for the six
     months ended  June 30,  1996,  earnings were  insufficient to  cover  fixed
     charges by $11.7 million. The net income (loss) for 'The Company Pro Forma'
     includes  certain non-cash  charges as  follows: non-cash  interest of $7.5
     million and depreciation and amortization of $13.3 million.
    
 
   
(c)  Operating cash  flow refers  to operating  income before  financial  income
     (expense)  as derived from  statements of operations  plus depreciation and
     amortization,  amortization  of  program  broadcast  rights  and   non-cash
     compensation less cash payments for program broadcast rights.
    
 
   
     Broadcast  cash  flow refers  to operating  income before  financial income
     (expense) as derived  from statements of  operations plus depreciation  and
     amortization,  amortization of program broadcast rights, corporate expenses
     and non-cash compensation less cash payments for program broadcast rights.
    
 
   
     Operating  cash flow and  broadcast cash flow data  are used throughout the
     document and have been included herein because such data is used by certain
     investors to measure a  company's ability to  service debt. Operating  cash
     flow  and broadcast cash flow do not  purport to represent cash provided by
     operating activities as reflected in the Consolidated Financial  Statements
     of  the Company, the  Financial Statements of  Stauffer or the Consolidated
     Financial  Statements  of   Brissette,  are  not   measures  of   financial
     performance  under GAAP  and should  not be  considered in  isolation or as
     substitutes for measures of performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.
    
 
   
(d)  Net Senior Debt and net debt are  defined as Senior Debt or total debt  (as
     defined  in  footnote  (s)),  as  the  case  may  be,  less  cash  and cash
     equivalents. These ratios are not the same as the Cash Flow Leverage Ratios
     as defined in  the Senior Secured  Note or Exchange  Indentures, or in  the
     Certificate  of Designation  for the  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock, and in
     particular, such Cash Flow Leverage Ratios  do not credit cash against  the
     outstanding debt amount.
    
 
   
(e)  Includes  $0.1  million in  one-time expenses  incurred in  connection with
     potential acquisitions which were not entered into by the Company.
    
 
   
(f)  The  adjustment  reflects  the  annualized  effect  of  increased   network
     compensation  resulting from  new affiliation agreements  effective July 1,
     1995 for the CBS-affiliated Benedek  Stations. In connection with such  new
     affiliation  agreements,  CBS  paid the  Company  a bonus  payment  of $5.0
     million which is  required under GAAP  to be recognized  as revenue at  the
     rate  of  $500,000  per year  over  the  ten-year term  of  the affiliation
     agreements, of  which $250,000  was  recognized in  Benedek  Broadcasting's
     statement of operations for 1995.
    
 
   
(g)  The  adjustment reflects the  annualized effect of  increased revenues from
     the national sales representative firm for the Brissette Stations resulting
     from the amortization of a $700,000  signing bonus which is required  under
     GAAP  to be recognized as  revenue at the rate of  $140,000 per year over a
     period of  five  years,  of  which $8,000  was  recognized  in  Brissette's
     statement of operations for 1995.
    
 
   
(h)  The  adjustment reflects the annualized  effect of reduced commission rates
     payable  to  national  sales  representative  firms  under  new  agreements
     negotiated by the Company.
    
 
   
(i)  The  adjustment reflects the annualized  effect of new network compensation
     arrangements that took effect  at various times in  1995 at certain of  the
     Acquired Stations.
    
 
   
(j)  The adjustment reflects cost savings resulting from the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SIX MONTHS
                                                                               YEAR ENDED       ENDED
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,     JUNE 30,
                                                                                  1995           1996
                                                                              ------------    ----------
                                                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                                                           <C>             <C>
  (i) Elimination of redundant operating expenses, consisting of the
      elimination of certain positions at the Acquired Stations............      $1,345          $673
 (ii) Adjustments to certain employee benefits and compensation practices
      at the Acquired Stations.............................................         355           177
(iii) Implementation at the Acquired Stations of operating strategies
      currently utilized at the Benedek Stations...........................         194            50
                                                                              ------------      -----
                                                                                 $1,894          $900
                                                                              ------------      -----
                                                                              ------------      -----
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       18
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
   The  employees of Stauffer that were hired by the Company became participants
   in the Company's employee benefit plans as of the closing on June 6, 1996 and
   were credited with prior service to Stauffer. The benefit plans for Brissette
   (401(k) and health plans) were left  intact by the Company after the  closing
   of the Brissette acquisition.
    
 
   The  pro forma cost savings as  allocated among departments are summarized in
the table below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     FOR THE PERIOD
                                         YEAR ENDED                                  JANUARY 1, 1996
                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995                               TO JUNE 6, 1996
                                 -------------------------------      ----------------------------------------------
                                 STAUFFER    BRISSETTE    TOTAL         STAUFFER        BRISSETTE          TOTAL
                                 --------    ---------    ------      ------------    --------------    ------------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>             <C>               <C>
Selling expenses..............    $   94       $  53      $  147          $ 47             $ 26             $ 73
Programming and technical.....       489         502         839           245              252              497
Advertising and promotions....        69          --         221            35               --               35
General and administrative....       449         238         687           224               71              295
                                 --------    ---------    ------         -----            -----            -----
    Total.....................    $1,101       $ 793      $1,894          $551             $349             $900
                                 --------    ---------    ------         -----            -----            -----
                                 --------    ---------    ------         -----            -----            -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(k)  The  adjustment  reflects   primarily  the   additional  depreciation   and
     amortization  expense resulting from  the allocation of  the purchase price
     for the Acquired Stations to the assets acquired, including an increase  in
     property and equipment and intangible assets to their estimated fair market
     value   and  the  recording  of  goodwill   associated  with  each  of  the
     Acquisitions.
    
 
   
(l)  The adjustment reflects the net annualized cost savings resulting from  the
     acquisition  of the  Acquired Stations  by the  Company, including  (i) the
     elimination of substantially  all of the  corporate expenses of  Brissette,
     (ii)  the addition of certain corporate management personnel by the Company
     and related costs and (iii)  elimination of severance compensation paid  to
     the  officers of Brissette under terms  of their employment agreements upon
     sale to the Company.
    
 
   
(m) Interest  expense has been  adjusted to reflect the net effect of the change
    in outstanding debt and deferred  financing costs as though the Transactions
    had  occurred  on January 1, 1995 for the year ended  December  31, 1995 and
    January 1, 1996 for the six months ended June 30, 1996. The following  table
    details the calculation of the adjustment:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                              DECEMBER 31, 1995                              JUNE 30, 1996
                                    --------------------------------------       -------------------------------------
                                      CASH      OTHER INTEREST     TOTAL           CASH      OTHER INTEREST     TOTAL
                                    --------    --------------    --------       --------    --------------    -------
                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                 <C>         <C>               <C>            <C>         <C>               <C>
Notes at a rate of 13.25%........   $     --       $(12,344)      $(12,344)      $     --       $ (5,974)      $(5,974)
Term Loan Facilities at an
  assumed blended rate of 8.73%..    (11,039)            --        (11,039)        (4,759)            --        (4,759)
Interest on existing Brissette
  notes..........................     20,837             --         20,837          8,209             --         8,209
Reduction in interest income.....       (397)            --           (397)          (212)            --          (212)
Increase in amortization of
  deferred financing costs.......         --           (807)          (807)            --           (404)         (404)
Reduction of amortization on
  deferred financing costs on
  Brissette debt.................         --            549            549             --            275           275
                                    --------    --------------    --------       --------    --------------    -------
    Net adjustment...............   $  9,401       $(12,602)      $ (3,201)      $  3,238       $ (6,103)      $(2,865)
                                    --------    --------------    --------       --------    --------------    -------
                                    --------    --------------    --------       --------    --------------    -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   The  actual interest  rate with  respect to the  Term Loan  Facilities may be
   higher or lower  than the rate  set forth above.  A change of  0.125% in  the
   interest  rate on borrowings under the  Term Loan Facilities would change pro
   forma interest expense by approximately $160,000 for the year ended  December
   31, 1995 and by approximately $80,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
(n)  The  adjustment reflects  the elimination  of certain  legal and investment
     advisory fees paid by Brissette in connection with the sale to the Company.
    
 
   
(o)  The  adjustment reflects the elimination of income tax expense. The Company
     is not expected to have income tax expense on a pro forma basis.
    
 
   
(p)  The adjustment reflects  the dividends paid  on the Exchangeable  Preferred
     Stock  at a rate of 15.0% per annum paid quarterly for an effective rate of
     15.9% annually.
    
 
   
(q)  The adjustment reflects the  dividends paid on  the Seller Junior  Discount
     Preferred Stock at an assumed rate of 7.92% per annum paid quarterly for an
     effective rate of 8.16% annually.
    
 
   
(r)  The  adjustment reflects  a reduction in  program payments  and the related
     amortization  to  be  consistent  with  the  Company's  historical  program
     purchase practices.
    
 
   
(s)  Total  debt  is  defined  as  notes  payable  and  capital  leases  payable
     (including the current portion thereof).
    

 
                                       19
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                       SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following tables present summary  historical financial data of (i)  the
Company  (including  the Transactions as  of  June 6, 1996),  (ii) Stauffer  and
(iii)  Brissette.   The  following  financial  information  should  be  read  in
conjunction with  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  the Company, the
Financial  Statements of Stauffer  and the Consolidated  Financial Statements of
Brissette included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
THE COMPANY (INCLUDING THE TRANSACTIONS AS OF JUNE 6, 1996)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                            JUNE 30,
                                        --------------------------------------------------------     ---------------------
                                         1991        1992        1993        1994         1995         1995         1996
                                        -------     -------     -------     -------     --------     --------     --------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net revenues(a).................    $33,608     $36,311     $38,352     $44,221     $ 50,329     $ 24,059     $ 30,115
    Operating expenses:
        Station operating
          expenses..................     20,309      21,511      22,805      24,810       29,049       13,837       18,236
        Depreciation and
          amortization..............      5,871       4,428       3,721       3,403        5,041        2,124        4,069
                                        -------     -------     -------     -------     --------     --------     --------
            Station operating
              income................      7,428      10,372      11,826      16,008       16,239        8,098        7,810
        Corporate expenses..........        887       1,288       1,249       1,309        1,576          698        1,087
        Special bonus, officer-
          stockholder...............         --          --       1,400          --           --           --           --
                                        -------     -------     -------     -------     --------     --------     --------
    Operating income................      6,541       9,084       9,177      14,699       14,663        7,400        6,723
                                        -------     -------     -------     -------     --------     --------     --------
    Interest expense, net(b):
        Cash interest, net..........     (9,856)     (6,605)     (8,194)     (7,740)     (14,763)      (6,891)      (8,668)
        Other interest..............     (3,923)     (7,774)     (6,161)     (4,905)        (712)        (337)      (1,098)
                                        -------     -------     -------     -------     --------     --------     --------
            Total interest, net.....    (13,779)    (14,379)    (14,355)    (12,645)     (15,475)      (7,228)      (9,766)
                                        -------     -------     -------     -------     --------     --------     --------
    Extraordinary item(c)...........         --          --          --          --        6,864        6,864           --
    Net income (loss)(d)............     (8,143)     (5,605)     (5,034)      2,044        6,052        7,036       (3,043)
    Ratio of earnings to fixed
      charges(e)....................         --          --          --         1.2x          --          1.0x          --
 
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow.............    $13,531     $14,728     $15,546     $19,627     $ 21,310     $ 10,266     $ 11,995
    Broadcast cash flow margin......       40.3%       40.6%       40.5%       44.4%        42.3%        42.7%        39.8%
 
    Operating cash flow.............    $12,644     $13,440     $14,297     $18,318     $ 19,734     $  9,568     $ 10,908
    Operating cash flow margin......       37.6%       37.0%       37.3%       41.4%        39.2%        39.8%        36.2%
 
    Amortization of program
      broadcast rights..............    $ 2,131     $ 1,996     $ 2,179     $ 2,104     $  2,162     $  1,082     $  1,302
    Payments for program broadcast
      rights........................      1,899       2,068       2,180       1,888        2,132        1,038        1,186
    Capital expenditures............      1,581       1,458       1,278       1,161        2,008          917        1,334
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                        ------------------------------------------------------------           JUNE 30,
                                          1991         1992         1993         1994         1995               1996
                                        --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     ---------------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
    Total assets....................    $ 76,111     $ 77,049     $ 72,818     $ 73,621     $114,453           $496,668
    Working capital (deficit).......       1,997          (71)       3,684        1,611       13,665             8,109
    Total debt(e)...................     107,350      109,439      112,874      107,607      135,767            263,643
    Stockholder's equity
      (deficit).....................     (35,296)     (41,004)     (44,660)     (42,615)     (36,563)           149,883
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       20
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
 (a) Net revenues reflect deductions from gross revenues for agency and national
     sales representative commissions.
 
 (b) Cash  interest, net includes  cash interest paid  and normal adjustments to
     accrued interest. Other interest includes accrued interest with respect  to
     warrants  to purchase Benedek Broadcasting's common stock, accrued interest
     with respect to  the contingent  equity value of  Benedek Broadcasting  and
     long-term  deferred  interest,  accrued interest  added  to  long-term debt
     balances, deferred loan amortization and accretion of discounts.
 
   
 (c) The Company recorded an extraordinary gain from the early extinguishment of
     debt  comprised of  a gain  of $11.1  million  reduced by  losses  of  $2.7
     million of  prepayment premiums and contingent payments and $1.5 million of
     unamortized debt discount and deferred loan costs.
    
 
 (d) Benedek  Broadcasting  had  historically  elected  to  be  taxed  as  an  S
     Corporation for Federal  and state  income tax  purposes. Accordingly,  the
     sole  stockholder  of Benedek  Broadcasting  has been  responsible  for the
     payment of  income  taxes on  Benedek  Broadcasting's taxable  income.  Net
     income  (loss) does not include a pro forma adjustment for income taxes due
     to the availability  of net  operating loss carryforwards  and a  valuation
     allowance.  Benedek Broadcasting's election to be taxed as an S Corporation
     terminated automatically upon the consummation of the Transactions.
 
   
 (e) For the purpose  of calculating  the ratio  of earnings  to fixed  charges,
     earnings consist of net income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary
     item  plus fixed  charges (excluding  capitalized interest).  Fixed charges
     consist  of  interest  on   all  debt  (including  capitalized   interest),
     amortization  of debt discount  and deferred loan costs  and the portion of
     rental expense that is representative  of the interest component of  rental
     expense (deemed to be one-third of rental expense which management believes
     is  a reasonable approximation of the  interest component). For each of the
     four years ended  December 31,  1991, 1992,  1993 and  1995, earnings  were
     insufficient  to cover  fixed charges by  $8.1 million,  $5.6 million, $5.0
     million and $0.8  million, respectively.  For the year  ended December  31,
     1994  the ratio of  earnings to fixed charges  was 1.2 to  1.0. For the six
     months ended June 30, 1995 the ratio  of earnings to fixed charges was  1.0
     to  1.0. For the six months ended June 30, 1996, earnings were insufficient
     to cover fixed  charges by $3.0  million. The Company's  net income  (loss)
     includes certain non-cash charges as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     JUNE 30,
                                                  -------------------------------------------------    ----------------
                                                   1991       1992       1993       1994      1995      1995      1996
                                                  -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
   Non-cash interest...........................   $ 3,923    $ 7,774    $ 6,161    $4,905    $  712    $  337    $1,098
   Depreciation and amortization...............     5,871      4,428      3,721     3,403     5,041     2,124     4,069
   Provision for loss on note receivable.......       905        310         --        --        --        --        --
   Special bonus, officer-stockholder..........        --         --      1,400        --        --        --        --
                                                  -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                  $10,699    $12,512    $11,282    $8,308    $5,753    $2,461    $5,167
                                                  -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                  -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
    
 
(f) Total debt is defined as notes payable and capital leases payable (including
    the current portion thereof), net of discount.
 
                                       21
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

STAUFFER(a)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PERIOD
                                                                                                            JANUARY 1,
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SIX MONTHS     1996 TO
                                                             -----------------------------    ENDED JUNE     JUNE 6,
                                                              1993       1994       1995       30, 1995        1996
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net revenues..........................................   $16,661    $19,081    $17,317     $  8,624      $  7,341
    Operating expenses:
        Station operating expenses........................    13,327     13,422     13,534        6,501         6,094
        Depreciation and amortization.....................     2,264      2,304      2,229        1,136           974
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
            Station operating income......................     1,070      3,355      1,554          987           273
 
        Corporate expenses................................        --         --         --           --            --
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
    Operating income (loss)...............................   $ 1,070    $ 3,355    $ 1,554     $    987      $    273
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
 
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow...................................   $ 3,285    $ 5,623    $ 4,000     $  2,168      $  1,390
    Broadcast cash flow margin............................      19.7%      29.5%      23.1%        25.1%         18.9%
 
    Operating cash flow...................................   $ 3,285    $ 5,623    $ 4,000     $  2,168      $  1,390
    Operating cash flow margin............................      19.7%      29.5%      23.1%        25.1%         18.9%
 
    Amortization of program broadcast rights..............   $ 1,277    $ 1,045    $ 1,025     $    496      $    491
    Payments for program broadcast rights.................     1,326      1,081        808          451           348
    Capital expenditures..................................     1,182        934        406          290            93
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
 (a) Reclassification  entries have  been made  to the  financial statements for
     consistent presentation with the Company.
    
 
BRISSETTE(a)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 PERIOD
                                                                                                               JANUARY 1,
                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                  SIX MONTHS     1996 TO
                                          ---------------------------------------------------    ENDED JUNE     JUNE 6,
                                           1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       30, 1995        1996
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net revenues.......................   $43,817    $46,414    $44,404    $49,530    $51,326     $ 25,427      $ 22,439
    Operating expenses:
        Station operating expenses.....    23,470     23,791     23,511     25,667     27,515       12,970        12,875
        Depreciation and
          amortization.................    13,334     12,881      8,116      6,551      6,252        3,147         2,954
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
            Station operating income...     7,013      9,742     12,777     17,312     17,559        9,310         6,610
 
        Management fee paid to
          affiliate(b).................     2,650      4,365         --         --         --           --            --
        Corporate expenses.............     2,204      1,655      1,487      1,895      2,307          954         3,303
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
    Operating income...................   $ 2,159    $ 3,722    $11,290    $15,417    $15,252     $  8,356      $  3,307
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
                                          -------    -------    -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
 
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow................   $20,688    $22,613    $20,927    $24,065    $23,856     $ 12,455      $  9,441
    Broadcast cash flow margin.........      47.2%      48.7%      47.1%      48.6%      46.5%        49.0%         42.1%
 
    Operating cash flow(b).............   $18,484    $20,958    $19,440    $22,170    $21,549     $ 11,501      $  6,138
    Operating cash flow margin(b)......      42.2%      45.1%      43.8%      44.8%      42.0%        45.2%         27.4%
 
    Amortization of program broadcast
      rights...........................   $ 2,709    $ 1,987    $ 1,743    $ 1,757    $ 1,684     $    758      $    865
    Payments for program broadcast
      rights...........................     2,368      1,997      1,709      1,555      1,639          760           988
    Capital expenditures...............     2,466      1,280      2,217      1,559      2,748          913           935
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
 (a) Reclassification entries have  been made  to the  financial statements  for
     consistent presentation with the Company.
    
 
 (b) Brissette  paid  management  fees  to an  affiliated  company  for expenses
     relating to payroll, rent and other corporate expenses. Operating cash flow
     and operating cash flow  margin are calculated prior  to any reduction  for
     such management fees.
 
                                       22

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
   
     This  Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. Discussions  containing such  forward-looking statements  may  be
found in the material set forth under 'Prospectus Summary,' 'Risk Factors,' 'Pro
Forma  Financial Statements,' 'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and  Results  of  Operations,' 'Business  --  General,'  'Business  --
Strategy,'  'Business  --  Competition,'  'Business  --  Federal  Regulation  of
Television Broadcasting,' as well as in the Prospectus generally. The  Company's
actual   results  could  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  these
forward-looking statements as a result  of certain factors, including those  set
forth   in  the  following  risk  factors   and  elsewhere  in  the  Prospectus.
Accordingly, holders of Existing Notes  should consider carefully the  following
risk factors, in addition to all of the other information concerning the Company
and  its business contained in this  Prospectus, before tendering their Existing
Notes in the  Exchange Offer, although  the risk factors  (other than the  first
risk  factor) are  generally applicable  to the  Existing Notes  as well  as the
Exchange Securities.
    
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
     Holders of Existing  Notes who  do not  exchange their  Existing Notes  for
Exchange  Securities pursuant to the Exchange  Offer will continue to be subject
to the restrictions  on transfer  of such  Existing Notes  as set  forth in  the
legend  thereon as a consequence of the  issuance of the Existing Notes pursuant
to the exemptions  from, or  in transactions  not subject  to, the  registration
requirements  of the  Securities Act  and applicable  state securities  laws. In
general, the Existing Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered  under
the  Securities Act, except pursuant  to an exemption from,  or in a transaction
not subject to,  the Securities Act  and applicable state  securities laws.  The
Company  does not currently anticipate that  it will register the Existing Notes
under the Securities Act. Based  on interpretations by the  staff of the SEC  in
letters  issued to  third parties,  Exchange Securities  issued pursuant  to the
Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by any
holder thereof  (other than  any such  holder  which is  an 'affiliate'  of  the
Company  within  the  meaning of  Rule  405  under the  Securities  Act) without
compliance with  the  registration and  prospectus  delivery provisions  of  the
Securities  Act  provided  that such  Exchange  Securities are  acquired  in the
ordinary course of  such holder's business,  such holder has  no arrangement  or
understanding  with  any  person  to participate  in  the  distribution  of such
Exchange Securities and such  holder is not  engaged in and  does not intend  to
engage  in a distribution  of such Exchange Securities.  However, to comply with
the securities  laws  of  certain jurisdictions,  if  applicable,  the  Exchange
Securities  may  not be  offered or  sold  unless they  have been  registered or
qualified for sale in  such jurisdictions or an  exemption from registration  or
qualification is available and is complied with.
 
LEVERAGED FINANCIAL POSITION
 
   
     After  giving  effect  to  the Transactions,  the  Company  had substantial
indebtedness.  Prior   to  the   consummation  of   the  Transactions,   Benedek
Broadcasting's  total indebtedness was  $135.7 million, of  which $135.0 million
consisted of the Senior Secured Notes. In connection with the Transactions,  the
Company  incurred substantial additional indebtedness under the Credit Agreement
and in connection with the issuance of the Existing Notes. As of June 30,  1996,
the  Company had outstanding total indebtedness of approximately $354.6 million,
redeemable  Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  with  a  liquidation  preference  of
approximately  $60.6  million and  redeemable  Seller Junior  Discount Preferred
Stock with  a  liquidation preference  of  $45.2 million.  The  certificates  of
designation  with respect  to the  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock and  the Seller
Junior Discount Preferred Stock (the 'Certificates of Designation') the Exchange
Indenture, the  Indenture  and the  Credit  Agreement limit  the  incurrence  of
additional  indebtedness and the  issuance of redeemable  preferred stock by the
Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, the Senior Secured Note Indenture (as
defined)  limits   the  incurrence   of  additional   indebtedness  by   Benedek
Broadcasting.  However,  all  these  limitations  are  subject  to  a  number of
important qualifications.
    
 
     The Company's high degree of  leverage will have important consequences  to
holders of the Notes, including the following: (i) the ability of the Company to
obtain  additional  financing for  working  capital, capital  expenditures, debt
service requirements  or other  purposes  may be  impaired; (ii)  a  substantial
 
                                       23
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
portion of the Company's operating cash flow will be required to be dedicated to
the   payment  of  the  Company's   interest  expense  and  principal  repayment
obligations; (iii) the Company may be more highly leveraged than companies  with
which  it competes, which may  place it at a  competitive disadvantage; and (iv)
the Company may be more vulnerable in  the event of a downturn in its  business.
See  'Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.'
 
ABILITY TO SERVICE DEBT
 
     The ability of the Company to  make scheduled payments or to refinance  its
obligations  with  respect to  its indebtedness  and redeemable  preferred stock
depends on its financial and operating  performance, which, in turn, is  subject
to  prevailing economic conditions and to  financial, business and other factors
beyond its control. There can be no assurance that its operating results will be
sufficient for payment of its indebtedness or the redemption of preferred  stock
in the future.
 
   
     For  the year  ended December 31,  1995 and  the six months  ended June 30,
1996, on  a  pro  forma basis  after  giving  effect to  the  Transactions,  the
Company's  earnings would have been insufficient to cover fixed charges by $18.5
million  and  $11.7  million,  respectively,   and  earnings  would  have   been
insufficient  to  cover fixed  charges and  preferred  stock dividends  by $31.6
million and  $18.1 million,  respectively.  If non-cash  charges to  income  for
depreciation and amortization and non-cash interest were excluded, the Company's
pro  forma earnings from continuing operations for 1995 and the six months ended
June 30, 1996 would have  been sufficient to cover  its pro forma fixed  charges
for such year.
    
 
     In  order to repay the Notes and  the Senior Secured Notes at maturity, the
Company will  need to  refinance  all or  a portion  of  the Notes  and  Benedek
Broadcasting  or the  Company will  need to  refinance all  or a  portion of the
Senior Secured  Notes. The  Company's ability  to refinance  the Notes  and  the
Company's  and Benedek  Broadcasting's ability  to refinance  the Senior Secured
Notes will depend upon Benedek Broadcasting's operating performance, as well  as
prevailing economic and market conditions, levels of interest rates, refinancing
costs  and other factors, many of which  are beyond the Company's control. There
can be no assurance  that the Company  or Benedek Broadcasting  will be able  to
refinance  the  Notes  or the  Senior  Secured Notes,  as  the case  may  be, or
otherwise raise funds in a timely manner or that the proceeds therefrom will  be
sufficient to effect such refinancing.
 
   
     The Notes do not bear interest until May 15, 2001, and the Company will not
be obligated  to pay cash  interest on the Notes until  November  15,  2001.  In
addition,  for all  dividend  payment  dates with  respect  to the  Exchangeable
Preferred  Stock  and  interest  payment  dates  with  respect  to the  Exchange
Debentures  through and including  July 1, 2001, the Company may, at its option,
pay  dividends by adding the amount  thereof to the then  effective  liquidation
preference of the Exchangeable  Preferred Stock and pay interest on the Exchange
Debentures by issuing additional Exchange  Debentures.  For all dividend payment
dates with  respect to the  Seller  Junior  Discount  Preferred  Stock  prior to
October  1,  2001,  the  Company  will pay such  dividends  by adding the amount
thereof  to the then  effective  liquidation  preference  of the  Seller  Junior
Discount  Preferred  Stock.  In order for the  Company to meet its debt  service
obligations  and pay required  dividends  after May 15, 2001 with respect to the
Notes,  after July 1, 2001 with respect to the  Exchangeable  Preferred Stock or
Exchange Debentures, as the case may be, and from and after October 1, 2001 with
respect to the Seller Junior Discount  Preferred Stock, the Company will need to
substantially  increase broadcast cash flow at the Stations.  The Company's debt
service obligations, including scheduled principal amortization, in the 12 month
period  beginning May 15, 2001 would be  approximately  $58.0 million  (assuming
that there will not have been any  mandatory  or  voluntary  prepayments  of any
indebtedness  prior to that time and  assuming  a blended  interest  rate on the
amounts then outstanding  under the Credit Agreement  comparable to the rate the
Company is currently  paying).  The Company's cash dividend payments during such
period on the  Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  and the  Seller  Junior  Discount
Preferred Stock would be approximately $27.0 million.  However,  there can be no
assurance  that the Company's  broadcast  cash flow will improve or improve in a
sufficient  degree to enable the  Company to meet such  obligations.  The Credit
Agreement  restricts the  Company's  ability to sell assets and use the proceeds
therefrom,  and the Senior  Secured  Note  Indenture  restricts  the  ability of
Benedek  Broadcasting  to sell  assets and use the  proceeds  therefrom.  In the
absence of such improvement, the Company could face liquidity problems and might
be required to reduce its capital  expenditures and overhead expenses or dispose
of material  assets or operations  to meet its debt and preferred  stock service
and  other  obligations.  There can be no  assurance  as to the  ability  of the
Company to consummate such sales or the proceeds which the Company could realize
therefrom or that such proceeds would be adequate to meet the  obligations  then
due.
    
 
                                       24
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     If  the Company  or Benedek Broadcasting  is unable  to generate sufficient
cash flow or otherwise obtain funds  necessary to make required payments on  its
indebtedness  or,  if the  Company or  Benedek  Broadcasting otherwise  fails to
comply with the various covenants  in such indebtedness (including covenants  in
the  Credit Agreement), it  would be in  default under the  terms thereof, which
would permit the holders of such indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of such
indebtedness and could cause defaults under other indebtedness of the Company or
Benedek Broadcasting  or  result in  a  bankruptcy  of the  Company  or  Benedek
Broadcasting.  Such  defaults  or  any  bankruptcy  of  the  Company  or Benedek
Broadcasting resulting therefrom  would have  a material adverse  effect on  the
holders of the Notes.
 
HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE; SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES
 
     The  Company is  a holding  company that will  derive all  of its operating
income and cash flow from its sole subsidiary, Benedek Broadcasting, the  common
stock  of which, together with all other assets of the Company, has been pledged
to secure  the  Company's  senior  guarantee  of  all  indebtedness  of  Benedek
Broadcasting outstanding under the Credit Agreement and in respect of the Senior
Secured  Notes.  As  a  holding  company,  the  Company's  ability  to  pay  its
obligations, including its obligation  to pay interest on  and principal of  the
Notes,  whether at  maturity, upon  a Change  of Control  or otherwise,  will be
dependent primarily upon receiving dividends and other payments or advances from
Benedek Broadcasting.  Benedek Broadcasting  is a  separate and  distinct  legal
entity and has no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts to the
Company  or to make funds available to the Company for debt service or any other
obligation.
 
   
     Although the  Credit  Agreement  does  not limit  the  ability  of  Benedek
Broadcasting  to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company, the Senior
Secured Note  Indenture  does  contain  such  limitations.  However,  after  the
consummation  of  the Transactions  (including  the contribution  to  the common
equity of  Benedek Broadcasting  of net  cash proceeds  of approximately  $188.5
million  from the sale  of the Existing  Notes, the Units  and the Seller Junior
Discount Preferred Stock), as of June 30, 1996, Benedek Broadcasting could  have
distributed approximately $188.5 million to the Company under such limitations.
    
 
   
     The  Existing Notes are, and the  Exchange Securities will be, subordinated
in right of  payment to  all existing  and future  Senior Debt  of the  Company.
Additionally,  the  Existing Notes  are, and  the  Exchange Securities  will be,
effectively subordinated  to  all existing  and  future indebtedness  and  other
obligations  of Benedek Broadcasting, including the Senior Secured Notes and the
obligations of  Benedek Broadcasting  under  the Credit  Agreement, and  of  any
future  subsidiaries of the Company. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had Senior
Debt of $263.6 million,  including its guarantee of  the obligations of  Benedek
Broadcasting  with respect to the Credit Agreement and the Senior Secured Notes,
and the  aggregate liabilities  of the  Company's subsidiaries,  including  with
respect  to  the Credit  Agreement  and the  Senior  Secured Notes,  were $346.5
million. See 'Description of the Notes -- Ranking.' In the event of  bankruptcy,
liquidation  or reorganization of the Company, the assets of the Company will be
available to pay  obligations on the  Notes only  after all Senior  Debt of  the
Company  has been paid in full, and there may not be sufficient assets remaining
to pay  amounts due  on  the Notes  then outstanding.  Additional  indebtedness,
including Senior Debt, may be incurred by the Company from time to time, subject
to the terms of the Indenture.
    
 
SENSITIVITY TO GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
     The   Company's  operating  results  are   sensitive  to  general  economic
conditions in the  United States.  Additionally, because the  Company relies  on
sales  of advertising time for substantially  all of its revenues, the Company's
operating results  are and  will be  sensitive to  local and  regional  economic
conditions   in  each  of  the  markets  in  which  the  Stations  operate.  See
'Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations' and 'Business -- Competition.'
 
COMPETITION WITHIN THE TELEVISION INDUSTRY; ADVANCED TELEVISION
 
     The  television broadcast industry  faces competition for  market share and
advertising revenues  from  a  variety of  alternative  media,  including  cable
television, 'wireless' cable systems, direct
 
                                       25
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
broadcast satellite systems, telephone company video systems, radio, newspapers,
computer  on-line services, periodicals and  other entertainment and advertising
media.
 
     The ability  of  television  broadcast  stations  to  generate  advertising
revenues  depends to a  significant degree upon  audience ratings. Technological
innovation and the resulting proliferation of programming alternatives, such  as
independent   broadcast  stations,  cable  television  and  other  multi-channel
competitors, pay-per-view  and  VCRs,  have  fractionalized  television  viewing
audiences   and  subjected  television  broadcast   stations  to  new  types  of
competition. During the past decade,  cable television and independent  stations
have  captured an  increasing market share  while overall  viewership of network
television has declined.
 
     Advances in technology may increase competition for household audiences and
advertising revenues.  Video  compression techniques,  now  in use  with  direct
broadcast  satellites and  in development  for cable  and 'wireless'  cable, are
expected to permit  greater numbers of  channels to be  carried within  existing
bandwidths.  These  compression  techniques,  as  well  as  other  technological
developments,  are  applicable   to  all  video   delivery  systems,   including
over-the-air  broadcasting, and  have the  potential to  provide vastly expanded
programming to  highly-targeted audiences.  Reduction in  the cost  of  creating
additional  channel  capacity  may lower  entry  barriers for  new  channels and
encourage the development of increasingly specialized 'niche' programming.  This
ability  to reach highly-targeted  audiences may alter  the competitive dynamics
for advertising expenditures.
 
     The FCC currently  is determining  whether and  how to  assign licenses  to
permit  television broadcasters  to provide digital  advanced television ('ATV')
services. ATV  refers to  improvements  in image  definition and  sound  quality
(commonly  known  as  high-definition  television), as  well  as  flexibility to
provide additional-spectrum based services. The  FCC has tentatively decided  to
issue  a second channel to  each television broadcaster to  permit it to provide
ATV over  a  transition  period. At  the  end  of the  transition  period,  each
broadcaster  would be required to  return to the FCC  one of these two channels.
This transition will permit broadcasters  to provide higher quality services  to
their viewers and may permit broadcasters to compete more effectively with other
digital  video systems. However, constructing  and operating a second television
channel will require a substantial capital  outlay for all of the Stations.  The
Company  is unable to predict the effect that technological changes will have on
the broadcast  television  industry  or  the future  results  of  the  Company's
operations. See 'Business -- Competition.'
 
     In  addition,  certain  leaders  in Congress  and  the  Administration have
proposed legislation that would require broadcasters  to (i) bid at auction  for
ATV  channels, potentially  against other non-broadcast  applicants, (ii) return
their analog channels on an expedited basis  by 2005 to permit the old  channels
to  be reauctioned to new licensees and/or (iii) pay a fee for use of the second
channel, starting either immediately or after 2005. These proposals, if enacted,
could affect the Company. First,  auctions for ATV channels could  substantially
increase  the Company's up-front costs of converting  to ATV and would raise the
possibility that the Company could be  subject to additional competition in  its
markets  if  it, or  another  licensee, is  out-bid  by a  newcomer.  Second, an
expedited transition period could require the Company to end analog transmission
before all its viewers (particularly those in the small and medium-sized markets
which the Company serves) have purchased ATV-compatible reception equipment.
 
   
UNCERTAINTIES REGARDING LICENSE RENEWALS; POSSIBLE NEED TO DIVEST STATIONS
    
 
     The broadcasting industry is subject  to significant regulation by the  FCC
pursuant  to the  Communications Act  of 1934,  as amended  (the 'Communications
Act'). FCC  approval is  required  for the  issuance,  renewal and  transfer  of
station  operating  licenses.  The  Company's  business  is  dependent  upon the
retention and renewal of television broadcasting licenses from the FCC. While in
the vast majority of cases such licenses are renewed by the FCC, there can be no
assurance that the Company's licenses will be renewed upon their expiration. All
of the Stations  are presently  operating under five-year  licenses expiring  on
various dates from 1996 to 1999. Currently, WTAP-TV, Parkersburg, West Virginia,
WHSV-TV,  Harrisonburg,  Virginia,  and  WTRF-TV,  Wheeling,  West  Virginia and
Steubenville, Ohio, have pending applications  for license renewal. Pursuant  to
recent legislation, the term of each of these licenses will be extended to eight
years upon ordinary course renewal. The
 
                                       26
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
United States Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration and may in
the  future adopt new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of
matters (including technological changes)  which could, directly or  indirectly,
affect  the operations and  ownership of the Stations.  See 'Business -- Federal
Regulation of Television Broadcasting.'
 
   
     The FCC granted the Company's application to acquire the Stauffer  Stations
on  April 8, 1996 and  its application to acquire  the Brissette Stations on May
23, 1996.  In approving  the Brissette  acquisition, the  FCC granted  six-month
waivers  of the 'duopoly' rule that prevents  a licensee from having an interest
in two stations  that have  a certain degree  of overlap  in their  transmission
signals.  The six-month waivers  granted by the FCC  pertain to the transmission
signal overlap of (i) WIFR-TV,  the Benedek Station serving Rockford,  Illinois,
and  WMTV(TV), the Brissette Station serving  Madison, Wisconsin; (ii) WYTV, the
Benedek Station serving  Youngstown, Ohio,  and WTRF-TV,  the Brissette  Station
serving  Wheeling, West Virginia and Steubenville,  Ohio; and (iii) WTAP-TV, the
Benedek Station serving Parkersburg, West  Virginia, and WTRF-TV. These  waivers
permit the Company to hold the Stations in question for a six-month period after
closing  before divesting one  of the two  Stations that do  not comply with the
duopoly rule in each instance. The FCC has a pending proceeding that may  result
in  the liberalization of the duopoly rule  to permit the Company to continue to
own all the Stations it currently owns as  well as all of those it has  received
FCC  consent to  acquire. There  can be no  assurance that  the FCC  will act to
liberalize the rule or that it will do  so in time to avoid the Company's  being
required  to divest certain  Stations in order to  eliminate any signal overlap.
See 'Business  --  Federal Regulation  of  Television Broadcasting  --  Multiple
Ownership Restrictions.'
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON NETWORK AFFILIATION
 
     Each  of the Stations is affiliated with either ABC, CBS or NBC. Viewership
levels for  each  of the  Stations  are materially  dependent  upon  programming
provided  by the  Station's affiliated network.  There can be  no assurance that
such programming will achieve or maintain satisfactory viewership levels in  the
future.
 
     Each of the Benedek Stations' network affiliation agreements currently runs
for  a period of  five to 10 years.  WYTV, WBKO-TV, WTOK-TV  and WHSV-TV, all of
which are  ABC affiliates,  each have  a five-year  affiliation agreement  which
expires  in 1999. KDLH-TV,  WIFR-TV, KHQA-TV and  WTVY-TV, all of  which are CBS
affiliates, each have a ten-year affiliation agreement which expires in 2005 and
is automatically  renewed  for successive  five-year  terms, subject  to  either
party's right to terminate the agreement at the end of any term upon six months'
advance  notice. WTAP-TV, an NBC affiliate, currently operates under a five-year
affiliation agreement which  expires in  2000 and is  automatically renewed  for
successive  terms, subject to either party's right to terminate the agreement at
the end of any term upon 12 months' advance notice.
 
     Each of  the Stauffer  Stations' network  affiliation agreements  currently
runs  for a  period of five  to 10  years. KMIZ(TV), an  ABC affiliate, operates
under an  affiliation  agreement which  expires  in 2000  and  is  automatically
renewed  for successive terms, subject to  either party's right to terminate the
agreement at the end of its term upon 180 days' advance notice. All of the other
Stauffer Stations  are CBS  affiliates  operating under  affiliation  agreements
which expire in 2005 and which automatically renew for successive terms, subject
to  either party's right to terminate the agreement  at the end of its term upon
six months' advance notice.
 
     Each of the  Brissette Stations' network  affiliation agreements  currently
runs  for a  period of 10  to 11 years.  WMTV(TV), WWLP(TV) and  WILX-TV, all of
which are NBC  affiliates, each has  an affiliation agreement  which expires  in
2006  and is  automatically renewed for  successive five-year  terms, subject to
either party's right to terminate the agreement at the end of any term upon  six
months'  advance notice. Each of the Brissette CBS affiliates, WSAW-TV, WTRF-TV,
KAUZ-TV and KOSA-TV, are operating under affiliation agreements which expire  in
2005  and which  automatically renew  for successive  10-year terms,  subject to
either party's right to terminate the agreement upon six months' advance notice.
WHOI(TV), an ABC  affiliate, currently operates  under an affiliation  agreement
which expires in 2005 and which does not provide for renewals.
 
     Although  the  Company  expects  to  be  able  to  renew  these affiliation
agreements, no assurance can be given  that such renewals will be obtained.  The
non-renewal or termination of one or more of the
 
                                       27
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
network  affiliation agreements would  likely have a  material adverse effect on
the Company's results of operations. See 'Business -- Network Affiliation of the
Stations.'
 
DEPENDENCE ON MANAGEMENT
 
     Certain of  the executive  officers of  the Company,  including A.  Richard
Benedek  and  K. James  Yager,  are especially  important  to the  direction and
management of the Company. The loss of the services of such persons could have a
material adverse effect on the business and operations of the Company, and there
can be no assurance that the Company would be able to find replacements for such
persons with equivalent business experience.
 
CONTROL BY SOLE STOCKHOLDER; CHANGE OF CONTROL COULD RESULT IN DEFAULT
 
     A. Richard Benedek owns all of the outstanding common stock of the Company.
Consequently, Mr. Benedek has the power  to control the business and affairs  of
the  Company by virtue of his power to  elect all of the Company's directors and
his voting power  with respect  to actions requiring  stockholder approval.  See
'Stock  Ownership.'  The  Communications Act  and  FCC rules  require  the prior
consent of the FCC to any change of control of the Company.
 
     A  Change  of  Control  (as   defined  in  various  debt  instruments   and
certificates  of designation) could require the Company and Benedek Broadcasting
to refinance  substantial amounts  of their  indebtedness and  preferred  stock,
including  the Notes, the Senior Secured Notes, the Term Loan Facilities and the
Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock.   The  Company's  failure   to  refinance   such
indebtedness  and preferred stock when required  would result in a default under
the Indenture, the Senior  Secured Note Indenture and  the Credit Agreement.  In
the  event of a  Change of Control, there  can be no  assurance that the Company
would have sufficient assets to satisfy all of its obligations. In addition, the
Credit Agreement and the Senior  Secured Note Indenture both contain  provisions
that  may prohibit  the Company  from repurchasing  the Notes  upon a  Change of
Control. See  'Description  of  Other  Indebtedness  --  Credit  Agreement'  and
' -- Senior Secured Notes.'
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTEGRATION OF THE ACQUIRED STATIONS
 
     The Company's strategic plans with respect to the Acquired Stations include
increasing  net  revenue  and  broadcast  cash  flow  and  controlling operating
expenses. Although the Company believes  these strategies are reasonable,  there
can be no assurance that it will be able to implement its plans without delay or
that,  when implemented, its efforts will result in the increased broadcast cash
flow or other benefits currently anticipated by the Company. In addition,  there
can  be no assurance that the  Company will not encounter unanticipated problems
or liabilities in connection with the Acquired Stations. The integration of  the
Acquired  Stations into the Company will  require substantial attention from the
Company's senior management, which may limit the amount of time available to  be
devoted to the Company's existing operations.
 
TERMINATION OF S CORPORATION STATUS; POTENTIAL CORPORATE TAX LIABILITY
 
     Historically,  Benedek  Broadcasting  had elected  to  be treated  as  an S
Corporation for Federal and state income tax purposes. Upon consummation of  the
Transactions,  Benedek  Broadcasting  no  longer  met  the  requirements  for  S
Corporation status and, therefore, the Company and Benedek Broadcasting will  be
liable  for  Federal  and  state  taxes  on  their  income  from  and  after the
consummation of the Transactions.  As a result,  Benedek Broadcasting no  longer
has  available to  it certain suspended  losses which would  otherwise have been
available to it as an S Corporation.
 
     For so  long as  the S  election was  in effect,  Benedek Broadcasting  was
generally not responsible for Federal income taxes and income taxes of any state
or  locality for which a valid S election  had been made. A. Richard Benedek, as
the sole stockholder of  Benedek Broadcasting prior to  the consummation of  the
Transactions,  is  responsible  for  the  payment  of  income  taxes  on Benedek
Broadcasting's taxable income prior to the consummation of the Transactions, and
the Indenture  and the  Senior Secured  Note Indenture  permit payments  to  Mr.
Benedek  of certain amounts in respect  thereof. While the Company believes that
Benedek Broadcasting  had  met  until  consummation  of  the  Transactions,  the
requirements  for  S Corporation  status, there  can be  no assurance  that such
position, if challenged, would be upheld. If such status were challenged and not
upheld, the Company would be
 
                                       28
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
liable for corporate  taxes on  its income at  the effective  Federal and  state
corporate  tax rates for any  year in which its  S Corporation status was denied
plus interest and  perhaps penalties.  Mr. Benedek has  agreed to  repay to  the
Company  any payments of  Tax Amounts (as defined)  made by Benedek Broadcasting
for any year for which Benedek Broadcasting's S Corporation status is ultimately
determined to  have been  invalid.  See 'Description  of  the Notes  --  Certain
Covenants  -- Limitation  on Restricted  Payments.' There  can be  no assurance,
however, that  funds for  such repayment  would be  available or  sufficient  to
reimburse the Company for all income taxes due.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT CONSEQUENCES
 
     The  Existing Notes were, and the  Exchange Securities will be, issued with
original issue discount for Federal  income tax purposes. Consequently,  holders
of  the Notes generally will be required  to include amounts in gross income for
Federal income tax purposes in advance of receipt of the cash payments to  which
the  income is attributable. See 'Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences' for a
more detailed discussion of the Federal  income tax consequences to the  holders
of the Notes of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes.
 
UNMATURED INTEREST
 
     If  a bankruptcy case is commenced by  or against the Company under Federal
bankruptcy law after the issuance of the  Notes, the claim of a holder of  Notes
with  respect to the principal amount thereof  may be limited to an amount equal
to that portion of the original issue discount which is not deemed to constitute
'unmatured interest' for purposes of Federal bankruptcy law. Any original  issue
discount  that  was  not  amortized  as  of  any  such  bankruptcy  filing would
constitute 'unmatured interest.'
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES
 
     The Exchange Securities are  being offered to the  holders of the  Existing
Notes.  The Existing Notes were purchased  and immediately resold by the Initial
Purchaser in June  1996 to  a small number  of institutional  investors and  are
eligible  for  trading  in the  Private  Offerings, Resale  and  Trading through
Automatic Linkages (PORTAL) Market.
 
     The Company  does  not  intend to  apply  for  a listing  of  the  Exchange
Securities  on a securities  exchange. There is  currently no established market
for the Exchange Securities and there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of
markets that may develop for the Exchange Securities, the ability of the holders
of the Exchange  Securities to sell  their Exchange Securities  or the price  at
which  such holders  would be  able to sell  their Exchange  Securities. If such
markets were to exist, the Exchange Securities could trade at prices that may be
lower than  the  initial  market  values  thereof  depending  on  many  factors,
including prevailing interest rates and the markets for similar securities.
 
     The  liquidity of, and trading market for, the Exchange Securities also may
be adversely affected by general declines in the market for similar  securities.
Such  a  decline  may  adversely  affect  such  liquidity  and  trading  markets
independent of the financial performance of, and prospects for, the Company.
 
                                       29

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                THE ACQUISITIONS
 
     The Acquisitions are a central part of the Company's strategy to become one
of  the leading television station group  owners of small to medium-sized market
television stations  in  the  United  States. The  Company  believes  that  this
expansion  will create economies of scale which  will (i) improve its ability to
negotiate more  favorable arrangements  with program  suppliers, national  sales
representation  firms, equipment vendors and television networks, (ii) enable it
to develop  program consortiums  for regional  news and  sports programming  and
(iii)  enhance its  ability to attract  and retain strong  management and on-air
talent. The Acquisitions are consistent  with the Company's strategy to  acquire
network-affiliated television stations in markets with a limited number of media
competitors for local advertising revenues.
 
   
     THE   STAUFFER  ACQUISITION.  On   June  6,  1996,   the  Company  acquired
substantially all of the broadcast television assets (including working capital)
of Stauffer consisting of five principal broadcast television stations and  four
satellite  broadcast television stations for a  purchase price of $54.5 million.
The Company  also  assumed  certain  liabilities  and  obligations  of  Stauffer
incurred  in the ordinary course of business, excluding, among other things, any
indebtedness for borrowed money. Pursuant to the Stauffer Agreement, at  closing
Stauffer  was required to have working capital  of at least $1.6 million. To the
extent the working capital of Stauffer exceeded $1.6 million (including  therein
accounts  receivable of  Stauffer only  to the  extent actually  collected), the
Company is obligated to remit such excess to Stauffer.
    
 
     The principal stations acquired by  the Company were KCOY-TV, Santa  Maria,
California;  WIBW-TV,  Topeka,  Kansas; KMIZ(TV),  Columbia,  Missouri; KGWC-TV,
Casper, Wyoming; and KGWN-TV, Cheyenne, Wyoming. KGWC-TV operates two  satellite
stations,  KGWL-TV, Lander, Wyoming, and KGWR-TV, Rock Springs, Wyoming, both of
which rebroadcast the  programming of  KGWC-TV. KGWN-TV  operates two  satellite
stations,  KSTF-TV, Scottsbluff, Nebraska and  KTVS-TV, Sterling, Colorado, both
of which rebroadcast the  programming of KGWN-TV. All  of the Stauffer  Stations
are  affiliated  with CBS,  except for  KMIZ(TV),  Columbia, Missouri,  which is
affiliated with ABC. For the year ended December 31, 1995, the Stauffer Stations
had net  revenues of  $17.3 million,  broadcast cash  flow of  $4.0 million  and
broadcast cash flow margin of 23.1%.
 
     THE BRISSETTE ACQUISITION. On June 6, 1996, the Company acquired all of the
capital  stock of Brissette for $270.0 million  in cash and preferred stock. All
of the outstanding indebtedness of Brissette was paid in full by the sellers  at
the  closing. Pursuant to the Brissette  Agreement, at the closing Brissette was
required to have  working capital of  at least  $8.8 million and  any amount  in
excess  thereof will  be paid to  the sellers.  By acquiring all  of the capital
stock of  Brissette, the  Company acquired  eight network-affiliated  television
stations  including  WMTV(TV),  the NBC  affiliate  serving  Madison, Wisconsin;
WWLP(TV), the NBC affiliate serving Springfield, Massachusetts; WILX-TV, the NBC
affiliate serving Lansing, Michigan; WHOI(TV), the ABC affiliate serving Peoria,
Illinois; WSAW-TV, the CBS affiliate serving Wausau, Wisconsin; WTRF-TV, the CBS
affiliate serving Wheeling, West Virginia  and Steubenville, Ohio; KAUZ-TV,  the
CBS  affiliate  serving Wichita  Falls, Texas;  and  KOSA-TV, the  CBS affiliate
serving Odessa, Texas. For the year  ended December 31, 1995, Brissette had  net
revenues  of $51.3 million,  broadcast cash flow of  $23.9 million and broadcast
cash flow margin of 46.5%.
 
     Of the  $270.0 million  paid for  the capital  stock of  Brissette,  $225.0
million  was paid in cash and  the balance was paid by  the issuance to GECC and
Mr. Paul  Brissette of  the Seller  Junior Discount  Preferred Stock.  See  'The
Financing Plan.'
 
     For   a  description  of  the  Acquired   Stations  see  'Business  --  The
Stations -- Stauffer' and ' -- Brissette.'
 
                                       30
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                               THE FINANCING PLAN
 
     The Company, together with its subsidiary Benedek Broadcasting, implemented
the Financing Plan  in order to  finance the  Acquisitions and to  pay fees  and
expenses related thereto. The Financing Plan consisted of (i) the offer and sale
by  the  Company of  the  Existing Notes  to  generate gross  proceeds  of $90.2
million, (ii) the offer and sale by  the Company of the Units to generate  gross
proceeds  of $60.0 million, (iii)  Benedek Broadcasting borrowing $128.0 million
pursuant to  the Term  Loan Facilities  of  the Credit  Agreement and  (iv)  the
Company  issuing an aggregate of $45.0 million initial liquidation preference of
Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock to GECC and Mr. Paul Brissette.
 
   
     The following table sets forth the sources and uses for the Financing  Plan
as of June 6, 1996:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   (DOLLARS
                                                                                IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                             <C>
SOURCES:
  Benedek Broadcasting
     Cash....................................................................      $  7,322
     Deposit(a)..............................................................         5,000
     Credit Agreement
          Revolving Credit Facility(b).......................................            --
          Term Loan Facilities...............................................       128,000
  The Company
     The Existing Notes......................................................        90,178
     The Units(c)............................................................        60,000
     Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock..................................        45,000
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                   $335,500
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
USES:
     Stauffer Acquisition....................................................      $ 54,500
     Brissette Acquisition...................................................       270,000
     Fees and Expenses.......................................................        11,000
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                   $335,500
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Pursuant  to the Stauffer  Agreement, Benedek Broadcasting  had made a $5.0
     million  down  payment   which  had  been   deposited  in  escrow   pending
     consummation of the Stauffer Acquisition.
 
 (b) Benedek  Broadcasting has available to it $15.0 million under the Revolving
     Credit Facility.
 
 (c) Each Unit  consisted of  ten shares  of Exchangeable  Preferred Stock,  ten
     Initial Warrants and 14.8 Contingent Warrants, each Warrant to purchase one
     share of Class A Common Stock of the Company.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The  Company will  not receive  any proceeds  from the  Exchange Offer. The
gross proceeds received  by the  Company from the  sale of  the Existing  Notes,
together  with the gross proceeds from the  sale of the Units and advances under
the Credit Agreement, were used to finance the Acquisitions and to pay fees  and
expenses in connection with the Transactions.
   
    
 
                                       31
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                         PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
     The  following  unaudited pro  forma financial  statements (the  'Pro Forma
Financial Statements') are based on the Consolidated Financial Statements of the
Company, the Financial  Statements of  Stauffer and  the Consolidated  Financial
Statements of Brissette, all of which are included elsewhere in this Prospectus,
adjusted  to give pro forma  effect to the Acquistions,  the Financing Plan, the
acquisition in 1995 of the  Dothan Station, the issuance  in 1995 of the  Senior
Secured  Notes and certain contractual arrangements which have been entered into
during 1995 in connection with or as a result of the transactions (collectively,
for purposes of the Pro Forma Financial Statements, the 'Transactions').
    
 
   
     The unaudited  Pro  Forma  Statements  of Operations  for  the  year  ended
December  31,  1995  are  derived from  the  audited  consolidated  statement of
operations of Benedek  Broadcasting for the  year ended December  31, 1995,  the
audited statement of operations of Dothan Holdings II Inc. (the former owners of
the  Dothan Station)  for the  three months  ended March  31, 1995,  the audited
statement of operations of Stauffer for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the
audited statement of  operations of Brissette  for the year  ended December  31,
1995,  all of  which, other  than the audited  statements of  Dothan Holdings II
Inc.,  are  included  elsewhere  in   this  Prospectus,  and  assume  that   the
Transactions  were consummated  as of January  1, 1995. The  unaudited Pro Forma
Statements of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996 are derived from
the unaudited consolidated statement  of operations of the  Company for the  six
months  ended June 30,  1996, the unaudited statement  of operations of Stauffer
for the period January 1, 1996 to  June 6, 1996, and the unaudited statement  of
operations  of Brissette for the period January 1,  1996 to June 6, 1996, all of
which  are  included  elsewhere  in   this  Prospectus,  and  assume  that   the
Transactions were consummated as of January 1, 1996.
    
 
   
     The  Pro Forma  Financial Statements do  not purport to  represent what the
Company's results of operations would actually have been if the Transactions had
occurred on the dates indicated or to project the Company's results or financial
condition for  or  at  any  future  period or  date.  The  Pro  Forma  Financial
Statements   are  presented  for  comparative   purposes  only.  The  pro  forma
adjustments, as  described in  the  accompanying data,  are based  on  available
information  and certain  assumptions that  management believes  are reasonable.
Additionally, certain reclassification  entries have  been made  to the  audited
financial  statements of Stauffer and Brissette for consistent presentation with
Benedek Broadcasting.
    
   
    
 
                                       32
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (UNAUDITED)
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                HISTORICAL
                                       ----------------------------
                                                         DOTHAN
                                                       JANUARY 1,
                                                         1995 TO     ADJUSTMENTS                        HISTORICAL
                                                        MARCH 31,    FOR DOTHAN   THE COMPANY AS   --------------------
                                        THE COMPANY       1995       ACQUISITION   ADJUSTED(A)     STAUFFER   BRISSETTE
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net revenues......................    $50,329        $ 1,643        $  --        $ 51,972      $ 17,317   $  51,326
    Operating expenses:
      Station operating expenses......     29,049          1,440         (350)(f)      30,139        13,534      27,515
      Depreciation and amortization...      5,041            389           37(g)        5,467         2,229       6,252
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
        Station operating income
          (loss)......................     16,239           (186)         313          16,366         1,554      17,559
 
      Corporate expenses..............      1,576(e)         182         (182)(h)       1,576            --       2,307
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
    Operating income (loss)...........     14,663           (368)         495          14,790         1,554      15,252
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
    Financial expense, net:
      Interest expense, net:
        Cash interest, net............    (14,763)          (209)        (807)(i)     (15,779)           --     (20,837)
        Other interest................       (712)            --           92(j)         (620)           --        (549)
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
          Total interest, net.........    (15,475)          (209)        (715)        (16,399)           --     (21,386)
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
      Other, net......................         --             --           --              --            --        (354)
    Provision for income taxes........         --            208         (208)(k)          --            --        (147)
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
    Net income (loss) from continuing
      operations......................       (812)          (369)        (428)         (1,609)        1,554      (6,635)
    Exchangeable Preferred Stock
      dividends.......................         --             --           --              --            --          --
    Seller Junior Discount Preferred
      Stock dividends.................         --             --           --              --            --          --
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
    Net income (loss) from continuing
      operations available to common
      stockholders....................    $  (812)       $  (369)       $(428)       $ (1,609)     $  1,554   $  (6,635)
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
                                       -------------  -------------  -----------  --------------   --------   ---------
    Ratio of earnings to fixed
      charges(b)......................         --                                          --
 
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow(c)............    $21,310        $   103        $ 450        $ 21,863      $  4,000   $  23,856
    Broadcast cash flow margin........       42.3%           6.3%                        42.1%         23.1%       46.5%
 
    Operating cash flow(c)............    $19,734        $   (79)       $ 632        $ 20,287      $  4,000   $  21,549
    Operating cash flow margin........       39.2%            NM                         39.0%         23.1%       42.0%
 
    Amortization of program broadcast
      rights..........................    $ 2,162        $    21        $  --        $  2,183      $  1,025   $   1,684
    Payments for program broadcast
      rights..........................      2,132            121         (100)(l)       2,153           808       1,639
    Capital expenditures..............      2,008            118           --           2,126           406       2,748
    Cash payments for Federal income
      taxes...........................         --                                          --
 
CERTAIN RATIOS:
    Operating cash flow to cash
      interest expense, net...........       1.33x                                       1.29x
    Operating cash flow to total
      interest expense, net...........       1.27x                                       1.24x
 
    Operating cash flow less capital
      expenditures to cash interest
      expense, net....................       1.20x                                       1.15x
    Operating cash flow less capital
      expenditures to total interest
      expense, net....................       1.15x                                       1.11x
 
    Net Senior Debt to operating cash
      flow(d).........................        6.4x                                        6.2x
 
    Net debt to operating cash
      flow(d).........................        6.4x                                        6.2x
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                              THE
                                        ADJUSTMENTS         COMPANY
                                            FOR               PRO
                                        TRANSACTIONS         FORMA
                                        ------------     -------------
 
<S>                                    <C>              <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net revenues......................    $    250(m)    $     121,345
                                               132(n)
                                               284(o)
                                                64(p)
    Operating expenses:
      Station operating expenses......      (1,894)(q)          69,294
      Depreciation and amortization...      13,677(r)           27,625
                                        ------------     -------------
        Station operating income
          (loss)......................     (11,053)             24,426
      Corporate expenses..............      (1,983)(s)           1,900
                                        ------------     -------------
    Operating income (loss)...........      (9,070)             22,526
                                        ------------     -------------
    Financial expense, net:
      Interest expense, net:
        Cash interest, net............       9,401(t)          (27,215)
        Other interest................     (12,602)(t)         (13,771)
                                        ------------     -------------
          Total interest, net.........      (3,201)            (40,986)
                                        ------------     -------------
      Other, net......................         354(u)               --
    Provision for income taxes........         147(v)               --
                                        ------------     -------------
    Net income (loss) from continuing
      operations......................     (11,770)            (18,460)
    Exchangeable Preferred Stock
      dividends.......................      (9,519)(w)          (9,519)
    Seller Junior Discount Preferred
      Stock dividends.................      (3,672)(x)          (3,672)
                                        ------------     -------------
    Net income (loss) from continuing
      operations available to common
      stockholders....................    $(24,961)      $     (31,651)
                                        ------------     -------------
                                        ------------     -------------
    Ratio of earnings to fixed
      charges(b)......................                              --
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow(c)............    $  2,703       $      52,422
    Broadcast cash flow margin........                            43.2%
    Operating cash flow(c)............    $  4,686       $      50,522
    Operating cash flow margin........                            41.6%
    Amortization of program broadcast
      rights..........................    $     --       $       4,892
    Payments for program broadcast
      rights..........................         (79)(y)           4,521
    Capital expenditures..............          --               5,280
    Cash payments for Federal income
      taxes...........................                              --
CERTAIN RATIOS:
    Operating cash flow to cash
      interest expense, net...........                            1.86x
    Operating cash flow to total
      interest expense, net...........                            1.23x
    Operating cash flow less capital
      expenditures to cash interest
      expense, net....................                            1.66x
    Operating cash flow less capital
      expenditures to total interest
      expense, net....................                            1.10x
    Net Senior Debt to operating cash
      flow(d).........................                             5.1x
    Net debt to operating cash
      flow(d).........................                             6.8x
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       33
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                       PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                SIX MONTHS          FOR THE PERIOD
                                                   ENDED          JANUARY 1, 1996 TO                           THE
                                               JUNE 30, 1996         JUNE 6, 1996         ADJUSTMENTS        COMPANY
                                              ---------------    ---------------------        FOR              PRO
                                                THE COMPANY      STAUFFER    BRISSETTE    TRANSACTIONS        FORMA
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>                <C>         <C>          <C>                <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 
    Net revenues...........................       $30,115         $7,341      $22,439       $     64(o)      $59,959
    Operating expenses:
      Station operating expenses...........        18,236          6,094       12,875           (900)(q)      36,305
      Depreciation and amortization........         4,069            974        2,954          5,258(r)       13,255
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
        Station operating income (loss)....         7,810            273        6,610         (4,294)         10,399
      Corporate expenses...................         1,087             --        3,303         (3,440)(s)         950
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
    Operating income (loss)................         6,723            273        3,307           (854)          9,449
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
    Financial expense, net:
      Interest expense, net:
        Cash interest, net.................        (8,668)            --       (8,209)         3,238(t)      (13,639 )
        Other interest.....................        (1,098)            --         (275)        (6,103)(t)      (7,476 )
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
          Total interest, net..............        (9,766)            --       (8,484)        (2,865)        (21,115 )
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
      Other, net...........................            --             --         (190)           190(u)           --
    Provision for income taxes.............            --             --         (114)           114(v)           --
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
    Net income (loss) from continuing
      operations...........................        (3,043)           273       (5,481)        (3,415)        (11,666 )
    Exchangeable Preferred Stock
      dividends............................            --             --           --         (4,630)(w)      (4,630 )
    Seller Junior Discount Preferred
      Stock dividends......................            --             --           --         (1,809)(x)      (1,809 )
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
    Net income (loss) from continuing
      operations available to common
      stockholders.........................       $(3,043)        $  273      $(5,481)      $ (9,854)        $(18,105)
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
                                              ---------------    --------    ---------    ------------       --------
    Ratio of earnings to fixed
      charges(b)...........................            --                                                         --
 
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow(c).................       $11,995         $1,390      $ 9,441       $    964         $23,790
    Broadcast cash flow margin.............          39.8%          18.9%        42.1%                          39.7 %
 
    Operating cash flow(c).................       $10,908         $1,390      $ 6,138       $  4,404         $22,840
    Operating cash flow margin.............          36.2%          18.9%        27.4%                          38.1 %
 
    Amortization of program broadcast
      rights...............................       $ 1,302         $  491      $   865                        $ 2,658
    Payments for program broadcast
      rights...............................         1,186            348          988                          2,522
    Capital expenditures...................         1,334             93          935
    Cash payments for Federal income
      taxes................................            --             --           --                             --
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       34
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


   
(a)   Concurrently  with   the  consummation   of  the   Transactions,   Benedek
      Broadcasting   became  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  The
      operations and financial  data of 'The Company as Adjusted'  for
      the  year  ended  December  31,  1995  are  derived  from  the  pro  forma
      consolidated financial statements of the Company adjusted to give
      pro forma  effect to  the acquisition  on  March 31,  1995 of  the  Dothan
      Station  and the  issuance of  the Senior  Secured Notes  as if  both such
      events had  occurred  on January  1,  1995. Capital  expenditures  do  not
      include  assets acquired in connection with  the acquisition of the Dothan
      Station.
    
 
   
(b)   For the purpose  of calculating the  ratio of earnings  to fixed  charges,
      earnings   consist  of   net  income   (loss)  before   income  taxes  and
      extraordinary item plus  fixed charges  (excluding capitalized  interest).
      Fixed  charges  consist of  interest  on all  debt  (including capitalized
      interest), amortization of debt discount  and deferred loan costs and  the
      portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest component
      of  rental  expense  (deemed  to  be  one-third  of  rental  expense which
      management  believes  is  a  reasonable  approximation  of  the   interest
      component). For 'The Company As Adjusted,' for the year ended December 31,
      1995,  earnings were insufficient to cover  fixed charges by $1.6 million.
      The net  income (loss)  for  'The Company  As Adjusted'  includes  certain
      non-cash  charges  as  follows:  non-cash  interest  of  $0.6  million and
      depreciation and  amortization  of  $5.5 million.  For  'The  Company  Pro
      Forma,'  for the year ended December  31, 1995, earnings were insufficient
      to cover fixed charges  by $18.5 million. The  net income (loss) for  'The
      Company  Pro Forma' includes certain non-cash charges as follows: non-cash
      interest of  $13.8  million and  depreciation  and amortization  of  $27.6
      million.  For the Company for the six months ended June 30, 1996, earnings
      were insufficient to cover fixed charges  by $3.0 million. The net  income
      (loss)  for the Company includes certain  non-cash charges as follows: non
      cash interest of $1.1  million and depreciation  and amortization of  $4.1
      million.  For the 'The Company  Pro Forma,' for the  six months ended June
      30, 1996,  earnings were  insufficient  to cover  fixed charges  by  $11.7
      million.  The  net  income (loss)  for  'The Company  Pro  Forma' includes
      certain non-cash charges as follows: non-cash interest of $7.5 million and
      depreciation and amortization of $13.3 million.
    
 
   
(c)   Operating cash flow  refers to  operating income  before financial  income
      (expense)  as derived from statements  of operations plus depreciation and
      amortization,  amortization  of  program  broadcast  rights  and  non-cash
      compensation less cash payments for program broadcast rights.
    

   
    
 
   
     Broadcast cash  flow refers  to operating  income before  financial  income
     (expense)  as derived from  statements of operations  plus depreciation and
     amortization, amortization of program broadcast rights, corporate  expenses
     and  non-cash compensation less cash payments for program broadcast rights.
    

   
    
 
   
     Operating  cash  flow  and  broadcast flow  data  are  used  throughout the
     document and have been included herein because such data is used by certain
     investors to measure a  company's ability to  service debt. Operating  cash
     flow  and broadcast cash flow do not  purport to represent cash provided by
     operating activities as reflected in the Consolidated Financial  Statements
     of  the Company, the Financial Statements  of Stauffer, or the Consolidated
     Financial  Statements  of   Brissette,  are  not   measures  of   financial
     performance  under GAAP  and should  not be  considered in  isolation or as
     substitutes for measures of performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.
    
 
   
(d)   Net Senior Debt and net debt are defined as Senior Debt or total debt,  as
      the  case may be, less cash and cash equivalents. These ratios are not the
      same as the  Cash Flow Leverage  Ratios as defined  in the Senior  Secured
      Note  or Exchange Indentures or in  the Certificate of Designation for the
      Exchangeable Preferred Stock, and in  particular, such Cash Flow  Leverage
      Ratios do not credit cash against the outstanding debt amount.
    
 
   
(e)   Includes  $0.1  million  one-time  expenses  incurred in  connection  with
      potential acquisitions which were not entered into by the Company
    
 
   
(f)   The  adjustment reflects the reduction of operating expenses of the former
      owner of the  Dothan Station  for the three  months ended  March 31,  1995
      based  on the  Company's actual  expense reductions  made during  the nine
      months ended December 31, 1995.
    
 
   
(g)   The adjustment reflects (i)  the additional depreciation and  amortization
      expense  resulting from the allocation of the purchase price of the Dothan
      Station to the property and  equipment and intangible assets acquired  and
      (ii)  a change in depreciation  and amortization resulting from conforming
      the estimated useful lives of the assets of the Dothan Station to those of
      the Company.
    
 
   
(h)   The adjustment reflects the elimination of the management fee paid by  the
      former  owner of  the Dothan  Station to its  parent company  prior to the
      acquisition by the Company.
    
 
   
(i)   The adjustment reflects (i)  pro forma adjustments as  if the issuance  of
      the  Senior Secured  Notes had  occurred on January  1, 1995  and the debt
      refinanced with the net proceeds of  such issuance had been discharged  on
      such  date and  (ii) the elimination  of interest expense  incurred by the
      former owner  of  the Dothan  Station  prior  to the  acquisition  by  the
      Company.
    
 
   
(j)   The  adjustment reflects the net amount  required to (i) amortize deferred
      financing costs incurred  in connection  with the issuance  of the  Senior
      Secured Notes as if such issuance had occurred on January 1, 1995 and (ii)
      eliminate  the amortization in  the first quarter of  1995 of the deferred
      financing costs  incurred  by the  Company  in connection  with  the  debt
      refinanced  with the  net proceeds of  the issuance of  the Senior Secured
      Notes.
    
 
   
(k)   The adjustment reflects the elimination of income tax credits recorded  by
      the  former owner of  the Dothan Station  prior to the  acquisition by the
      Company.
    
 
   
(l)   The  adjustment  reflects a reduction in program  payments and the related
      amortization  to be consistent with the Company's  historical  programming
      purchasing.
    
 
   
(m)  The  adjustment  reflects  the  annualized  effect  of  increased   network
     compensation  resulting from  new affiliation agreements  effective July 1,
     1995 for the CBS-affiliated Benedek  Stations. In connection with such  new
     affiliation  agreements,  CBS  paid the  Company  a bonus  payment  of $5.0
     million which is  required under GAAP  to be recognized  as revenue at  the
     rate
    
 
                                       35
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
      of $500,000 per year over the ten-year term of the affiliation agreements,
      of which $250,000 was recognized in the Company's  statement of operations
      for 1995.
    
 
   
(n)   The  adjustment reflects the annualized  effect of increased revenues from
      the  national  sales  representative  firm  for  the  Brissette   Stations
      resulting  from  the amortization  of a  $700,000  signing bonus  which is
      required under GAAP to  be recognized as revenue  at the rate of  $140,000
      per  year over a period  of five years, of  which $8,000 was recognized in
      Brissette's statement of operations for 1995.
    
 
   
(o)   The adjustment reflects the annualized effect of reduced commission  rates
      payable  to  national  sales  representative  firms  under  new agreements
      negotiated by the Company.
    
 
   
(p)   The adjustment reflects the annualized effect of new network  compensation
      arrangements  that took effect at various times  in 1995 at certain of the
      Acquired Stations.
    
 
   
(q)   The adjustment reflects cost savings resulting from the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31, 1995     JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                   -----------------    ----------------
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                <C>                  <C>
 (i) Elimination of redundant operating expenses, consisting of
     the elimination of certain positions at the Acquired
     Stations...................................................        $ 1,345               $673
 (ii) Adjustments to certain employee benefits and compensation
      practices at the Acquired Stations........................            355                117
(iii) Implementation at the Acquired Stations of operating
      strategies currently utilized at the Benedek Stations.....            194                 50
                                                                        -------              -----
                                                                        $ 1,894               $900
                                                                        -------              -----
                                                                        -------              -----
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The  employees  of  Stauffer  that   were  hired  by  the  Company   became
     participants  in the Company's employee benefit  plans as of the closing on
     June 6, 1996 and were credited with prior service to Stauffer. The  benefit
     plans  for  Brissette (401(k)  and health  plans) were  left intact  by the
     Company after the closing of the Brissette acquisition.
    
 
     The pro forma cost savings as allocated among departments are summarized in
     the table below:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           FOR THE PERIOD
                                           YEAR ENDED                                     JANUARY 1, 1996
                                        DECEMBER 31, 1995                                 TO JUNE 6, 1996
                                 -------------------------------                     --------------------------
                                 STAUFFER    BRISSETTE    TOTAL         STAUFFER       BRISSETTE        TOTAL
                                 --------    ---------    ------      ------------   --------------   ---------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>            <C>              <C>
Selling expenses...............   $   94      $    53     $  147          $ 47            $ 26          $  73
Programming and technical......      489          502        839           245             252            497
Advertising and promotions.....       69           --        221            35              --             35
General and administrative.....      449          238        687           224              71            295
                                 --------    ---------    ------         -----           -----        ---------
    Total......................   $1,101      $   793     $1,894          $551            $349          $ 900
                                 --------    ---------    ------         -----           -----        ---------
                                 --------    ---------    ------         -----           -----        ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(r)   The  adjustment  reflects  primarily   the  additional  depreciation   and
      amortization  expense  resulting from  the  preliminary allocation  of the
      purchase price for the Acquired Stations to the assets acquired, including
      an increase  in property  and  equipment and  intangible assets  to  their
      estimated  fair market value and the recording of goodwill associated with
      each of the Acquisitions.
    
 
   
(s)   The adjustment reflects the net annualized cost savings resulting from the
      acquisition of the  Acquired Stations  by the Company,  including (i)  the
      elimination  of substantially all of  the corporate expenses of Brissette,
      (ii) the addition of certain corporate management personnel by the Company
      and related costs and (iii) the elimination of severance compensation paid
      to the officers of  Brissette under terms  of their employment  agreements
      upon sale to the Company.
    
 
   
(t)   Interest expense has been adjusted to reflect the net effect of the change
      in  outstanding   debt  and  deferred   financing   costs  as  though  the
      Transactions  had occurred on January 1, 1995 for the year ended  December
      31, 1995 and January 1, 1996 for the six months ended June 30,  1996.  The
      following table details the calculation of the adjustment:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995                       JUNE 30, 1996
                                --------------------------------------       ------------------------------------
                                  CASH      OTHER INTEREST     TOTAL          CASH      OTHER INTEREST     TOTAL
                                --------    --------------    --------       -------    --------------    -------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>         <C>               <C>            <C>        <C>               <C>
Notes at a rate of 13.25%....   $     --       $(12,344)      $(12,344)      $    --       $ (5,974)      $(5,974)
Term Loan Facilities at an
  assumed blended rate of
  8.73%......................    (11,039)            --        (11,039)       (4,759)            --        (4,759)
Interest on existing
  Brissette notes............     20,837             --         20,837         8,209             --         8,209
Reduction in interest
  income.....................       (397)            --           (397)         (212)            --          (212)
Increase in amortization of
  deferred financing costs...         --           (807)          (807)           --           (404)         (404)
Reduction of amortization of
  deferred financings costs
  on Brissette debt..........         --            549            549            --            275           275
                                --------    --------------    --------       -------        -------       -------
    Net adjustment...........   $  9,401       $(12,602)      $ (3,201)      $ 3,238       $ (6,103)      $(2,865)
                                --------    --------------    --------       -------        -------       -------
                                --------    --------------    --------       -------        -------       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
     The  actual interest rate with  respect to the Term  Loan Facilities may be
     higher or lower than the  rate set forth above. A  change of 0.125% in  the
     interest rate on borrowings under the Term Loan Facilities would change pro
     forma interest
 
                                       36
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

   
     expense  by approximately $160,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
     by approximately $80,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
(u)   The  adjustment  reflects the  elimination of certain legal and investment
      advisory fees paid  by Brissette  in  connection  with  the  sale  to  the
      Company.
    
 
   
(v)   The adjustment reflects the elimination of income tax expense. The Company
      is not expected to have income tax expense on a pro forma basis.
    
 
   
(w)  The adjustment reflects  the dividends paid  on the Exchangeable  Preferred
     Stock  at a rate of 15.0% per  annum paid quarterly for an effective annual
     rate of 15.9%.
    
 
   
(x)   The adjustment reflects the dividends  paid on the Seller Junior  Discount
      Preferred  Stock at an assumed rate of  7.92% per annum paid quarterly for
      an effective annual rate of 8.16%.
    
 
   
(y)   The  adjustment  reflects a reduction in program  payments and the related
      amortization  to be  consistent  with  the  Company's  historical  program
      purchase practices.
    
 
                                       37

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The following  tables  present  selected  financial data of (i) the Company
(including to the Transactions as of June 6,  1996),  (ii)  Stauffer  and  (iii)
Brissette.  The following  financial  information  should be read in conjunction
with  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company,  the  Financial
Statements of Stauffer and the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of Brissette
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
THE COMPANY (INCLUDING THE TRANSACTIONS AS OF JUNE 6, 1996)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------    -------------------
                                                     1991        1992        1993        1994        1995       1995        1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net revenues(a)...............................   $ 33,608    $ 36,311    $ 38,352    $ 44,221    $ 50,329    $24,059    $ 30,115
  Operating expenses:
      Station operating expenses................     20,309      21,511      22,805      24,810      29,049     13,837      18,236
      Depreciation and amortization.............      5,871       4,428       3,721       3,403       5,041      2,124       4,069
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
        Station operating income................      7,428      10,372      11,826      16,008      16,239      8,098       7,810
      Corporate expenses........................        887       1,288       1,249       1,309       1,576        698       1,087
      Special bonus, officer-stockholder........         --          --       1,400          --          --         --          --
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
  Operating income..............................      6,541       9,084       9,177      14,699      14,663      7,400       6,723
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
  Financial expenses, net:
    Interest expense, net(b):
      Cash interest, net........................     (9,856)     (6,605)     (8,194)     (7,740)    (14,763)    (6,891)     (8,668)
      Other interest............................     (3,923)     (7,774)     (6,161)     (4,905)       (712)      (337)     (1,098)
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
        Total interest, net.....................    (13,779)    (14,379)    (14,355)    (12,645)    (15,475)    (7,228)     (9,766)
    Other, net..................................       (905)       (310)        144         (10)         --         --          --
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
        Total financial expenses, net...........    (14,684)    (14,689)    (14,211)    (12,655)    (15,475)    (7,228)     (9,766)
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
  Net income (loss) before extraordinary item...     (8,143)     (5,605)     (5,034)      2,044        (812)       172      (3,043)
  Extraordinary item(c).........................         --          --          --          --       6,864      6,864          --
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
  Net income (loss)(d)..........................   $ (8,143)   $ (5,605)   $ (5,034)   $  2,044    $  6,052    $ 7,036    $ (3,043)
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------    --------
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(e).........         --          --          --         1.2x         --        1.0x         --
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
  Broadcast cash flow...........................   $ 13,531    $ 14,728    $ 15,546    $ 19,627    $ 21,310    $10,266    $ 11,995
  Broadcast cash flow margin....................       40.3%       40.6%       40.5%       44.4%       42.3%      42.7%       39.8%
  Operating cash flow...........................   $ 12,644    $ 13,440    $ 14,297    $ 18,318    $ 19,734    $ 9,568    $ 10,908
  Operating cash flow margin....................       37.6%       37.0%       37.3%       41.4%       39.2%      39.8%       36.2%
 
  Amortization of program broadcast rights......   $  2,131    $  1,996    $  2,179    $  2,104    $  2,162    $ 1,082    $  1,302
  Payment for program broadcast rights..........      1,899       2,068       2,180       1,888       2,132      1,038       1,186
  Capital expenditures..........................      1,581       1,458       1,278       1,161       2,008        917       1,334
  Cash payments for Federal income taxes........         --          --          --          --          --         --          --
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------         JUNE 30,
                                                     1991        1992        1993        1994        1995             1996
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------------------
 
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Total assets..................................   $ 76,111    $ 77,049    $ 72,818    $ 73,621    $114,453         $496,662
  Working capital (deficit).....................      1,997         (71)      3,684       1,611      13,665           8,109
  Total debt(f).................................    107,350     109,439     112,874     107,607     135,767          354,575
  Stockholder's equity (deficit)................    (35,296)    (41,004)    (44,660)    (42,615)    (36,563)        (34,553)
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Net revenues reflect deductions from gross revenues for agency and national
     sales representative commissions.
 
 (b) Cash interest, net includes  cash interest paid  and normal adjustments  to
     accrued  interest. Other interest includes accrued interest with respect to
     warrants to purchase Benedek Broadcasting's common stock, accrued  interest
     with  respect to  the contingent equity  value of  Benedek Broadcasting and
     long-term deferred  interest,  accrued  interest added  to  long-term  debt
     balances, deferred loan amortization and accretion of discounts.
 
   
 (c) The Company recorded an extraordinary gain from the early extinguishment of
     debt comprised of a gain of $11.1 million reduced by losses of $2.7 million
     of  prepayment  premiums  and  contingent  payments  and  $1.5  million  of
     unamortized debt discount and deferred loan costs.
    
 
 (d) Benedek  Broadcasting  has  historically  elected  to  be  taxed  as  an  S
     Corporation  for Federal  and state  income tax  purposes. Accordingly, the
     sole stockholder  of  Benedek Broadcasting  has  been responsible  for  the
     payment  of  income taxes  on  Benedek Broadcasting's  taxable  income. Net
     income (loss) does not include a pro forma adjustment for income taxes  due
     to  the availability  of net operating  loss carryforwards  and a valuation
     allowance. Benedek Broadcasting's election to be taxed as an S  Corporation
     terminated automatically upon the consummation of the Transactions.
 
   
 (e) For  the purpose  of calculating  the ratio  of earnings  to fixed charges,
     earnings consist of net income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary
     item plus  fixed charges  (excluding capitalized  interest). Fixed  charges
     consist   of  interest  on  all   debt  (including  capitalized  interest),
     amortization of debt discount  and deferred loan costs  and the portion  of
     rental  expense that is representative of  the interest component of rental
     expense (deemed to be one-third of rental expense which management believes
     is a reasonable approximation of the  interest component). For each of  the
     four  years ended  December 31,  1991, 1992,  1993 and  1995, earnings were
     insufficient to cover  fixed charges  by $8.1 million,  $5.6 million,  $5.0
     million  and $0.8  million, respectively. For  the year  ended December 31,
     1994 the ratio of  earnings to fixed  charges was 1.2 to  1.0. For the  six
     months  ended June 30, 1995, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges was 1.0
     to 1.0.
    
 
                                       38
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     For the six months ended June 30, 1996, earnings were insufficient to cover
     fixed charges by  $3.0 million.  The Company's net  income (loss)  includes
     certain non-cash charges as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     JUNE 30,
                                                               -------------------------------------------------    ----------------
                                                                1991       1992       1993       1994      1995      1995      1996
                                                               -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Non-cash interest............................................. $ 3,923    $ 7,774    $ 6,161    $4,905    $  712    $  337    $1,098
Depreciation and amortization of intangibles..................   5,871      4,428      3,721     3,403     5,041     2,124     4,069
Provision for loss on note receivable.........................     905        310         --        --        --        --        --
Special bonus, officer-stockholder............................      --         --      1,400        --        --        --        --
                                                               -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                               $10,699    $12,512    $11,282    $8,308    $5,753    $2,461    $5,167
                                                               -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
                                                               -------    -------    -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
</TABLE>
    
 
 (f) Total  debt  is  defined  as  notes  payable  and  capital  leases  payable
     (including the current portion thereof), net of discount.
 
STAUFFER(a)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PERIOD
                                                                                                            JANUARY 1,
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SIX MONTHS     1996 TO
                                                             -----------------------------    ENDED JUNE     JUNE 6,
                                                              1993       1994       1995       30, 1995        1996
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
                                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net revenues...........................................  $16,661    $19,081    $17,317      $8,624        $7,341
    Operating expenses:
        Station operating expenses.........................   13,327     13,422     13,534       6,501         6,094
        Depreciation and amortization......................    2,264      2,304      2,229       1,136           974
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
 
            Station operating income.......................    1,070      3,355      1,554         987           273
        Corporate expenses.................................       --         --         --          --            --
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
    Operating income.......................................  $ 1,070    $ 3,355    $ 1,554      $  987        $  273
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
                                                             -------    -------    -------    ----------    ----------
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow....................................  $ 3,285    $ 5,623    $ 4,000      $2,168        $1,390
    Broadcast cash flow margin.............................     19.7%      29.5%      23.1%       25.1%         18.9%
 
    Operating cash flow....................................  $ 3,285    $ 5,623    $ 4,000      $2,168        $1,390
    Operating cash flow margin.............................     19.7%      29.5%      23.1%       25.1%         18.9%
 
    Amortization of program broadcast rights...............  $ 1,277    $ 1,045    $ 1,025      $  496        $  491
    Payments for program broadcast rights..................    1,326      1,081        808         451           348
    Capital expenditures...................................    1,182        934        406         290            93
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
 (a) Reclassification entries have  been made  to the  financial statements  for
     consistent presentation with the Company.
    
 
BRISSETTE(a)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     PERIOD
                                                                                                                   JANUARY 1,
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     SIX MONTHS     1996 TO
                                         --------------------------------------------------------    ENDED JUNE     JUNE 6,
                                           1991        1992        1993        1994        1995       30, 1995        1996
                                         --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    ----------    ----------
                                                                        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
    Net revenues........................ $ 43,817    $ 46,414    $ 44,404    $ 49,530    $ 51,326     $ 25,427      $ 22,439
    Operating expenses:
        Station operating expenses......   23,470      23,791      23,511      25,667      27,515       12,970        12,875
        Depreciation and amortization...   13,334      12,881       8,116       6,551       6,252        3,147         2,954
                                         --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    ----------    ----------
            Station operating income....    7,013       9,742      12,777      17,312      17,559        9,310         6,610
        Management fee paid to
          affiliate(b)..................    2,650       4,365          --          --          --           --            --
        Corporate expenses..............    2,204       1,655       1,487       1,895       2,307          954         3,305
                                         --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    ----------    ----------
    Operating income.................... $  2,159    $  3,722    $ 11,290    $ 15,417    $ 15,252     $  8,356      $  3,307
                                         --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    ----------    ----------
                                         --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    ----------    ----------
CERTAIN FINANCIAL DATA:
    Broadcast cash flow................. $ 20,688    $ 22,613    $ 20,927    $ 24,065    $ 23,856     $ 12,455      $  9,441
    Broadcast cash flow margin..........     47.2%       48.7%       47.1%       48.6%       46.5%        49.0%         42.1%
 
    Operating cash flow................. $ 18,484    $ 20,958    $ 19,440    $ 22,170    $ 21,549     $ 11,501      $  6,138
    Operating cash flow margin..........     42.2%       45.1%       43.8%       44.8%       42.0%        45.2%         27.4%
 
    Amortization of program broadcast
      rights............................ $  2,709    $  1,987    $  1,743    $  1,757    $  1,684     $    758      $    865
    Payments for program broadcast
      rights............................    2,368       1,997       1,709       1,555       1,639          760           988
    Capital expenditures................    2,466       1,280       2,217       1,559       2,748          913           935
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
 (a) Reclassification  entries have  been made  to the  financial statements for
     consistent presentation with the Company.
    
 
 (b) Brissette paid  management  fees  to an  affiliated  company  for  expenses
     relating to payroll, rent and other corporate expenses. Operating cash flow
     and  operating cash flow  margin are calculated prior  to any reduction for
     such management fees.
 
                                       39

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The  operating revenues of Benedek  Broadcasting are derived primarily from
the sale of advertising time and, to a lesser extent, from compensation paid  by
the  networks for broadcasting network  programming and from barter transactions
for goods and services. Revenue depends  on the ability of Benedek  Broadcasting
to  provide  popular programming  which  attracts audiences  in  the demographic
groups targeted by  advertisers, thereby allowing  Benedek Broadcasting to  sell
advertising  time at satisfactory  rates. Revenue also  depends significantly on
factors such  as  the  national  and  local  economy  and  the  level  of  local
competition.
 
     Approximately  59.2% of the gross revenues  of the Benedek Stations in 1995
was generated from local and regional advertising, which is sold primarily by  a
Station's  sales  staff,  and  the  remainder  of  the  advertising  revenues is
comprised primarily of  national advertising,  which is sold  by national  sales
representatives retained by Benedek Broadcasting. Benedek Broadcasting generally
pays  commissions  to  advertising  agencies  on  local,  regional  and national
advertising and to national sales  representatives on national advertising.  Net
revenues  reflect  deductions from  gross  revenues for  commissions  payable to
advertising agencies and national sales representatives.
 
     Local/regional advertising and national advertising constitute the  largest
categories   of   Benedek  Broadcasting's   operating  revenues   and  represent
approximately 86.0% of gross  revenues in each of  the last three fiscal  years.
Although relatively constant as a total percentage of gross revenues, the mix of
advertising  revenue can  vary depending on  the level  of political advertising
revenue. Excluding  political  advertising  revenue,  the  percentage  of  gross
revenues  attributable to local/regional advertising and national advertising of
Benedek Broadcasting  in  1993,  1994  and 1995  was  88.9%,  88.8%  and  87.4%,
respectively.  The decrease  in 1995  was the result  of an  increase in network
compensation of  $0.8 million  or  36.5%, representing  5.6% of  gross  revenues
(excluding  political advertising revenues) in 1995 as compared to 4.8% of gross
revenues (excluding political advertising revenues) in 1994.
 
     In 1995,  Benedek  Broadcasting  reported net  revenues  of  $50.3  million
compared  to net revenues  of $44.2 million  in 1994 and  $38.4 million in 1993.
Benedek Broadcasting had net income of $6.1 million (after an extraordinary gain
of $6.9 million) in 1995  and $2.0 million in 1994,  compared to a loss of  $5.0
million in 1993. Operating cash flow in 1995 was $19.7 million compared to $18.3
million  in 1994 and $14.3 million  in 1993. Benedek Broadcasting's net revenues
and operating cash flow have increased every year since 1989 with the  exception
of  1991. In  1991, the television  industry experienced an  absolute decline in
revenues for the first time since the early 1970s when cigarette advertising  on
television  was prohibited by Congress. Benedek Broadcasting's revenue growth in
the last three years can be attributed to greater demand for advertising time on
the part of local and  national advertisers and increases  in unit rates and  to
the acquisition of the Dothan Station in March 1995.
 
     In   December  1995,  Benedek  Broadcasting   entered  into  new  long-term
affiliation agreements  with  CBS effective  retroactive  to July  1,  1995.  In
connection  with such arrangements, CBS paid Benedek Broadcasting bonus payments
of $2.5 million  in the fourth  quarter of 1995  and $2.5 million  in the  first
quarter  of 1996. These payments will be recognized as revenue by the Company at
the rate of  $0.5 million per  year over  the ten-year term  of the  affiliation
agreements.  In connection with these payments, Benedek Broadcasting also agreed
with CBS  that, upon  the consummation  of the  Acquisitions, the  terms of  the
affiliation  agreements for the Acquired Stations which are CBS affiliates would
be extended through 2005.
 
     Benedek   Broadcasting's   primary   operating   expenses   are    employee
compensation,   programming  and  depreciation   and  amortization.  Changes  in
compensation expense result primarily from  adjustments to fixed salaries  based
on  employee performance and inflation and, to  a lesser extent, from changes in
sales commissions  paid based  on levels  of advertising  revenues.  Programming
expense   consists  primarily   of  amortization  of   program  rights.  Benedek
Broadcasting purchases first  run and off-network  syndicated programming on  an
on-going   basis  and  has  a  policy  of  closely  matching  payments  for  and
amortization of  program rights  in each  period. A  network-affiliated  station
receives  approximately two-thirds  of its  required daily  programming from the
network at no cost. Depreciation and amortization expense has generally declined
from period to period as assets acquired at the time
 
                                       40
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
of the  acquisition  of a  station  are  fully depreciated.  However,  for  1995
depreciation  and amortization increased $1.3 million  due to the acquisition of
the Dothan Station. Barter expense generally offsets barter revenue and reflects
the fair market  value of  goods and services  received. Benedek  Broadcasting's
operating   expenses  in  1993,  1994   and  1995  (excluding  depreciation  and
amortization and  a non-cash  special  bonus paid  to  the sole  stockholder  of
Benedek  Broadcasting  in  1993)  have remained  fairly  constant  and represent
approximately 60.9% of net revenues in each such year.
 
     On March 31, 1995, Benedek Broadcasting acquired for a cash purchase  price
of  $28.7 million substantially  all of the assets  (excluding cash and accounts
receivable) of  the Dothan  Station  which is  the  CBS affiliate  serving  both
Dothan, Alabama and Panama City, Florida.
 
   
     The Company has included operating cash flow data because such data is used
by certain investors to measure a company's  ability to service debt.  Operating
cash flow is defined as operating income before financial income as derived from
statements of operations plus  depreciation  and  amortization,  amortization of
program  broadcast  rights and  non-cash  compensation  less cash  payments  for
program  broadcast  rights.  Operating  cash flow is used to pay  principal  and
interest on long-term debt and to fund capital expenditures. Operating cash flow
does not purport to represent cash provided by operating activities as reflected
in  the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  is  not a  measure  of
financial  performance under generally accepted accounting principles and should
not be  considered in isolation or as a substitute  for measures of  performance
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
     The following table sets  forth certain pro  forma financial and  operating
data  for the Company  for the year ended  December 31, 1995  and the six months
ended June 30, 1996 giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had
been consummated at January  1, 1995 for  the year ended  December 31, 1995  and
January 1, 1996 for the six months ended June 30, 1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED            SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1995         JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                     -----------------   --------------------------
                                                                         PRO FORMA               PRO FORMA
                                                                     -----------------   --------------------------
                                                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>     <C>          <C>
Revenues:
    Local/regional.................................................  $ 78,769     56.7%   $  38,126          55.3%
    National.......................................................    42,316     30.5       20,708          30.0
    Political......................................................     1,389      1.0        1,647           2.4
    Network........................................................     9,689      7.0        5,044           7.3
    Barter.........................................................     4,046      2.9        1,963           2.9
    Other..........................................................     2,661      1.9        1,426           2.1
                                                                     --------    -----   -----------       ------
Gross revenues.....................................................   138,870    100.0%      68,914        100.00%
                                                                                 -----                     ------
                                                                                 -----                     ------
    Agency and national sales representative commissions...........    17,525                 8,955
                                                                     --------            -----------
Net revenues.......................................................   121,345                59,959
                                                                     --------            -----------
Operating expenses:
    Compensation expense and payroll taxes(a)......................    39,198                21,148
    Amortization of program broadcast rights.......................     4,853                 2,658
    Depreciation and amortization..................................    27,625                14,287
    Barter.........................................................     3,574                 1,399
    Other(b).......................................................    21,669                10,068
                                                                     --------            -----------
                                                                       96,919                49,560
                                                                     --------            -----------
Station operating income...........................................    24,426                10,399
    Corporate expenses.............................................     1,900                   950
                                                                     --------            -----------
Operating income...................................................    22,526                 9,449
Financial (expense), net...........................................   (40,986)              (21,115)
                                                                     --------            -----------
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item........................   (18,460)              (11,666)
Extraordinary item, gain (loss) on early extinguishment of debt....     6,864                    --
                                                                     --------            -----------
Net income (loss)..................................................  $(11,596)            $ (11,666)
                                                                     --------            -----------
                                                                     --------            -----------
Broadcast cash flow................................................  $ 52,422             $  23,790
Broadcast cash flow margin.........................................      43.2%                 39.7%
 
Operating cash flow................................................  $ 50,522             $  22,840
Operating cash flow margin.........................................      41.6%                 38.1%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 (a) Does not include corporate overhead.
 (b) Includes   utilities,  insurance  and   other  general  and  administrative
     expenses.
 
                                       41
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth  certain historical financial and  operating
data for the periods indicated:
 
   
  THE COMPANY (INCLUDING THE TRANSACTIONS AS OF JUNE 6, 1996)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                 -------------------------------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                                      1993                1994                1995                1995                1996
                                 ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
Revenues:
    Local/regional...........    $26,844    60.6%    $29,622    58.1%    $34,111    59.2%    $16,431    59.6%    $19,560    56.9%
    National.................     12,164    27.4      13,406    26.3      15,456    26.8       7,692    27.9       9,355    27.2
    Political................        394     0.9       2,662     5.2         923     1.6         221     0.8         849     2.5
    Network..................      2,280     5.1       2,320     4.5       3,166     5.5       1,378     5.0       2,372     6.9
    Barter...................      1,829     4.1       2,076     4.1       2,943     5.1       1,362     4.9       1,602     9.7
    Other....................        817     1.9         940     1.8       1,035     1.8         506     1.8         638     1.8
                                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Gross revenues...............     44,328   100.0%     51,026   100.0%     57,634   100.0%     27,590   100.0%     34,376   100.0%
                                           -----               -----               -----               -----               -----
                                           -----               -----               -----               -----               -----
    Agency and national sales
      representative
      commissions............      5,976               6,805               7,305               3,531               4,261
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Net revenues.................     38,352              44,221              50,329              24,059              30,115
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Operating expenses:
    Compensation expense and
      payroll taxes(a).......     12,106              13,165              15,410               7,362               9,881
    Amortization of program
      broadcast rights.......      2,179               2,104               2,162               1,082               1,303
    Depreciation and
      amortization...........      3,721               3,403               5,041               2,124               4,069
    Special bonus, officer-
      stockholder............      1,400                  --                  --                  --                  --
    Barter...................      1,737               1,766               2,414               1,037               1,105
    Other(b).................      6,783               7,775               9,063               4,356               5,947
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
                                  27,926              28,213              34,090              15,961              22,305
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Station operating income.....     10,426              16,008              16,239               8,098               7,810
    Corporate expenses.......      1,249               1,309               1,576                 698               1,087
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Operating income.............      9,177              14,699              14,663               7,400               6,723
Financial (expenses), net....    (14,211)            (12,655)            (15,475)             (7,228)            ((9,766)
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Net income (loss) before
  extraordinary item.........     (5,034)              2,044                (812)               (172)             (3,043)
Extraordinary item, gain on
  early extinguishment of
  debt.......................         --                  --               6,864               6,864                  --
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Net income (loss)............    $(5,034)            $ 2,044             $ 6,052             $ 7,036             $(3,043)
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
 
Broadcast cash flow..........    $15,546             $19,627             $21,310             $10,266             $11,995
Broadcast cash flow margin...       40.5%               44.4%               42.3%               42.7%               39.8%
 
Operating cash flow..........    $14,297             $18,318             $19,734             $ 9,568             $10,908
Operating cash flow margin...       37.3%               41.4%               39.2%               39.8%               36.2%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Does not include corporate overhead or special bonus.
 
 (b) Includes   utilities,  insurance  and   other  general  and  administrative
     expenses.
 
                                       42
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     The  following  table  contains  a  summary  of  the  Company's  historical
operations  as a percentage  of net revenues  and the  percentage  change in the
dollar amounts as compared to prior periods:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PERIOD TO PERIOD
                                               PERCENTAGE OF NET REVENUES                   PERCENTAGE CHANGES
                                        -----------------------------------------    ----------------------------------
                                                 YEAR                                                       SIX MONTHS
                                                 ENDED               SIX MONTHS         FISCAL YEARS          ENDED
                                             DECEMBER 31,          ENDED JUNE 30,    ------------------      JUNE 30,
                                        -----------------------    --------------    1994 VS    1995 VS        1996
                                        1993     1994     1995     1995     1996      1993       1994        VS 1995
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----    -------    -------    ------------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenues.........................   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%   100.0%     15.3 %     13.8%         25.2%
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
Operating expenses:
    Compensation expense and payroll
      taxes..........................    31.6     29.8     30.6     30.6     32.8       8.7       17.1          34.2
    Amortization of program broadcast
      rights.........................     5.7      4.8      4.3      4.5      4.3      (3.4 )      2.8          20.4
    Depreciation and amortization....     9.7      7.7     10.0      8.8     13.5      (8.5 )     48.2          91.6
    Special bonus,
      officer-stockholder............     3.7       --       --       --       --    (100.0 )       --            --
    Barter...........................     4.5      4.0      4.8      4.3      3.7       1.7       36.7           6.6
    Other............................    17.7     17.6     18.1     18.1     19.8      14.6       16.6          36.5
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
                                         72.9     63.9     67.8     66.3     74.1       1.0       20.8          39.7
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
 
Station operating income.............    27.1     36.2     32.2     33.7     25.9      53.5        1.4          (3.6)
    Corporate expenses...............     3.2      3.0      3.1      2.9      3.6       4.8       20.4          55.7
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
Operating income.....................    23.9     33.2     29.1     30.8     22.3      60.2       (0.3)         (9.1)
Financial (expenses), net............   (37.0)   (28.6)   (30.7)   (30.1)   (32.4)    (10.9 )     22.3          35.1
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
Net income (loss)....................   (13.1)%    4.6%    (1.6)%    0.7%   (10.1)%      --         --            --
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
                                        -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
 
Broadcast cash flow..................    40.5%    44.4%    42.3%    42.7%    39.8%     26.2 %      8.6%         16.8%
 
Operating cash flow..................    37.3%    41.4%    39.2%    39.8%    36.2%     28.1 %      7.7%         14.0%
</TABLE>
    
 
     The  following tables set forth  certain historical financial and operating
data for Stauffer and Brissette for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
  STAUFFER(a)
 
                                                                                                                       PERIOD
                                                                                                  SIX MONTHS         JANUARY 1,
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                         ENDED             1996 TO
                                    -------------------------------------------------------        JUNE 30,           JUNE 6,
                                         1993                1994                1995                1995               1996
                                    ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     --------------     --------------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                 <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Revenues:
    Local/regional..............    $11,795    61.7%    $11,944    53.7%    $12,061    60.5%    $6,029    60.6%    $4,890    57.9%
    National....................      5,220    27.3       6,042    27.2       5,646    28.3      2,933    29.4      2,363    28.0
    Political...................         78     0.4       2,223    10.0          87     0.4          5      --        209     2.5
    Network.....................      1,292     6.8       1,305     5.9       1,492     7.5        694     7.0        688     8.1
    Barter......................         --                  --                  --      --         --      --         --      --
    Other.......................        730     3.8         706     3.2         652     3.3        296     3.0        295     3.5
                                    -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     ------   -----     ------   -----
Gross revenues..................     19,115   100.0%     22,220   100.0%     19,938   100.0%     9,957   100.0%     8,445   100.0%
                                              -----               -----               -----              -----              -----
                                              -----               -----               -----              -----              -----
    Agency and national sales
      representative
      commissions...............      2,454               3,139               2,621              1,333              1,104
                                    -------             -------             -------             ------             ------
Net revenues....................     16,661              19,081              17,317              8,624              7,341
                                    -------             -------             -------             ------             ------
Operating expenses:
    Compensation expense and
      payroll taxes(b)..........      7,542               7,718               7,904              3,775              3,461
    Amortization of program
      broadcast rights..........      1,277               1,045               1,025                496                491
    Depreciation and
      amortization..............      2,264               2,304               2,229              1,136                974
    Barter......................         --                  --                  --                 --                 --
    Other(c)....................      4,508               4,659               4,606              2,230              2,142
                                    -------             -------             -------             ------             ------
                                     15,591              15,726              15,763              7,637              7,068
                                    -------             -------             -------             ------             ------
Station operating income
  (loss)........................      1,070               3,355               1,554                987                273
    Corporate expenses..........         --                  --                  --                 --                 --
                                    -------             -------             -------             ------             ------
Operating Income (loss).........    $ 1,070             $ 3,355             $ 1,554             $  987             $  273
                                    -------             -------             -------             ------             ------
                                    -------             -------             -------             ------             ------
 
Broadcast cash flow.............    $ 3,285             $ 5,623             $ 4,000             $2,168             $1,390
Broadcast cash flow margin......       19.7%               29.5%               23.1%              25.1%              18.9%
 
Operating cash flow.............    $ 3,285             $ 5,623             $ 4,000             $2,168             $1,390
Operating cash flow margin......       19.7%               29.5%               23.1%              25.1%              18.9%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 (a) Reclassification entries have  been made  to the  financial statements  for
     consistent presentation with the Company.
    
 (b) Does not include corporate overhead.
 (c) Includes   utilities,  insurance  and   other  general  and  administrative
     expenses.
 
                                       43
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
  BRISSETTE(a)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                       SIX MONTHS        PERIOD JANUARY
                                 -------------------------------------------------------     ENDED JUNE 30,      1, 1996 TO JUNE
                                      1993                1994                1995                1995               6, 1996
                                 ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------     ---------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Revenues:
    Local/regional...........    $28,214    54.9%    $30,091    52.1%    $31,575    53.5%    $15,435    52.9%    $13,676    52.4%
    National.................     17,730    34.5      19,391    33.6      20,617    34.9      10,623    36.4       8,991    34.4
    Political................        403     0.8       3,536     6.1         379     0.6         149     0.5         589     2.3
    Network..................      3,163     6.2       3,094     5.4       4,589     7.8       2,144     7.4       1,984     7.6
    Barter...................        569     1.1         686     1.2         903     1.5         329     1.1         360     1.4
    Other....................      1,273     2.5         941     1.6         990     1.7         483     1.7         493     1.9
                                 -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----     -------   -----
Gross revenues...............     51,352   100.0%     57,739   100.0%     59,053   100.0%     29,163   100.0%     26,093   100.0%
                                           -----               -----               -----               -----               -----
                                           -----               -----               -----               -----               -----
    Agency and national sales
      representative
      commissions............      6,948               8,209               7,727               3,736               3,654
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Net revenues.................     44,404              49,530              51,326              25,427              22,439
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Operating expenses:
    Compensation expense and
      payroll taxes(b).......     13,855              15,494              16,647               7,937               7,629
    Amortization of program
      broadcast rights.......      1,743               1,757               1,684                 758                 865
    Depreciation and
      amortization...........      8,116               6,551               6,252               3,147               2,954
    Special deferred
      compensation...........         44                 196                 616                  --                  --
    Barter...................        495                 877                 903                 355                 294
    Other(c).................      7,374               7,343               7,665               3,920               4,087
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
                                  31,627              32,218              33,767              16,117              15,829
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Station operating income.....     12,777              17,312              17,559               9,310               6,610
    Corporate expenses.......      1,487               1,895               2,307                 954               3,303
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
Operating income.............    $11,290             $15,417             $15,252             $ 8,356             $ 3,307
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
                                 -------             -------             -------             -------             -------
 
Broadcast cash flow..........    $20,927             $24,065             $23,856             $12,455             $ 9,441
Broadcast cash flow margin...       47.1%               48.6%               46.5%               49.0%               42.0%
 
Operating cash flow..........    $19,440             $22,170             $21,549             $11,501             $ 6,138
Operating cash flow margin...       43.8%               44.8%               42.0%               45.2%               27.4%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
 (a) Reclassification entries have  been made  to the  financial statements  for
     consistent presentation with the Company.
    
 
 (b) Does not include corporate overhead.
 
 (c) Includes   utilities,  insurance  and   other  general  and  administrative
     expenses.
 
                                       44
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
   
    
 
   
     Net revenues  for the  three  months ended  June  30, 1996  increased  $4.5
million  or 32.5% to $18.4 million from $13.9 million for the three months ended
June 30, 1995 primarily as  a result of the acquisition  on June 6, 1996 of  the
Acquired  Stations which  increased net revenue  by $5.0 million.  On a proforma
basis, giving effect to  the acquisition ('Same Station')  net revenues for  the
three  months ended June 30, 1996 remained flat from the three months ended June
30, 1995. On a Same Station  basis, political advertising revenue for the  three
months  ended June  30, 1996  increased by $0.4  million to  $0.7 million. Gross
revenues on  a  Same  Station  basis  excluding  political  advertising  revenue
decreased  $0.3 million or 0.7%  from the three months  ended June 30, 1995.
    
 
   
     Operating  expenses for the three months ended June 30, 1996 increased $4.8
million or 52.8% to $14.0 million from  $9.2 million for the three months  ended
June  30,  1995.  Of  the  increase  in  operating  expenses,  $2.7  million was
attributable to the acquisition of the Acquired Stations. As a percentage of net
revenues, operating expenses increased to 75.9%  from 65.8% in the three  months
ended  June 30, 1995,  primarily as a result  of an increase  of $1.4 million in
depreciation and  amortization  expense.  On a  Same  Station  basis,  operating
expenses for the three months ended June 30, 1996 increased $1.6 million or 6.5%
from the three months ended June 30, 1995. Operating expenses as a percentage of
net  revenues on a Same Station basis  increased from 76.5% for the three months
ended June 30, 1995 to 81.4% in the three months ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
     Operating income for the  three months ended June  30, 1996 decreased  $0.3
million  or 6.5% to  $4.4 million from  $4.7 million for  the three months ended
June 30, 1995.
    
 
   
     Financial (expenses),  net  for  the  three  months  ended  June  30,  1996
increased  $1.5 million or 36.8% to $5.7  million from $4.2 million in the three
months ended June 30, 1995, due to the Company's higher debt level following the
offering of the Senior Secured Notes in March 1995.
    
 
   
     Net loss for  the three  months ended  June 30,  1996 was  $1.3 million  as
compared to net income of $0.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 1995.
    
 
   
     Broadcast cash flow for the three months ended June 30, 1996 increased $1.5
million  or 23.8% to $7.8  million from $6.3 million  for the three months ended
June 30, 1995 primarily as a result of the acquisition of the Acquired Stations.
As a percentage of net revenues,  broadcast cash flow margin decreased to  42.2%
for  the three months ended June 30, 1996  from 45.6% for the three months ended
June 30, 1995. On a Same Station basis, broadcast cash flow for the three months
ended June 30, 1996 decreased $1.7 million or 11.3% to $13.2 million from  $14.7
million  for  the three  months  ended June  30, 1995.  As  a percentage  of net
revenues, broadcast cash  flow margin decreased  to 40.8% for  the three  months
ended  June 30, 1996  from 46.1% for the  three months ended  June 30, 1995. The
decrease in broadcast  cash flow and  broadcast cash flow  margin for the  three
month  period  ended June  30,  1996 was  primarily  related to  an  increase in
operating expenses  used  in  determining broadcast  cash  flow.  Such  expenses
increased by $1.3 million or 12.8% at the Acquired Stations for the three months
ended  June 30, 1996 from  the comparable period in 1995  and by $0.4 million or
5.4% at the Company's previously owned stations.
    
 
   
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
    
 
   
     Net revenues for the six months ended June 30, 1996  increased $6.1 million
or 25.2% to $30.1  million from $24.0  million for the six months ended June 30,
1995  primarily as a result of the  acquisition  on June 6, 1996 of the Acquired
Stations which  increased net revenue by $5.0 million.  On a Same Station basis,
net revenues for the six months  ended June 30, 1996  increased  $0.1 million or
0.2% from the six months ended June 30, 1995. Political  advertising revenue for
the six months ended June 30, 1996  increased  by $1.3 million to $1.6  million.
Gross revenues on a Same Station basis excluding  political  advertising revenue
decreased  $1.0 million or 1.5% from the six months ended June 30, 1995. For the
Benedek Stations,  net revenues declined from the six months ended June 30, 1995
primarily as a result of the performance of the Benedek Stations affiliated with
the CBS  network.  The share of viewers  of such CBS  affiliates  also  declined
during such period. As a group, the net revenues of the Company's CBS-affiliated
Benedek Stations  decreased 8.8% from the six months ended June 30, 1995 and the
net revenue of the Benedek Stations affiliated with ABC and NBC increased 2.8%.
    
 
                                       45
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
    
 
   
     Operating  expenses for the  six months ended June  30, 1996 increased $6.7
million or 40.4% to $23.4  million from $16.7 million  for the six months  ended
June  30, 1995. As a percentage of net revenues, operating expenses increased to
77.8% from 69.2%  in the  six months ended  June 30,  1995, as a  result of  the
acquisition  of  the  Acquired  Stations. On  a  Same  Station  basis, operating
expenses for the six months ended June  30, 1996 increased $2.5 million or  5.2%
from  the six months ended June 30,  1995. Operating expenses as a percentage of
net revenues on a  Same Station basis  increased from 82.1%  for the six  months
ended June 30, 1995 to 86.2% in the six months ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
     Operating  income for  the six  months ended  June 30,  1996 decreased $0.7
million or 9.1% to $6.7 million from $7.4 million for the six months ended  June
30, 1995.
    
 
   
     Financial  (expenses), net for the six months ended June 30, 1996 increased
$2.5 million or 35.1% to $9.8 million from $7.2 million in the six months  ended
June  30, 1995 due to the Company's  higher debt level following the offering of
the Senior Secured Notes in March 1995.
    
 
   
     Net loss  for the  six  months ended  June 30,  1996  was $3.0  million  as
compared  to net income of  $7.0 million for the six  months ended June 30, 1995
primarily as a  result of an  extraordinary gain  of $6.9 million  on the  early
extinguishment of debt.
    
 
   
     Broadcast  cash flow for the six months  ended June 30, 1996 increased $1.7
million or 16.9% to $12.0  million from $10.3 million  for the six months  ended
June  30, 1995 primarily as a  result of the acquisition on  June 6, 1996 of the
Acquired Stations. As a percentage of  net revenues, broadcast cash flow  margin
decreased to 39.8% for the six months ended June 30, 1996 from 42.7% for the six
months ended June 30, 1995. On a Same Station basis, broadcast cash flow for the
six  months ended June 30, 1996 decreased  $2.2 million or 8.6% to $22.9 million
from $25.0 million for the  six months ended June 30,  1995. As a percentage  of
net  revenues, broadcast cash flow margin decreased  to 38.1% for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from 41.8% for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
    
 
   
     The decrease in broadcast cash flow and broadcast cast flow margin for  the
six  month period ended  June 30, 1996  was primarily related  to an increase in
operating expense  used  in  determining  broadcast  cash  flow.  Such  expenses
increased  by $2.2 million or  11.2% at the Acquired  Stations for the six month
period ended  June 30,  1996 from  the  comparable period  in 1995,  while  such
operating expenses at the Company's previously owned stations remained flat.
    
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
 
   
     Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 1995 increased $6.1 million or
13.8% to $50.3 million from $44.2 million for the year ended  December 31, 1994.
Of this increase, $5.0 million was attributable to the acquisition in March 1995
of the  Dothan  Station.  For  the  eight  Benedek  Stations  owned  by  Benedek
Broadcasting  for all of 1994 and 1995, net revenues for the year ended December
31, 1995  increased  $1.1 million or 2.4% from the year ended December 31, 1994.
For such  Benedek  Stations,  political  advertising  revenue for the year ended
December  31, 1995  decreased  $1.8  million or 66.7% to $0.9  million from $2.7
million for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  Gross  revenues for such Benedek
Stations excluding political  advertising revenue increased $2.7 million or 5.6%
from  1994 to  1995.  In  addition,  for such  Benedek  Stations,  net  revenues
increased  slightly and the related station share of viewers generally  declined
from the year ended December 31, 1994  primarily as a result of the  performance
of the  Benedek  Stations  affiliated  with the CBS  network.  As a  group,  the
CBS-affiliated  Benedek Stations decreased 1.7% from the year ended December 31,
1994 and the net revenues of the Benedek  Stations  affiliated  with ABC and NBC
increased 4.8%.
    

 
     Operating  expenses for  the year  ended December  31, 1995  increased $6.1
million or 20.8% to $35.7 million from $29.5 million for the year ended December
31, 1994. Of the increase in  operating expenses, $4.4 million was  attributable
to  the acquisition  of the  Dothan Station.  As a  percentage of  net revenues,
operating expenses increased to 70.9% from 66.8% in the year ended December  31,
1994,  primarily as a result of an  increase of $1.6 million in depreciation and
amortization  expense.  For  the  eight   Benedek  Stations  owned  by   Benedek
Broadcasting  for all of  1994 and 1995,  operating expenses for  the year ended
December  31,  1995  increased  $1.7  million  or  5.6%  from  the  year   ended
December   31,  1994.  For  such  Benedek  Stations,  payroll  expense  remained
relatively constant at 
                                       46
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
approximately 30.0%  of net revenues. Operating  expenses as a percentage of net
revenues for such Benedek Stations increased from 66.8% for fiscal 1994 to 68.9%
in  fiscal 1995,  primarily  as  a result of an  increase  in  depreciation  and
amortization from 7.7% to  7.9% of  net  revenues  and  an  increase  in  barter
transactions,  primarily  related  to programming  and promotion, from  4.0%  to
5.0% of net revenues.
 
     Operating income for the  years ended December 31,  1995 and 1994  remained
flat at $14.7 million as a result of the above factors.
 
     Financial  (expenses), net for  the year ended  December 31, 1995 increased
$2.8 million or  22.3% to $15.5  million from  $12.7 million in  the year  ended
December  31, 1994 due to Benedek Broadcasting's higher debt level following the
offering of the Senior Secured Notes in March 1995.
 
     Net income for the year ended  December 31, 1995 increased to $6.1  million
from  $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1994 primarily as a result of
a gain of $6.9 million on the  early extinguishment of debt. This gain  resulted
from  the refinancing  of Benedek Broadcasting's  debt from the  proceeds of the
offering of the Senior Secured Notes in March 1995.
 
     Operating cash flow  for the year  ended December 31,  1995 increased  $1.4
million  or 7.7% to $19.7 million from $18.3 million for the year ended December
31, 1994 primarily as a  result of the acquisition of  the Dothan Station. As  a
percentage  of net revenues, operating cash flow decreased to 39.2% for the year
ended December 31, 1995 from 41.4% for the year ended December 31, 1994. For the
eight Benedek Stations owned by Benedek  Broadcasting for all of 1994 and  1995,
operating  cash flow for the year ended December 31, 1995 decreased $0.6 million
or 3.5% from the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
 
     Net revenues for the year ended December 31, 1994 increased $5.9 million or
15.3% to $44.2 million from $38.4 million for the year ended December 31,  1993.
The  growth in net revenues resulted  from increases in advertising expenditures
by local/regional and national advertisers as advertisers anticipated  continued
economic recovery and increases in political advertising expenditures during the
1994 election year.
 
     Operating  expenses for  the year  ended December  31, 1994  increased $1.7
million or 6.3% to $29.5 million from $27.8 million for the year ended  December
31,  1993,  excluding  the  special  bonus. As  a  percentage  of  net revenues,
operating expenses declined to  66.8% in the year  ended December 31, 1994  from
72.4%  in  the  year  ended  December 31,  1993,  excluding  the  special bonus,
primarily as a result of  the greater rate of increase  in net revenues than  in
compensation  expense. Compensation expense in the  year ended December 31, 1994
increased $1.1 million  or 8.7% from  the year  ended December 31,  1993 due  to
overall  salary  increases and  increases in  commission expense  resulting from
higher advertising sales. Amortization of program rights and corporate  expenses
during such periods remained relatively constant.
 
     Operating  income  for  the year  ended  December 31,  1994  increased $4.1
million or 40.0% to $14.7 million from $10.6 million for the year ended December
31, 1993, excluding the special bonus.  This increase resulted from the  greater
rate of increase in net revenues than in compensation expense.
 
     Financial  (expenses), net for  the year ended  December 31, 1994 decreased
$1.6 million or 10.9%  to $12.7 million  from $14.2 million  for the year  ended
December  31, 1993 due  primarily to a  net reduction in  the amount of non-cash
interest  accrued  in   respect  of   warrants  held  by   certain  of   Benedek
Broadcasting's  lenders which were restructured in  1993, offset in part by $1.0
million of interest accrued in respect of a contingent payment due to another of
Benedek Broadcasting's lenders based upon  the appreciation in the equity  value
of certain of the Benedek Stations.
 
     Net  income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 1994 increased to income
of $2.0 million from a loss of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1993
as a result of the factors described above.
 
     Operating cash flow  for the year  ended December 31,  1994 increased  $4.0
million or 28.1% to $18.3 million from $14.3 million for the year ended December
31, 1993 primarily as a result of the
 
                                       47
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
increase  in net revenues. As a percentage  of net revenues, operating cash flow
increased to 41.4% for the year ended December 31, 1994 from 37.3% for the  year
ended December 31, 1993.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     Cash Flows from Operating Activities is the primary source of liquidity for
Benedek  Broadcasting and were $(7.6) million for  the six months ended June 30,
1996 compared to $(0.8) million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. For  the
six  months ended June  30, 1996 cash flows  from operating activities primarily
resulted from  a  $4.6 million  decrease  in receivables,  which  included  $2.5
million  from  the bonus  payment  from CBS,  offset  by a  decrease  in accrued
interest of $4.0 million. For the six months ended June 30, 1995 cash flows from
operating activities primarily  resulted from the  refinancing of  substantially
all  of Benedek  Broadcasting's existing  long-term debt  in March  1995 and the
payment of $4.4 million of deferred and contingent interest and $2.7 million  of
prepayment  premiums. In addition, cash used by operations included $6.9 million
of non-cash gain on early extinguishment of debt.
    
 
     Cash flows from operating activities were $3.3 million in 1995 compared  to
$10.5  million in 1994. The 1995  cash flows from operating activities primarily
resulted from  an increase  in accounts  payable and  accrued expenses  of  $4.7
million  and an  increase in  deferred revenue  of $4.8  million from  the bonus
payment from CBS,  offset by  a $4.6  million increase  in accounts  receivable.
Accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses increased as a result
of  the acquisition of the Dothan Station  and as a result of increased revenues
and  operating  expenses.  In  1995,  in  connection  with  the  refinancing  of
substantially all of its existing long-term debt, Benedek Broadcasting paid $4.4
million  of  deferred and  contingent interest  and  $2.7 million  of prepayment
premiums. Cash flows from operating activities in 1995 includes net income  plus
depreciation  and  amortization  which  totaled  $11.8  million,  including $6.9
million of non-cash gain  on early extinguishment of  debt. The 1994 cash  flows
from  operating activities  primarily resulted from  a $3.3  million increase in
contingent and deferred interest payable.  Cash flows from operating  activities
in  1994 includes  net income plus  depreciation and  amortization which totaled
$7.0 million.
 
   
     Cash Flows  from Investing  Activities were  $(323.7) million  for the  six
months ended June 30, 1996, compared to $(27.2) million for the six months ended
June 30, 1995. For the six months ended June 30, 1996, cash flows from investing
activities  primarily  resulted  from  the payment  of  $321.5  million  for the
Acquired Stations. For the  six months ended  June 30, 1995  cash flows used  in
investing activities included $26.7 million paid to acquire the Dothan Station.
    
 
     Cash flows from investing activities were $31.0 million in 1995 compared to
$2.5 million in 1994. The 1995 cash flows used in investing activities primarily
resulted  from  $26.7 million  paid to  acquire  the Dothan  Station and  a $3.0
million deposit in connection with the Stauffer Acquisition. The 1994 cash flows
used in investing activities included a $2.0 million deposit in connection  with
the acquisition of the Dothan Station.
 
   
     Cash Flows from Financing Activities were $312.1 million for the six months
ended  June 30, 1996 compared to $33.2 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995. For  the  six  months ended  June  30,  1996, cash  flows  from  financing
activities  resulted  from the  proceeds of  the Financing  Plan. For  the three
months ended  June  30, 1995  cash  flows from  financing  activities  primarily
resulted  from  the  issuance  in  March  1995  of  $135.0  million  of  Benedek
Broadcasting's Senior  Secured  Notes  to refinance  existing  indebtedness  and
finance  the  acquisition of  the  Dothan Station,  offset  by $96.0  million of
principal payments on existing indebtedness. The consummation of the refinancing
resulted in an extraordinary gain on the early extinguishment of debt  comprised
of a gain of $11.1 million from adjusting the carrying value of certain warrants
held  by Benedek  Broadcasting's lenders  offset by  $2.7 million  of prepayment
premiums and $1.5 million of unamortized debt discount and deferred loan costs.
    
 
     Cash flows from financing activities were $32.8 million in 1995 compared to
$(7.0) million in  1994. The 1995  cash flows provided  by financing  activities
primarily  resulted from the issuance in March 1995 of $135.0 million of Benedek
Broadcasting's Senior  Secured  Notes  to refinance  existing  indebtedness  and
finance  the  acquisition of  the  Dothan Station,  offset  by $96.0  million of
principal payments  on  such  existing indebtedness.  The  consummation  of  the
refinancing  resulted in an extraordinary gain  from the early extinguishment of
debt, comprised of a gain of $11.1 million from
 
                                       48
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
adjusting the carrying value of certain warrants held by Benedek  Broadcasting's
lenders  from $19.0 million  to the redemption  price of $7.9  million offset by
$2.7 million  of  prepayment  premiums  and $1.5  million  of  unamortized  debt
discount and deferred loan costs.
 
   
THE ACQUISITIONS
    
 
   
     The  completion  of the  Acquisitions  increased the  number  of television
stations owned by the Company from nine  to 22. As a result, the future  results
of  operations of the Company will vary materially from the Company's historical
results. The substantial  indebtedness incurred  by the Company  to finance  the
Acquisitions and the terms of the agreements pursuant to which such indebtedness
is evidenced limit the Company's capital resources. In the absence of any future
equity  financing, the Company's capital resources  will be limited to available
borrowings under  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  and  the  cash  provided  by
operations  to the extent not utilized in discharging the Company's debt service
requirements. Since a significant portion of the financing for the  Acquisitions
was  through the issuance of the Notes, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and the
Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock, none of which require cash payments  for
approximately  five  years,  the  Company  aniticpates  that  cash  provided  by
operations  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  its  debt  service  obligations  and
anticipated capital expenditures during that period.
    
 
   
     The  Stauffer Stations experienced  a decline in net  revenues from 1994 to
1995. The Company believes that this decrease was primarily attributable to  the
fact  that  the  Stauffer  Stations  were  the  subject  of  two  separate  sale
transactions during this period and that four of the five Stauffer Stations  are
CBS affiliates which were affected by the performance of CBS network programming
particularly  during  1995.  The  Company acquired  the  Stauffer  Stations from
Stauffer which itself had been acquired  by Morris Communications in June  1995.
During  the second  half of  1994 and the  first half  of 1995,  the transfer to
Morris was pending and  the then owners did  not invest substantial amounts  for
either  capital  expenditures  or  programming for  the  Stauffer  Stations. The
Company does not believe that the decline in net revenues of Stauffer from  1994
to  1995, or the performance of the Stauffer  Stations in the first half of 1996
when the sale of the Company was pending, are indicative of any material  trend.
The  Stauffer Stations that are CBS  affiliates, together with the remaining CBS
affiliated  Stations,  will  continue  to  be  affected,  as  are  all   network
affiliates,  by  the  relative  performance  of the  network  with  which  it is
affiliated.
    
 
THE FINANCING PLAN
 
   
     The Company, together with its subsidiary Benedek Broadcasting, implemented
the Financing Plan  in order to  finance the  Acquisitions and to  pay fees  and
expenses related thereto. The Financing Plan consisted of (i) the offer and sale
by  the  Company of  the  Existing Notes  to  generate gross  proceeds  of $90.2
million, (ii) the offer and sale by  the Company of the Units to generate  gross
proceeds  of $60.0 million, (iii)  Benedek Broadcasting borrowing $128.0 million
pursuant to  the Term  Loan Facilities  of  the Credit  Agreement and  (iv)  the
Company  issuing an aggregate of $45.0 million initial liquidation preference of
Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock to  GECC and Mr. Paul Brissette.  Benedek
Broadcasting  also has available to it  $15.0 million under the Revolving Credit
Facility of the Credit Agreement, which has not been drawn upon.
    
 
   
     The Company believes that the Financing  Plan will provide for a  long-term
financing  structure that  will allow management  to concentrate  its efforts on
maximizing results of  operations. The Company  anticipates that operating  cash
flow  of  Benedek  Broadcasting  will be  sufficient  to  finance  the operating
requirements  of  the   Stations,  debt  service   requirements  and   presently
anticipated  capital  expenditures  until such  time  that the  debt  matures or
requires payment in full for at least  the period until the Company is  required
to  make cash payments in respect of the Notes, the Exchangeable Preferred Stock
and the Seller Junior Discount  Preferred Stock (approximately five years).  The
Company anticipates that capital expenditures of approximately $6.0 million will
be required in the aggregate at the Acquired Stations. Such capital expenditures
will  be financed either from cash  provided by operations, borrowings under the
Revolving Credit Facility or purchase money financing.
    
 
                                       49
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
     The Notes do not bear interest until May 15, 2001, and the Company will not
be obligated  to pay cash  interest on the Notes until  November  15,  2001.  In
addition,  for all  dividend  payment  dates with  respect  to the  Exchangeable
Preferred  Stock  and  interest  payment  dates  with  respect  to the  Exchange
Debentures  through and including  July 1, 2001, the Company may, at its option,
pay  dividends by adding the amount  thereof to the then  effective  liquidation
preference of the Exchangeable  Preferred Stock and pay interest on the Exchange
Debentures by issuing additional Exchange  Debentures.  For all dividend payment
dates with  respect to the  Seller  Junior  Discount  Preferred  Stock  prior to
October  1,  2001,  the  Company  will pay such  dividends  by adding the amount
thereof  to the then  effective  liquidation  preference  of the  Seller  Junior
Discount  Preferred  Stock.  In order for the  Company to meet its debt  service
obligations  and pay required  dividends  after May 15, 2001 with respect to the
Notes,  after July 1, 2001 with respect to the  Exchangeable  Preferred Stock or
Exchangeable Debentures,  as the case may be, and from and after October 1, 2001
with respect to the Seller Junior  Discount  Preferred  Stock,  the Company will
need  to  substantially  increase  broadcast  cash  flow  at the  Stations.  The
Company's debt service obligations,  including scheduled principal amortization,
in the 12 month  period  beginning  May 15,  2001 would be  approximately  $58.0
million  (assuming  that there  will not have been any  mandatory  or  voluntary
prepayments  of any  indebtedness  prior to that  time and  assuming  a  blended
interest  rate on the  amounts  then  outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement
comparable  to the rate the Company is currently  paying).  The  Company's  cash
dividend payments during such period on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock and the
Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock would be approximately $27.0 million.
    
 
     In  order to repay the Notes and  the Senior Secured Notes at maturity, the
Company will need to  refinance all or  a portion of  such Notes. The  Company's
ability to refinance the Notes and the Senior Secured Notes will depend upon the
Company's  operating  performance, as  well  as prevailing  economic  and market
conditions, levels of interest rates, refinancing costs and other factors,  many
of  which are beyond the  Company's control. There can  be no assurance that the
Company will be  able to refinance  the Notes  and the Senior  Secured Notes  or
otherwise  raise funds in a timely manner or that the proceeds therefrom will be
sufficient to effect such refinancing.
 
   
     The Company is  a holding  company that will  derive all  of its  operating
income  and cash flow from its sole subsidiary, Benedek Broadcasting, the common
stock of which, together with all other assets of the Company, have been pledged
to secure  the  Company's  senior  guarantee  of  all  indebtedness  of  Benedek
Broadcasting outstanding under the Credit Agreement and in respect of the Senior
Secured  Notes.  As  a  holding  company,  the  Company's  ability  to  pay  its
obligations, including its obligation  to pay interest on  and principal of  the
Notes,  whether at  maturity, upon  a Change  of Control  or otherwise,  will be
dependent primarily upon receiving dividends and other payments or advances from
Benedek Broadcasting.  Benedek Broadcasting  is a  separate and  distinct  legal
entity and has no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts to the
Company  or to make funds available to the Company for debt service or any other
obligation. Although the Credit Agreement does not limit the ability of  Benedek
Broadcasting  to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company, the Senior
Secured Note  Indenture  does  contain  such  limitations.  However,  after  the
consummation  of  the Transactions  (including  the contribution  to  the common
equity of  Benedek Broadcasting  of net  cash proceeds  of approximately  $188.5
million  from the sale  of the Notes,  the Units and  the Seller Junior Discount
Preferred  Stock),  as  of  June  30,  1996,  Benedek  Broadcasting  could  have
distributed approximately $188.5 million to the Company under such limitations.
    
 
   
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
    
 
   
     In  September 1996, the Company announced  that it had reached an agreement
in principle with the  Warner Bros. Network to  develop a local cable  affiliate
called  the 'WeB' in each of the Company's  20 markets which rank above 100. The
WeB is intended to be a 24 hour, seven day a week television channel which  will
broadcast  Warner Bros. Network prime time  programming, WB Kids programming and
syndicated programming  of  Warner  Bros.  and  others. The  WeB is scheduled to
begin service in September 1997 in most 100-plus markets. The  Company  will  be
responsible  for  all local  sales  efforts for the new channels in its markets.
The Company does not anticipate that it will be required to make any significant
capital expenditures in connection with the development of its WeB affiliates.

    
 
SEASONALITY
 
     Net revenues and operating cash flow of Benedek Broadcasting are  generally
higher  during  the fourth  quarter  of each  year,  primarily due  to increased
expenditures by advertisers in anticipation of holiday season consumer  spending
and  an increase  in viewership  during this  period, and,  to a  lesser extent,
during the second quarter of each year.
 
                                       50
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
INCOME TAXES
 
     Historically, Benedek  Broadcasting  had  elected  to  be  taxed  as  an  S
Corporation.  Net  income (loss)  does not  include a  pro forma  adjustment for
income tax expense because the Company  would not, under Statement of  Financial
Accounting  Standards  No. 109  'Accounting For  Income Taxes,'  have had  a tax
provision due to  net operating  loss carryforwards and  a valuation  allowance.
Benedek  Broadcasting's election to  be taxed as  an S Corporation automatically
terminated concurrently with  the consummation  of the  Transactions. Under  the
Indenture,  the Company may distribute cash to its stockholder to pay individual
income taxes arising  from taxable  income of Benedek  Broadcasting for  periods
prior to the termination of the S election.
 
EMERGING ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
     The  Financial  Accounting Standards  Board  issued Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123,  'Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation'
in  October 1995, which establishes financial accounting and reporting standards
for stock based  employee compensation  plans, including  stock purchase  plans,
stock  options, restricted stock, and stock appreciation rights. The Company has
elected to continue  accounting for  stock based  compensation under  Accounting
Principles  Board Opinion  No. 25. The  disclosure requirements of  SFAS No. 123
will be  effective for  the Company's  financial statements  beginning in  1996.
Management  does not  believe that  the implementation of  SFAS 123  will have a
material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The Existing Notes  were originally issued  and sold on  June 6, 1996.  The
offer and sale of the Existing Notes was not required to be registered under the
Securities  Act in reliance upon  the exemption provided by  Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. In connection with the  sale of the Existing Notes, the  Company
agreed  to file with  the SEC a  registration statement relating  to an exchange
offer pursuant to which  new senior subordinated discount  notes of the  Company
covered  by such  registration statement and  containing terms  identical in all
material respects  to  the terms  of  the Existing  Notes  would be  offered  in
exchange for Existing Notes tendered at the option of the holders thereof or, if
applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC did not permit the Company to
effect  such an Exchange Offer, or, among other things, if the Exchange Offer is
not consummated, the Company agreed, at  its cost, to file a Shelf  Registration
Statement  covering  resales of  the Existing  Notes and  to use  all reasonable
efforts to have such  Shelf Registration Statement  declared effective and  kept
effective for a period of three years from the effective date thereof.
 
     The  purpose of the Exchange  Offer is to fulfill  certain of the Company's
obligations under the Registration Agreement. This Prospectus may not be used by
any holder of the  Existing Notes or  any holder of  the Exchange Securities  to
satisfy   the  registration  and  prospectus  delivery  requirements  under  the
Securities Act that  may apply in  connection with any  resale of such  Existing
Notes  or Exchange Securities. See ' --  Terms of the Exchange Offer; Period for
Tendering Existing Notes.'
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER; PERIOD FOR TENDERING EXISTING NOTES
 
     Upon the terms and subject to  the conditions set forth in this  Prospectus
and  in the  accompanying Letter of  Transmittal (which  together constitute the
Exchange Offer), the Company will accept  for exchange Existing Notes which  are
properly  tendered  on or  prior to  the  Expiration Date  and not  withdrawn as
permitted below. As used herein, the term 'Expiration Date' means 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on               , 1996; provided, however, that if the Company,
in its sole discretion, has extended the  period of time for which the  Exchange
Offer  is open,  the term 'Expiration  Date' means  the latest time  and date to
which the  Exchange  Offer  is  extended.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
Expiration  Date shall not be  later than 5:00 p.m., New  York City time, on the
date 60 days from the date of this Prospectus.
 
                                       51
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     As of  the date  of  this Prospectus,  $170.0 million  aggregate  principal
amount  at  maturity of  the Existing  Notes  was outstanding.  This Prospectus,
together with  the  Letter of  Transmittal,  is first  being  sent on  or  about
             ,  1996, to all holders of Existing Notes known to the Company. The
Company's obligation  to accept  Existing  Notes for  exchange pursuant  to  the
Exchange  Offer is subject to certain conditions as set forth under ' -- Certain
Conditions to the Exchange Offer.'
 
     The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time or from time to time,
to extend  the period  of time  during which  the Exchange  Offer is  open,  and
thereby  delay acceptance for exchange of any  Existing Notes, by giving oral or
written notice  of  such extension  to  the  holders thereof.  During  any  such
extension,  all Existing  Notes previously tendered  will remain  subject to the
Exchange Offer and  may be accepted  for exchange by  the Company. Any  Existing
Notes  not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense
to the tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the  expiration
or termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
     The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate the Exchange
Offer,  and  not  to accept  for  exchange  any Existing  Notes  not theretofore
accepted for  exchange, upon  the occurrence  of any  of the  conditions of  the
Exchange  Offer specified  below under '  -- Certain Conditions  to the Exchange
Offer.' The  Company  will  give  oral  or  written  notice  of  any  extension,
amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the Existing Notes as
promptly  as practicable, such notice in the  case of any extension to be issued
no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after  the
previously scheduled Expiration Date.
 
EXCHANGE OFFER PROCEDURES
 
     The  tender to  the Company of  Existing Notes  by a holder  thereof as set
forth below and the acceptance thereof by the Company will constitute a  binding
agreement  between  the tendering  holder  and the  Company  upon the  terms and
subject to the conditions set forth  in this Prospectus and in the  accompanying
Letter  of Transmittal. Except as set forth below, a holder who wishes to tender
Existing Notes  for exchange  pursuant to  the Exchange  Offer must  transmit  a
properly  completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal, including all other
documents required by such Letter of Transmittal, to United States Trust Company
of New York (the 'Exchange Agent') at one of the addresses set forth below under
'Exchange Agent' on  or prior to  the Expiration Date.  In addition, either  (i)
certificates  for such  Existing Notes  must be  received by  the Exchange Agent
along with the Letter of Transmittal, (ii) a timely confirmation of a book-entry
transfer (a 'Book-Entry Confirmation') of such Existing Notes, if such procedure
is available, into the Exchange Agent's account at The Depository Trust  Company
(the  'Book-Entry Transfer Facility')  pursuant to the  procedure for book-entry
transfer described below, must  be received by the  Exchange Agent prior to  the
Expiration  Date or (iii)  the holder must comply  with the 'Guaranteed Delivery
Procedures' below.  THE  METHOD  OF  DELIVERY  OF  EXISTING  NOTES,  LETTERS  OF
TRANSMITTAL  AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE
HOLDERS. IF SUCH DELIVERY  IS BY MAIL, IT  IS RECOMMENDED THAT REGISTERED  MAIL,
PROPERLY  INSURED,  WITH  RETURN  RECEIPT  REQUESTED,  BE  USED.  IN  ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT TIME  SHOULD BE  ALLOWED TO  ASSURE TIMELY  DELIVERY. NO  LETTERS  OF
TRANSMITTAL OR EXISTING NOTES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE COMPANY.
 
     Signatures  on a Letter  of Transmittal or  a notice of  withdrawal, as the
case may  be, must  be  guaranteed unless  the  Existing Notes  surrendered  for
exchange  pursuant  thereto  are tendered  (i)  by  a registered  holder  of the
Existing Notes  who  has  not  completed  the  box  entitled  'Special  Issuance
Instruction'  or 'Special Delivery Instructions' on the Letter of Transmittal or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution (as defined). In the event  that
signatures on a Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may
be,  are required to be guaranteed, such guarantees must be by a firm which is a
member of a registered national securities exchange or a member of the  National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or by a commercial bank or trust company
having  an office or correspondent in the United States (collectively, 'Eligible
Institutions'). If Existing Notes are registered  in the name of a person  other
than  a signatory of  the Letter of Transmittal,  the Existing Notes surrendered
for exchange must be endorsed by, or  be accompanied by a written instrument  or
instruments  of transfer or exchange, in  satisfactory form as determined by the
Company in its sole
 
                                       52
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
discretion, duly executed by  the registered holder  with the signature  thereon
guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
 
     All  questions as  to the  validity, form,  eligibility (including  time of
receipt) and  acceptance  of  Existing  Notes  tendered  for  exchange  will  be
determined  by the Company in its  sole discretion, which determination shall be
final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all
tenders of any particular Existing Notes not properly tendered or to not  accept
any  particular Existing  Notes which acceptance  might, in the  judgment of the
Company or its  counsel, be  unlawful. The  Company also  reserves the  absolute
right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the Exchange Offer
as  to any particular Existing Notes either  before or after the Expiration Date
(including the  right to  waive the  ineligibility of  any holder  who seeks  to
tender  Existing Notes in  the Exchange Offer). The  interpretation of the terms
and conditions of the Exchange Offer as to any particular Existing Notes  either
before or after the Expiration Date (including the Letter of Transmittal and the
instructions  thereto) by the Company shall be final and binding on all parties.
Unless waived,  any defects  or  irregularities in  connection with  tenders  of
Existing  Notes for exchange must be cured within such reasonable period of time
as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor  any
other  person shall  be under  any duty  to give  notification of  any defect or
irregularity with respect  to any  tender of  Existing Notes  for exchange,  nor
shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
 
     If  the Letter of Transmittal  is signed by a  person or persons other than
the registered holder or holders of Existing Notes, such Existing Notes must  be
endorsed  or  accompanied by  appropriate powers  of  attorney, in  either case,
signed exactly  as  the  name or  names  of  the registered  holder  or  holders
appear(s) on the Existing Notes.
 
     If  the Letter of Transmittal  or any Existing Notes  or powers of attorney
are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact,
officers of  corporations or  others  acting in  a fiduciary  or  representative
capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing and, unless waived by the
Company,  proper evidence satisfactory  to the Company of  their authority to so
act must be submitted.
 
     By tendering, each holder will represent  to the Company that, among  other
things,  the Exchange  Securities acquired  pursuant to  the Exchange  Offer are
being obtained in the ordinary course  of business of the person receiving  such
Exchange  Securities, whether or not such person is the holder, that neither the
holder nor any such  other person has an  arrangement or understanding with  any
person  to participate in the distribution  of such Exchange Securities and that
neither the holder nor any such other person is an 'affiliate,' as defined under
Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company.
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account in
exchange for Existing  Notes where  such Existing  Notes were  acquired by  such
broker-dealer   as  a  result  of  market-making  activities  or  other  trading
activities, must acknowledge  that it  will deliver a  prospectus in  connection
with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See 'Plan of Distribution.'
 
ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING NOTES FOR EXCHANGE; DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE SECURITIES
 
     Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Exchange Offer,
the  Company will accept promptly after  the Expiration Date, all Existing Notes
properly  tendered  and  will  issue  the  Exchange  Securities  promptly  after
acceptance  of such Existing Notes. See '  -- Certain Conditions to the Exchange
Offer.' For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to  have
accepted  properly  tendered Existing  Notes for  exchange when,  as and  if the
Company has given oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent.
 
     For each Existing Note accepted for  exchange, the holder of such  Existing
Note  will receive  an Exchange Security  having a principal  amount at maturity
equal to that of the surrendered Existing Note. If by November 4, 1996,  neither
the Exchange Offer is consummated nor a Shelf Registration Statement is declared
effective,  additional cash interest will accrue  on each Existing Note from and
including November  5, 1996  until but  excluding  the earlier  of the  date  of
consummation  of  the  Exchange  Offer  and  the  effective  date  of  the Shelf
Registration Statement at a rate of 0.50% per
 
                                       53
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
annum. Holders of Existing  Notes accepted for exchange  will be deemed to  have
waived  the right  to receive  any other  payments or  accrued interest  on such
Existing Notes.
 
     In all cases, issuance of Exchange  Securities for Existing Notes that  are
accepted  for exchange pursuant  to the Exchange  Offer will be  made only after
timely receipt by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Existing Notes  or
a  timely  Book-Entry  Confirmation of  such  Existing Notes  into  the Exchange
Agent's account at the  Book-Entry Transfer Facility,  a properly completed  and
duly  executed Letter  of Transmittal and  all other required  documents. If any
tendered Existing Notes are not accepted for  any reason set forth in the  terms
and  conditions of the Exchange  Offer or if Existing  Notes are submitted for a
greater principal amount at maturity than  the holder desires to exchange,  such
unaccepted  or non-exchanged Existing Notes will  be returned without expense to
the tendering holder  thereof (or,  in the case  of Existing  Notes tendered  by
book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility  pursuant to the  book-entry transfer procedures  described below, such
non-exchanged Existing Notes will be credited to an account maintained with such
Book-Entry Transfer Facility) as promptly as practicable after the expiration or
termination of the Exchange Offer.
 
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
 
     The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Existing Notes  at the Book-Entry Transfer  Facility for purposes of  the
Exchange  Offer within two business days after  the date of this Prospectus, and
any financial  institution that  is  a participant  in the  Book-Entry  Transfer
Facility's  system may make book-entry deliver  of Existing Notes by causing the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer  such Existing Notes into the  Exchange
Agent's  account at  the Book-Entry  Transfer Facility  in accordance  with such
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility's  procedures  for  transfer.  However,  although
delivery  of Existing Notes  may be effected through  book-entry transfer at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility,  the Letter  of Transmittal  or facsimile  thereof
with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents must, in
any  case, be transmitted  to and received by  the Exchange Agent  at one of the
addresses set forth below under 'Exchange  Agent' on or prior to the  Expiration
Date  or the  guaranteed delivery  procedures described  below must  be complied
with.
 
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
 
     If a  registered  holder of  the  Existing  Notes desires  to  tender  such
Existing  Notes and  the Existing Notes  are not immediately  available, or time
will not permit  such holder's  Existing Notes  or other  required documents  to
reach  the  Exchange Agent  before  the Expiration  Date,  or the  procedure for
book-entry transfer  cannot be  completed on  a timely  basis, a  tender may  be
effected  if (i) the tender is made  through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior
to  the  Expiration  Date,  the  Exchange  Agent  receives  from  such  Eligible
Institution  a properly completed and duly  executed Letter of Transmittal (or a
facsimile thereof) and a  notice of guaranteed  delivery ('Notice of  Guaranteed
Delivery'),  substantially in  the form  provided by  the Company  (by telegram,
telex, facsimile transmission, mail  or hand delivery),  setting forth the  name
and address of the holder of Existing Notes and the principal amount at maturity
of  Existing Notes tendered, stating  that the tender is  being made thereby and
guaranteeing that  within five  New York  Stock Exchange  ('NYSE') trading  days
after  the  date  of  execution  of  the  Notice  of  Guaranteed  Delivery,  the
certificates for  all physically  tendered Existing  Notes, in  proper form  for
transfer,  or  a Book-Entry  Confirmation, as  the  case may  be, and  any other
documents required  by  the Letter  of  Transmittal  will be  deposited  by  the
Eligible  Institution with the Exchange Agent and (iii) the certificates for all
physically tendered Existing Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry
Confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by the Letter
of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within five NYSE trading  days
after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
     Tenders  of  Existing Notes  may  be withdrawn  at  any time  prior  to the
Expiration Date.
 
     For a withdrawal to  be effective, a written  notice of withdrawal must  be
received  by the Exchange  Agent at one  of the addresses  set forth below under
'Exchange Agent.' Any such notice of withdrawal
 
                                       54
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
must specify the name  of the person  having tendered the  Existing Notes to  be
withdrawn,  identify the Existing Notes to be withdrawn (including the principal
amount at maturity of such Existing Notes) and (where certificates for  Existing
Notes  have been transmitted) specify the name  in which such Existing Notes are
registered, if different from  that of the  withdrawing holder. If  certificates
for  Existing Notes have been delivered  or otherwise identified to the Exchange
Agent, then, prior to  the release of such  certificates the withdrawing  holder
must  also  submit  the serial  numbers  of  the particular  certificates  to be
withdrawn and a  signed notice of  withdrawal with signatures  guaranteed by  an
Eligible  Institution unless such holder is an Eligible Institution. If Existing
Notes have been  tendered pursuant  to the procedure  for 'Book-Entry  Transfer'
described  above, any notice of  withdrawal must specify the  name and number of
the account  at  the  Book-Entry  Transfer Facility  to  be  credited  with  the
withdrawn  Existing  Notes  and otherwise  comply  with the  procedures  of such
facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time
of  receipt)  of  such  notices  will  be  determined  by  the  Company,   whose
determination  shall be final and binding on  all parties. Any Existing Notes so
withdrawn will be  deemed not  to have been  validly tendered  for exchange  for
purposes  of the Exchange Offer. Any Existing Notes which have been tendered for
exchange but which  are not exchanged  for any  reason will be  returned to  the
holder  thereof without cost to  such holder (or, in  the case of Existing Notes
tendered by book-entry transfer into the  Exchange Agent's account at the  Book-
Entry  Transfer  Facility  pursuant  to  the  'Book-Entry  Transfer'  procedures
described above, such Existing Notes will  be credited to an account  maintained
with  such  Book-Entry Transfer  Facility  for the  Existing  Notes) as  soon as
practicable after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange
Offer. Properly withdrawn Existing Notes may  be retendered by following one  of
the procedures described under ' -- Exchange Offer Procedures' above at any time
on or prior to the Expiration Date.
 
CERTAIN CONDITIONS TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of  the Exchange  Offer, the Company
shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Securities in
exchange for, any Existing Notes and  may terminate or amend the Exchange  Offer
if  at any time before the acceptance of such Existing Notes for exchange or the
exchange of the Exchange Securities for such Existing Notes any of the following
events shall occur:
 
          (a) there shall  be threatened,  instituted or pending  any action  or
     proceeding  before,  or any  injunction, order  or  decree shall  have been
     issued  by,  any  court  or  governmental  agency  or  other   governmental
     regulatory  or administrative agency or  commission (i) seeking to restrain
     or prohibit the making or consummation  of the Exchange Offer or any  other
     transaction contemplated by the Exchange Offer, or assessing or seeking any
     damages  as a result thereof  or (ii) resulting in  a material delay in the
     ability of the Company to  accept for exchange or  exchange some or all  of
     the  Existing Notes pursuant  to the Exchange Offer;  or any statute, rule,
     regulation, order  or injunction  shall  be sought,  proposed,  introduced,
     enacted,  promulgated or deemed applicable to  the Exchange Offer or any of
     the transactions contemplated by  the Exchange Offer  by any government  or
     governmental  authority, domestic or foreign, or any action shall have been
     taken, proposed or threatened,  by any government, governmental  authority,
     agency  or court,  domestic or  foreign, that in  the sole  judgment of the
     Company might  directly or  indirectly result  in any  of the  consequences
     referred  to in clauses (i)  or (ii) above or, in  the sole judgment of the
     Company,  might  result  in  the  holders  of  Exchange  Securities  having
     obligations  with respect to  resales and transfers  of Exchange Securities
     which are greater  than those described  in the interpretation  of the  SEC
     referred  to on the cover page of  this Prospectus, or would otherwise make
     it inadvisable to proceed with the Exchange Offer;
 
          (b) there shall have occurred (i) any general suspension of or general
     limitation on  prices  for,  or  trading in,  securities  on  any  national
     securities  exchange or in the over-the-counter market, (ii) any limitation
     by any  governmental agency  or authority  which may  adversely affect  the
     ability  of the  Company to complete  the transactions  contemplated by the
     Exchange Offer,  (iii)  a  declaration  of  a  banking  moratorium  or  any
     suspension  of payments  in respect  of banks in  the United  States or any
     limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely  affects
     the  extension of credit or (iv) a commencement of a war, armed hostilities
     or other similar internal calamity directly
 
                                       55
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     or indirectly involving the United  States, or, in the  case of any of  the
     foregoing existing at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer, a
     material acceleration or worsening thereof; or
 
          (c)  any change  (or any  development involving  a prospective change)
     shall have occurred or be  threatened in the business, properties,  assets,
     liabilities,  financial  condition,  operations, results  of  operations or
     prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole that, in the
     sole judgment of the Company, is or  may be adverse to the Company, or  the
     Company  shall have become aware of facts that, in the sole judgment of the
     Company, have or may have adverse significance with respect to the value of
     the Existing Notes or the Exchange Securities;
 
which, in the reasonable judgment of the Company in any case, and regardless  of
the  circumstances (including any action by the Company) giving rise to any such
condition, makes it inadvisable to proceed  with the Exchange Offer and/or  with
such acceptance for exchange or with such exchange.
 
     The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be
asserted  by the Company regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any such
condition or may be waived by  the Company in whole or  in part at any time  and
from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at any time
to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such
right and each such right shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted
at any time and from time to time.
 
     In  addition, the Company  will not accept for  exchange any Existing Notes
tendered, and no  Exchange Securities will  be issued in  exchange for any  such
Existing  Notes, if at such time any stop order shall be threatened or in effect
with respect to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus  constitutes
a  part or the qualification  of the Indenture under  the Trust Indenture Act of
1939, as amended.
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
     United States Trust Company of New York has been appointed as the  Exchange
Agent  of  the Exchange  Offer. All  executed Letters  of Transmittal  should be
directed to  the  Exchange  Agent at  one  of  the addresses  set  forth  below.
Questions  and requests for  assistance, requests for  additional copies of this
Prospectus or  of  the  Letter  of  Transmittal  and  requests  for  Notices  of
Guaranteed  Delivery  should  be directed  to  the Exchange  Agent  addressed as
follows:
 
                                    By Mail:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                                  P.O. Box 844
                                 Cooper Station
                            New York, NY 10276-0844
 
                                    By Hand:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                                  111 Broadway
                                  Lower Level
                             Corporate Trust Window
                               New York, NY 10006
 
                             By Overnight Courier:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                                  770 Broadway
                               New York, NY 10003
                             Attn: Corporate Trust
 
                                 By Facsimile:
                                 (212) 420-6152
 
                             Confirm by Telephone:
                                 (800) 548-6565
 
     DELIVERY OF  DOCUMENTS TO  AN ADDRESS  OTHER THAN  AS SET  FORTH ABOVE,  OR
TRANSMISSION  OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER  THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL
NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.
 
                                       56
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
 
     The Company  will not  make  any payments  to  brokers, dealers  or  others
soliciting  acceptances  of the  Exchange Offer.  The principal  solicitation is
being made by mail; however, additional  solicitations may be made in person  or
by telephone by officers and employees of the Company.
 
     The  estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange
Offer will be  paid by  the Company  and are estimated  in the  aggregate to  be
$         which includes fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and accounting,
legal, printing and related fees and expenses.
 
TRANSFER TAXES
 
     Holders  who tender their Existing Notes for exchange will not be obligated
to pay  any transfer  taxes in  connection therewith,  except that  holders  who
instruct  the Company to register Exchange Securities in the name of, or request
that Existing  Notes not  tendered or  not  accepted in  the Exchange  Offer  be
returned  to,  a  person other  than  the  registered tendering  holder  will be
responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax thereon.
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO EXCHANGE
 
     Holders of Existing  Notes who  do not  exchange their  Existing Notes  for
Exchange  Securities pursuant to the Exchange  Offer will continue to be subject
to the restrictions  on transfers of  such Existing  Notes as set  forth in  the
legend  thereon as a consequence of the  issuance of the Existing Notes pursuant
to the exemptions  from, or  in transactions  not subject  to, the  registration
requirements  of the  Securities Act  and applicable  state securities  laws. In
general, the Existing Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered  under
the  Securities Act, except pursuant  to an exemption from,  or in a transaction
not subject to,  the Securities Act  and applicable state  securities laws.  The
Company  does not currently anticipate that  it will register the Existing Notes
under the Securities Act. Based  on interpretations by the  staff of the SEC  in
letters  issued to  third parties,  Exchange Securities  issued pursuant  to the
Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by any
holder thereof  (other than  any such  holder  which is  an 'affiliate'  of  the
Company  within  the  meaning of  Rule  405  under the  Securities  Act) without
compliance with  the  registration and  prospectus  delivery provisions  of  the
Securities  Act  provided  that such  Exchange  Securities are  acquired  in the
ordinary course of  such holder's business,  such holder has  no arrangement  or
understanding  with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Securities to be
acquired pursuant to the Exchange  Offer and such holder  is not engaged in  and
does  not intend to engage in a distribution of such Exchange Securities. If any
person were  to  be participating  in  the Exchange  Offer  for the  purpose  of
distributing  securities in a manner not permitted by the interpretations of the
staff of  the SEC  referred to  above, such  person (i)  could not  rely on  the
applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the
registration  and  prospectus delivery  requirements  of the  Securities  Act in
connection with a secondary resale transaction. In addition, to comply with  the
securities laws of certain jurisdictions, if applicable, the Exchange Securities
may  not be offered  or sold unless  they have been  registered or qualified for
sale in such jurisdiction or an exemption from registration or qualification  is
available  and  is  complied  with.  The Company  has  agreed,  pursuant  to the
Registration Agreement and subject to certain specified limitations therein,  to
register  or  qualify  the  Exchange  Securities for  offer  or  sale  under the
securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any holder of the  Exchange
Securities reasonably requests in writing.
 
                                       57

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
   
GENERAL
    
 
     The  Company owns 22  network-affiliated television stations  in the United
States. The Stations are diverse in geographic location and network affiliation,
serve small to medium-sized markets and, in the aggregate, reach communities  in
24  states. Twelve of the  Stations are affiliated with  CBS, six are affiliated
with ABC and four are affiliated with NBC. On a pro forma basis giving effect to
the Transactions, the Company would have  had net revenues, broadcast cash  flow
and  operating cash  flow of  $121.3 million,  $52.7 million  and $50.8 million,
respectively, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995.
 
     The Company believes that the  Acquired Stations have been  underperforming
in terms of their overall revenue potential and can be operated more efficiently
under Company management, thereby offering the Company an attractive opportunity
to  improve broadcast cash flow. The  Company believes that such improvement can
be achieved by expanding the Acquired Stations' share of market revenues and  by
increasing  viewership levels  through an increased  emphasis on  local news and
informational  programming   and   cost-effective  purchasing   of   competitive
syndicated and first run programming.
 
     The  Company believes that the broadcast  cash flow margins of the Stauffer
Stations of 19.7%, 29.5% and 23.1% during 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, can
be substantially improved in  the near-term. By  comparison, the broadcast  cash
flow margins for the Benedek Stations for the same periods were 40.5%, 44.5% and
42.3%,  respectively. The Company  further believes that  although the Brissette
Stations have  operated at  attractive margins,  the previous  ownership of  the
Brissette  Stations operated with  a focus on managing  costs, not on maximizing
revenues and broadcast cash flow growth. This strategy typically resulted in the
Brissette Stations capturing  a smaller  share of advertising  revenue in  their
respective  markets than  their audience  share in  these markets.  The compound
annual growth  rate of  net revenues  and  broadcast cash  flow of  the  Benedek
Stations   (excluding  the  station  in  Dothan,  Alabama  acquired  by  Benedek
Broadcasting in 1995) for the five-year  period from 1991 through 1995 was  7.8%
and  9.0%, respectively,  as compared  to 4.0%  and 3.6%,  respectively, for the
Brissette Stations during the same period.
 
     The Stations are located in  markets ranked in size from  83 to 201 out  of
the  211  markets  surveyed  by Nielsen.  The  Company  believes  that broadcast
television stations in  small to  medium-sized markets offer  an opportunity  to
generate  attractive and stable  operating cash flow  due to limited competition
for viewers from  other over-the-air broadcasters,  from other media  soliciting
advertising  expenditures  and  from  other  broadcasters  purchasing syndicated
programming. The Company targets small and medium-sized markets that have stable
employment and population and a diverse base of employers. The markets  targeted
by  the Company  generally have population  centers that  share common community
interests and  are receptive  to  local programming.  Each  of the  Stations  is
affiliated  with  one of  the national  television  networks, which  provides an
established audience and reputation for national news, sports and  entertainment
programming.  With the  established audiences provided  by network affiliations,
management seeks to implement  its strategy to  enhance non-network ratings  and
revenues while controlling costs.
 
     The  Company  believes  that the  television  industry  is in  a  period of
consolidation as  a  result  of  which a  relatively  small  number  of  station
operators  will emerge  as the  leading television  station group  owners in the
United   States.   Recent   telecommunications   legislation   that   eliminates
restrictions  on the number of television stations that any individual or entity
may own so  long as  the aggregate  audience reach does  not exceed  35% of  all
United  States  households is  likely to  accelerate  this trend.  The Company's
growth strategy, of which the acquisition of the Stauffer Stations and Brissette
Stations is a part,  is to become one  of the leading group  owners of small  to
medium-sized  market  television  stations  in the  United  States.  The Company
believes that  this expansion  will create  economies of  scale which  will  (i)
improve  its  ability  to  negotiate more  favorable  arrangements  with program
suppliers, national sales representation firms, equipment vendors and television
networks, (ii) enable it  to develop program consortiums  for regional news  and
sports  programming and (iii)  enhance its ability to  attract and retain strong
management and on-air talent.
 
                                       58
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
     Commercial television broadcasting began in the United States on a  regular
basis  in the 1940s. Currently there are  a limited number of channels available
for broadcasting  in any  one geographic  area,  and the  license to  operate  a
broadcast   station  is  granted   by  the  FCC.   Television  stations  can  be
distinguished by  the frequency  on which  they broadcast.  Television  stations
which broadcast over the very high frequency ('VHF') band (channels 2-13) of the
spectrum  generally  have some  competitive  advantage over  television stations
which broadcast over the ultra-high  frequency ('UHF') band (channels 14-69)  of
the  spectrum because VHF  channels typically cover  larger geographic areas and
operate at a lower transmission  cost. However, specific market  characteristics
such as population densities, geographic features or other factors may determine
whether UHF stations are in fact at a competitive disadvantage.
 
     Television  station revenues are primarily derived from local, regional and
national advertising  and, to  a modest  extent, from  network compensation  and
revenues  from tower  rentals and commercial  production activities. Advertising
rates are based upon numerous factors including a program's popularity among the
viewers an advertiser wishes to attract, the number of advertisers competing for
the available time allotted to commercials, the size and demographic make-up  of
the audience and the availability of alternative advertising media in the market
area.  The  extent of  advertising expenditures,  which  are sensitive  to broad
economic trends, has historically affected the broadcast industry.
 
     Whether or not a station is affiliated with one of the four major  networks
(ABC,  CBS, NBC or Fox) may have a  significant impact on the composition of the
station's programming,  revenues, expenses  and  operations. A  typical  network
affiliate  receives  a significant  portion of  its  daily programming  from the
network. This  programming, together  with  cash payments,  is provided  to  the
affiliate  by  the  network  in  exchange  for  a  substantial  majority  of the
advertising time  sold during  the  broadcast of  network programming.  The  Fox
network  has operating  characteristics which are  similar to ABC,  CBS and NBC,
although the hours of  network programming produced for  Fox affiliates is  less
than  that produced by the other major networks. In addition, UPN and the Warner
Bros. Network recently have been  launched as new television networks.  However,
neither produce a significant amount of network programming.
 
     Through  the  1970s,  network  television  broadcasting  generally  enjoyed
dominance in  viewership and  television  advertising revenues.  FCC  regulation
evolved  to address this dominance, with the focus on increasing competition and
diversity  of  programming   in  the  television   broadcasting  industry.   See
' -- Federal Regulation of Television Broadcasting.'
 
     Cable television systems were first installed in significant numbers in the
late  1960s  and early  1970s and  were initially  used to  retransmit broadcast
television programming in areas with poor broadcast signal reception.  According
to  the  1996 Television  & Cable  Factbook,  cable television  currently passes
approximately 90% of all television households nationwide and approximately  68%
of  such  households  are cable  subscribers.  Cable-originated  programming has
emerged  as  a  significant  competitor  for  viewers  of  broadcast  television
programming.  With increased cable  penetration, the cable  programming share of
advertising revenues has increased.  Notwithstanding increased cable  viewership
and  advertising, broadcast television remains  the dominant distribution system
for mass  market television  advertising. No  single cable  programming  network
regularly attains audience levels amounting to more than a small fraction of any
single  major broadcast network.  Despite the growth  in alternative programming
from cable, according to Nielsen, 65% of all prime time television viewing  time
during  the 1994-1995 broadcast season  was spent viewing ABC,  CBS, NBC and Fox
programming.
 
     Other developments have also affected television programming and  delivery.
Independent   stations  have  emerged  as   viable  competitors  for  television
viewership share, particularly as  the result of the  availability of first  run
network  programming from UPN  and the Warner Bros.  Network. In addition, there
has been substantial growth in the  number of home satellite dish receivers  and
VCRs,  which has  further expanded  the number  of programming  alternatives for
television audiences. Furthermore,  direct broadcast services  ('DBS') to  homes
from  satellites  became  available  on  a  nationwide  basis  during  1994. See
' -- Competition.'
 
                                       59
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
BACKGROUND OF THE COMPANY
    
 
   
     The Company was  incorporated under the  laws of the  state of Delaware  on
April  10, 1996.  Benedek Broadcasting  was incorporated  under the  laws of the
state of  Delaware  on  January 22,  1979.  On  June  6, 1996  as  part  of  the
Transactions,  Benedek  Broadcasting  became a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the
Company. On  March 10,  1995, Blue  Grass Television,  Inc. ('Blue  Grass')  and
Youngstown  Broadcasting  Co.,  Inc.  ('Youngstown')  were  merged  into Benedek
Broadcasting (the 'Merger'). Prior to the Merger, all of the outstanding  common
stock  of Benedek Broadcasting,  Blue Grass and  Youngstown was owned  by Mr. A.
Richard Benedek, the sole stockholder of the Company.
    
 
   
     Benedek Broadcasting acquired WTAP-TV in October 1979; WIFR-TV, WHSV-TV and
KHQA-TV in December 1986; WTOK-TV in June 1988; and WTVY-TV in March 1995.  Blue
Grass  acquired  WBKO-TV in  April 1983;  and KDLH-TV  in July  1995. Youngstown
acquired WYTV in June 1983.
    
 
   
     On June  6,  1996, the  Company  became  the sole  stockholder  of  Benedek
Broadcasting  and  simultaneously  therewith Benedek  Broadcasting  acquired the
Acquired Stations.
    
 
STRATEGY
 
     The Company's senior management team,  led by A. Richard Benedek,  Chairman
and  Chief Executive Officer, and K.  James Yager, President and Chief Operating
Officer, has extensive experience in  acquiring and improving the operations  of
television stations. Management's primary operating strategy is to maximize each
Station's    advertising   revenue   through   local   news,   information   and
community-oriented programming that  has broad audience  appeal and  value-added
sales  potential,  while  maintaining  strict  cost  controls.  Key  elements of
management's strategy include:
 
          LOCAL NEWS LEADERSHIP AND LOCAL PROGRAMMING. Management believes  that
     local  news and informational programming  leadership contributes to higher
     ratings  and,  therefore,  increased  advertising  revenues.   Management's
     emphasis  on  local  news  and on-going  community  involvement  allows the
     Benedek Stations to maximize the  advertising rates they can charge  local,
     regional  and national  accounts, not  only for  news, but  for network and
     nationally-syndicated programming which the  Benedek Stations broadcast  in
     time periods adjacent to regularly scheduled local newscasts and local news
     specials.
 
          The  Company  has focused  on  maintaining and  building  each Benedek
     Station's local news franchise as the key element in its strategy to  build
     and   maintain   audience   loyalty.  Management   believes   that  strong,
     well-differentiated local news programming attracts high viewership levels,
     particularly of demographic  groups that  are appealing to  both local  and
     national  advertisers, thereby allowing the Company to maximize advertising
     rates.
 
          Management of the  Company believes  that television  stations with  a
     prominent  local  identity  and active  community  involvement  can realize
     additional revenues from local advertisers through the development and sale
     of special  promotional programming.  The Benedek  Stations have  developed
     high-quality  programming which  highlights community events  and topics of
     local interest. Locally produced  programming includes 'Our Town'  segments
     featuring  local news reports, special  promotional announcements and local
     advertising focused  on  communities  within  a  particular  market;  'Town
     Meetings,'  which  provide  a forum  for  members of  local  communities to
     discuss and debate issues of local concern; 'Live Line' programs on health,
     money and  legal matters  in which  viewers call  in to  a panel  of  local
     experts;  and home shopping  programs sold exclusively  to local merchants.
     The Benedek Stations  also sell  promotional advertising  packages tied  to
     various  local events such as youth  expos, county fairs, parades, athletic
     events and  other  local  activities.  These  local  programs  have  proven
     successful  in attracting incremental  advertising revenues and  are a core
     element of each Benedek Station's local identity.
 
          Six of  the nine  Benedek  Stations are  the  number one  ranked  news
     stations  in their respective markets, whereas only four of the 13 Acquired
     Stations are  the  number one  ranked  news stations  in  their  respective
     markets.  The Company believes that the Acquired Stations will benefit from
     the Company's focus on local news and community-oriented programming.
 
                                       60
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          SYNDICATED PROGRAMMING. The  Company selectively  purchases first  run
     and   off-network  syndicated   programming  designed   to  reach  specific
     demographic groups  attractive to  advertisers. Currently,  the three  most
     highly-rated  first run syndicated  programs in the  United States are 'The
     Oprah Winfrey  Show,'  'Wheel  of  Fortune'  and  'Jeopardy.'  The  Company
     broadcasts  'The Oprah Winfrey Show' on six of the Benedek Stations, 'Wheel
     of Fortune' on seven of the Benedek Stations and 'Jeopardy' on four of  the
     Benedek Stations. Additionally, the Company recently began broadcasting the
     newly  syndicated 'Home  Improvement' on four  of the  Benedek Stations and
     'Seinfeld' on three of the  Benedek Stations. The Company broadcasts  other
     highly-rated  first  run  syndicated  programs on  several  of  the Benedek
     Stations including 'Live with Regis & Kathie Lee,' 'Ricki Lake' and  'Jenny
     Jones.'  A number of the Benedek Stations also broadcast other highly-rated
     off-network  syndicated  programming  including  'Cheers,'  'M*A*S*H'   and
     'Roseanne.'  The Company believes that the  programming mix of the Acquired
     Stations can be  improved on  a cost effective  basis. Of  the 13  Acquired
     Stations,  one broadcasts 'The Oprah  Winfrey Show,' three broadcast 'Wheel
     of Fortune,' four broadcast  'Jeopardy,' four broadcast 'Home  Improvement'
     and  two broadcast 'Seinfeld.'  The Stauffer Stations  also broadcast first
     run and off-network  syndicated programming  including 'Live  with Regis  &
     Kathie  Lee,' 'Montel  Williams,' 'Ricki  Lake,' 'Jenny  Jones' and 'Golden
     Girls.' The  Brissette  Stations'  first  run  and  off-network  syndicated
     programming  includes 'Live with Regis  & Kathie Lee,' 'Married  . . . with
     Children,' 'Roseanne' and 'Cheers.'
 
          The Company seeks  to acquire programs  that are available  on a  cost
     effective   basis   for   limited  licensing   periods,   allow  scheduling
     flexibility, complement each Station's overall programming mix and  counter
     competitive  programming. The Company has  been able to purchase syndicated
     programming at  attractive  rates  in  part as  a  result  of  the  limited
     competition  for such programming in the  Company's markets. As a result of
     the limited  competition  from  other  broadcasters  purchasing  syndicated
     programming  in the small  and medium-sized markets  served by the Company,
     program expense as a percentage of  net revenues for the Stations was  4.3%
     and  4.1% in 1994 and 1995, respectively, as compared to approximately 9.1%
     for all  network-affiliated  stations in  1994.  In addition,  the  Company
     believes  that the programming mix of the Acquired Stations can be improved
     on a cost effective basis.
 
          LOCAL  SALES  EMPHASIS.   Management's  sales   strategy  focuses   on
     increasing  the sale of local advertising  by attracting new advertisers to
     television and increasing the amount of advertising dollars being spent  by
     existing  local advertisers.  Management of  the Company  believes that its
     leadership in local news and informational programming enhances its ability
     to develop and attract local advertising expenditures. Management  believes
     that  through  local  sales  efforts  it  can  stimulate  local advertising
     expenditures more readily  than it can  national advertising  expenditures.
     This  enables the Company to react promptly  to changes in the national and
     local advertising  climate and  better maintain  consistent operating  cash
     flows.
 
          Trained and experienced sales personnel sell local advertising for the
     Company in each of its markets. The Company focuses on local advertisers by
     producing  their commercials, producing  news and informational programming
     with local advertising appeal and  sponsoring or co-promoting local  events
     and  activities that  give local  advertisers unique  value-added community
     identity. Approximately 59% of Benedek Broadcasting's revenues in 1995 were
     generated from local and regional advertisers. Local and regional  revenues
     at  the Benedek Stations  increased 44.5% from  1990 to 1994  compared to a
     23.4% increase  in the  national spot  television revenues  of the  Benedek
     Stations during the same period.
 
          FINANCIAL  PLANNING AND CONTROLS. Management emphasizes strict control
     of the Company's programming and operating costs as an important factor  in
     increasing  broadcast cash flow. The  Company continually seeks to identify
     and  implement  cost  savings   opportunities.  Furthermore,  the   Company
     maintains  a detailed budgeting process and reviews performance relative to
     budget monthly with respect to both revenues and expenses, thereby enabling
     management to react promptly to changes in market conditions. Management of
     the Company  believes that  controlling  costs is  an essential  factor  in
     achieving  and maintaining profitability and  that it can materially reduce
     costs of  the  Stauffer  Stations through  its  budgeting  procedures.  The
     Company intends to
 
                                       61
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     continue  to identify opportunities to increase operating cash flow through
     its on-going strategic planning and budgeting process.
 
   
          FUTURE ACQUISITIONS  AND OPPORTUNITIES.  The Company  has a  long-term
     strategy   to  pursue  additional   acquisitions  of  broadcast  television
     stations, primarily of network-affiliated stations in small to medium-sized
     markets where  the  Company  believes it  can  successfully  implement  its
     operating  strategy and where such stations  can be acquired on financially
     acceptable terms.  Additionally,  a  rule making  proceeding  is  currently
     pending   before  the  FCC  regarding  possible  relaxation  of  the  local
     television duopoly  rules.  If these  rules  are implemented,  the  Company
     intends  to explore opportunities to  enter into local marketing agreements
     with other stations in  markets where it currently  operates as well as  in
     other  markets. The Company does not  have any agreements or understandings
     with respect to any acquisition or local marketing agreement.
    
 
NETWORK AFFILIATION OF THE STATIONS
 
     Each of the Stations is affiliated with either ABC, CBS or NBC pursuant  to
an   affiliation  agreement  (an   'Affiliation  Agreement').  Each  Affiliation
Agreement provides  the  affiliated Station  with  the right  to  broadcast  all
programs  transmitted by  the network with  which the Station  is affiliated. In
return, the  network  has  the right  to  sell  a substantial  majority  of  the
advertising  time  during such  broadcasts. In  exchange for  every hour  that a
Station elects to broadcast network programming, the network pays the Station  a
specified  fee,  which  varies  with  the  time  of  day.  Typically, prime-time
programming generates the highest hourly rates. Rates are subject to increase or
decrease by  the network  during  the term  of  an Affiliation  Agreement,  with
provisions  for advance notices and  the right of termination  by the Station in
the event of a reduction of rates.
 
     Each of the Benedek Stations' network affiliation agreements currently runs
for a period of  five to 10  years. WYTV, WBKO-TV, WTOK-TV  and WHSV-TV, all  of
which  are ABC  affiliates, each  have a  five-year affiliation  agreement which
expires in 1999.  KDLH-TV, WIFR-TV, KHQA-TV  and WTVY-TV, all  of which are  CBS
affiliates, each have a ten-year affiliation agreement which expires in 2005 and
is  automatically  renewed for  successive  five-year terms,  subject  to either
party's right to terminate the agreement at the end of any term upon six months'
advance notice. WTAP-TV, an NBC affiliate, currently operates under a  five-year
affiliation  agreement which  expires in 2000  and is  automatically renewed for
successive terms, subject to either party's right to terminate the agreement  at
the end of any term upon 12 months' advance notice.
 
     Each  of the  Stauffer Stations'  network affiliation  agreements currently
runs for a  period of five  to 10  years. KMIZ(TV), an  ABC affiliate,  operates
under  an  affiliation  agreement which  expires  in 2000  and  is automatically
renewed for successive terms, subject to  either party's right to terminate  the
agreement at the end of its term upon 180 days' advance notice. All of the other
Stauffer  Stations  are CBS  affiliates  operating under  affiliation agreements
which expire in 2005 and which automatically renew for successive terms, subject
to either party's right to terminate the  agreement at the end of its term  upon
six months' advance notice.
 
     Each  of the  Brissette Stations' network  affiliation agreements currently
runs for a  period of 10  to 11 years.  WMTV(TV), WWLP(TV) and  WILX-TV, all  of
which  are NBC affiliates,  each have an affiliation  agreement which expires in
2006 and is  automatically renewed  for successive five-year  terms, subject  to
either  party's right to terminate the agreement at the end of any term upon six
months' advance notice.  Each of Brissette's  CBS affiliates, WSAW-TV,  WTRF-TV,
KAUZ-TV  and KOSA-TV, are operating under affiliation agreements which expire in
2005 and  which automatically  renew for  successive 10-year  terms, subject  to
either party's right to terminate the agreement upon six months' advance notice.
WHOI(TV),  an ABC affiliate,  currently operates under  an affiliation agreement
which expires in 2005 and which does not provide for renewals.
 
     In December  1995,  the  Company entered  into  new  long-term  affiliation
agreements  with CBS effective retroactive to July 1, 1995 for three of the four
Benedek Stations that are CBS  affiliates and agreed to  extend the term of  the
fourth  CBS affiliate from  2004 to 2005. In  connection with such arrangements,
CBS paid the Company  bonus payments of  $2.5 million in  the fourth quarter  of
1995  and $2.5  million in  the first  quarter of  1996. These  payments will be
recognized as revenue by the
 
                                       62
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Company at the rate  of $0.5 million  per year over the  ten-year period of  the
affiliation  agreements.  The  Company  also  agreed  with  CBS  that,  upon the
consummation of the Acquisitions, the term of the affiliation agreements of  the
Stauffer  Stations that are CBS  affiliates would be extended  from 2000 to 2005
and the term of  the affiliation agreements of  the Brissette Stations that  are
CBS affiliates will be extended from 2004 to 2005.
 
     In  addition  to its  affiliation  arrangements, the  Company  entered into
agreements with  Fox  to  broadcast  football games  of  the  National  Football
Conference  ('NFC')  of  the  National Football  League  and  certain  other Fox
programming in non-network time periods for the 1994 and 1995 broadcast seasons.
In 1995, the Company broadcast the NFC football games and other Fox  programming
on  KHQA-TV, WHSV-TV, WTOK-TV  and WYTV. The  Company believes that broadcasting
NFC football games  increased its audience  ratings during the  times the  games
were  broadcast. Stauffer entered into similar  agreements with Fox on behalf of
KCOY-TV and KMIZ(TV).
 
ADVERTISING SALES
 
     Television station revenues are primarily derived from local, regional  and
national  advertising and,  to a  modest extent,  from network  compensation and
revenues from tower  rentals and commercial  production activities.  Advertising
rates are based upon numerous factors including a program's popularity among the
viewers  an advertiser wishes to target, the number of advertisers competing for
the available time, the size and demographic composition of a program's audience
and the availability of competing or alternative advertising media in the market
area.  Because  broadcast  television  stations  rely  on  advertising  revenue,
declines in advertising budgets, particularly in recessionary periods, adversely
affect  the broadcast industry and  as a result may  contribute to a decrease in
the revenues of broadcast television stations.  The Company seeks to manage  its
spot inventory efficiently thereby maximizing advertising rates.
 
     Local  Sales.  Approximately  59%  of the  gross  revenues  of  the Benedek
Stations in 1995 came  from local and regional  advertisers. Local and  regional
advertising  is  sold  primarily  by each  Station's  professional  sales staff.
Typical  local  and   regional  advertisers   include  automobile   dealerships,
retailers,  local  grocery  chains,  soft drink  bottlers,  state  lotteries and
restaurants. The  Company  focuses  on  local  advertisers  by  producing  their
commercials, producing news and informational programming with local advertising
appeal  and sponsoring  or co-promoting  local events  and activities  that give
local advertisers value-added community identity. The Company's management  team
monitors  sales  plans and  promotional activities  and shares  such information
among the Benedek Stations on a weekly basis.
 
     National Sales.  Approximately 27%  of the  gross revenues  of the  Benedek
Stations  in 1995 came  from national advertisers.  Typical national advertisers
include automobile manufacturers,  consumer goods manufacturers,  communications
companies,  fast  food  franchisors, national  retailers  and  direct marketers.
National advertising time  is sold through  representative agencies retained  by
Benedek  Broadcasting, Stauffer and  Brissette. Six of  the Benedek Stations are
represented by Katz  Communications, Inc.  KDLH-TV retains Seltel,  Inc. as  its
national  sales representative and WYTV and  WTVY-TV retain Petry, Inc. as their
national sales representative. The Benedek Stations' national sales coordinators
actively  assist  their  national  sales  representatives  to  induce   national
advertisers  to  increase their  national  spot expenditures  designated  to the
Company's markets. All of the Stauffer  Stations are represented by Petry,  Inc.
Five  of the Brissette Stations retain  Harrington, Righter & Parsons, L.L.P. as
their national sales representative and  the other three Brissette Stations  are
represented by TeleRep, Inc.
 
RATING SERVICE DATA
 
     All  television  stations  in  the  United  States  are  grouped  into  211
television markets which are ranked in size according to the numbered television
households in  such markets.  Until recently,  two national  audience  measuring
services,  Arbitron  Company  ('Arbitron') and  Nielsen,  periodically published
reports on  estimated  audience  for  the television  stations  in  the  various
television  markets  throughout  the  country.  Arbitron  recently  discontinued
providing such services. The audience estimates
 
                                       63
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
are expressed in terms of  the percentage of the  total potential audience in  a
market  viewing  a  particular  station  (the  station's  'rating')  and  of the
percentage of households  actually viewing television  (the station's  'share').
The ratings reports provide data on the basis of total television households and
selected  demographic  groupings  in  15-minute or  half-hour  increments  for a
particular market. Nielsen calls each specific geographic market a DMA. Arbitron
called each specific geographic  market an Area  of Dominant Influence  ('ADI').
The  geographic area covered  by a DMA generally  corresponded to the geographic
area covered by the  corresponding ADI. Every county  in the continental  United
States  is  assigned  to a  DMA,  and was  assigned  to  an ADI,  of  a specific
television market  on  an  exclusive  basis.  In  larger  markets,  ratings  are
determined  by a combination of meters connected directly to selected television
sets (the results of which are reported on a daily basis) and weekly diaries  of
television viewing prepared by the actual viewers, while in smaller markets only
weekly  diaries are completed during four  separate four-week periods during the
course of any year.  These periods are commonly  known as 'sweeps periods.'  All
the Company's markets are measured during these sweeps periods.
 
     All television audience share and aggregate television audience information
contained  in this Prospectus is  based on data compiled  from either Nielsen or
Arbitron surveys, depending on which service each of the Stations subscribed to.
 
                                       64
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth certain information for each of the Stations
and the markets they serve:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NUMBER OF
                                                                                                COMMERCIAL
                                                                                                 STATIONS    STATION
                                         MARKET         CALL                        NETWORK         IN       RANK IN   STATION
              MARKET AREA                 RANK        LETTERS       CHANNEL(c)    AFFILIATION     MARKET     MARKET     SHARE
- ---------------------------------------- ------       --------      ----------    ------------  ----------   -------   -------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>       <C>
BENEDEK STATIONS
    Youngstown, Ohio                        95            WYTV          33            ABC            3           3       17%
    Duluth, Minnesota and                  134         KDLH-TV           3            CBS            3           2       19%
      Superior, Wisconsin
    Rockford, Illinois                     136         WIFR-TV          23            CBS            4           1       19%
    Quincy, Illinois and Hannibal,         158         KHQA-TV           7            CBS            2           1       26%
      Missouri
    Dothan, Alabama                        172         WTVY-TV           4            CBS            3           1       29%
    Panama City, Florida                   159         WTVY-TV           4            CBS            4           3       12%
    Bowling Green, Kentucky                181         WBKO-TV          13            ABC            2           1       36%
    Meridian, Mississippi                  182         WTOK-TV          11            ABC            3           1       32%
    Parkersburg, West Virginia             184         WTAP-TV          15            NBC            1           1       29%
    Harrisonburg, Virginia                 201         WHSV-TV           3            ABC            1           1       29%
 
STAUFFER STATIONS
    Santa Barbara, Santa Maria and         115         KCOY-TV          12            CBS            4           3       11%
      San Luis Obispo, California
    Topeka, Kansas                         140         WIBW-TV          13            CBS            3           1       23%
    Columbia and Jefferson City,           146        KMIZ(TV)          17            ABC            3           3       13%
      Missouri
    Casper and Riverton, Wyoming           192         KGWC-TV          14            CBS            3           2(e)    12%(e)
                                           192         KGWL-TV(a)        5            CBS           (d)         (e)      (e)
                                           192         KGWR-TV(a)       13            CBS           (d)         (e)      (e)
    Cheyenne, Wyoming, Scottsbluff,        193         KGWN-TV           5            CBS            4           1(f)    20%(f)
      Nebraska and Sterling, Colorado      193         KSTF-TV(b)       10            CBS           (d)         (f)      (f)
                                           193         KTVS-TV(b)        3            CBS           (d)         (f)      (f)
 
BRISSETTE STATIONS
    Madison, Wisconsin                      83        WMTV(TV)          15            NBC            4           2       14%
    Springfield and Holyoke,               102        WWLP(TV)          22            NBC            2           1       21%
      Massachusetts
    Lansing, Michigan                      106         WILX-TV          10            NBC            4           2       15%
    Peoria and Bloomington, Illinois       109        WHOI(TV)          19            ABC            4           3       16%
    Wausau and Rhinelander, Wisconsin      131         WSAW-TV           7            CBS            3           1       26%
    Wheeling, West Virginia and            138         WTRF-TV           7            CBS            2           2       20%
      Steubenville, Ohio
    Wichita Falls, Texas and               139         KAUZ-TV           6            CBS            4           3       14%
      Lawton, Oklahoma
    Odessa and Midland, Texas              149         KOSA-TV           7            CBS            4           2       15%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                             CABLE
              MARKET AREA                 PENETRATION
- ----------------------------------------  -----------
<S>                                      <C>
BENEDEK STATIONS
    Youngstown, Ohio                         72.3%
    Duluth, Minnesota and                    52.7%
      Superior, Wisconsin
    Rockford, Illinois                       68.4%
    Quincy, Illinois and Hannibal,           60.6%
      Missouri
    Dothan, Alabama                          65.8%
    Panama City, Florida                     68.3%
    Bowling Green, Kentucky                  56.7%
    Meridian, Mississippi                    52.4%
    Parkersburg, West Virginia               76.4%
    Harrisonburg, Virginia                   67.3%
STAUFFER STATIONS
    Santa Barbara, Santa Maria and           85.7%
      San Luis Obispo, California
    Topeka, Kansas                           73.1%
    Columbia and Jefferson City,             59.7%
      Missouri
    Casper and Riverton, Wyoming             68.9%(e)
                                              (e)
                                              (e)
    Cheyenne, Wyoming, Scottsbluff,          73.0%(f)
      Nebraska and Sterling, Colorado         (f)
                                              (f)
BRISSETTE STATIONS
    Madison, Wisconsin                       61.5%
    Springfield and Holyoke,                 81.8%
      Massachusetts
    Lansing, Michigan                        65.1%
    Peoria and Bloomington, Illinois         71.3%
    Wausau and Rhinelander, Wisconsin        50.6%
    Wheeling, West Virginia and              76.4%
      Steubenville, Ohio
    Wichita Falls, Texas and                 68.8%
      Lawton, Oklahoma
    Odessa and Midland, Texas                73.5%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(a)  Satellite station of KGWC-TV.
 
(b)  Satellite station of KGWN-TV.
 
(c)  Channels 2 through 13 are broadcast over the very high frequency (VHF) band
     of the broadcast spectrum and channels 14 through 69 are broadcast over the
     ultra-high frequency (UHF) band of the broadcast spectrum.
 
(d)  Satellite stations are not considered distinct stations in this market  for
     Nielsen purposes.
 
(e)  Station  Rank, Station Share and  Cable Penetration information for KGWC-TV
     includes data for satellite stations KGWL-TV, Lander, Wyoming and  KGWR-TV,
     Rock Springs, Wyoming, as reported by Nielsen.
 
(f)  Station  Rank, Station Share and  Cable Penetration information for KGWN-TV
     includes data  for satellite  stations KSTF-TV,  Scottsbluff, Nebraska  and
     KTVS-TV, Sterling, Colorado, as reported by Nielsen.
 
                                       65

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
  BENEDEK STATIONS
 
WYTV (ABC) YOUNGSTOWN, OHIO
 
     Market  Description. The Youngstown DMA consists of four counties, three of
which are in  northeastern Ohio  and one of  which is  in western  Pennsylvania.
Youngstown  is situated in northeastern  Ohio along the Ohio/Pennsylvania border
within 65 miles of Cleveland, Ohio to the northwest and Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
to the southeast. The Youngstown economy is historically based on processing  of
pig  iron  and  steel.  While  still  part  of  a  major  steel  producing area,
Youngstown's economy has diversified  to include manufacturing, warehousing  and
distribution  companies. Some  of the  major employers  in the  area include the
Buick, Oldsmobile  and  Cadillac Division  of  General Motors  Corporation,  the
Packard  Electric  Corporation  Division  of  General  Motors  Corporation,  St.
Elizabeth's Medical Center, Western  Reserve Care System  and LTV Steel  Tubular
Products  Division  of Republic  Steel  Works. This  area  is also  the  home of
Youngstown State University with approximately 16,000 students.
 
     Station History and Characteristics. WYTV  was originally licensed in  1953
to  serve Youngstown, Ohio. The  Youngstown market is ranked  95th in the United
States, with approximately  275,000 television  households and  a population  of
approximately  694,000. This market has a  cable penetration rate of 72.3%. WYTV
is broadcast on UHF  channel 33 and  is an ABC  affiliate. The Company  acquired
WYTV  in 1983. The  other local stations  with which WYTV  competes are also UHF
stations, one of  which is  an NBC affiliate  and the  other of which  is a  CBS
affiliate.
 
     Station  Performance. According to  the 1995 Nielsen  ratings reports, WYTV
was ranked  number three  in its  market with  a 6  rating and  a 17%  share  of
households viewing television, as compared with a 6 rating and 19% share and a 6
rating  and 19% share for  the numbers one and  two stations, respectively. As a
result of this  relatively even  market share distribution,  WYTV maintains  its
ability  to sell  advertising time at  competitive rates. WYTV  currently is the
number two ranked news station in this market and broadcasts three hours and  12
minutes of local news programming each weekday. WYTV's special value-added local
sales  efforts  in 1995  included  the sale  of  a trip  incentive  package, the
publication of two  four-color coupon  brochures for local  retailers that  were
mailed  to all homes in the Station's DMA, the development of vendor support for
the Station's local retail advertisers, the sale and production of four  special
call-in  programs,  and  the sponsorship  of  a  year-long series  of  30 second
announcements as well as 30 and 60 minute programs designed to create  community
awareness  of the role of the family  in the 1990s and a season-long educational
program entitled 'Weatherschool' reaching  approximately 20,000 students  which,
in  1996,  will include  a computerized  feature called  Weather Net  which will
provide additional sponsorship opportunities.  WYTV's first run and  off-network
syndicated  programming  includes  'Wheel of  Fortune,'  'Jeopardy,' 'Roseanne,'
'Live with Regis & Kathie Lee' and 'Home Improvement.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WYTV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                   -----------------------------------------
                                                                   1991     1992     1993     1994     1995
                                                                   -----    -----    -----    -----    -----
 
<S>                                                                <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net revenue growth over prior year..............................    0.7%    18.1%     1.7%    19.2%     3.4%
Broadcast cash flow margin......................................   33.0%    33.9%    32.5%    38.5%    37.8%
Station audience share..........................................   18       16       18       18       17
Station rank in market..........................................    3        3        3        3        3
</TABLE>
 
KDLH-TV (CBS) DULUTH, MINNESOTA AND SUPERIOR, WISCONSIN
     Market Description. The Duluth-Superior DMA consists of 13 counties,  seven
of  which  are in  northeastern  Minnesota, five  of  which are  in northwestern
Wisconsin and  one of  which is  in  the upper  peninsula of  Michigan.  Duluth,
Minnesota   and  Superior,  Wisconsin  are  adjacent   to  each  other  and  are
approximately  150  miles  from  Minneapolis,  Minnesota.  The   Duluth-Superior
economy,  historically based on mining and  shipping, also includes the fishing,
food products, paper, education, medical, timber and tourism industries.  Duluth
is  one of the  major United States  ports from which  iron ore, taconite, coal,
lumber, cement, grain, paper and  chemicals are shipped. Prominent  corporations
with  facilities in  the area include  Minnesota Power,  US West Communications,
Duluth, Missabe & Iron
 
                                       66
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Range Railway  Co., Louis  Kemp  Seafood Co.,  Lake Superior  Paper  Industries,
Potlatch  Corporation,  Boise  Cascade, Burlington  Northern  Sante  Fe Railway,
Georgia-Pacific Corporation, U.S. Steel, National  Steel Pellet Co. and  NorWest
Bank-Minnesota  North.  The region  is also  host  to a  number of  colleges and
universities, including the University of Minnesota-Duluth ('UMD'), UMD  Medical
School,  College of  St. Scholastica,  Northland College  and the  University of
Wisconsin-Superior. In addition, the area's extensive forests and numerous lakes
have fostered  a  local  tourism  industry and  attract  thousands  of  tourists
annually  who camp, hike,  ski, fish and  boat in hundreds  of state and Federal
parks.
 
     Station History  and Characteristics.  KDLH-TV was  originally licensed  in
1954  to serve the  Duluth, Minnesota --  Superior, Wisconsin metropolitan area.
The  Duluth-Superior  market  is  ranked  134th  in  the  United  States,   with
approximately  169,000 television  households and a  population of approximately
407,000. This market has a cable penetration rate of 52.7%. KDLH-TV is broadcast
on VHF channel 3 and is a  CBS affiliate. The Company acquired KDLH-TV in  1985.
KDLH-TV  competes with both an ABC and NBC affiliate which are also broadcast on
VHF channels.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, KDLH-TV
was tied for the  number two ranking  in its market  with a 6  rating and a  19%
share of households viewing television as compared with a 7 rating and 22% share
for the number one ranked station in the market and a 6 rating and 19% share for
the  other number two station in the market. As a result of this relatively even
market share distribution,  KDLH-TV maintains  its ability  to sell  advertising
time  at competitive  rates. KDLH-TV currently  is the number  three ranked news
station in this market  and broadcasts two  hours and 25  minutes of local  news
programming  each weekday. KDLH-TV's special  value-added local sales efforts in
1995 included the  production and  sale of  live coverage  of the  Dyno-American
Birkebeiner  cross country ski race, the  introduction of a sales supportive, 16
page, four-color, glossy  station magazine called  'Watch and Win  Sweepstakes,'
the exclusive television sponsorship of the Duluth Bayfront Blues Fest which had
attendance  of approximately 75,000,  a special year-long  incentive package for
local retailers and carriage  of the Minnesota  High School Hockey  championship
games.  KDLH-TV's  first  run and  off-network  syndicated  programming includes
'Seinfeld,' 'Ricki Lake,' 'Jenny Jones,'  'COPS' and 'Cheers.' In January  1996,
KDLH-TV commenced broadcasting Fox Sports programming.
 
     The  following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to the
television advertising revenues  and station  rank and audience  share data  for
KDLH-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------------------------------------
                                                                  1991      1992     1993     1994      1995
                                                                 -------    -----    -----    -----    ------
 
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year..................    (5.5%)     8.7%     7.5%    15.5%    (3.4%)
Broadcast cash flow margin....................................    14.8%     23.1%    24.5%    30.8%    26.7%
Station audience share........................................    23        24       23       24       19
Station rank in market........................................     3         2        1        1        2
</TABLE>
 
WIFR-TV (CBS) ROCKFORD, ILLINOIS
 
     Market  Description. The Rockford DMA consists of five counties in northern
Illinois. Rockford  is approximately  80 miles  west of  Chicago, Illinois.  The
Rockford   economy,  historically   centered  on   manufacturing,  has  recently
diversified with the growth  of service-based industries  such as insurance  and
financial  services.  Nevertheless, manufacturing  still represents  the largest
source of private employment in Rockford, known as the 'Fastener Capital of  the
World.'  Prominent corporations with facilities  located in the greater Rockford
area include  Chrysler Corporation,  Sundstrand Corporation,  Ingersoll  Milling
Machine  Co., Barber-Colman Company,  Newell Company, Elco  Industries, Inc. and
Warner-Lambert Company. One of the largest employers in the service industry  in
this area is Rockford Memorial Hospital. Other service industry employers in the
area  include Pioneer  Life Insurance  Company, AMCORE  Bank N.A.,  Aetna Life &
Casualty and Blue  Cross/Blue Shield  of Illinois.  Additionally, United  Parcel
Service  completed construction of  a major facility at  the Rockford Airport in
late 1994, which functions as its distribution center for the entire mid-western
region of the United States.
 
     Station History  and  Characteristics.  WIFR-TV was  licensed  in  1965  to
Freeport,  Illinois to serve the greater  Rockford market. Rockford is the 136th
largest market in the United States, with
 
                                       67
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
approximately 164,000 television  households and a  population of  approximately
417,000. This market has a cable penetration rate of 68.4%. WIFR-TV is broadcast
on  UHF channel 23 and is a CBS affiliate. The Company acquired WIFR-TV in 1986.
There are three other  licensed commercial television  stations in the  Rockford
market, of which two are UHF stations and one is a VHF station. Although the VHF
station's  signal extends  to a  larger geographical  area than  any of  the UHF
stations, including WIFR-TV, such area is outside the Rockford DMA and does  not
impact  audience ratings or shares  within the DMA. The  other three stations in
this market are affiliated with ABC, NBC and Fox.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WIFR-TV
was tied for the  number one ranking  in its market  with a 5  rating and a  19%
share  of households  viewing television.  WIFR-TV currently  is the  number one
ranked news  station in  this  market and  broadcasts  three hours  and  fifteen
minutes  of local  news programming  each weekday.  WIFR-TV captured  30% of the
total television revenues available in its market in 1995 based upon a report by
an independent accounting firm using the most recent available data submitted by
all Rockford stations. WIFR-TV's special value-added local sales efforts in 1995
included three week-long 'Our Town'  promotions, a winter sale-a-thon, a  health
matters  and  family matters  live line  program  and a  season-long educational
program entitled 'Weatherschool.' WIFR-TV is also this market's Big Ten Football
and Basketball network station. WIFR-TV's  first run and off-network  syndicated
programming  includes  'The  Oprah  Winfrey  Show,'  'The  Maury  Povich  Show,'
'Roseanne' and 'Inside  Edition.' Beginning  in 1996, WIFR-TV  will add  'Doctor
Quinn,  Medicine  Woman'  and  'Mad About  You'  to  its  syndicated programming
line-up.
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WIFR-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    (7.6%)    11.4%      6.6%     18.4%     (3.1%)
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    44.1%     46.0%     45.5%     50.1%     43.6%
Station audience share.....................................    21        23        24        24        19
Station rank in market.....................................     2         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
KHQA-TV (CBS) QUINCY, ILLINOIS AND HANNIBAL, MISSOURI
 
     Market Description. The Quincy-Hannibal DMA consists of 18 counties,  eight
of which are in western Illinois, nine of which are in northeastern Missouri and
one  of which is  in southeastern Iowa. Quincy,  Illinois and Hannibal, Missouri
are situated on opposite sides of the Mississippi River approximately 100  miles
northwest  of St. Louis, Missouri.  The Quincy-Hannibal economy is predominantly
agricultural. This market is considered one of the largest soybean, hog and corn
producing areas in the  nation. Prominent corporations  with facilities in  this
market   include  Moorman  Manufacturing  Company,  American  Cyanamid  Company,
Pillsbury, Inc.,  Quincy  Soybean  Co., Harris  Corporation,  Shaeffer  Pen  and
Buckhorn Rubber Products.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. KHQA-TV  was originally  licensed in
1953 to  serve  the  greater Quincy,  Illinois-Hannibal,  Missouri  market.  The
Quincy-Hannibal  market is ranked 158th in the United States, with approximately
117,000 television households  and a population  of approximately 286,000.  This
market  has  a cable  penetration rate  of  60.6%. KHQA-TV  is broadcast  on VHF
channel 7 and is a CBS affiliate. The Company acquired KHQA-TV in 1986. There is
one other station in this market, a NBC affiliate carried on a VHF channel.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, KHQA-TV
was ranked  number one  in  its market  with an  8  rating and  a 26%  share  of
households  viewing television. KHQA-TV currently is  the number two ranked news
station in this market  and broadcasts two  hours and 17  minutes of local  news
programming  each weekday. KHQA-TV's special  value-added local sales efforts in
1995 included  two  local  home  shopping programs,  a  Mother's  Day  Get-A-Way
Give-A-Way  promotion, a scholarship  essay contest for  high school students, a
Home for  the Holidays  promotion, a  season-long educational  program  entitled
'Weatherschool'  and a  'Weatherline,' which  viewers can  call to  obtain local
forecasts. KHQA-TV's first run  and off-network syndicated programming  includes
'The  Oprah  Winfrey  Show,'  'Wheel  of  Fortune,'  'Jeopardy,'  'Seinfeld' and
'Cheers.'
 
     In 1993, the Quincy-Hannibal market  was severely impacted by the  flooding
of  the Mississippi River. The flood  adversely affected both local and national
advertising revenues of KHQA-TV during
 
                                       68
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
the second, third and fourth quarters of 1993. However, during the first quarter
of 1994,  local and  regional revenues  returned to  normal levels.  During  the
second and third quarters of 1993, the Station sponsored an on-going 'Flood Aid'
promotional  campaign to  raise financial  support for  flood victims  and local
social service agencies assisting in flood relief throughout the Station's DMA.
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
KHQA-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............   (13.7%)     5.4%     (1.5%)    17.8%      2.7%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    40.0%     37.3%     30.1%     38.2%     33.3%
Station audience share.....................................    26        31        32        31        26
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
WTVY-TV (CBS) DOTHAN, ALABAMA AND PANAMA CITY, FLORIDA
 
     Market Description. WTVY-TV is one of the few stations in the United States
that serves two DMAs. The Dothan DMA consists of six counties, five of which are
in southeastern Alabama and one of  which is in southwestern Georgia. Dothan  is
located  approximately 80  miles southeast of  Montgomery, Alabama  and 65 miles
north of Panama City, Florida. The Panama City DMA consists of nine counties  in
the middle of the Florida Panhandle.
 
     The   Dothan  economy,  historically   agricultural,  is  currently  evenly
distributed among the service, manufacturing and agricultural sectors. Dothan is
known as the  'Peanut Capital of  the World.'  Peanuts account for  half of  the
area's  farm income, with cattle, poultry, corn, wheat, soybeans, cotton, fruits
and vegetables making up the other half. Prominent corporations with  facilities
in  the area include the Sony  Corporation, Perdue Farms, Inc., General Electric
Company and AAA  Cooper Transport  Company. Dothan is  also home  to the  area's
largest  regional  shopping mall,  two regional  hospitals and  five educational
institutions offering collegiate, technical  and vocational studies. The  Dothan
DMA  is also the  site of the  Fort Rucker United  States Army Aviation Station.
Currently, the base is not  on the government list  of facilities to be  closed,
but there can be no assurance that such status will not change in the future.
 
     Panama City is the county seat of Bay County, Florida and is located on the
Gulf  of Mexico  at the mouth  of St. Andrew's  Bay. The Panama  City economy is
heavily based  on year-round  tourism  as a  result  of its  affordability  when
compared  to  other  Florida beach  areas.  Prominent corporations  in  the area
include the Champion Paper Company and  Stone Container Corporation, as well  as
more  than 100 other manufacturers. The Panama City  DMA is also the site of the
Tyndall United States  Air Force  Base and the  Coastal Systems  Station of  the
United  States Navy. Currently these locations are not on the government list of
facilities to be closed, but there can be no assurance that such status will not
change in the future. In addition, Panama City has a foreign trade zone and deep
water  port,  rail  transportation  and   easy  access  to  Interstate-10,   the
Jacksonville, Florida to New Orleans, Louisiana Interstate highway.
 
     Station  History and Characteristics. WTVY-TV,  originally licensed in 1955
to serve the  Dothan, Alabama metropolitan  area, currently serves  the DMAs  of
Dothan,  Alabama and Panama City, Florida. The  Dothan market is ranked 172nd in
the United  States,  with  approximately  86,000  television  households  and  a
population  of approximately  219,000, while  the Panama  City market  is ranked
159th with  approximately  110,000 television  households  and a  population  of
approximately  275,000. The Dothan market has  a cable penetration rate of 65.8%
and the Panama City market has a  cable penetration rate of 68.3%. If  combined,
these  two markets would rank as the  123rd largest market in the United States.
WTVY-TV is  broadcast on  VHF channel  4 and  is a  CBS affiliate.  The  Company
acquired  WTVY-TV on March 31, 1995. WTVY-TV competes with two other stations in
the Dothan market, affiliates of ABC and Fox which broadcast on UHF channels. In
the Panama City market, WTVY-TV  competes with three other commercial  stations,
affiliates  of ABC and NBC  which broadcast on VHF  channels and a Fox affiliate
which broadcasts on a UHF channel.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WTVY-TV
was ranked number one in the  Dothan market with a 9  rating and a 29% share  of
households  viewing  television. It  was also  ranked third  in the  Panama City
market  with   a   4   rating   and  a   13%   share   of   households   viewing
 
                                       69
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
television.  WTVY-TV  currently is  the number  one ranked  news station  in the
Dothan market and broadcasts four hours of local news programming each  weekday,
including  a  new 6:00  a.m. to  7:00 a.m.  news program  added in  August 1995.
WTVY-TV's  special  value-added  local  sales  efforts  in  1995  included   the
production  of a live call-in program entitled 'Health Matters' in which viewers
could speak with local  doctors and hospital  representatives, a weekly  program
concerning local community affairs issues entitled 'Community Focus' and student
of  the  week  news segments.  WTVY-TV's  first run  and  off-network syndicated
programming includes 'Wheel of Fortune' and 'Roseanne.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WTVY-TV (for all  periods prior  to March  31, 1995,  the data  pertains to  the
operation of WTVY-TV under former ownership):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    (9.4%)    (9.3%)     6.8%     21.4%     (6.8%)
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    47.1%     41.2%     33.5%     43.9%     34.4%
Station audience share(a)..................................    35        33        33        31        29
Station rank in market(a)..................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Station  audience share and rank in market provided for Dothan, Alabama DMA
     only.
 
WBKO-TV (ABC) BOWLING GREEN, KENTUCKY
 
     Market Description. The  Bowling Green  DMA consists of  seven counties  in
southcentral  Kentucky.  Bowling  Green  is  approximately  110  miles  south of
Louisville, Kentucky and 60 miles  north of Nashville, Tennessee. Bowling  Green
lies  between two different  geographic regions: the  'Pennyroyal,' a rural area
where agriculture  and  mining  are  major  factors  in  the  economy,  and  the
'Bluegrass,' a region featuring rich soil and rolling hills on which some of the
most  prominent thoroughbred  horse farms  in the  world are  located. Prominent
corporations with facilities  in this area  include Fruit of  the Loom,  General
Motors  Corvette Assembly  Division, the  Holley Division  of Coltec Industries,
Eaton Corporation,  Lord Corporation,  Pan American  Mills, Inc.,  Country  Oven
Bakery  Division of Kroger Stores, Inc. and Hills Pet Products. Bowling Green is
also the home of Western Kentucky University with approximately 16,000  students
and 2,500 employees.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. WBKO-TV  was originally  licensed in
1962 to serve southcentral Kentucky. The Bowling Green market is ranked 181st in
the United  States,  with  approximately  68,000  television  households  and  a
population of approximately 170,000. This market has a cable penetration rate of
56.7%.  WBKO-TV is  broadcast on  VHF channel  13 and  is an  ABC affiliate. The
Company acquired  WBKO-TV  in 1983.  The  only other  local  commercial  station
broadcasting  in  this market  is  a Fox  affiliate  which broadcasts  on  a UHF
channel. WBKO-TV also competes to  some extent with three stations  broadcasting
from Nashville, Tennessee.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WBKO-TV
was  ranked  number one  in its  market  with a  10 rating  and  a 36%  share of
households viewing  television. WBKO-TV  has been  ranked first  in this  market
since its acquisition by the Company. WBKO-TV currently is the number one ranked
news station in this market and broadcasts three hours of local news programming
each weekday. WBKO-TV's special value-added local sales efforts in 1995 included
the  sale and  production of  a number  of live  broadcasts of  Western Kentucky
University basketball games,  the sale  and production  of a  men's and  women's
Western  Kentucky University basketball  coaches show, a  live 30 minute call-in
program  on  personal  finance   and  a  year-long   series  of  news   stories,
announcements and vignettes entitled 'Kids First' which emphasized positive news
about  youth and  their involvement  in the  Bowling Green  community. WBKO-TV's
first run and  off-network syndicated  programming includes  'The Oprah  Winfrey
Show,'   'Wheel  of  Fortune,'  'Live  with   Regis  &  Kathie  Lee'  and  'Home
Improvement.'
 
                                       70
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WBKO-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    11.7%     (4.1%)     8.0%     17.5%     10.8%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    50.1%     47.8%     47.6%     49.4%     53.3%
Station audience share.....................................    39        39        40        39        36
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
WTOK-TV (ABC) MERIDIAN, MISSISSIPPI
 
     Market Description. The Meridian  DMA consists of  seven counties, five  of
which  are  in eastern  Mississippi and  two  of which  are in  western Alabama.
Meridian is approximately  150 miles west  of Montgomery, Alabama  and 90  miles
east  of Jackson, Mississippi. The Meridian  economy, traditionally based on the
cattle and timber industries, has recently evolved into a medical and  financial
hub  for  eastern  Mississippi  and  western  Alabama.  In  addition, Meridian's
favorable industrial  climate has  lured over  100 manufacturing  plants to  the
area,  including  Peavey  Electronics  Corporation,  James  River  Corp.,  Avery
Dennison Stationery Products  Division and  the Delco-Remy  Division of  General
Motors.  There  are  also  many  large hospitals  in  the  area,  including Rush
Foundation Hospital, East  Mississippi State Hospital,  Riley Memorial  Hospital
and  Jeff Anderson  Regional Medical  Center, which  together employ  over 3,800
individuals. Meridian is also site of  the Meridian Naval Air Station, a  United
States  Naval training  facility. Currently, the  base is not  on the government
list of facilities to be closed, but there can be no assurance that such  status
will  not change in the future. Additionally, property has recently been cleared
for a ground breaking of a long  awaited regional mall to be built in  Meridian.
The target date for completion of the mall is the fall of 1997.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. WTOK-TV  was originally  licensed in
1953 to serve Meridian, Mississippi. The Meridian market is ranked 182nd in  the
United  States, with approximately 66,000 television households and a population
of approximately 173,000.  This market has  a cable penetration  rate of  52.4%.
WTOK-TV  is broadcast  on VHF channel  11 and  is an ABC  affiliate. The Company
acquired WTOK-TV  in 1988.  The other  two commercial  stations in  the  market,
affiliates  of  NBC and  CBS, are  broadcast on  UHF channels  with considerably
smaller  broadcast  coverage  than   WTOK-TV.  The  CBS  affiliate   recommenced
broadcasting  in April  1994 after ceasing  operations in April  1992. In August
1995, the  CBS and  NBC  affiliates entered  into  a local  marketing  agreement
pursuant to which the CBS affiliate would manage the NBC affiliate.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WTOK-TV
was  ranked  number one  in its  market  with a  10 rating  and  a 32%  share of
households viewing  television. WTOK-TV  has been  ranked first  in this  market
since its acquisition by the Company. WTOK-TV currently is the number one ranked
news  station in this  market and broadcasts  two hours and  49 minutes of local
news programming each weekday. WTOK-TV's special value-added local sales efforts
in 1995 included  the production of  a live  call-in program on  the subject  of
health,  the  staging of  a year-long  series of  30 second  announcements, news
features and  programs aimed  at increasing  public awareness  of the  needs  of
children  in  today's  society and  the  production  of several  one  hour 'Town
Meetings' on topics such as the needs of all levels of education in the Meridian
area and  economic development  in  the Station's  DMA. Additionally,  a  tie-in
advertising  opportunity, combining  television and  direct mail  through a full
color magazine, was  distributed to 45,000  homes in the  area in October  1995.
WTOK-TV's  first run syndicated  programming includes 'The  Oprah Winfrey Show,'
'Sally Jesse Raphael' and 'Wheel of Fortune.'
 
                                       71
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WTOK-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    (0.6%)     1.8%      7.0%      6.9%      3.4%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    43.1%     37.2%     39.4%     39.6%     38.4%
Station audience share.....................................    44        40        38        37        32
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
WTAP-TV (NBC) PARKERSBURG, WEST VIRGINIA
 
     Market Description. The Parkersburg DMA consists of three counties, two  of
which  are  in  western West  Virginia  and one  of  which is  in  eastern Ohio.
Parkersburg is located  at the  confluence of the  Little Kanawha  and the  Ohio
rivers,  approximately 140 miles from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and approximately
75 miles  from Charleston,  West  Virginia. The  Parkersburg economy  is  evenly
distributed  among the manufacturing and services sectors. A number of prominent
companies maintain facilities in the Parkersburg market, including E. I. du Pont
de Nemours  & Co.,  General  Electric Plastics,  Shell Chemical,  Ames  Company,
Nashua  Photo, Inc. and Schott  Scientific Glass, Inc. The  area is also home to
the Bureau of Public Debt, the  printer for all United States government  bonds,
as  well as  several regional  educational institutions  including West Virginia
University at Parkersburg, Ohio Valley College and Marietta College.
 
     Station History  and Characteristics.  WTAP-TV was  originally licensed  in
1953  and  is  the only  commercial  television  station licensed  to  serve the
Parkersburg market. The Parkersburg market is ranked 184th in the United States,
with  approximately   61,500  television   households   and  a   population   of
approximately  153,000.  This  market has  a  cable penetration  rate  of 76.4%.
WTAP-TV is broadcast  on UHF channel  15 and  is an NBC  affiliate. The  Company
acquired  WTAP-TV in 1979. Other network  affiliated stations, including one NBC
affiliate, located in Charleston, West  Virginia and Columbus, Ohio are  carried
on cable systems in Parkersburg, but are not part of the Parkersburg DMA.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WTAP-TV
had  a  9 rating  and  a 29%  share  of households  viewing  television. WTAP-TV
currently broadcasts two  hours and 35  minutes of local  news programming  each
weekday,  including 30 minutes  which were added  in mid-1995. WTAP-TV's special
value-added local sales  efforts in  1995 included  a year-long  series of  news
features  on outstanding  community volunteers,  the production  of special high
school athlete of the week awards, a program entitled 'Prom Promise' focusing on
drug and  alcohol  prevention for  high  school students  on  prom night  and  a
three-day  celebration of the 'Parkersburg Homecoming Festival.' WTAP-TV's first
run and off-network  syndicated programming includes  'The Oprah Winfrey  Show,'
'Wheel of Fortune,' 'Jeopardy,' 'Ricki Lake,' 'Home Improvement,' 'Seinfeld' and
'Live with Regis & Kathie Lee.'
 
     The  following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to the
television advertising revenues  and station  rank and audience  share data  for
WTAP-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth over prior year.........................    10.7%     16.3%     11.1%     21.8%     10.4%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    36.4%     41.3%     44.3%     49.0%     48.2%
Station audience share.....................................    26        30        27        27        29
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
WHSV-TV (ABC) HARRISONBURG, VIRGINIA
 
     Market Description. The Harrisonburg DMA consists of three counties, one of
which  is in  northwestern Virginia  and two of  which are  in northeastern West
Virginia.  Harrisonburg  is  located  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley  between   the
Appalachian   and  Blue  Ridge  Mountains,   approximately  110  miles  west  of
Washington, D.C. and 110 miles northwest of Richmond, Virginia. The Harrisonburg
economy
 
                                       72
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
has been  growing  rapidly  over  the  past  several  years.  Several  prominent
companies  have  established  regional operations  in  the  Harrisonburg market,
including the Coors  Brewing Company and  R.R. Donnelly &  Sons Co., Inc.  Other
companies in this area include Rocco Turkey, Inc., WLR Foods, Inc., Tyson Foods,
Inc.,  Hershey Co.,  Owens-Brockway Plastics  & Closures  and Merck  & Co., Inc.
Harrisonburg is also  the home of  James Madison University,  the largest  state
university in the Virginia University system with approximately 13,000 students.
 
     Station  History and Characteristics. Since  its inception in 1953, WHSV-TV
has been the  only VHF  commercial television station  serving the  Harrisonburg
market.  The  Harrisonburg market  is ranked  201st in  the United  States, with
approximately 40,000  television households  and a  population of  approximately
103,000. This market has a cable penetration rate of 67.3%. WHSV-TV is broadcast
on  VHF channel 3 and is an ABC affiliate. The Company acquired WHSV-TV in 1986.
The Station is also carried  on a UHF translator on  channel 64 in the  adjacent
Charlottesville,   Virginia  market.   The  higher  costs   for  advertising  in
surrounding urban  areas  results in  a  competitive advantage  for  WHSV-TV  in
attracting local advertising revenues.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WHSV-TV
had  a  7 rating  and  a 29%  share  of households  viewing  television. WHSV-TV
currently broadcasts two  hours and 45  minutes of local  news programming  each
weekday,  including one hour which was  added in October 1995. WHSV-TV's special
value-added local sales efforts in 1995 included production of a Fourth of  July
'Sky  Concert' and  fireworks show,  a weekly  student-athlete of  the week news
segment, a  locally produced  Friday  night high  school football  wrap-up  show
called  'The EndZone' and a holiday  shopping program featuring local retailers.
WHSV-TV's first run and off-network  syndicated programming includes 'The  Oprah
Winfrey Show,' 'Wheel of Fortune,' 'Jeopardy,' 'Home Improvement' and 'Live with
Regis & Kathie Lee.'
 
     The  following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to the
television advertising revenues  and station  rank and audience  share data  for
WHSV-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............     4.5%      5.2%      7.3%      4.6%     (2.1%)
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    55.5%     55.6%     57.4%     57.9%     53.4%
Station audience share.....................................    35        34        33        29        29
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
  STAUFFER STATIONS
 
KCOY-TV (CBS) SANTA BARBARA, SANTA MARIA AND SAN LUIS OBISPO, CALIFORNIA
 
     Market  Description. The Santa Barbara - Santa  Maria - San Luis Obispo DMA
consists of three counties on the southcentral coast of California. Santa  Maria
is  approximately 170  miles north  of Los  Angeles and  270 miles  south of San
Francisco. The region  has a  stable economic base  which includes  agriculture,
transportation,  oil,  tourism  and manufacturing.  Prominent  corporations with
facilities in  the  area include  Raytheon  Company, Delco  Systems  Operations,
Chevron  USA, Santa Barbara  Research (a subsidiary  of the Hughes Corporation),
Applied Magnetics  Corp. and  Lockheed-Martin.  The area  is  also site  of  the
Vandenberg United States Air Force Base with approximately 8,400 military, civil
service  and civilian  employees. Currently, the  base is not  on the government
list of facilities to be closed, but there can be no assurance that such  status
will  not change  in the future.  Additionally, the University  of California at
Santa Barbara and California Polytechnic  University, with an aggregate  student
population of approximately 34,000, are located within this DMA.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. KCOY-TV  was originally  licensed in
1964 to serve Santa  Maria, California. The  Santa Barbara -  Santa Maria -  San
Luis  Obispo market  is ranked  115th in  the United  States, with approximately
211,000 television households  and a population  of approximately 564,000.  This
market  has  a cable  penetration rate  of  85.7%. KCOY-TV  is broadcast  on VHF
channel 12 and is a CBS affiliate. There are three other commercial stations  in
this  market, ABC  and NBC  affiliates which  broadcast on  VHF channels  and an
independent station which broadcasts on a UHF
 
                                       73
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
channel. Until recently, KCOY-TV was negatively impacted by the cable television
retransmission in Santa Barbara  of KCBS, Los  Angeles, California. However,  in
September  1995, KCOY-TV was granted non-duplication protection against KCBS and
is now  the only  CBS affiliate  whose  programming is  available on  the  Santa
Barbara cable system.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, KCOY-TV
was  ranked number  three in  its market  with a  3 rating  and an  11% share of
households viewing television  compared to  a 5  rating and  17% share  and a  3
rating and 12% share for the numbers one and two stations, respectively. KCOY-TV
currently  is the number two  ranked news station in  this market and broadcasts
two hours of local news programming each weekday. KCOY-TV's special  value-added
local  sales  efforts  in 1995  included  a  12-month sponsorship  of  the close
captioning of newscasts,  a three-week series  entitled 'Child Lure'  concerning
protecting  children  from abduction,  a  series of  vignettes  entitled 'Health
Minutes' providing  important  health  information,  publication  of  the  'KCOY
Weather  Almanac'  and the  production of  a Friday  night high  school football
program called  'High School  Game  Day.' KCOY-TV's  first run  and  off-network
syndicated  programming includes 'The Maury  Povich Show,' 'Montel Williams' and
'Golden Girls.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
KCOY-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                                     1993      1994      1995
                                                                                    ------    ------    -------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year.....................................   (6.9%)    21.0%     (16.2%)
Broadcast cash flow margin.......................................................   13.1%     22.8%      18.1%
Station audience share...........................................................   13        15         11
Station rank in market...........................................................    3         2          3
</TABLE>
 
WIBW-TV (CBS) TOPEKA, KANSAS
 
     Market Description. The Topeka DMA consists of 14 counties in  northeastern
Kansas.  Topeka, the capital of Kansas, is located near the geographic center of
the United States, approximately 60 miles west of Kansas City, Missouri and  120
miles  south  of  Omaha,  Nebraska.  This  area's  diversified  economy includes
concentrations in the agriculture,  manufacturing and service industries.  Major
employers  in  this  market  include Goodyear  Tire  &  Rubber  Company, Payless
ShoeSource, Jostons Printing  and Publishing, Hallmark  Cards, Inc.,  Frito-Lay,
Inc.,  Burlington Northern Santa  Fe Railway, Blue  Cross/Blue Shield of Kansas,
Stormont-Vail Regional  Medical  Center and  Menninger  Hospital and  School  of
Psychiatric  Medicine. The region is also home to several universities including
the University of Kansas, Kansas State University, Washburn University of Topeka
and Emporia State University, with an aggregate student population in excess  of
60,000.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. WIBW-TV  was originally  licensed in
1953 to serve Topeka, Kansas.  The Topeka market is  ranked 140th in the  United
States  with  approximately 154,000  television households  and a  population of
384,000. This market has a cable penetration rate of 73.1%. WIBW-TV is broadcast
on VHF channel 13 and is a  CBS affiliate. The other two commercial stations  in
the  market,  affiliates of  ABC and  NBC,  are broadcast  on UHF  channels with
smaller broadcast coverage than WIBW-TV.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WIBW-TV
was ranked  number  one in  its  market with  a  6 rating  and  a 23%  share  of
households  viewing television. WIBW-TV currently is  the number one ranked news
station in this market  and broadcasts two  hours and 50  minutes of local  news
programming  each weekday. WIBW-TV's special  value-added local sales efforts in
1995 included the  sale of  a trip  incentive package,  a long-term  educational
program  entitled  'Baby  Your  Baby' concerning  prenatal  care  which included
vignettes, a live call-in program and a community charity baby shower, a  weekly
segment and annual live call-in program on general health issues called 'To Your
Health,'  a high  school player  of the  week award  and the  sponsorship of the
'Bridal Fair,' 'Health & Fitness Expo'  and 'Women's Show.' WIBW-TV's first  run
syndicated  programming includes 'Wheel of Fortune,' 'Montel Williams' and 'Star
Trek: Deep Space 9.'
 
                                       74
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WIBW-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     --------------------------
                                                                                      1993      1994      1995
                                                                                     ------    ------    ------
<S>                                                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year......................................    6.2%     13.4%     (9.4%)
Broadcast cash flow margin........................................................   30.7%     39.5%     31.7%
Station audience share............................................................   28        28        23
Station rank in market............................................................    1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
KMIZ(TV) (ABC) COLUMBIA AND JEFFERSON CITY, MISSOURI
 
     Market Description. The Columbia-Jefferson City DMA consists of 13 counties
in central Missouri. Columbia and Jefferson City, approximately 30 miles  apart,
are situated in the center of Missouri within 130 miles of Kansas City, Missouri
to  the west and  St. Louis, Missouri  to the east.  The Columbia-Jefferson City
economy is  based primarily  on education,  health, insurance  and  agriculture.
Additionally,  Jefferson  City is  the capital  of Missouri  adding governmental
employment to the economic  base of the  area that has  been called a  recession
resistant   community  due  to  its  diversity  and  stable  economy.  Prominent
corporations with facilities  in this  market include  Toastmaster, Inc.,  State
Farm  Insurance Companies, Shelter Insurance Companies, Quaker Oats, Oscar Mayer
Foods Corporation,  Scholastic Books,  ABB  Power T&D  Company and  A.B.  Chance
Company. The area is also home to the University of Missouri, with approximately
24,000  students and 13,000 employees. In addition, the Fort Leonard Wood United
States Army Base and the Whitman United States Air Force Base are located within
this market.  Currently, these  locations  are not  on  the government  list  of
facilities to be closed, but there can be no assurance that such status will not
change in the future.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. KMIZ(TV) was  originally licensed in
1971 to serve the Columbia-Jefferson City, Missouri area. The Columbia-Jefferson
City market is  ranked 146th in  the United States,  with approximately  140,000
television households and a population of approximately 356,000. This market has
a  cable penetration rate of 59.7%. KMIZ(TV)  is broadcast on UHF channel 17 and
is an ABC affiliate. The two other commercial stations in the market, affiliates
of CBS and NBC, are broadcast on VHF channels.
 
     Station  Performance.  According  to  the  1995  Nielsen  ratings  reports,
KMIZ(TV)  was ranked number three in its market  with a 4 rating and a 13% share
of households viewing television.  KMIZ(TV) currently is  the number three  news
station  in this  market and broadcasts  one hour  and 30 minutes  of local news
programming each weekday. KMIZ(TV)'s special value-added local sales efforts  in
1995 included the sponsorship and live broadcast of the 'Fire in the Sky' Fourth
of  July fireworks  celebration, a year-long  series of  vignettes promoting the
efforts of  local  not-for-profit  organizations  entitled  'Leadership  in  Mid
Missouri,' production of live call-in programs on local college and professional
sports  called 'Sports Line'  and production of  a special program  on asthma in
conjunction with  the  American  Lung  Association.  KMIZ(TV)'s  first  run  and
off-network  syndicated  programming includes  'Live with  Regis &  Kathie Lee,'
'Home Improvement,' 'Seinfeld' and 'Married . . . With Children.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
KMIZ(TV):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     --------------------------
                                                                                      1993      1994      1995
                                                                                     ------    ------    ------
<S>                                                                                  <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth over prior year................................................    4.4%     15.2%     17.1%
Broadcast cash flow margin........................................................   17.3%     24.5%     24.2%
Station audience share............................................................   12        12        13
Station rank in market............................................................    3         3         3
</TABLE>
 
KGWC-TV (CBS) CASPER, WYOMING
KGWL-TV (CBS) LANDER, WYOMING
KGWR-TV (CBS) ROCK SPRINGS, WYOMING
 
     Market Description. The  Casper-Riverton DMA  consists of  six counties  in
central  Wyoming.  Casper  is  located  approximately  290  miles  southeast  of
Billings, Montana and 275 miles north  of Denver, Colorado. The Casper  economy,
historically centered on oil and agriculture, has recently
 
                                       75
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
diversified  with the growth of its service  sector. Major employers in the area
include the Wyoming Medical  Center, Wotco, Inc, Conoco,  True Oil &  Affiliates
and Rissler McMurry. Casper is also home to Casper College and the University of
Wyoming-Casper, with an aggregate student population of approximately 4,500.
 
     In  order  to  properly  serve  the vast  geographic  area  covered  by the
Casper-Riverton DMA, KGWC-TV operates two satellite television stations, KGWL-TV
in Lander, Wyoming and  KGWR-TV in Rock Springs,  Wyoming. Lander is located  in
Freemont  County approximately 120 miles west of Casper. Rock Springs is located
in Sweetwater County approximately 165 miles southwest of Casper. The  satellite
stations  serve  sparsely  populated rural  areas  which lack  the  resources to
support full-service broadcast operations unrelated to the parent Station's more
populous communities.
 
     Station History and Characteristics.  KGWC-TV, originally licensed in  1980
to  serve Casper, Wyoming, also serves Lander, Wyoming through satellite station
KGWL-TV and  Rock  Springs,  Wyoming  through  satellite  station  KGWR-TV.  The
Casper-Riverton  market is ranked 192nd in the United States, with approximately
50,000 television households  and a  population of  approximately 125,000.  This
market  has  a cable  penetration rate  of  68.9%. KGWC-TV  is broadcast  on UHF
channel 14 and  is a CBS  affiliate. KGWL-TV,  broadcast on VHF  channel 5,  and
KGWR-TV,  broadcast on  VHF channel 13,  are operated as  S-1 satellite stations
receiving all of their programming from KGWC-TV. KGWC-TV competes with two other
commercial stations in this market, an  NBC affiliate which broadcasts on a  VHF
channel and an ABC/Fox affiliate which broadcasts on a UHF channel.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, KGWC-TV
was  ranked  number two  in  its market  with  a 3  rating  and a  12%  share of
households viewing television. KGWC-TV currently is tied for the number two news
ranking in this market and  broadcasts one hour and  five minutes of local  news
programming  each weekday. KGWC-TV's special  value-added local sales efforts in
1995 included  special coverage  of the  Powder River  Rodeo Association  Season
Finale  Rodeo (the  last stop  on the  National Finals  Rodeo circuit) including
interviews, news  segments  and a  'Cutest  Little Cowboy  &  Cowgirl'  contest,
sponsorship  of the local  and state-wide 'Catch a  Rising Star' talent contest,
sponsorship of  the Classicfest,  Karaoke Fest  and  Slam Fest,  all part  of  a
special  summer festival  culminating with a  Fourth of July  celebration, and a
daily community events program entitled  'Wyoming Wake Up.' KGWC-TV's first  run
syndicated  programming includes 'Live  with Regis &  Kathie Lee,' 'Ricki Lake,'
'Jenny Jones' and 'Hard Copy.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
KGWC-TV (including its satellite stations):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                   ----------------------------
                                                                                    1993       1994      1995
                                                                                   -------    ------    -------
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year....................................   (12.5%)     2.9%     (27.0%)
Broadcast cash flow margin......................................................    (7.7%)     9.0%     (15.0%)
Station audience share..........................................................    16        11         12
Station rank in market..........................................................     2         3          2
</TABLE>
 
KGWN-TV (CBS) CHEYENNE, WYOMING
KSTF-TV (CBS) SCOTTSBLUFF, NEBRASKA
KTVS-TV (CBS) STERLING, COLORADO
 
     Market Description. The Cheyenne-Scottsbluff-Sterling  DMA consists of  the
three  counties,  two  in  southeastern Wyoming  and  one  in  western Nebraska.
Cheyenne, the state capital of Wyoming, is located approximately 100 miles north
of Denver, Colorado. The Cheyenne economy is supported primarily by  government,
transportation, tourism, services and light manufacturing. Significant employers
in  the area  include Union Pacific  Railroad, United  Medical Center, Veteran's
Administration Hospital, Safecard  and Frontier Oil  Refinery. Cheyenne is  also
home  to the F. E. Warren United States  Air Force Base, which employs more than
4,000 people in military and civilian capacities. Currently, the base is not  on
the  government list of facilities  to be closed, but  there can be no assurance
that such status will not change in the future.
 
     In order to properly  serve the Cheyenne-Scottsbluff-Sterling DMA,  KGWN-TV
operates two satellite television stations, KSTF-TV in Scottsbluff, Nebraska and
KTVS-TV  in Sterling, Colorado.  Scottsbluff is located  in Scotts Bluff County,
Nebraska approximately 100 miles northeast of Cheyenne.
 
                                       76
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Sterling is located in Logan County, Colorado approximately 100 miles  southeast
of  Cheyenne. The satellite stations serve  sparsely populated rural areas which
lack the resources to support full-service broadcast operations unrelated to the
parent Station's more populous communities.
 
     Station History and Characteristics.  KGWN-TV, originally licensed in  1954
to  serve Cheyenne, Wyoming, also serves Scottsbluff, Nebraska through satellite
station KSTF-TV and Sterling, Colorado through satellite station KTVS-TV.  Since
first  going on the  air, KGWN-TV has been  the only home  market station in the
city of Cheyenne and Laramie County. The Cheyenne-Scottsbluff-Sterling market is
ranked  193rd  in  the  United  States  with  approximately  50,000   television
households  and a population  of approximately 123,000. This  market has a cable
penetration rate of 73.0%. KGWN-TV  is broadcast on VHF channel  5 and is a  CBS
affiliate.  KSTF-TV, broadcast on VHF channel  10, and KTVS-TV, broadcast on VHF
channel 3, are  operated as S-2  satellites receiving a  substantial portion  of
their  programming from KGWN-TV. However, as S-2 satellites, KSTF-TV and KTVS-TV
broadcast some self-produced local programming which is not provided by KGWN-TV.
KGWN-TV competes with two  other commercial stations in  the Cheyenne market,  a
satellite  station of an  ABC affiliate in Casper,  Wyoming which broadcasts Fox
programming in Cheyenne, and  a satellite station of  an NBC affiliate, both  of
which  satellite stations broadcast  on UHF channels.  KSTF-TV competes with one
other commercial station in  the Scottsbluff market, a  satellite station of  an
ABC affiliate which broadcasts on a VHF channel. KTVS-TV competes to some extent
with several stations broadcasting from Denver, Colorado.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, KGWN-TV
was  ranked  number one  in  its market  with  a 5  rating  and a  20%  share of
households viewing television. KGWN-TV currently is the number one news  station
in  this market and broadcasts one hour and 10 minutes of local news programming
each weekday. KGWN-TV's special value-added local sales efforts in 1995 included
live and  promotional  coverage of  Cheyenne  Frontier Days,  a  10-day  western
celebration  featuring the world's  largest outdoor rodeo,  live and promotional
coverage of  the Laramie  County Small  Business Showcase,  a daily  five-minute
program highlighting local not-for-profit organizations and community activities
entitled  '5 In  The Morning' and  the live broadcast  of the 'Fire  in the Sky'
Fourth of July celebration. KGWN-TV's first run syndicated programming  includes
'Live with Regis & Kathie Lee,' 'Ricki Lake' and 'Jenny Jones.'
 
     KSTF-TV  has  the  largest  television  production  facilities  in  western
Nebraska and broadcasts 12  local newscasts each week.  KSTF-TV also produced  a
variety of local specials in 1995 including the annual 'Crimestoppers Telethon,'
as well as extensive news coverage of such activities as the 'Oregon Trail Days'
and other local events.
 
     KTVS-TV  produces the only local news program in the Sterling area. KTVS-TV
broadcasts  12  local   newscasts  each  week.   KTVS-TV  also  broadcasts   two
self-produced  weekly programs,  'Government in Action,'  focusing on government
and politics, and 'Plains Talk,' focusing on public service.
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
KGWN-TV (including its satellite stations):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                                     1993      1994      1995
                                                                                    ------    ------    -------
<S>                                                                                 <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year.....................................   (7.7%)    12.1%     (12.6%)
Broadcast cash flow margin.......................................................   19.6%     30.3%      22.4%
Station audience share...........................................................   24        22         20
Station rank in market...........................................................    1         1          1
</TABLE>
 
                                       77

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
  BRISSETTE STATIONS
 
WMTV(TV) (NBC) MADISON, WISCONSIN
 
     Market Description. The Madison DMA consists of 11 counties in southwestern
Wisconsin. Recent growth in the area has increased the population in the Madison
DMA,  moving it from the 93rd largest market  in 1991 to the 83rd largest market
in 1995.  Madison,  the Wisconsin  state  capital, is  located  in  southcentral
Wisconsin,  150 miles north of Chicago, Illinois and 75 miles west of Milwaukee,
Wisconsin.  The  Madison  economy  is  a  diverse  and  stable  balance  of  the
industrial,   governmental  and  service   sectors.  Additionally,  agricultural
production of corn, alfalfa, tobacco, oats,  eggs, cattle, hogs and, of  course,
dairy  products  have  greatly contributed  to  further stability  in  the local
economy. Many of the country's  leading insurance companies, including  American
Family  Mutual Insurance Group, CUNA Mutual Insurance Group and General Casualty
have facilities in Madison. Other prominent corporations with facilities in  the
area  include General Motors  Corporation, Meriter Health  Services, Oscar Mayer
Foods Corporation, Famous Footwear, Lands' End and Rayovac Corporation.  Madison
is also home to the University of Wisconsin, with approximately 40,000 students.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. WMTV(TV) was  originally licensed in
1953 to  serve Madison,  Wisconsin. The  Madison market  is ranked  83rd in  the
United States, with approximately 308,000 television households and a population
of  approximately 775,000.  This market has  a cable penetration  rate of 61.5%.
WMTV(TV) is broadcast on UHF channel 15 and is an NBC affiliate. There are three
other commercial television stations in the  Madison DMA, a CBS affiliate  which
broadcasts  on a VHF channel  and ABC and Fox  affiliates which broadcast on UHF
channels.
 
     Station  Performance.  According  to  the  1995  Nielsen  ratings  reports,
WMTV(TV) was tied for the number two ranking in its market with a 4 rating and a
14%  share of  households viewing television.  WMTV(TV) currently  is the number
three ranked news station in this market and broadcasts two hours and 19 minutes
of local news  programming each  weekday. WMTV(TV)'s  special value-added  local
sales  efforts in 1995 included a weekly series of educational programs entitled
'Honor Roll,'  the publication  of five  issues of  a newspaper  entitled  'Kids
Matter'  distributed to approximately 27,000 grade school students featuring art
and literary works  of local  students, quarterly  sponsorship of  six web  page
segments  covering the Station's history, news, weather, sports, programming and
personality profiles, the sale  of trip incentive  packages, a season-long  high
school  football series entitled 'Game Day'  and local coverage of University of
Wisconsin and other Big Ten conference basketball and football games. WMTV(TV)'s
first run  syndicated programming  includes 'Wheel  of Fortune'  and 'Live  with
Regis & Kathie Lee.'
 
     The  following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to the
television advertising revenues  and station  rank and audience  share data  for
WMTV(TV):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    (9.3%)     7.1%     (3.8%)    10.4%      9.9%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    51.8%     49.3%     50.2%     51.3%     50.6%
Station audience share.....................................    14        15        13        13        14
Station rank in market.....................................     3         3         3         3         2
</TABLE>
 
WWLP(TV) (NBC) SPRINGFIELD AND HOLYOKE, MASSACHUSETTS
 
     Market  Description. The Springfield-Holyoke DMA consists of three counties
in  midwestern   Massachusetts  running   north  to   south  between   the   New
Hampshire/Vermont  and Connecticut state borders.  Springfield is located in the
Pioneer Valley, approximately  25 miles  north of Hartford,  Connecticut and  85
miles  east of Boston, Massachusetts. The  Springfield economy has a diversified
industrial base.  The  area's  most prominent  employers  include  Massachusetts
Mutual  Life Insurance Company, Milton Bradley, Inc., Monsanto Company, Friendly
Ice Cream Corporation,  Spalding Sports Worldwide,  Stanhome, Inc. and  Baystate
Medical  Center.  Many universities  and colleges  are  located in  this region,
including, the  University  of  Massachusetts,  with  a  student  population  of
approximately
 
                                       78
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
23,000, Amherst College, Smith College and Mount Holyoke College. Springfield is
also the home of the Naismith Memorial Basketball Hall of Fame.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. WWLP(TV) was  originally licensed in
1953 to serve  the greater  Springfield area. Springfield-Holyoke  is the  102nd
largest  market  in the  United  States, with  approximately  242,000 television
households and a population  of approximately 613,000. This  market has a  cable
penetration rate of 81.8%. WWLP(TV) is broadcast on UHF channel 22 and is an NBC
affiliate. The only other commercial television station in this market is an ABC
affiliate  which also broadcasts on a UHF channel. WWLP(TV) also competes with a
CBS affiliate on a VHF channel and, to a lesser extent, a Fox affiliate on a UHF
channel both of which are broadcast from Hartford, Connecticut.
 
     Station  Performance.  According  to  the  1995  Nielsen  ratings  reports,
WWLP(TV)  was ranked number one in its market  with an 7 rating and 21% share of
households viewing television. WWLP(TV) is the number one ranked news station in
this market and  currently broadcasts four  hours and 32  minutes of local  news
programming  each weekday. WWLP(TV)'s special value-added local sales efforts in
1995 included  'As Schools  Match Wits,'  the nation's  longest running  locally
produced  quiz show in which area high school students compete academically, and
a home showcase by a local real estate agency providing viewers the  opportunity
to shop for homes and real estate on television. WWLP(TV)'s first run syndicated
programming  includes  'Wheel of  Fortune,' 'Jeopardy'  and  'Live with  Regis &
Kathie Lee.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WWLP(TV):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............   (19.8%)    14.2%     (0.3%)    15.9%      6.0%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    50.2%     52.3%     50.1%     53.6%     52.3%
Station audience share.....................................    21        21        19        21        21
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
WILX-TV (NBC) LANSING, MICHIGAN
 
     Market  Description.  The  Lansing  DMA   consists  of  five  counties   in
southcentral  Michigan. Lansing is the state  capital of Michigan and is located
approximately 75 miles west  of Detroit, Michigan.  The Lansing economy,  though
recently  diversified,  is  still  a  stronghold  of  the  automotive  industry.
Prominent employers in the area  include General Motors Corporation  (Oldsmobile
Worldwide  Headquarters), Meijer, Inc., Michigan Capital Healthcare and Michigan
National Bank.  Additionally, there  are many  smaller companies,  employing  in
excess  of 3,000 people, that  provide auto parts to  General Motors. Lansing is
also home to the largest university in Michigan, Michigan State University, with
more than 40,000 students and 12,000 faculty and staff.
 
     Station History  and Characteristics.  WILX-TV was  originally licensed  in
1957  to Onondaga, Michigan.  The Lansing market  is ranked 106th  in the United
States, with approximately  229,000 television  households and  a population  of
approximately  589,000.  This  market has  a  cable penetration  rate  of 65.1%.
WILX-TV is broadcast on VHF channel 10 and is an NBC affiliate. WILX-TV competes
with three other commercial stations in this market, a CBS affiliate which  also
broadcasts  on a VHF channel  and ABC and Fox  affiliates which broadcast on UHF
channels.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WILX-TV
was ranked second in its  market with a 4 rating  and a 15% share of  households
viewing  television. WILX-TV is currently the  number two ranked news station in
this market and  broadcasts one hour  and 27 minutes  of local news  programming
each weekday. WILX-TV's special value-added local sales efforts in 1995 included
the  production of a series  of live call-in programs  entitled 'Ask the Mayor,'
production of the local broadcast of the Children's Miracle Network Telethon,  a
season-long  educational program  entitled 'Weatherschool'  and a 'Weatherline,'
which viewers can call for up-to-the-minute weather information. WILX-TV's first
run and off-network syndicated programming includes 'Seinfeld,' 'Live with Regis
& Kathie Lee,' 'Married . . . With Children' and 'Cheers.'
 
                                       79
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WILX-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                            -------------------------------------------------
                                                             1991       1992      1993       1994       1995
                                                            -------    ------    -------    -------    ------
 
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year.............   (17.4%)     1.1%     (10.0%)      9.8%      9.2%
Broadcast cash flow margin...............................    54.6%     55.3%      47.7%      48.2%     48.7%
Station audience share...................................    19        18         17         14        15
Station rank in market...................................     2         2          2          2         2
</TABLE>
 
WHOI(TV) (ABC) PEORIA AND BLOOMINGTON, ILLINOIS
 
     Market Description.  The Peoria-Bloomington  DMA  consists of  10  counties
located in central Illinois. Peoria is located approximately 150 miles southwest
of  Chicago, Illinois  and 170  miles north  of St.  Louis, Missouri.  The major
economic sectors in the area include agriculture, manufacturing and  information
technology.  Prominent employers in the greater Peoria area include Caterpillar,
Inc., State Farm Insurance,  Saint Francis Medical  Center, Diamond Star  Motors
and  Methodist  Medical  Center.  This  area  is  also  home  to  Illinois State
University, with approximately 18,000 students  and 3,100 employees, as well  as
Bradley University and the University of Illinois School of Medicine.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. WHOI(TV) was  originally licensed in
1953 to serve Peoria, Illinois. The Peoria-Bloomington market is ranked 109th in
the United  States,  with  approximately 225,000  television  households  and  a
population of approximately 562,000. This market has a cable penetration rate of
73.1%.  WHOI(TV) is broadcast on  UHF channel 19 and  is an ABC affiliate. There
are three other commercial stations in  this market, affiliates of CBS, NBC  and
Fox. All of these competitor stations are also broadcast on UHF channels.
 
     Station  Performance.  According  to  the  1995  Nielsen  ratings  reports,
WHOI(TV) was ranked number three in its market  with a 5 rating and a 16%  share
of households viewing television as compared to a 6 rating and 22% share and a 5
rating  and 18% share for  the numbers one and  two stations, respectively. As a
result of this relatively even market share distribution, WHOI(TV) maintains its
ability to sell advertising time at competitive rates. WHOI(TV) currently is the
number three ranked news station in this  market and broadcasts two hours and  5
minutes  of local news programming  each weekday. WHOI(TV)'s special value-added
local sales efforts in 1995 included the sale and production of live  broadcasts
of  commercials from remote locations,  local advertiser sponsorship of features
such as 'Athlete of the Week,' 'Person  of the Week' and 'Stock Quotes' as  well
as  sponsorship  of  the close  captioning  of newscasts,  an  eight-week series
entitled 'Best in the Class' saluting the top high school graduates in the  area
and a twice-weekly report entitled 'Health Segment' reporting the latest changes
in   health  care  issues.  WHOI(TV)'s  first  run  and  off-network  syndicated
programming includes  'Live  with  Regis  &  Kathie  Lee,'  'Home  Improvement,'
'Married . . . With Children' and 'Golden Girls.'
 
     The  following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to the
television advertising revenues  and station  rank and audience  share data  for
WHOI(TV):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............   (18.7%)     5.8%     (7.8%)    12.3%      1.0%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    44.9%     45.3%     45.3%     48.9%     48.8%
Station audience share.....................................    22        20        18        17        16
Station rank in market.....................................     1         2         3         3         3
</TABLE>
 
WSAW-TV (CBS) WAUSAU AND RHINELANDER, WISCONSIN
 
     Market  Description. The Wausau-Rhinelander DMA  consists of 13 counties in
central Wisconsin bisected by  the Wisconsin River.  Wausau is approximately  90
miles west of Green Bay, Wisconsin and 180 miles east of Minneapolis, Minnesota.
The  Wausau economy, historically based on  the timber industry, has diversified
into the farming, manufacturing  and service sectors. The  area continues to  be
one  of the nation's leading producers  of cheddar cheese and ginseng. Prominent
corporations with
 
                                       80
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
facilities in the greater Wausau area include Wausau Insurance Companies, Sentry
Insurance, Kolbe & Kolbe Millwork,  Inc., Weyerhauser Co., Consolidated  Papers,
Inc.,   Ore-Ida  Foods,   Inc.,  Marathon   Cheese  Corp.   and  Georgia-Pacific
Corporation. The area is also home to the University of Wisconsin-Stevens  Point
with  approximately  10,000 students  and  the University  of Wisconsin-Marathon
Center with a student population of approximately 1,300.
 
     Station History  and Characteristics.  WSAW-TV was  originally licensed  in
1954  to serve Wausau, Wisconsin. The  Wausau-Rhinelander market is ranked 131st
in the United  States, with  approximately 173,000 television  households and  a
population of approximately 447,000. This market has a cable penetration rate of
50.6%.  WSAW-TV is broadcast  on VHF channel  7 and is  a CBS affiliate. WSAW-TV
competes with  affiliates  of  ABC and  NBC  which  are also  broadcast  on  VHF
channels.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WSAW-TV
was  ranked  number one  in  its market  with  a 7  rating  and a  26%  share of
households viewing television. WSAW-TV currently  is the number one ranked  news
station  in the  market and broadcasts  two hours  and 38 minutes  of local news
programming each weekday. WSAW-TV's special  value-added local sales efforts  in
1995  included a program co-produced with a local newspaper entitled 'Behind The
Headlines,' live remote broadcasts of 'News 7 at Noon' from the Marathon  County
Fair and the production and broadcast of a local fishing tips program. WSAW-TV's
first  run and  off-network syndicated programming  includes 'Live  with Regis &
Kathie Lee,' 'Home Improvement,' 'Full House' and 'Cheers.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WSAW-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    (6.5%)    11.6%     (0.4%)    14.5%      9.4%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    48.1%     54.0%     53.6%     54.5%     53.6%
Station audience share.....................................    31        31        30        30        26
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         1
</TABLE>
 
WTRF-TV (CBS) WHEELING, WEST VIRGINIA AND STEUBENVILLE, OHIO
 
     Market Description. The Wheeling-Steubenville DMA consists of 12  counties,
six  of which are in northwestern West Virginia  and six of which are in eastern
Ohio. Located in the Ohio Valley,  Wheeling and Steubenville are situated  along
opposite  sides  of the  Ohio River  approximately 25  miles apart.  Wheeling is
approximately 55 miles southwest  of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and  approximately
120  miles east  of Columbus,  Ohio. The  area's economy,  historically based on
heavy manufacturing,  has  diversified  into  the  manufacturing,  services  and
advanced  technology  sectors. Prominent  corporations  with facilities  in this
region include Wheeling  Pittsburgh Steel Corporation,  TIMET, Miles, Inc.,  PPG
Industries and Consolidation Coal Company. Wheeling is also home to the National
Technology  Transfer  Center,  an  independent  organization  formed  to provide
private business and industry with a central access point for the knowledge  and
data gathered by the Federal government's 100,000 research professionals.
 
     Station  History and  Characteristics. WTRF-TV  was originally  licensed in
1953 to  serve the  Wheeling, West  Virginia market.  The  Wheeling-Steubenville
market  is  ranked  138th  in  the  United  States,  with  approximately 157,000
television households and a population of approximately 391,000. This market has
a cable penetration rate of 76.4%. WTRF-TV is broadcast on VHF channel 7 and  is
a  CBS affiliate. There is  one other commercial station  in this market, an NBC
affiliate also broadcast on a VHF channel.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, WTRF-TV
was ranked  number two  in its  market with  an 8  rating and  an 20%  share  of
households  viewing television compared  to a 7  rating and a  22% share for the
number one station  in the market.  WTRF-TV currently is  the number two  ranked
news  station in this market and broadcasts 57 minutes of local news programming
each weekday. WTRF-TV's special value-added local sales efforts in 1995 included
the sale  of a  trip incentive  package, production  of a  live call-in  program
entitled 'Health Fair Lifeline,' a weekly 30 minute
 
                                       81
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
educational  program entitled 'Good  News Network,' a  weekly high school sports
update program called 'WTRF Sports Blitz' and the live broadcast of the Wheeling
'Fantasy of  Lights Parade'  and related  festivities. WTRF-TV's  first run  and
off-network  syndicated  programming includes  'Live with  Regis &  Kathie Lee,'
'Home Improvement,' 'Married . . . With Children' and 'Roseanne.'
 
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
WTRF-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    (8.0%)     2.0%     (6.0%)    10.9%      6.1%
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    49.8%     50.8%     49.7%     48.2%     35.8%
Station audience share.....................................    26        24        24        24        20
Station rank in market.....................................     1         1         1         1         2
</TABLE>
 
KAUZ-TV (CBS) WICHITA FALLS, TEXAS AND LAWTON, OKLAHOMA
 
     Market Description. The Wichita Falls-Lawton  DMA consists of 18  counties,
12  of which  are in  northcentral Texas  and six  of which  are in southwestern
Oklahoma. Wichita Falls  is located in  the cross timbers  section of the  North
Central  Plains of Texas,  approximately 60 miles south  of Lawton, Oklahoma and
approximately 125  miles from  Dallas, Texas  and Oklahoma  City, Oklahoma.  The
Wichita  Falls-Lawton economy,  historically based on  agriculture, ranching and
petroleum, also includes the manufacturing, transportation, tourism and  service
industries.  Prominent  corporations with  facilities  in the  area  include the
Cryovac Division of W.R.  Grace & Co., the  Mechanics Tools Division of  Stanley
Works,  Levi Strauss & Company, PPG Industries and Goodyear Tire & Rubber Co. In
addition, in 1995 the Texas Department  of Criminal Justice ('TDCJ') opened  its
James V. Allred Unit in Wichita Falls adding approximately 875 jobs to the area.
The TDCJ has announced expansion plans for this Unit which is expected to create
an  additional 200  local jobs.  The area  is also  home to  the Sheppard United
States Air Force  Base which trains  over 20,000 military,  civilian and  allied
students,  annually.  Currently,  the base  is  not  on the  government  list of
facilities to be closed, but there can be no assurance that such status will not
change in the future.
 
     Station History  and Characteristics.  KAUZ-TV was  originally licensed  in
1953  to serve the Wichita Falls area. The Wichita Falls-Lawton market is ranked
139th in the United States, with approximately 155,000 television households and
a population of approximately 391,000. This market has a cable penetration  rate
of  68.8%. KAUZ-TV is broadcast on VHF channel 6 and is a CBS affiliate. KAUZ-TV
competes with  three other  commercial  stations in  this  market, ABC  and  NBC
affiliates  which broadcast on VHF channels and a Fox affiliate which broadcasts
on a UHF channel.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, KAUZ-TV
was ranked  number three  in its  market with  a 5  rating and  a 14%  share  of
households  viewing television as compared  to a 6 rating and  19% share and a 5
rating and 16% share for the numbers one and two stations, respectively. KAUZ-TV
currently is the number three ranked news station in this market and  broadcasts
two  hours  and 5  minutes  of local  news  programming each  weekday. KAUZ-TV's
special value-added  local sales  efforts in  1995 included  a program  entitled
'Youth  of the  Month' honoring outstanding  young people in  the community, the
production of a series entitled 'Texoma Farm and Ranch Report,' production of  a
week-long   series  to  educate  viewers   about  threatening  weather  entitled
'Surviving Spring's Fury,' a season-long  high school football program  entitled
'Friday  Night High  School Football  Update' and  a local  news insert entitled
'About the House'  providing helpful  hints to homeowners.  KAUZ-TV's first  run
syndicated  programming includes 'The  Oprah Winfrey Show,' 'Married  . . . With
Children' and 'COPS.' Beginning in 1996, KAUZ-TV will add 'Wheel of Fortune' and
'Jeopardy' to its syndicated programming line-up.
 
                                       82
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to  the
television  advertising revenues  and station rank  and audience  share data for
KAUZ-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............    (9.3%)     0.1%     (4.8%)    (0.6%)    (4.1%)
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    30.8%     29.8%     28.8%     27.5%     21.7%
Station audience share.....................................    18        17        17        17        14
Station rank in market.....................................     2         2         2         3         3
</TABLE>
 
KOSA-TV (CBS) ODESSA AND MIDLAND, TEXAS
 
     Market Description. The Odessa-Midland DMA  consists of 20 counties, 19  of
which  are in southwestern Texas and one of which is in southeastern New Mexico.
Odessa, the largest city in the  Permian Basin, is approximately 275 miles  east
of  El  Paso, Texas  and 350  miles  west of  Dallas, Texas.  The Odessa-Midland
economy is historically based on the oil and gas industry. The area has recently
diversified into  the manufacturing  and industrial  services sectors,  although
ties  to the energy sector remain very  significant. Some of the major employers
in the area include Phillips Petroleum Company, Exxon Corporation, the Shell Oil
Co. Odessa  Refinery, EVI-Highland  Pump Company,  Rexene Corporation,  Ref-Chem
Corporation,  Texas Instruments Inc. and Medical Center Hospital. Odessa is also
home to the  University of  Texas of the  Permian Basin,  Texas Tech  University
Health  Sciences Center at Odessa and  Odessa College, with an aggregate student
enrollment of approximately 7,000.
 
     Station History  and Characteristics.  KOSA-TV was  originally licensed  in
1956  to serve Odessa, Texas.  The Odessa-Midland market is  ranked 149th in the
United States, with approximately 137,000 television households and a population
of approximately 375,000.  This market has  a cable penetration  rate of  73.5%.
KOSA-TV  is broadcast on VHF  channel 7 and is a  CBS affiliate. There are three
other commercial stations in the market, ABC and NBC affiliates which  broadcast
on VHF channels and a Fox affiliate which broadcasts on a UHF channel.
 
     Station Performance. According to the 1995 Nielsen ratings reports, KOSA-TV
was  tied for the  number two ranking  in its market  with a 4  rating and a 15%
share of households viewing television as compared  to a 5 rating and 17%  share
for  the number one station in  the market and a 5  rating and 15% share for the
other number two station  in the market. KOSA-TV  currently is the number  three
ranked  news station  in the market  and broadcasts  one hour and  21 minutes of
local news programming  each weekday. KOSA-TV's  special value-added local  sale
efforts  in  1995  included the  sale  of  a trip  incentive  package,  a weekly
student-athlete of the  week news  segment, production  of a  weekly program  of
Hispanic music videos and local human interest stories entitled 'Tiempo Tejano,'
special  advertising tie-in sweepstakes promotions  providing viewers the chance
to win trips to Disney  World, Las Vegas and a  taping of Late Night with  David
Letterman  in  New York  City. KOSA-TV's  first  run and  off-network syndicated
programming includes  'Live  With Regis  &  Kathie Lee,'  'Married  . .  .  With
Children' and 'Montel Williams.'
 
     The  following table sets forth certain historical data with respect to the
television advertising revenues  and station  rank and audience  share data  for
KOSA-TV:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------------
                                                               1991       1992      1993      1994      1995
                                                              -------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Net revenue growth (decline) over prior year...............   (13.6%)    (0.2%)     1.5%     11.9%     (9.0%)
Broadcast cash flow margin.................................    28.2%     34.9%     38.0%     38.1%     33.1%
Station audience share.....................................    20        18        17        18        15
Station rank in market.....................................     2         2         2         1         2
</TABLE>
 
COMPETITION
 
     The  principal methods  of competition  in television  broadcasting are the
development  of  audience  interest  through  programming  and  promotions   and
competition  in  rates  charged to  advertisers.  Broadcast  television stations
compete  for  advertising   revenues  with  other   broadcast  stations,   cable
 
                                       83
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
television  and all other advertising media  in their market areas and generally
do not  compete  with stations  in  other  markets. The  Company  has  generally
acquired  stations  in  markets  where  there  are  only  a  limited  number  of
over-the-air television stations  competing for local  viewership and for  local
advertising  revenues. In two  of its markets,  the Company owns  the only local
television station. In  four markets,  the Company owns  one of  only two  local
television  stations.  In seven  markets, the  Company owns  one of  three local
television stations.  In eight  markets,  the Company  owns  one of  four  local
television  stations. WTVY-TV  competes with  two other  stations in  the Dothan
market and with three other stations in the Panama City market.
 
     Audience. Stations compete for audience on the basis of program  popularity
which  has a direct  effect on advertising  rates. A significant  portion of the
Company's daily programming is supplied by the networks. In those time  periods,
the  Stations  are  totally  dependent upon  the  performance  of  the networks'
programs in attracting viewers. Non-network  time periods are programmed by  the
Stations  with local news  and syndicated programs  generally purchased for cash
and barter and, to a lesser  extent, barter-only. The Stations also air  sports,
public affairs and other entertainment programming.
 
     The  development of methods of television transmission of video programming
other than  over-the-air broadcasting,  and in  particular the  growth of  cable
television, has significantly altered competition for audience in the television
industry.  These  other  transmission  methods can  increase  competition  for a
broadcasting station by  bringing into its  market distant broadcasting  signals
not  otherwise available  to the  station's audience  and also  by serving  as a
distribution system  for  non-broadcast  programming distributed  by  the  cable
system.  As  the  technology  of satellite  program  delivery  to  cable systems
advanced in  the late  1970s, development  of programming  for cable  television
accelerated dramatically, resulting in the emergence of multiple, national-scale
program  alternatives and  the rapid  expansion of  cable television  and higher
subscriber growth  rates.  Historically,  cable operators  have  not  sought  to
compete with broadcast stations for a share of the local news audience.
 
   
     The  FCC has authorized several entities to construct and launch satellites
to deliver DBS to homes from satellites. Three DBS companies provide  nationwide
service  and MCI Communications  has acquired the  right to launch  a fourth DBS
satellite server in a  joint venture with  the parent of Fox.  The FCC has  also
adopted  rules  which  may  significantly  increase  the  number  of  multipoint
distribution service  stations  ('MDS')  (i.e.,  video  service  distributed  on
microwave frequencies which can only be received by special microwave antennae).
These  MDS  stations  have  launched  service  in  several  cities,  and several
telephone companies have also begun offering  MDS service. In addition, the  FCC
has  proposed to authorize a  28 GHz microwave cable  service that will have the
potential to provide up to 100 channels of video. The FCC is also licensing  low
power television stations which are television stations with coverage areas much
smaller than those served by full power conventional television stations.
    
 
     Current  technology  offers  several  different  methods  for  transmitting
television signals with greatly improved definition, color rendition, sound  and
wider  screen picture. Collectively, these improvements  are referred to as ATV,
with the  most  advanced  type  of transmission  system  being  high  definition
television.  Intensive research and  development efforts have  achieved forms of
ATV that can be transmitted by  existing terrestrial broadcasters in the  United
States.  A number of  such proposed systems  have been extensively  tested by an
industry test  center  under the  auspices  of an  Industry  Advisory  Committee
reporting  to  the FCC.  Following  such testing,  the  major proponents  of the
competing systems  agreed to  combine  their efforts  to  produce a  single  ATV
system, and these efforts resulted in technical standards that were submitted to
the  FCC in 1995,  and the FCC is  now accepting comments  on that standard. The
proposed standard will  involve the broadcast  of ATV on  a separate  television
channel  from that used for conventional  broadcasting and that channel may also
be used by  broadcasters for data  transmission and multi-channel  transmission.
The  FCC currently is determining  whether and how to  assign licenses to permit
television broadcasters to provide ATV services. The FCC has tentatively decided
to issue a second channel to each television broadcaster to permit it to provide
ATV during  a transition  period. At  the  end of  the transition  period,  each
broadcaster  would be required to  return to the FCC  one of these two channels.
This transition ultimately  will permit broadcasters  to provide higher  quality
services   to  their  viewers  and  may  permit  broadcasters  to  compete  more
effectively  with  other  digital  video  systems.  However,  constructing   and
operating a
 
                                       84
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
second  television channel will require a  substantial capital outlay for all of
the Stations. The  Company is unable  to predict the  effect that  technological
changes  will have on the broadcast television industry or the future results of
the Company's operations.
 
     In addition,  certain  leaders  in Congress  and  the  Administration  have
proposed  legislation that would require broadcasters  to (i) bid at auction for
ATV channels, potentially  against other non-broadcast  applicants, (ii)  return
their  analog channels on an expedited basis  by 2005 to permit the old channels
to be reauctioned to  new licensees and/or (iii)  pay a fee for  the use of  the
second  channel, starting either immediately or  after 2005. These proposals, if
enacted, could  affect  the Company.  First,  auctions for  ATV  channels  could
substantially  increase the  Company's up-front costs  of converting  to ATV and
would raise the  possibility that  the Company  could be  subject to  additional
competition in its markets if it, or another licensee, is out-bid by a newcomer.
Second,  an expedited transition period could  require the Company to end analog
transmission before all its viewers  (particularly those in the smaller  markets
which the Company serves) have purchased ATV-compatible reception equipment. See
'Risk   Factors  --   Competition  Within  the   Television  Industry;  Advanced
Television.'
 
     Programming. Competition for programming involves negotiating with national
program distributors or syndicators which sell  first run and rerun packages  of
programming. The Stations compete against local broadcast stations for exclusive
access  to  first run  product  (such as  'The  Oprah Winfrey  Show,'  'Wheel of
Fortune' and 'Jeopardy') and for off-network reruns (such as 'Home Improvement,'
'Seinfeld' and 'Roseanne') in their respective markets. Cable systems  generally
do  not compete with  local stations for  programming, although various national
cable networks have acquired programs that would have otherwise been offered  to
local  television stations. Competition  also occurs for  exclusive news stories
and features.
 
     Advertising. The  Stations  compete  for advertising  revenues  with  other
television  stations  in  their  respective  markets,  as  well  as  with  other
advertising media, such  as newspapers, radio,  magazines, outdoor  advertising,
transit  advertising,  yellow  page  directories, direct  mail  and  local cable
systems. Competition for advertising  expenditures in the broadcasting  industry
occurs  primarily  in  individual  markets.  Generally,  television broadcasting
stations in one market do not compete with stations in other market areas.
 
     Management cannot predict the exact nature of the competition it will  face
in  any market since  competing stations may  change owners, affiliations and/or
programming focus at any time. The Company cannot predict the effect the changes
in legislation or technology, discussed herein, will have on its operations.  In
certain  markets,  construction permits  for new  stations have  been or  may be
granted.
 
FEDERAL REGULATION OF TELEVISION BROADCASTING
 
     Existing Regulation. Television broadcasting is subject to the jurisdiction
of the FCC, pursuant to the Communications Act. The Communications Act prohibits
the operation of television broadcasting stations except under a license  issued
by  the FCC and empowers the FCC to issue, renew, revoke and modify broadcasting
licenses, regulate  the frequency  and operating  power of  stations,  determine
station  location,  regulate the  equipment used  by  stations, adopt  rules and
regulations to carry out the provisions of the Communications Act and to  impose
certain  penalties for violation  of the Communications  Act. The Communications
Act prohibits  the assignment  of a  license or  the transfer  of control  of  a
licensee without prior approval of the FCC.
 
     License  Grant and  Renewal. Television  broadcasting licenses  are usually
granted or renewed for the  maximum allowable term of  five years which will  be
expanded to eight years under recently enacted legislation. The FCC may revoke a
license  or renew a license for a period shorter than the maximum allowable term
if the FCC  finds that the  licensee has  committed a serious  violation of  FCC
rules,  has committed other  violations which taken  together would constitute a
pattern of abuse, or has otherwise failed  to serve the public interest. At  the
time  the application is  made for renewal  of a television  license, parties in
interest may file petitions to deny renewal, and such parties as well as members
of the public may comment upon the  service the station has provided during  the
preceding license term and urge
 
                                       85
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
denial  of the application. Additionally, if an incumbent licensee fails to meet
the renewal  standard,  and  if  if  does  not  show  other  mitigating  factors
warranting a lesser sanction, the FCC then has the authority to deny the renewal
application and consider a competing application.
 
     In  the vast majority of  cases, broadcast licenses are  renewed by the FCC
even when  petitions  to  deny  are  filed  against  broadcast  license  renewal
applications.  All  of  the  Stations are  presently  operating  under five-year
licenses expiring  on  various dates  from  1996 to  1999.  Currently,  WTAP-TV,
Parkersburg,  West  Virginia,  WHSV-TV,  Harrisonburg,  Virginia,  and  WTRF-TV,
Wheeling, West Virginia  and Steubenville, Ohio,  have pending applications  for
license  renewal. The Company  is not aware  of any facts  or circumstances that
might prevent any of the Stations from having its current license renewed at the
end of  its respective  term or  which  might prevent  the license  renewal  for
WTAP-TV, WHSV-TV or WTRF-TV from being granted.
 
     The  Communications  Act  prohibits  the assignment  of  a  license  or the
transfer of control of a  license without prior approval  of the FCC. Under  the
Communications  Act, no license may be held  by a corporation of which more than
20% of the  capital stock is  owned of record,  voted or subject  to control  by
aliens,  and no  corporation may hold  the capital stock  of another corporation
holding broadcast licenses if more than 25% of the capital stock of such  parent
corporation  is owned of record,  voted or subject to  control by aliens, unless
specific FCC authorization is obtained.
 
     Multiple Ownership Restrictions. The FCC has promulgated a number of  rules
designed  to limit  the ability of  individuals and  entities to own  or have an
ownership interest above  a certain level  (an 'attributable interest,'  defined
more  fully below) in broadcast stations, as  well as other mass media entities.
These rules include  limits on  the number of  television stations  that may  be
owned  both on  a national  and a local  basis. On  a national  basis, FCC rules
generally limit any individual or  entity from having attributable interests  in
television stations with an aggregate audience reach exceeding 35% of all United
States households.
 
   
     The  FCC  also  limits  the common  ownership  of  broadcast  stations with
overlapping service  areas,  combined  local  ownership of  a  newspaper  and  a
broadcast  station and combined local ownership of a cable television system and
a broadcast television station. FCC rules  currently allow an entity to have  an
attributable  interest in only one television  station in a market. In approving
the Brissette acquisition, the FCC granted six-month waivers of that rule as  it
pertains  to the transmission signal overlap of (i) WIFR-TV, the Benedek Station
serving Rockford, Illinois, and WMTV(TV), the Brissette Station serving Madison,
Wisconsin; (ii) WYTV, the Benedek Station serving Youngstown, Ohio, and WTRF-TV,
the Brissette Station  serving Wheeling, West  Virginia and Steubenville,  Ohio;
and  (iii) WTAP-TV, the Benedek Station  serving Parkersburg, West Virginia, and
WTRF-TV. These waivers will permit the Company to hold the Stations in  question
for  a six-month period after  closing before divesting one  of the two Stations
that do not comply with the duopoly rule in each instance. The FCC has a pending
proceeding that may result in the  liberalization of the duopoly rule to  permit
the Company to continue to own all the Stations it currently owns as well as all
of  those it has  received FCC consent  to acquire. It  is currently anticipated
that the FCC  will propose revised  duopoly rules during  the fourth quarter  of
1996  with the  expectation that, after  considering public  comments, new rules
would become effective during the first half of 1997. As a result of the limited
waiver  provided  by  the  FCC,  the  Company  has  had  discussions  concerning
exchanging  or selling  Stations which would  eliminate the  duopoly overlap. No
agreement or understanding  currently exists with  respect to any  such sale  or
exchange.  If  necessary, the  Company intends  to request  an extension  of the
waiver period and believes the FCC will grant an extension of the waiver period,
although the duration thereof is uncertain.  There can be no assurance that  the
FCC  will act to liberalize the rule or that  it will do so in time to avoid the
Company's being required to  divest certain Stations in  order to eliminate  any
signal  overlap. See 'Risk Factors  -- Uncertainties Regarding License Renewals;
Possible  Need  to  Divest  Stations.'  Expansion  of  the  Company's  broadcast
operations in particular areas and nationwide will continue to be subject to the
FCC's ownership rules and any changes the FCC may adopt.
    
 
     Under  the FCC's  ownership rules, if  a purchaser of  the Company's common
stock acquires an  'attributable' interest in  the Company, a  violation of  FCC
regulations  could result  if that purchaser  owned or  acquired an attributable
interest in other media  properties in a manner  prohibited by the FCC's  rules.
All  officers and directors of a licensee, as well as stockholders who own 5% or
more of the
 
                                       86
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
outstanding voting stock  of a  licensee (either directly  or indirectly),  will
generally  be deemed to have an attributable interest. For certain institutional
investors who exert no control or  influence over a licensee, the bench-mark  is
10%  or more of  such outstanding voting stock  before attribution occurs. Under
FCC  regulations,  debt  instruments,  non-voting  stock  and  certain   limited
partnership  interests  and voting  stock held  by non-majority  stockholders in
cases in which there is a single majority stockholder are not generally  subject
to attribution. The Company currently has a single stockholder. In the event the
Company no longer had a single majority stockholder, minority interests would be
deemed  to  be attributable  interests. The  FCC has  initiated an  inquiry into
modifying several  of these  attribution  standards. It  is unlikely  that  this
inquiry  will be concluded before the end of 1996, and there can be no assurance
that these rules will be changed.
 
     To the best of the Company's knowledge, no officer, director or stockholder
of the Company holds an interest  in another radio or television station,  cable
television  system  or  daily  newspaper that  is  inconsistent  with  the FCC's
ownership rules and policies.
 
     Regulation of Broadcast Operations. Television broadcasters are subject  to
FCC  regulation  in  several  other  areas,  including  political  broadcasting,
children's programming, obscene  and indecent programming  and equal  employment
opportunities.
 
     Candidates for Federal elective office have a right to buy advertising time
on television stations. Stations may also choose, but are not required, to carry
advertising  by state or local candidates. When a station carries advertising by
one candidate (whether Federal, state, or local), the station must afford 'equal
time' for advertising by that candidate's  opponent(s). During the last 45  days
of  a primary  campaign and  the last  60 days  of a  general electlon campaign,
stations may not  charge political  candidates rates  any higher  than the  rate
being  charged to the most favored commercial advertiser during the same period.
These requirements can have the effect  of reducing the revenues that a  station
might otherwise earn during pre-election periods.
 
     Television  stations must serve the  educational and informational needs of
children  in  their   overall  programming,  and   must  air  some   programming
specifically  designed to serve those  needs. The programming obligation applies
to programs originally  produced and broadcast  for an audience  of children  16
years of age and younger. Commercial time is limited to 10.5 minutes per hour on
weekends  and 12 minutes  per hour on weekdays  for programs originally produced
and broadcast primarily for an audience of children 12 years of age and younger.
 
     Television stations may not  air obscene programming at  any time, and  may
not  air indecent programming  during the morning,  afternoon and early evening.
Material is obscene if  it appeals to viewers'  prurient interests by  depicting
sexual  conduct  in  a patently  offensive  manner and  lacks  serious literary,
artistic, political or scientific value. Material is indecent if it describes in
patently offensive terms, sexual or excretory activities or organs.
 
     Television stations  must  have  an equal  employment  opportunity  ('EEO')
policy  that prohibits  discrimination based  on race,  color, sex,  religion or
national origin, and must establish EEO programs that encourage recruitment  and
hiring  of  women and  minorities. The  FCC requires  licensees to  file regular
employment reports with the  agency, recruit minority  or female applicants  for
vacancies, maintain records documenting the recruitment of women and minorities,
work  with local organizations  to identify female  and minority job candidates,
and examine their  sources of job  referrals to determine  if those sources  are
effective  in providing  a station with  female or minority  applicants. The FCC
recently issued a notice of proposed rulemaking regarding its EEO rules, stating
that it  hoped to  make its  EEO  rules less  burdensome (especially  for  small
stations).
 
     In  all of  the foregoing areas,  as well  as in other  matters that affect
operations and  competition in  the  television broadcast  industry,  regulatory
policies are subject to change over time and cannot be fully predicted.
 
     Proposed  Legislation and  Regulation. The  Congress and  the FCC currently
have under consideration, and  may in the future  adopt, new rules,  regulations
and  policies  regarding a  wide  variety of  matters  which could,  directly or
indirectly, affect the operation and ownership  of the Stations. In addition  to
the  proposed changes set forth above, examples of such matters include policies
concerning   eliminating   certain   cross-ownership   restrictions,   political
advertising and programming
 
                                       87
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
practices,  flexible use of broadcast spectrum, spectrum use fees, the standards
to govern  evaluation of  television programming  directed toward  children  and
violent  and indecent programming. Other matters that could affect the Company's
broadcast  properties   include  technological   innovations  and   developments
generally affecting competition in the mass communications industry, such as the
initiation of DBS, the continued establishment of wireless cable systems and low
power  television stations and  the participation of  telephone companies in the
provision of video programming by wire.
 
     Implementation of  the Cable  Act of  1992. The  Cable Television  Consumer
Protection  and Competition Act of 1992 (the 'Cable Act') was enacted on October
5, 1992.  The  Cable  Act  imposes  cable  rate  regulation,  establishes  cable
ownership  limitations, regulates the relationships  between cable operators and
their program suppliers,  regulates signal carriage  and retransmission  consent
and regulates numerous other aspects of the cable television business.
 
     The  signal carriage, or 'must carry,'  provisions of the Cable Act require
cable operators  to carry  the signals  of local  commercial and  non-commercial
television  stations and certain low power  television stations. Systems with 12
or fewer usable activated channels and more than 300 subscribers must carry  the
signals  of at least three local  commercial television stations. A cable system
with more  than  12 usable  activated  channels,  regardless of  the  number  of
subscribers, must carry the signals of all local commercial television stations,
up  to one-third of  the aggregate number  of usable activated  channels of such
system. The  Cable Act  also includes  a retransmission  consent provision  that
requires  cable operators and other multi-channel video programming distributors
to obtain the consent  of broadcast stations prior  to carrying them in  certain
circumstances.  The must carry and retransmission consent provisions are related
in that a television station must elect  once every three years either to  waive
its  right to mandatory, but uncompensated, carriage  or to negotiate a grant of
retransmission consent to permit the cable system to carry the station's signal.
 
     In April 1993, a three-judge panel  of the United States District Court  of
the  District  of  Columbia  upheld  the  constitutionality  of  the legislative
must-carry provisions. In June 1994, the Supreme Court ruled that the must-carry
provisions were 'content-neutral' and, thus, not subject to strict scrutiny  and
that  Congress's stated  interests in preserving  the benefits  of free, off-air
local  broadcast   television,  promoting   the  widespread   dissemination   of
information from a multiplicity of sources and promoting fair competition in the
market   for  television  programming  all  qualify  as  important  governmental
interests. The  Court,  however,  remanded  to  the  lower  federal  court  with
instructions  to hold further proceedings with  respect to evidence that lack of
the must-carry requirements would harm free, off-air broadcasting. In 1995,  the
lower  court again upheld the constitutionality of must-carry requirements after
reviewing the required evidence. The Supreme Court recently agreed to review the
case again in the fall of 1996.
 
   
     Under rules  adopted  to  implement these  must  carry  and  retransmission
consent provisions, local broadcast stations were required to make their initial
elections  of must carry  or retransmission consent by  June 17, 1993, effective
October 6,  1993. Stations  that failed  to elect  were deemed  to have  elected
carriage  under the  must carry  provisions. Other  issues addressed  in the FCC
rules  were  market  designations,  the  scope  of  retransmission  consent  and
procedural requirements for implementing the signal carriage provisions.
    
 
   
     In  1993, the Company  elected and negotiated  retransmission consents with
all of the local cable systems which carry the signals of the Benedek  Stations.
The  Company has entered  into agreements for  each Benedek Station  with all of
these cable system operators.  All of these agreements  grant such cable  system
operators   consent   to  retransmit   the   Benedek  Station's   signal.  These
retransmission arrangements do not represent a significant source of revenue for
the Company. The terms of these retransmission agreements range from one to five
years. In  1993, each  of Stauffer  and Brissette  also elected  and  negotiated
retransmission consents with all the local cable systems carrying the signals of
their  respective Stations  and each  entered into  agreements for  its Stations
similar to the retransmission  consent agreements entered  into by the  Company.
The  Company recently  elected retransmission  consent with  those cable systems
with which the prior agreements expired. The Stations are currently  negotiating
with  these operators to  enter into longer term  agreements. The Company cannot
predict the outcome  of these  negotiations. In addition,  although the  Company
expects  to be  able to  renew its  current retransmission  agreements when such
agreements expire,  there  can  be  no assurance  that  such  renewals  will  be
obtained.
    
 
                                       88
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES
 
   
     The  Company  currently  employs  approximately  1,277  full-time  and  252
part-time  employees,  of  which  14   are  part  of  the  Company's   corporate
headquarters  staff and the balance are  employed at the Stations. Approximately
272 of the Company's employees located at WMTV(TV), WILX-TV, WHOI(TV),  WTRF-TV,
KDLH-TV  and WYTV  are represented by  labor unions  under collective bargaining
agreements. The WYTV collective bargaining agreement expired in July 1996 and is
currently being  renegotiated.  The  KDLH-TV, WMTV(TV),  WILX-TV,  WHOI(TV)  and
WTRF-TV  collective  bargaining agreements  expire  at various  times  from 1996
through 1999. There are  no unionized employees at  the remaining Stations.  The
Company  believes that  its relationship  with all  of its  employees, including
those represented by labor unions, is satisfactory.
    
 
                                       89
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
PROPERTIES
 
     The Company's principal executive offices are located in leased premises in
Rockford, Illinois.
 
     The types of properties  required to support each  of the Stations  include
offices,  studios and tower and transmitter sites. A station's studio and office
are generally located in  business districts while  tower and transmitter  sites
are  generally located so as to provide  maximum signal coverage to each market.
The  following  table  contains  certain  information  describing  the   general
character of the properties of the Company:
 
  BENEDEK STATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   MARKET AREA, STATION AND USE    OWNED OR LEASED   APPROXIMATE SIZE(a)     HEIGHT/POWER     EXPIRATION OF LEASE
- ---------------------------------- ---------------   -------------------   -----------------  -------------------
 
<S>                                <C>               <C>                   <C>                <C>
Youngstown, Ohio
  WYTV
Office and Studio.................      Owned             18,964 sq. ft.          --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned                (b)              642 ft./550 kw        --
Duluth, Minnesota and Superior,
  Wisconsin
  KDLH-TV
Office and Studio.................      Owned             25,000 sq. ft.(c)        --               --
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned              1,040 sq. ft.      811 ft./100 kw        --
Rockford, Illinois
  WIFR-TV
Office and Studio.................      Owned             13,500 sq. ft.          --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned                (b)              674 ft./562 kw        --
Quincy, Illinois and
  Hannibal, Missouri
  KHQA-TV
Office and Studio.................     Leased             13,120 sq. ft.          --                  (d)
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned              1,200 sq. ft.      804 ft./269 kw        --
Dothan, Alabama and
  Panama City, Florida
  WTVY-TV
Office and Studio.................     Leased             20,440 sq. ft.          --                12/31/02
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned              2,500 sq. ft.    1,880 ft./100 kw        --
Bowling Green, Kentucky
  WBKO-TV
Office and Studio.................      Owned             17,598 sq. ft.          --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned              1,175 sq. ft.      603 ft./316 kw        --
Meridian, Mississippi
  WTOK-TV
Office and Studio.................      Owned             13,188 sq. ft.          --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned              1,504 sq. ft.      316 ft./316 kw        --
Parkersburg, West Virginia
  WTAP-TV
Office and Studio.................     Leased             17,500 sq. ft.          --                04/30/05(e)
Tower/Transmitter Site............      Owned              3,600 sq. ft.      439 ft./208 kw        --
Harrisonburg, Virginia
  WHSV-TV
Office and Studio.................      Owned              6,720 sq. ft.          --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site............     Leased              2,016 sq. ft.     337 ft./8.32 kw        12/31/01(f)
</TABLE>
 
                                       90
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
  STAUFFER STATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 MARKET AREA, STATION AND USE   OWNED OR LEASED   APPROXIMATE SIZE(a)      HEIGHT/POWER      EXPIRATION OF LEASE
- ------------------------------  ---------------   -------------------   -------------------  -------------------
 
<S>                             <C>               <C>                   <C>                  <C>
Santa Barbara, Santa Maria and
  San Luis Obispo, California
  KCOY-TV
Office and Studio.............       Owned             18,000 sq. ft.           --                  --
Tower/Transmitter Site........      Leased              1,200 sq. ft.        140 ft./115 kw          (g)
Topeka, Kansas
  WIBW-TV
Office and Studio.............      Leased          18,774 sq. ft.(h)           --                   08/31/98
Tower/Transmitter Site........      Leased              2,338 sq. ft.      1,249 ft./316 kw          02/14/62
Columbia and Jefferson City,
  Missouri
  KMIZ(TV)
Office and Studio.............       Owned              5,993 sq. ft.           --                  --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned                875 sq. ft.    1,030 ft./1,580 kw         --
Casper and Riverton,
  Wyoming
  KGWC-TV
Office and Studio.............      Leased              6,827 sq. ft.           --                    8/31/97
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned              1,692 sq. ft.         235 ft./60 kw         --
Lander, Wyoming
  KGWL-TV (satellite)
Tower/Transmitter Site........      Leased                768 sq. ft.         155 ft./30 kw          12/31/07
Rock Springs, Wyoming
  KGWR-TV (satellite)
Tower/Transmitter Site........      Leased                400 sq. ft.         100 ft./12 kw          05/22/99
Cheyenne, Wyoming
  KGWN-TV
Office and Studio.............       Owned              7,500 sq. ft.           --                  --
Tower/Transmitter Site........        (i)               2,646 sq. ft.        620 ft./100 kw         --
Scottsbluff, Nebraska
  KSTF-TV (satellite)
Office and Studio.............       Owned              2,400 sq. ft.           --                  --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned              2,457 sq. ft.        674 ft./240 kw         --
Sterling, Colorado
  KTVS-TV (satellite)
Office and Studio.............       Owned              3,750 sq. ft.           --                  --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned              2,640 sq. ft.       730 ft./60.6 kw         --
</TABLE>
 
                                       91
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
  BRISSETTE STATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 MARKET AREA, STATION AND USE   OWNED OR LEASED   APPROXIMATE SIZE(a)      HEIGHT/POWER     EXPIRATION OF LEASE
- ------------------------------  ---------------   -------------------   ------------------  -------------------
<S>                             <C>               <C>                   <C>                 <C>
Madison, Wisconsin
  WMTV(TV)
Office and Studio.............       Owned             16,485 sq. ft.           --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned                (b)             1,040 ft./955 kw        --
Springfield and Holyoke,
  Massachusetts
  WWLP(TV)
Office and Studio.............       Owned             20,000 sq. ft.           --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned                (b)               500 ft./342 kw        --
Lansing, Michigan
  WILX-TV
Office and Studio.............       Owned             13,700 sq. ft.           --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned              5,000 sq. ft.       994 ft./309 kw        --
Peoria and Bloomington,
  Illinois
  WHOI(TV)
Office and Studio.............       Owned             16,900 sq. ft.           --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned                (b)             640 ft./2,240 kw        --
Wausau and Rhinelander,
  Wisconsin
  WSAW-TV
Office and Studio.............       Owned             24,400 sq. ft.           --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site........     Leased(j)              432 sq. ft.       650 ft./316 kw        08/01/02
Wheeling, West Virginia and
  Steubenville, Ohio
  WTRF-TV
Office and Studio.............       Owned             43,872 sq. ft.(k)         --               --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned              2,000 sq. ft.      741 ft. /316 kw        --
Wichita Falls, Texas and
  Lawton, Oklahoma
  KAUZ-TV
Office and Studio.............       Owned             13,078 sq. ft.           --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site........       Owned                (b)             1,028 ft./100 kw        --
Odessa and Midland, Texas
  KOSA-TV
Office and Studio.............       Owned             14,222 sq. ft.           --                --
Tower/Transmitter Site........      Leased                930 sq. ft.       726 ft./316 kw        10/31/98
</TABLE>
 
  --------------
 
(a)Approximate  size is for building space only and does not include the land on
   which the facilities are located.
 
(b)Tower/Transmitter Site is  located at  and included  within the  size of  the
   office and studio premises.
 
(c)The  Company owns  a building  of approximately 55,000  sq. ft.  in which the
   offices and studio of KDLH-TV are  located and of which approximately  30,000
   sq. ft. are leased to third parties.
 
(d)The Company has an option to purchase the premises on each of May 1, 2000 and
   2005 for $650,000 and $750,000, respectively.
 
(e)Occupied on a month-to-month basis.
 
(f)Occupied  pursuant  to a  Special  Use Permit  granted  by the  United States
   Department of Agriculture Forest Service.
 
(g)Occupied on a month-to-month basis pursuant to approval of the United  States
   Department  of  Agriculture  Forest  Service.  This  property  was previously
   occupied pursuant  to  a Special  Use  Permit. Currently  the  United  States
   Department  of Agriculture Forest  Service is revising  certain provisions of
   its form of Special  Use Permit which would  otherwise have been reissued  to
   Stauffer  in the ordinary course of business. The Company has applied for and
   anticipates that it will be issued a Special Use Permit with respect to  this
   property  upon completion of the aforementioned revisions. However, there can
   be no assurance that such a Special Use Permit will be issued in the future.
 
(h)The Company leases a  building of approximately 23,837  sq. ft. in which  the
   offices  and studio of  WIBW-TV are located and  of which approximately 5,063
   sq.  ft.  are  subleased  to  the  Stauffer  Topeka  Radio  Trust,  which  is
   beneficially owned by Stauffer and operates radio stations WIBW AM and FM.
 
(i)This  property is  utilized subject  to an easement  granted by  the State of
   Wyoming.
 
(j)Leased together with TAK Communications from the Wisconsin Educational Board.
 
(k)The Company owns  a building  of approximately 46,872  sq. ft.  in which  the
   offices  and studio of  WTRF-TV are located and  of which approximately 3,000
   sq. ft. are leased to a third party.
 
                                       92
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
     The Company  currently and  from time  to time  is involved  in  litigation
incidental  to  the  conduct of  its  business.  The Company  (including  in its
capacity as successor to Brissette) is not  currently a party to any lawsuit  or
proceeding  which, in the opinion  of the Company, is  likely to have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
 
                                       93

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
     The  following table  sets forth certain  information with  respect to each
director and executive officer of the Company:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                     AGE                              POSITION
- ------------------------------------   -------   -----------------------------------------------------------
 
<S>                                    <C>       <C>
A. Richard Benedek..................       57    Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
K. James Yager......................       61    President and Director
Douglas E. Gealy....................       36    Executive Vice President of Benedek Broadcasting
Ronald L. Lindwall..................       51    Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer,
                                                   Treasurer, Secretary and Director
Terrance F. Hurley..................       40    Senior Vice President of Benedek Broadcasting
Keith L. Bland......................       41    Senior Vice President-Planning and Technology of Benedek
                                                   Broadcasting
Mary L. Flodin......................       41    Vice President and Controller
Jay Kriegel.........................       55    Director
Paul S. Goodman.....................       42    Director
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Mr. A.  Richard Benedek  has been  engaged in  the television  broadcasting
industry  for over  15 years.  Mr. Benedek is  the Chairman  and Chief Executive
officer of the Company. Mr. Benedek  has served as Chairman and Chief  Executive
Officer  of Benedek Broadcasting  since its formation in  January 1979. From the
formation of Benedek Broadcasting until March  1995, Mr. Benedek also served  as
President  of Benedek Broadcasting. Additionally, Mr. Benedek has also served as
President and Chief Executive  Officer of Blue Grass  and Youngstown from  their
formation  in January 1980, and September  1982, respectively, until the Merger.
Prior to his activities in the television broadcasting industry, Mr. Benedek was
a partner in the investment banking firm of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
    
 
     Mr. K. James Yager has been engaged in the television broadcasting industry
for over 35  years. Mr. Yager  is the President  of the Company.  Mr. Yager  has
served as President of Benedek Broadcasting since March 1995. From 1987 until he
became  President,  Mr.  Yager served  as  Executive Vice  President  of Benedek
Broadcasting. Mr. Yager has also served as Vice President of each of Blue  Grass
and Youngstown from 1990 and 1993, respectively, until the Merger. Mr. Yager was
employed  by  Cosmos Broadcasting  from 1960  until  1980, including  as general
manager of its television stations in Columbia, South Carolina and New  Orleans,
Louisiana.  From 1980  until 1986,  Mr. Yager  was Executive  Vice President and
Chief  Operating  Officer  of  Spartan  Radiocasting,  which  then  owned  three
television stations and four radio stations.
 
     Mr.  Douglas E. Gealy was recently  hired in anticipation of the completion
of  the  Acquisitions  to   serve  as  Executive   Vice  President  of   Benedek
Broadcasting.  Mr. Gealy was  employed as Vice President  and General Manager of
WCMH-TV, the NBC  affiliate serving  Columbus, Ohio  which was  owned by  Outlet
Communications  until  February  1996.  WCMH-TV  was  acquired  by  the National
Broadcasting Company in February  1996 at which time  Mr. Gealy was promoted  to
President  of WCMH-TV. Prior  thereto, Mr. Gealy was  General Manager of WHOI-TV
(now a Brissette Station) from 1989 until 1991.
 
     Mr.  Ronald  L.  Lindwall  is  the  Senior  Vice  President-Finance,  Chief
Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company. Mr. Lindwall has also
held  the same  positions at  Benedek Broadcasting  since March  1995. From 1990
until March 1995, Mr. Lindwall served as Senior Vice President, Chief  Financial
Officer  and Treasurer of Benedek Broadcasting.  Mr. Lindwall has also served as
Senior Vice President,  Chief Financial Officer  and Treasurer of  each of  Blue
Grass  and Youngstown until  the Merger. From  1982 to 1990,  Mr. Lindwall was a
partner at the accounting firm of McGladrey & Pullen.
 
     Mr. Terrance F. Hurley  was recently promoted to  Senior Vice President  of
Benedek Broadcasting in anticipation of the completion of the Acquisitions. From
December  1995 until his promotion, Mr.  Hurley served as Vice President/General
Manager of KDLH-TV serving Duluth, Minnesota and Superior, Wisconsin. Mr. Hurley
also served as General Manager of KDLH-TV from October 1994 until December  1995
and  General Sales  Manager of  KHQA-TV serving  Quincy, Illinois  and Hannibal,
 
                                       94
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Missouri from May 1993 until December 1995. From 1991 until May 1993, Mr. Hurley
was employed by  Dix Communications  as the  General Sales  Manager of  KAAL-TV,
serving Austin, Minnesota.
 
     Mr. Keith L. Bland has been engaged in the television broadcasting industry
for  over  22  years.  Mr.  Bland  has  served  as  Vice  President-Planning and
Technology of Benedek  Broadcasting since  January 1996. From  March 1995  until
January  1996, Mr. Bland served as Vice President and General Manager of WTAP-TV
serving Parkersburg, West Virginia. Mr. Bland also served as General Manager  of
WTAP-TV  from January  1990 until March  1995, General Sales  Manager of WIFR-TV
serving  Rockford,  Illinois  from  September   1989  until  January  1990   and
Local/Regional Sales Manager of WIFR-TV from July 1987 until September 1989.
 
     Ms. Mary L. Flodin is the Vice President and Controller of the Company. Ms.
Flodin has also held the same positions at Benedek Broadcasting since 1990. From
1988  to  1990, Ms.  Flodin served  as Controller  of Benedek  Broadcasting. Ms.
Flodin has also served as  Vice President and Controller  of each of Blue  Grass
and  Youngstown from 1990 until the Merger. From 1983 to 1988, Ms. Flodin served
in various financial capacities as Vice President of AMCORE Financial, Inc.
 
     Mr. Jay L. Kriegel has been engaged in the communications industry for over
20 years. Since March 1994,  Mr. Kriegel has been  a counsellor with the  public
relations  firm of Abernathy  MacGregor Scanlon. From 1988  to 1994, Mr. Kriegel
was Senior Vice President of  CBS Inc. Mr. Kriegel has  served as a director  of
Benedek  Broadcasting since May 1994 and as  a Director of the Company since its
inception.
 
     Mr. Paul S. Goodman has been  corporate counsel to the Company since  1983.
Since  April 1993,  Mr. Goodman has  been a  member of the  law firm  of Shack &
Siegel, P.C. From January 1990  to April 1993, Mr. Goodman  was a member of  the
law  firm of Whitman &  Ransom. Mr. Goodman has served  as a director of Benedek
Broadcasting since November  1994 and  as a Director  of the  Company since  its
inception.
 
     All  directors  hold office  until their  successors  are duly  elected and
qualify. Executive  officers  of the  Company  are  appointed by  the  Board  of
Directors and serve at the Board's discretion. Directors of the Company received
no  cash compensation for such services to the Company during 1994. In 1995, the
Company paid each  director who is  not an  employee of the  Company $2,500  per
quarter  and $500 per  Board meeting for  his services as  a director. No family
relationship exists between any  of the executive officers  or directors of  the
Company.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
     The   following  table  sets  forth   certain  information  concerning  the
compensation paid to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and to each executive
officer whose aggregate compensation exceeded  $100,000 during the fiscal  years
ended  December 31,  1995 and December  31, 1994.  The amounts set  forth in the
following table for 1994 include amounts  paid to the listed executive  officers
by  Benedek Group, Inc., which was owned  by Messrs. Benedek, Yager and Lindwall
and which provided management and accounting services to the Company during part
of 1994.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION                ALL
                                                                 ----------------------             OTHER
             NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                YEAR     SALARY($)     BONUS($)       COMPENSATION($)(a)
- -----------------------------------------------------   ----     ---------     --------       ------------------
<S>                                                     <C>      <C>           <C>            <C>
A. Richard Benedek, Chairman and                        1995       475,000       --                --
  Chief Executive Officer                               1994       450,000       --                --
 
K. James Yager, President                               1995       344,950       --                  2,300
                                                        1994       307,550       --                  2,700
 
Ronald L. Lindwall, Senior Vice President-Finance,      1995       107,652      55,000               2,310
  Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer      1994       109,808      10,000               1,859
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 (a) Represents the amount of the Company's contribution under its 401(k) plan.
 
                                       95
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The following table sets forth the value, at December 31, 1995, of  options
to  purchase common stock of Benedek Broadcasting held by the executive officers
named in the Summary Compensation Table above.
 
                         FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES                              VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                  UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED OPTIONS                        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                         AT FISCAL YEAR-END                                FISCAL YEAR-END
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------    ------------------------------
              NAME                          EXERCISABLE                     UNEXERCISABLE            EXERCISABLE      UNEXERCISABLE
- --------------------------------   -----------------------------    -----------------------------    -----------      -------------
 
<S>                                <C>                              <C>                              <C>              <C>
A. Richard Benedek..............          --                               --                            --                --
K. James Yager..................                7.78                       --                        $ 3,982,000(a)        --
Ronald L. Lindwall..............          --                               --                            --                --
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
 (a) The value of the options at December  31, 1995 is based upon a multiple  of
     operating  cash  flow. The  Company believes  this  method of  valuation is
     reasonable because there is no public market for the shares underlying  the
     options  and operating  cash flow best  represents the  underlying value of
     Benedek Broadcasting.  The  multiple chosen  by  the Company  is  based  on
     existing  broadcast  market  conditions.  All of  Mr.  Yager's  options are
     immediately exercisable.  The foregoing  options,  in the  aggregate,  will
     entitle  Mr. Yager  to acquire  shares representing  5% of  the outstanding
     common stock of the  Company, after giving effect  to the issuance  thereof
     but  prior  to any  dilution  resulting from  the  exercise of  any  of the
     Warrants.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
     Mr. Benedek is employed by  Benedek Broadcasting pursuant to an  employment
agreement  that expires  May 31,  2000. During  the term  of the  agreement, Mr.
Benedek is  to be  paid at  a rate  per annum  of not  less than  $525,000.  The
employment  agreement requires  Mr. Benedek to  devote substantially  all of his
business time to the business of Benedek Broadcasting and precludes Mr.  Benedek
from   engaging  in  activities   competitive  with  the   business  of  Benedek
Broadcasting throughout the term of the employment agreement.
 
     Mr. Yager is  employed by  Benedek Broadcasting pursuant  to an  employment
agreement that expires May 31, 2000. During the term of the agreement, Mr. Yager
is  to be paid  at a rate  per annum of  not less than  $400,000. The employment
agreement requires Mr. Yager to devote his full time to the business of  Benedek
Broadcasting  and precludes  Mr. Yager  from engaging  in activities competitive
with the business of Benedek Broadcasting throughout the term of the  employment
agreement.
 
     Mr.  Gealy is  employed by Benedek  Broadcasting pursuant  to an employment
agreement that expires April 30, 1999. Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr.
Gealy is to  be paid a  base salary at  the rate of  $235,000 per annum  through
April  30, 1997, $260,000 per annum from May 1, 1997 through April 30, 1998, and
$285,000 per  annum from  May 1,  1998 through  April 30,  1999. The  employment
agreement  requires Mr. Gealy to devote his full time to the business of Benedek
Broadcasting and precludes  Mr. Gealy  from engaging  in activities  competitive
with  the business of Benedek Broadcasting throughout the term of the employment
agreement and for  a period of  one year thereafter  with respect to  designated
market areas then served by a television station owned by Benedek Broadcasting.
 
     Mr.  Lindwall is employed by Benedek Broadcasting pursuant to an employment
agreement that  expires May  31, 1999.  During the  term of  the agreement,  Mr.
Lindwall  is to  be paid  at a  rate per  annum of  not less  than $150,000. The
employment agreement  requires Mr.  Lindwall  to devote  his  full time  to  the
business of Benedek Broadcasting.
 
     Mr.  Hurley is employed  by Benedek Broadcasting  pursuant to an employment
agreement that  expires May  31, 1999.  During the  term of  the agreement,  Mr.
Hurley  is  to be  paid at  a  rate per  annum of  not  less than  $150,000. The
employment agreement requires Mr. Hurley to devote his full time to the business
of Benedek Broadcasting  and precludes  Mr. Hurley from  engaging in  activities
competitive with the business of Benedek Broadcasting throughout the term of the
employment  agreement and for  a period of  one year thereafter  with respect to
designated market areas  then served by  a television station  owned by  Benedek
Broadcasting.
 
                                       96
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Messrs.  Benedek, Yager and Lindwall, all of whom are executive officers of
the Company, serve as directors of the Company. Presently, the Company does  not
have   a  compensation   committee.  Compensation  for   executive  officers  is
recommended to the Board of Directors by the Chief Executive Officer. In  making
his  compensation recommendations, the Chief Executive Officer considers several
criteria, including the Company's performance and growth, industry standards for
similarly situated companies and experience and qualitative performance of  such
executive officers.
 
   
     Commencing  in  November 1993,  the  Company retained  Benedek  Group, Inc.
('BGI') to  manage  the Benedek  Stations  and provide  accounting  and  general
corporate  services. BGI is wholly owned  by Messrs. Benedek, Yager and Lindwall
and was paid approximately $208,000 in 1993 (for two months) and $1.3 million in
1994 for such services. The Company believes that the terms of its  arrangements
with  BGI  were  as fair  and  reasonable as  if  the arrangements  were  with a
non-affiliate. The management  arrangements with BGI  were terminated  effective
December  31, 1994 and Messrs.  Benedek, Yager and Lindwall  are employed by the
Company.
    
 
   
     In December  1994,  Benedek  Acquisition  Corporation  ('BAC'),  a  company
wholly-owned  by Mr.  Benedek, entered into  an agreement to  acquire the Dothan
Station. In conjunction with the  agreement, Benedek Broadcasting advanced  $2.0
million, without interest, to BAC which was used as a deposit on the purchase of
the  Dothan Station. In February 1995,  BAC assigned to Benedek Broadcasting its
rights under  the  agreement to  acquire  the  Dothan Station  in  exchange  for
cancellation of all obligations with respect to the aforementioned advance.
    
 
   
     In  November 1995, BAC entered into  the Stauffer Agreement. In conjunction
with the Stauffer  Agreement, Benedek Broadcasting  advanced $3.0 million,  with
interest at the prime rate in effect from time to time, to BAC which was used as
a  deposit  on the  purchase of  the  Stauffer Stations.  In December  1995, BAC
assigned to  Benedek Broadcasting  its rights  under the  Stauffer Agreement  in
exchange  for cancellation of all obligations with respect to the aforementioned
advance.
    
 
   
     In March 1995,  in connection with  the formation of  the LLC, Mr.  Benedek
acquired  a 1%  membership interest  in the LLC  in exchange  for a non-interest
bearing promissory note in the principal amount of $581,200. Mr. Benedek entered
into this transaction as an accommodation to Benedek Broadcasting in conjunction
with  its  issuance  of  the  Senior  Secured  Notes.  In  connection  with  the
Transactions,  the LLC was merged into BLC, and Mr. Benedek was issued one share
of BLC common stock in exchange for his 1% interest in the LLC, which share  was
redeemed in exchange for cancellation of the promissory note.
    
 
                                STOCK OWNERSHIP
 
     Mr.  Benedek owns 7,030,000 shares of Class  B common stock of the Company,
representing all of its outstanding common stock.
 
   
     Mr. Yager holds options to purchase  370,000 shares of common stock of  the
Company  for an aggregate  purchase price of approximately  $1.2 million. All of
Mr. Yager's options are immediately exercisable.
    
 
     The Initial Warrants are exercisable  for approximately 7.5% of the  common
stock  of the  Company, on a  fully-diluted basis, but  excluding the Contingent
Warrants. The Contingent  Warrants are  exercisable for  approximately 10.0%  of
such common stock on a fully-diluted basis, including the Initial Warrants.
 
   
     The  Contingent Warrants  will initially  be held  in escrow  pursuant to a
warrant escrow agreement and  will be released from  escrow, subject to  certain
conditions  described  below,  on  the  Contingent  Warrant  Release  Date.  The
'Contingent Warrant Release Date'  shall mean July  1, 2000; provided,  however,
that  if on June 30, 1999,  the ratio (which shall be  calculated on a pro forma
basis in the same manner as is  'Cash Flow Leverage Ratio' in the  Certification
of  Designation with respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock) of (i) the sum
of the aggregate amount outstanding  of all Debt (as  defined) (net of cash  and
cash  equivalents) of the  Company and the  Restricted Subsidiaries (as defined)
and the aggregate liquidation preference of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, in
each case
    
 
                                       97
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
as of June 30, 1999 to (ii)  Operating Cash Flow (as defined in the  Certificate
of  Designation) for the four  fiscal quarters ending on  June 30, 1999, exceeds
8.0 to 1.0, then the Contingent Warrant Release Date will be August 16, 1999. If
on the  Contingent  Warrant Release  Date  no Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  or
Exchange  Debentures  are  outstanding,  the  Contingent  Warrants  will  not be
delivered to holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock or Exchange  Debentures
but  will be returned  to the Company for  cancellation. The Contingent Warrants
were issued on June 5, 1996 but are not deemed to be outstanding until delivered
following the  Contingent Warrant  Release  Date to  holders  of record  of  the
Exchangeable  Preferred Stock or  Exchange Debentures on  the Contingent Warrant
Release Date. Unless earlier exercised, the Warrants will expire on July 1, 2007
(the 'Expiration Date').  The Company will  give notice of  expiration not  less
than  90 nor more than  120 days prior to the  Expiration Date to the registered
holders of the then outstanding Warrants. Even if the Company does not give such
notice, the Warrants  will still  terminate and  become void  on the  Expiration
Date.
    
 
                       DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
 
CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
     The Credit Agreement was entered into concurrently with the consummation of
the  sale of the Existing  Notes, the Acquisitions and  the other aspects of the
Financing Plan. The material terms of the Credit Agreement are described below.
 
     The Term Loan  Facilities consist of  (i) an AXELsSM  Series A Facility  of
$70.0  million and (ii) an AXELsSM Series  B Facility of $58.0 million. The Term
Loan Facilities provide for quarterly amortization until final maturity  (except
in the first year during which amortization will be on a semi-annual basis). The
AXELsSM  Series  A Facility  will mature  five  years and  the AXELsSM  Series B
Facility  will  mature  six  and  one-half  years  after  the  closing.  Benedek
Broadcasting  is required  to make scheduled  amortization payments  on the Term
Loan Facilities,  on  an aggregate  basis  for AXELsSM  Series  A and  Series  B
Facilities,  as follows:  first year  after closing,  $6.0 million;  second year
after closing, $11.0 million;  third year after  closing, $14.5 million;  fourth
year  after closing,  $16.0 million;  fifth year  after closing,  $27.5 million;
sixth year after closing, $15.0 million; and the first half of the seventh  year
after closing, $38.0 million.
 
     In  addition, Benedek Broadcasting  is required to  make prepayments on the
Term Loan Facilities under certain  circumstances, including upon certain  asset
sales  and  issuance of  debt or  equity  securities by  the Company  or Benedek
Broadcasting. Benedek Broadcasting is also  required to make prepayments on  the
Term  Loan Facilities in an amount equal to 50% of Benedek Broadcasting's Excess
Cash Flow (as defined). These mandatory  prepayments will be applied to  prepay,
on  a pro rata basis, the AXELsSM Series  A and Series B Facilities. The AXELsSM
Series A  Facility  bear  interest,  at  Benedek  Broadcasting's  option,  at  a
customary  base rate plus a spread of 2.0% or at a Eurodollar rate plus a spread
of 3.0%. The AXELsSM Series B Facility bear interest, at Benedek  Broadcasting's
option,  at a customary base rate plus a  spread of 2.5% or at a Eurodollar rate
plus a  spread of  3.5%.  The margins  above the  customary  base rate  and  the
Eurodollar  rate at which the Term Loan Facilities and Revolving Credit Facility
bear interest will be  subject to reductions at  such times as certain  leverage
ratio performance tests are met.
 
     Benedek  Broadcasting  has the  ability, subject  to  a borrowing  base and
compliance with certain covenants and conditions, to borrow up to an  additional
$15.0  million for general  corporate purposes pursuant  to the Revolving Credit
Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility  has a term of  five years and is  fully
revolving until final maturity. The Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest
when drawn upon, at Benedek Broadcasting's option, at a customary base rate plus
a spread of 2.0% or at a Eurodollar rate plus a spread of 3.0%.
 
     The  Term Loan Facilities and the  Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed
by the  Company  and  are  secured  by certain  of  the  Company's  and  Benedek
Broadcasting's  present and future property and assets. The Term Loan Facilities
are also guaranteed by BLC and are secured by all of the stock of BLC.
 
     The Term Loan Facilities and the Revolving Credit Facility contain  certain
financial   covenants  applicable  to  the  Company  and  Benedek  Broadcasting,
including, but not limited to, covenants related
 
                                       98
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
to cash interest coverage, fixed charge coverage, Bank Debt/EBITDA ratio,  total
debt/EBITDA  ratio and minimum EBITDA. In addition, the Term Loan Facilities and
the Revolving  Credit  Facility  will contain  other  affirmative  and  negative
covenants  relating  to  (among other  things)  liens, payments  on  other debt,
restricted junior payments (excluding distributions from Benedek Broadcasting to
the Company) transactions  with affiliates, mergers  and acquisitions, sales  of
assets,  leases, guarantees  and investments. The  Term Loan  Facilities and the
Revolving  Credit   Facility   contain   customary   events   of   default   for
highly-leveraged  financings, including certain changes  in ownership or control
of the Company.
 
     Although the  Credit  Agreement  does  not limit  the  ability  of  Benedek
Broadcasting  to pay dividends or make other payments to the Company, the Senior
Secured Note  Indenture does  contain such  limitations. However,  after  giving
effect  to the Transactions  (assuming the contribution to  the common equity of
Benedek Broadcasting of net cash  proceeds of approximately $188.5 million  from
the  sale  of the  Notes, the  Units  and the  Seller Junior  Discount Preferred
Stock), as of  December 31,  1995, Benedek Broadcasting  could have  distributed
approximately $188.5 million to the Company under such limitations.
 
SENIOR SECURED NOTES
 
     Benedek  Broadcasting  currently has  outstanding $135.0  million aggregate
principal amount of its 11 7/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2005, which were issued
in an exchange offer in December 1995.  The Senior Secured Notes were issued  in
exchange  for  all of  Benedek Broadcasting's  then  outstanding 11  7/8% senior
secured notes (the 'Original Notes'). The Original Notes and the Senior  Secured
Notes  exchanged therefor were both issued pursuant to an indenture (the 'Senior
Secured Note Indenture') dated as of March 1, 1995, among Benedek  Broadcasting,
the  LLC and  The Bank  of New York,  as trustee.  The Senior  Secured Notes are
senior secured obligations of Benedek Broadcasting  and will rank pari passu  in
right  of payment  with the Term  Loan Facilities and  Revolving Credit Facility
under the Credit Agreement. The Senior Secured Notes are currently guaranteed by
the LLC and, upon  consummation of the Transactions,  will be guaranteed by  BLC
and  the Company.  The Senior Secured  Notes will  mature on March  1, 2005. The
Senior Secured Notes are redeemable  at Benedek Broadcasting's option, in  whole
or  in part, at any time after March 1, 2000, at the following redemption prices
(expressed as  percentages of  the  principal amount):  if redeemed  during  the
12-month  period commencing March  1 of (a) 2000,  105.938%; (b) 2001, 102.969%;
(c) 2002, 101.484%; and (d) 2003 and thereafter, 100.0%.
 
     So  long  as   the  Senior  Secured   Notes  remain  outstanding,   Benedek
Broadcasting  will  remain subject  to the  Senior  Secured Note  Indenture. The
Senior Secured Note Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit
(i) the issuance of  additional indebtedness by  Benedek Broadcasting, (ii)  the
creation  of liens on  the assets of Benedek  Broadcasting and its subsidiaries,
(iii) Benedek Broadcasting from entering  into sale and leaseback  transactions,
(iv)  the  issuance  of  debt  and  preferred  stock  by  Benedek Broadcasting's
subsidiaries, (v) the payment of dividends on, and redemption of, capital  stock
of  Benedek  Broadcasting and  its subsidiaries  and  the redemption  of certain
subordinated obligations of  Benedek Broadcasting, (vi)  investments in  certain
affiliates, (vii) sales of assets and subsidiary stock, (viii) transactions with
affiliates   and  (ix)   consolidations,  mergers   and  transfers   of  all  or
substantially all  of Benedek  Broadcasting's assets.  The Senior  Secured  Note
Indenture   also   prohibits   certain   restrictions   on   distributions  from
subsidiaries. The Senior Secured Note Indenture also contains certain  customary
events  of default, which include the failure to pay interest and principal, the
failure to comply  with certain  covenants in the  Senior Secured  Notes or  the
Senior  Secured  Note  Indenture,  a  default  under  certain  indebtedness, the
imposition of certain  final judgements  or warrants of  attachment and  certain
events occurring under bankruptcy laws.
 
     In  connection with  the Transactions,  all of  the obligations  of Benedek
Broadcasting under  the  Senior  Secured  Notes  and  the  Senior  Secured  Note
Indenture were unconditionally guaranteed by the Company.
 
EXCHANGE DEBENTURES
 
     The  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock is  exchangeable, at  the option  of the
Company,  for  the  Company's  Subordinated   Notes  due  2007  (the   'Exchange
Debentures'). The Exchange Debentures, if
 
                                       99
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
issued,  will be  issued under  an indenture  (the 'Exchange  Indenture'), to be
entered into  between the  Company and  IBJ Schroder  Bank &  Trust Company,  as
trustee.  The Exchange Debentures will be  general, unsecured obligations of the
Company, ranking subordinate in right of  payment to all senior indebtedness  of
the  Company,  including  the  Notes and  the  Company's  guarantees  of Benedek
Broadcasting's obligations under the  Credit Agreement and  with respect to  the
Senior  Secured Notes.  Interest on the  Exchange Debentures will  accrue at the
same rate per annum  as the dividend rate  on the Exchangeable Preferred  Stock.
Interest  will accrue from  the date the  Exchange Debentures are  issued and be
payable semi-annually in cash (or, at the option of the Company, on or prior  to
July  1, 2001, in additional Exchange Debentures)  in arrears on each July 1 and
January 1,  commencing  with the  first  such date  after  the issuance  of  the
Exchange  Debentures.  The  Exchange  Debentures  will  be  redeemable,  at  the
Company's option, in  whole at any  time or in  part from time  to time, at  the
redemption prices (expressed in percentages of the principal amount thereof) set
forth  below,  plus  without duplication,  accrued  and unpaid  interest  on the
Exchange Debentures to the date of redemption: if redeemed prior to July 1, 1996
at 115.000%, and if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing July 1 of (a)
1996 through 1999, 115.000%; (b) 2000,  112.000%; (c) 2001, 109.000%; (d)  2002,
106.000%;  (e)  2003,  103.000%;  and (f)  2004  and  thereafter,  100.000%. The
Exchange Indenture will  also provide that  upon the occurrence  of a change  of
control  (to be defined in  the Exchange Indenture) of  the Company, each holder
will have the right to require that  the Company repurchase all or a portion  of
such  holder's Exchange  Debentures at  a purchase  price equal  to 101%  of the
principal amount  thereof  plus  accrued  interest,  if  any,  to  the  date  of
repurchase.  The payment of  all obligations on the  Exchange Debentures will be
subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of  all
obligations  senior to the Exchange Debentures,  including the Notes, the Credit
Agreement and  the Senior  Secured Notes.  The Exchange  Indenture will  contain
certain covenants that, among other things, limit (i) the issuance of additional
indebtedness  by the Company and its  subsidiaries, (ii) the creation of certain
liens on the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, (iii) the Company  from
entering  into  certain sale  and leaseback  transactions,  (iv) the  payment of
dividends on, and redemption  of, certain capital stock  of the Company and  its
subsidiaries  and  the redemption  of  certain subordinated  obligations  of the
Company, (v)  investments  in  certain  affiliates, (vi)  sales  of  assets  and
subsidiary  stock, (vii) transactions with affiliates and (viii) consolidations,
mergers and transfers of all or  all of the Company's assets. Additionally,  the
events  of default in  the Exchange Indenture  will be similar  to the events of
default contained in the Indenture.
 
                                      100

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
   
     The Exchange Securities will be issued under the Indenture, dated as of May
15,  1996 between the  Company and United  States Trust Company  of New York, as
trustee (the 'Trustee').  The Existing Notes  were also issued  pursuant to  the
Indenture.  The  Indenture provides  that the  Existing  Notes and  the Exchange
Securities are pari passu in all respects.The following summary, which describes
certain provisions  of the  Indenture and  the  Notes, does  not purport  to  be
complete  and is subject to, and is qualified by reference to, the Indenture and
the Notes,  including the  definitions  therein of  terms  not defined  in  this
Prospectus.  A copy of the Indenture is  filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
GENERAL
 
     The Notes are  unsecured senior  subordinated obligations  of the  Company,
limited  to  $170.0 million  aggregate principal  amount  at maturity,  and will
mature on May 15,  2006. Prior to  May 15, 2001, except  as described below,  no
interest  will accrue on the Notes. From and after May 15, 2001, interest on the
Notes will accrue at the rate shown on the front cover of this Offering Circular
and will be payable  semi-annually in arrears  on each May  15 and November  15,
commencing  November 15, 2001. Interest on  overdue principal and (to the extent
permitted by law) on overdue installments of  interest will accrue at a rate  of
1.0%  in excess of the rate  per annum borne by the  Notes. The interest rate on
the Existing  Notes is  subject  to increase  in  certain circumstances  if  the
Exchange  Offer  is not  consummated by  November  4, 1996  or if  certain other
conditions are not satisfied.
 
     For Federal income tax purposes, Holders  of the Notes will be required  to
recognize  interest income in respect of the Notes in the form of original issue
discount in advance  of the receipt  of cash  payments to which  such income  is
attributable.
 
     Interest  on the Notes will  be computed on the basis  of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. Principal  and interest will be  payable at the office  of
the  Trustee,  but,  at  the  option  of  the  Company  and  subject  to certain
exceptions, interest may be  paid by check mailed  to the registered holders  at
their  registered  addresses.  However,  any  global  Note  will  be  payable in
immediately available funds  by wire  transfer to The  Depository Trust  Company
(the 'Depository'). See ' -- Same-Day Settlement and Payment.' The Notes will be
transferable and exchangeable at the office of the Trustee and will be issued in
fully registered form, without coupons.
 
FORM, DENOMINATION AND BOOK-ENTRY PROCEDURES
 
     The  Existing  Notes are  represented by  one fully-registered  global note
without  coupons  (the   'Existing  Global  Note')   and  two   fully-registered
certificated  notes without coupons. The Existing Global Note is on deposit with
the Depository and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of  the
Depository.
 
     The  Exchange  Securities  will  be  issued in  the  form  of  one  or more
fully-registered notes  in  global form  without  coupons (an  'Exchange  Global
Note')  and one or more fully-registered certificated notes without coupons (the
'Certificated Exchange Securities'). The Exchange Global Note will be  deposited
with the Depository and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of
the Depository (the 'Exchange Global Note Registered Owner').
 
     The  Depository has  advised the Company  that the Depository  is a limited
purpose  trust  company  created  to  hold  securities  for  its   participating
organizations (collectively, the 'Participants') and to facilitate the clearance
and  settlement of transactions in those securities between Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its Participants. The  Participants
include  securities  brokers  and  dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing
corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the Depository's  system
is  also available to other  entities such as banks,  brokers, dealers and trust
companies that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with  a
Participant,   either  directly  or   indirectly  (collectively,  the  'Indirect
Participants'). Persons who are not Participants may beneficially own securities
held by or  on behalf of  the Depository  only through the  Participants or  the
Indirect Participants. The ownership interest and transfer of ownership interest
of each actual
 
                                      101
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
purchaser  of each security held by or  on behalf of the Depository are recorded
on the records of the Participants and Indirect Participants.
 
     The Depository has also  advised the Company  that, pursuant to  procedures
established  by it, (i) upon deposit of the Exchange Global Note, the Depository
will credit the accounts of Participants  with portions of the principal  amount
of the Exchange Global Note and (ii) ownership of such interests in the Exchange
Global  Note will  be shown on,  and the  transfer of ownership  thereof will be
effected only through, records maintained by the Depository (with respect to the
Participants) or by the Participants and the Indirect Participants (with respect
to other owners of beneficial interests  in the Exchange Global Note). The  laws
of some states require that certain persons take physical delivery in definitive
form  of securities  that they  own. Consequently,  the ability  to transfer the
Exchange Securities will be limited to that extent.
 
     So long as the  Depository or its  nominee is the  registered owner of  the
Exchange  Global Note, the Depository or such  nominee, as the case may be, will
be considered the sole owner or Holder of the Exchange Securities represented by
the Exchange  Global  Note for  all  purposes  under the  Indenture.  Except  as
described  below, owners of interests in the  Exchange Global Note will not have
the Exchange Securities  registered in  their names, will  not receive  physical
delivery  of  the  Exchange  Securities  in  definitive  form  and  will  not be
considered the Registered Owners thereof under the Indenture for any purpose.
 
     Accordingly, each  person  owning a  beneficial  interest in  the  Exchange
Global Note must rely on the procedures of the Depository and, if such person is
not  a  Participant  or  an  Indirect  Participant,  on  the  procedures  of the
Participant through which such person owns its interest, to exercise any  rights
of  a  Holder under  the Indenture  or  such Exchange  Global Note.  The Company
understands that  under existing  industry practice,  in the  event the  Company
requests  any action  of Holders or  a person that  is an owner  of a beneficial
interest in  an  Exchange  Global Note  desires  to  take any  action  that  the
Depository, as the Holder of such Exchange Global Note, is entitled to take, the
Depository  would  authorize  the  Participants  to  take  such  action  and the
Participants would authorize  persons owning through  such Participants to  take
such action or would otherwise act upon the instruction of such persons. None of
the  Company, the Trustee nor any agent of  the Company or the Trustee will have
any responsibility or liability for (i)  any aspect of the Depository's  records
or  any Participant's records relating to payments made on account of beneficial
ownership interests in the Exchange Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising
or reviewing  any  of the  Depository's  records or  any  Participant's  records
relating  to the beneficial  ownership interests in the  Exchange Global Note or
(ii)  any  other  actions  and  practices  of  the  Depository  or  any  of  the
Participants.
 
     Payments  in  respect of  the  principal of  and  interest on  any Exchange
Securities registered in the name of  the Exchange Global Note Registered  Owner
will  be payable by  the Trustee to or  at the direction  of the Exchange Global
Note Registered  Owner  in  its  capacity as  the  Registered  Owner  under  the
Indenture.  Under the terms of  the Indenture, the Company  and the Trustee will
treat the persons in whose names the Exchange Securities, including the Exchange
Global Note, are registered as the  owners thereof for the purpose of  receiving
such  payments  and for  any and  all  other purposes  whatsoever. Consequently,
neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee has
or will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of such amounts  to
beneficial  owners of  Exchange Securities or  for any other  matter relating to
actions or practices of the Depository  or any of the Participants. Payments  by
the  Participants  and the  Indirect Participants  to  the beneficial  owners of
Exchange Securities  will be  governed by  standing instructions  and  customary
practices  and will  be the responsibility  of the Participants  or the Indirect
Participants and will not be the  responsibility of the Depository, the  Trustee
or the Company. Neither the Company nor the Trustee will be liable for any delay
by  the  Depository or  any of  the Participants  in identifying  the beneficial
owners of  the  Exchange  Securities,  and  the  Company  and  the  Trustee  may
conclusively  rely on and will be protected  in relying on instructions from the
Exchange Global Note Registered Owner for all purposes.
 
     The  Exchange  Global  Note  is  exchangeable  for  Certificated   Exchange
Securities  if (i) the Depository  notifies the Company that  it is unwilling or
unable to continue as Depository for the Exchange Global Note or if the  Company
determines  that  the Depository  is unable  to continue  as Depository  and the
Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor Depository, (ii) the Company,  at
its
 
                                      102
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
option,  notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of
Certificated Exchange Securities  in definitive registered  form or (iii)  there
shall  have occurred and  be continuing an  Event of Default  or any event which
after notice or lapse of time would be  an Event of Default with respect to  the
Exchange  Securities. Such Certificated Exchange  Securities shall be registered
in the names of the  owners of the beneficial  interests in the Exchange  Global
Note  as provided by the Depository. Certificated Exchange Securities will be in
fully registered form, without coupons, in multiples of $1,000. Upon issuance of
Certificated Exchange  Securities,  the  Trustee is  required  to  register  the
Exchange  Securities in  the name  of, and cause  the Exchange  Securities to be
delivered to, the person or persons  (or the nominee thereof) identified as  the
beneficial owner as the Depository shall direct.
 
     The   information  in  this  section  concerning  the  Depository  and  the
Depository's book-entry system has been  obtained from sources that the  Company
believes  to  be  reliable, but  the  Company  takes no  responsibility  for the
accuracy thereof.
 
SAME-DAY SETTLEMENT AND PAYMENT
 
     The Indenture requires that payments in respect of the Exchange  Securities
represented  by  an  Exchange  Global  Note  (including  principal,  premium and
interest) be  made  by wire  transfer  of  immediately available  funds  to  the
accounts  specified by  the Depository.  The Company  will make  all payments in
respect of the  Certificated Exchange Securities  (including principal,  premium
and  interest), by  mailing a  check to  each such  Holder's registered address;
provided, however, that payments on the Exchange Securities may also be made, in
the case  of a  Holder of  at  least $1,000,000  aggregate principal  amount  at
maturity  of  Exchange Securities,  by wire  transfer to  a U.S.  dollar account
maintained by the payee with a bank  in the United States if such Holder  elects
payment  by wire transfer by giving written  notice to the Trustee or the Paying
Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days  immediately
preceding  the relevant due date for payment  (or such other date as the Trustee
may accept  in  its  discretion).  Secondary  trading  in  long-term  notes  and
debentures  of  corporate  issuers  is generally  settled  in  clearing-house or
next-day funds. In contrast, the Exchange Global Note will be eligible to  trade
in  the PORTAL Market and to trade in the Depositary's Same-Day Funds Settlement
System, and  any  permitted  secondary  market  trading  activity  in  interests
represented  by the  Exchange Global  Note will,  therefore, be  required by the
Depositary to be  settled in  immediately available funds.  The Company  expects
that  secondary trading  in the  Certificated Exchange  Securities will  also be
settled in immediately available funds.
 
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
 
     Except as described below, the Notes may  not be redeemed at the option  of
the  Company prior  to May 15,  2000. On  or after such  date, the  Notes may be
redeemed at the option of the Company, at  any time as a whole, or from time  to
time  in  part, on  not less  than  30 nor  more than  60  days' notice,  at the
redemption prices (expressed as percentages of Accreted Value) set forth  below,
plus  accrued interest (if any) to the  date of redemption (subject to the right
of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on  the
relevant interest payment date):
 
          if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing May 15:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         REDEMPTION
YEAR                                                                       PRICE
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>
2000..................................................................     108.833%
2001..................................................................     106.625
2002..................................................................     104.417
2003..................................................................     102.208
2004 and thereafter...................................................     100.000
</TABLE>
 
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing, until May 15, 1999, the Company may, at its
option, redeem up to 25%  of the aggregate principal  amount at maturity of  the
Notes  at 113.25% of the Accreted Value thereof  with the net proceeds of one or
more Public Equity Offerings  or Strategic Investments (to  the extent such  net
proceeds  are contributed to the equity capital of  the Company in the case of a
Public
 
                                      103
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Equity Offering by Parent or Strategic Investment in Parent) if at least 75%  of
the  original  aggregate  principal  amount  at  maturity  of  the  Notes remain
outstanding after each such redemption.
 
SINKING FUND
 
     There will be no mandatory sinking fund payments for the Notes.
 
RANKING
 
     The indebtedness evidenced by the  Notes is senior subordinated,  unsecured
obligations  of the Company. The payment of  the principal of, premium (if any),
interest and all  other obligations in  respect of the  Notes is subordinate  in
right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the prior payment in full in
cash  or cash equivalents of all Senior Debt of the Company, whether outstanding
on the Issue Date or thereafter  incurred, including the Company's guarantee  of
Benedek  Broadcasting's obligations under the  Credit Agreement and with respect
to the Senior Secured Notes.
 
   
     As of June  30, 1996, the  Company's Senior Debt  was approximately  $263.6
million. Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional
Debt  that the Company may incur, under certain circumstances the amount of such
Debt could be substantial and,  in any case, such Debt  may be Senior Debt.  See
' -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Debt.'
    
 
   
     The  Notes are not  senior to any  Debt of the  Company, although the Notes
will be  Senior to  Subordinated  Obligations (as  defined),  if any,  that  the
Company  may incur in the future. The  Company has no present intention to incur
any indebtedness junior to the Notes.
    
 
   
     All the operations of the  Company are conducted through its  subsidiaries.
Claims  of creditors  of such  subsidiaries, including  trade creditors, secured
creditors and  creditors  holding indebtedness  and  guarantees issued  by  such
subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders (if any) of such subsidiaries
generally  will have priority  with respect to  the assets and  earnings of such
subsidiaries over the claims of creditors  of the Company, including holders  of
the  Notes, even  though such obligations  will not constitute  Senior Debt. The
Notes, therefore, will be effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade
creditors) and preferred stockholders (if  any) of subsidiaries of the  Company.
At  June  30, 1996,  the total  liabilities of  the Company's  subsidiaries were
$346.5 million,  including trade  payables and  $263.6 million  of Senior  Debt.
Although  the Indenture  limits the  incurrence of  Debt and  preferred stock of
certain of the Company's subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of
significant  qualifications.  Moreover,  the  Indenture  does  not  impose   any
limitation  on the incurrence  by such subsidiaries of  liabilities that are not
considered Debt under the Indenture. See ' -- Certain Covenants -- Limitation of
Debt.'
    
 
     Only Debt of the Company that is Senior Debt will rank senior to the  Notes
in  accordance  with the  provisions of  the  Indenture. The  Notes will  in all
respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company.
The Company has  agreed in the  Indenture that  it will not  Incur, directly  or
indirectly,  any  Debt that  is subordinate  or  junior in  ranking in  right of
payment to its Senior Debt  unless such Debt is  Senior Subordinated Debt or  is
expressly  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  Senior  Subordinated  Debt.
Unsecured Debt is not deemed to be subordinated or junior to Senior Debt  merely
because it is unsecured.
 
     The  Company may not pay principal of, premium (if any), interest on or any
other obligation in respect of,  the Notes or make  any deposit pursuant to  the
provisions  described under 'Defeasance' below and may not repurchase, redeem or
otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, 'pay the Notes') if (i) any Designated
Senior Debt is not paid when due or (ii) any other default on Designated  Senior
Debt  occurs and the maturity  of such Designated Senior  Debt is accelerated in
accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has been cured  or
waived  and any such  acceleration has been rescinded  or such Designated Senior
Debt has been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents. However, the Company may
pay the Notes without  regard to the  foregoing if the  Company and the  Trustee
receive  written notice  approving such payment  from the  Representative of the
Designated Senior Debt with respect to which  either of the events set forth  in
clause  (i) or (ii)  of the immediately  preceding sentence has  occurred and is
continuing. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any default (other
than a default described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second preceding sentence)
with
 
                                      104
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
respect to any Designated Senior Debt pursuant to which the maturity thereof may
be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may  be
required  to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace
periods, the Company may  not pay the  Notes for a  period (a 'Payment  Blockage
Period') commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company)
of  written notice (a 'Blockage Notice') of such default from the Representative
of the holders of such Designated Senior Debt specifying an election to effect a
Payment Blockage  Period and  ending 179  days thereafter  (or earlier  if  such
Payment  Blockage Period is terminated (i) by  written notice to the Trustee and
the Company from  the Representative of  such Designated Senior  Debt Person  or
Persons  who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii)  because the default giving rise to
such Blockage Notice is  no longer continuing or  (iii) because such  Designated
Senior   Debt  has   been  repaid  in   full  in  cash   or  cash  equivalents).
Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, a Blockage Notice may
only be  given by  and, therefore  shall only  be effective  in respect  of  the
Company  and the Trustee if given by, (i) the Representative of the Bank Debt as
long as any Bank Debt is outstanding or the Representative of the Senior Secured
Notes as long as any  Senior Notes are outstanding and  (ii) if no Bank Debt  or
Senior  Secured Notes are  outstanding, any other  Representative of outstanding
Designated  Senior  Debt.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  described  in   the
immediately  preceding sentence,  unless the  holders of  such Designated Senior
Debt or the Representative of such holders have accelerated the maturity of such
Designated Senior Debt, the Company may  resume payments on the Notes after  the
end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than
one  Payment Blockage Period in any  consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of
the number  of defaults  with  respect to  Designated  Senior Debt  during  such
period.
 
     Upon  any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company upon a total
or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding
relating to the  Company or its  property, the  holders of Senior  Debt will  be
entitled  to receive payment in full in  cash or cash equivalents of such Senior
Debt before the Noteholders are entitled  to receive any payment, and until  the
Senior  Debt  is  paid in  full  in cash  or  cash equivalents,  any  payment or
distribution to which Noteholders  would be entitled  but for the  subordination
provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their
interests   may  appear.  The  foregoing  shall  not  prohibit  the  receipt  by
Noteholders in such a proceeding prior to the payment in full of the Senior Debt
of a distribution of shares of stock or debt securities that are subordinated to
the same extent as the Notes. If a distribution is made to Noteholders that, due
to the  subordination  provisions, should  not  have  been made  to  them,  such
Noteholders  are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Debt and
pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
 
     If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default,  the
Company  or the Trustee  shall promptly notify the  holders of Designated Senior
Debt or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration.
 
     For purposes of the subordination provisions in the Indenture, Senior  Debt
outstanding  under the Bank Credit Agreement shall not be deemed paid in full in
cash or cash equivalents  at any time unless  all letters of credit  outstanding
under  the Bank Credit Agreement which have not been drawn upon at such time are
fully cash collateralized or returned undrawn.
 
     By reason of the  subordination provisions contained  in the Indenture,  in
the event of insolvency, creditors of the Company who are holders of Senior Debt
may  recover more, ratably,  than the Noteholders, and  creditors of the Company
who are not holders of  Senior Debt may recover  less, ratably, than holders  of
Senior Debt and may recover more, ratably, than the Noteholders.
 
CHANGE OF CONTROL
 
     Upon  the occurrence  of any  of the  following events  (each a  'Change of
Control'), each holder of Notes  will have the right  to require the Company  to
repurchase all or any part of such holder's Notes at a repurchase price equal to
101%  of the Accreted Value thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the date  of repurchase  (subject  to the  right of  holders  of record  on  the
relevant  record date to  receive interest due on  the relevant interest payment
date):
 
                                      105
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
          (i) prior to the first public offering of common stock of the  Company
     or  Parent, the  Permitted Holders cease  to be the  'beneficial owner' (as
     defined in  Rules 13d-3  and 13d-5  under the  Exchange Act),  directly  or
     indirectly, of a majority in the aggregate of the total voting power of the
     Voting  Stock of the Company, whether as a result of Issuance of securities
     of the Company,  any merger, consolidation,  liquidation or dissolution  of
     the  Company, any  direct or indirect  transfer of  securities or otherwise
     (for purposes  of this  clause (i)  and clause  (ii) below,  the  Permitted
     Holders  shall  be  deemed  to  beneficially  own  any  Voting  Stock  of a
     corporation (the  'specified corporation')  held by  any other  corporation
     (the  'parent corporation') so  long as the  Permitted Holders beneficially
     own (as so defined), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of
     the voting power of the Voting Stock of the parent corporation);
 
          (ii) any 'person' (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
     the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or  becomes
     the  beneficial owner  (as defined  in clause  (i) above,  except that such
     person shall be deemed  to have 'beneficial ownership'  of all shares  that
     such  person has  the right to  acquire, whether such  right is exercisable
     immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly,  of
     more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;
     provided,  however, that the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as defined
     in clause (i)  above), directly or  indirectly, in the  aggregate a  lesser
     percentage  of the total  voting power of  the Voting Stock  of the Company
     than such other  person and  do not  have the  right or  ability by  voting
     power,  contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority
     of the Board of Directors of the  Company (for the purposes of this  clause
     (ii),  such other  person shall  be deemed  to beneficially  own any Voting
     Stock of a  specified corporation  held by  a parent  corporation, if  such
     other  person is  the beneficial  owner (as  defined in  this clause (ii)),
     directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the voting power of the  Voting
     Stock of such parent corporation and the Permitted Holders beneficially own
     (as  defined in clause (i) above), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate
     a lesser percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such  parent
     corporation  and do not have the right or ability by voting power, contract
     or otherwise to elect or designate for election a majority of the Board  of
     Directors of such parent corporation); or
 
          (iii)  during any period of two  consecutive years, individuals who at
     the beginning of  such period  constituted the  Board of  Directors of  the
     Company  (together with any  new directors whose election  by such Board of
     Directors or  whose nomination  for  election by  the stockholders  of  the
     Company  was approved by a vote of 66  2/3% of the directors of the Company
     then still in  office who were  either directors at  the beginning of  such
     period  or  whose election  or nomination  for  election was  previously so
     approved) cease for  any reason to  constitute a majority  of the Board  of
     Directors of the Company then in office.
 
     The  foregoing provisions cannot be waived by the Board of Directors of the
Company (except that the Board may approve a new group of directors as described
in paragraph (iii) above and thereby prevent the occurrence of such a Change  of
Control).  The provisions relative to the  Company's obligation to make an offer
to repurchase the  Notes as a  result of a  Change of Control  may be waived  or
modified  with the  written consent  of the holders  of a  majority in principal
amount of the Notes.
 
     Within 30 days  following any Change  of Control, the  Company will mail  a
notice to each holder stating (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that
such  holder has the right to require the  Company to repurchase all or any part
of such  holder's Notes  at a  repurchase price  in cash  equal to  101% of  the
principal  amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid  interest, if any, to the date
of repurchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant  record
date  to receive interest due  on the relevant interest  payment date); (ii) the
circumstances and relevant  facts regarding  such Change  of Control  (including
information  with  respect  to  pro  forma  historical  income,  cash  flow  and
capitalization after  giving  effect  to  such Change  of  Control);  (iii)  the
repurchase  date (which will be  no earlier than 30 days  nor later than 60 days
from the date such notice is  mailed); and (iv) the instructions, determined  by
the Company consistent with the Indenture, that a holder must follow in order to
have its Notes repurchased.
 
     The  Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between
the Company and the  Initial Purchaser. Management has  no present intention  to
engage  in a transaction involving a Change  of Control, although it is possible
that the  Company  would  decide  to  do  so  in  the  future.  Subject  to  the
 
                                      106
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
limitations  discussed  below,  the Company  could,  in the  future,  enter into
certain   transactions,   including   acquisitions,   refinancings   or    other
recapitalizations,  that  would not  constitute a  Change  of Control  under the
Indenture, but that  could increase  the amount of  indebtedness outstanding  at
such time or otherwise affect the Company's capital structure or credit ratings.
Restrictions  on  the  ability  of  the Company  to  incur  additional  Debt are
contained in the covenants described  under 'Certain Covenants -- Limitation  on
Debt,'  '  --  Limitation  on  Liens'  and  '  --  Limitation  on Sale/Leaseback
Transactions.' Such restrictions  can only  be waived  with the  consent of  the
holders  of a majority  of the principal  amount of the  Notes then outstanding.
Except for the limitations contained  in such covenants, however, the  Indenture
will  not contain  any covenants  or provisions that  may afford  holders of the
Notes protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.
 
     The Senior Secured  Note Indenture  and the Credit  Agreement contain,  and
future  indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  Benedek  Broadcasting  may contain,
prohibitions of certain  events which would  constitute a Change  of Control  or
require  such indebtedness to be repurchased upon a Change of Control. Moreover,
the exercise by the holders of their right to require the Company to  repurchase
the  Notes could cause a default under  such indebtedness, even if the Change of
Control itself does not, due to the  financial effect of such repurchase on  the
Company. Finally, the Company's ability to pay cash to the holders of Notes upon
a  repurchase may be limited by the Company's then existing financial resources.
There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary
to make any required repurchases. In the  event a Change of Control occurs at  a
time  when the  Company is prohibited  from purchasing Notes,  the Company could
seek the consent of  its lenders to  the purchase of Notes  or could attempt  to
refinance  the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not
obtain such  a  consent  or  repay such  borrowings,  the  Company  will  remain
prohibited  from purchasing Notes. In such  case, the Company's failure to offer
to purchase or to purchase tendered  Notes would constitute an Event of  Default
under  the Indenture  and could,  in turn, constitute  a default  under the Bank
Credit Agreement  and  any  future  indebtedness.  In  such  circumstances,  the
subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the holders
of Notes.
 
     The  Company will comply with any tender offer rules under the Exchange Act
which may then be applicable, including Rule 14e-1, in connection with any offer
required to be  made by the  Company to repurchase  the Notes as  a result of  a
Change  of Control. To the extent that  the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall  comply
with  the applicable securities laws and regulations  and shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under the Indenture by virtue thereof.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
     Set forth below are certain covenants contained in the Indenture:
 
     Limitation on Debt.  (a) The Company  shall not, and  shall not permit  any
Restricted  Subsidiary to,  Issue, directly  or indirectly,  any Debt; provided,
however, that the Company  may Issue Debt  if at the date  of such Issuance  the
Cash  Flow Leverage  Ratio does  not exceed the  ratio indicated  below for Debt
Issued in each period indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PERIOD                                          RATIO
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 
<S>                                                                                <C>
Through September 30, 1996......................................................   7.0 to 1.0
From October 1, 1996 through March 31, 1998.....................................   6.5 to 1.0
From April 1, 1998 and thereafter...............................................   6.0 to 1.0
</TABLE>
 
     (b) Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  paragraph (a),  the  Company  and  the
Restricted Subsidiaries may Issue the following Debt: (1) Debt of the Company or
Benedek  Broadcasting Issued  pursuant to  the Bank  Credit Agreement (including
Guarantees thereof and  any letters of  credit Issued thereunder)  or any  other
agreement or indenture in a principal amount which, when taken together with the
principal  amount of all other Debt Issued  pursuant to this clause (1) and then
outstanding, does not exceed the  greater of (i) $15.0  million and (ii) 75%  of
the  book value  of the  accounts receivable of  the Company  and the Restricted
Subsidiaries; (2) Debt of the Company or Benedek Broadcasting Issued pursuant to
the Bank  Credit Agreement  (including  Guarantees thereof  and any  letters  of
credit Issued
 
                                      107
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
thereunder) or any other agreement or indenture in an aggregate principal amount
which,  when taken together with  the principal amount of  all other Debt Issued
pursuant to this  clause (2) and  then outstanding, does  not exceed (A)  $128.0
million  less  (B) the  lesser  of (i)  the  aggregate amount  of  all principal
repayments of any such Debt actually made  after the Issue Date (other than  any
such  principal repayments made as a result of the Refinancing of any such Debt)
and (ii) the scheduled principal amortization payments to have been made by then
under the terms of the Bank Credit  Agreement (but without giving effect to  any
changes  to such  scheduled principal payments  after the Issue  Date); (3) Debt
owed to and held by the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; provided, however,
that any subsequent Issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event
which results in any such Wholly Owned  Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly  Owned
Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Debt (other than to a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary)  shall be deemed, in  each case, to constitute  the Issuance of such
Debt by the issuer thereof;  (4) the Notes and  Refinancing Debt of the  Company
Issued  in  respect of  any Debt  permitted  by this  clause (4)  and Guarantees
thereof (including the accretion of any original issue discount associated  with
Debt  permitted by  this clause  (4)); (5)  Debt (other  than Debt  described in
clause (1), (2) (3) or (4) of  this covenant but including the Debt  represented
by the Company Pledge Agreement) outstanding on the Issue Date, Refinancing Debt
in  respect of any Debt permitted  by this clause (5) or  clause (8) below or by
paragraph (a) above, Guarantees of the Senior Secured Notes and Refinancing Debt
of the Company in  respect of the  Senior Secured Notes;  (6) Debt or  Preferred
Stock  of a Subsidiary Issued  and outstanding on or prior  to the date on which
such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or  was acquired by the Company (other  than
Debt  or Preferred  Stock Issued in  connection with,  or to provide  all or any
portion of the funds or credit  support utilized to consummate, the  transaction
or  series of  related transactions pursuant  to which such  Subsidiary became a
Subsidiary or  was  acquired  by  the Company)  and  Refinancing  Debt  of  such
Subsidiary  Issued in respect of  any Debt of such  Subsidiary permitted by this
clause (6); provided, however, that after  giving effect thereto, except in  the
case  of any Refinancing  Debt, the Company  could Issue an  additional $1.00 of
Debt pursuant to paragraph (a) above;  (7) Debt consisting of Guarantees by  BLC
of  Permitted Acquisition Debt;  (8) Specified Debt  of a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that after giving effect thereto, the Company could Issue  an
additional  $1.00  of  Debt  pursuant  to  paragraph  (a)  above;  (9)  Exchange
Debentures Issued in lieu of cash interest payments with respect to the Exchange
Debentures and Refinancing Debt in respect of any Debt permitted by this  clause
(9);  and (10) Debt of the Company  or any Restricted Subsidiary (in addition to
the Debt permitted to be Issued pursuant to paragraph (a) above or in any  other
clause  of this paragraph (b))  in an aggregate principal  amount on the date of
Issuance which, when added to all other Debt Issued pursuant to this clause (10)
and then outstanding, shall not exceed $15.0 million.
 
     (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the Company shall
not Issue any Debt under paragraph (b)  above if the proceeds thereof are  used,
directly  or indirectly,  to repay, prepay,  redeem, defease,  retire, refund or
refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless such Debt shall be subordinated to
the Notes to at least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.
 
     Limitation on Subordinated Debt.  The Company shall not  issue any Debt  if
such Debt is subordinate or junior in ranking in any respect to any Senior Debt,
unless  such Debt  is Senior Subordinated  Debt or is  expressly subordinated in
right of payment to Senior Subordinated Debt.
 
     Limitation on  Liens. The  Company  shall not,  and  shall not  permit  any
Restricted  Subsidiary to, create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of
its property or assets now owned or  hereafter acquired by it securing any  Debt
that  is expressly by its terms junior or subordinate in right of payment to any
other  Debt  of  the  Company,  unless  contemporaneously  therewith   effective
provision  is made for securing the Notes  equally and ratably with such Debt as
to such property for so long as such Debt will be so secured.
 
     Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions. The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into a Sale/Leaseback Transaction
unless (i) the Company  would be able to  incur Debt in an  amount equal to  the
Attributable  Debt with respect to such  Sale/Leaseback Transaction secured by a
Lien pursuant to the provisions of the covenants described under ' -- Limitation
on Debt'  and '  -- Limitation  on  Liens' above  or (ii)  the Company  or  such
Restricted   Subsidiary   receives   consideration   from   such  Sale/Leaseback
Transaction at least equal to the fair
 
                                      108
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
market value of the property subject thereto (which shall be determined in  good
faith  by the Board of  Directors and evidenced by a  resolution of the Board of
Directors) and  elects  to treat  the  disposition  of assets  subject  to  such
Sale/Leaseback  Transaction  as an  Asset  Disposition subject  to  the covenant
described under ' -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock' below.
 
     Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or  pay
any  dividend or  make any distribution  on or  in respect of  its Capital Stock
(including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation  involving
the  Company) or to the direct or  indirect holders of its Capital Stock (except
dividends or distributions payable solely  in its Non-Convertible Capital  Stock
or  in options, warrants or other rights to purchase its Non-Convertible Capital
Stock and  except  dividends  or  distributions payable  to  the  Company  or  a
Subsidiary  and, if a Subsidiary is not  wholly owned, to the other stockholders
on a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase,  redeem or otherwise acquire or retire  for
value  any Capital Stock of  the Company or of any  direct or indirect parent of
the Company, (iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or
retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or  scheduled
sinking  fund  payment any  Subordinated Obligations  (other than  the purchase,
repurchase  or  other  acquisition  of  Subordinated  Obligations  purchased  in
anticipation  of satisfying a sinking  fund obligation, principal installment or
final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition)  or
(iv) make any Investment in any Affiliate of the Company other than a Restricted
Subsidiary  or a person which will become a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
any such  Investment (any  such  dividend, distribution,  purchase,  redemption,
repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Investment being herein
referred  to  as a  'Restricted Payment')  if at  the time  the Company  or such
Restricted Subsidiary makes such  Restricted Payment: (1)  a Default shall  have
occurred  and be continuing (or would result  therefrom); (2) the Company is not
able to Issue  an additional  $1.00 of  Debt pursuant  to paragraph  (a) of  the
covenant  described under ' --  Limitation on Debt' above;  or (3) the aggregate
amount of such Restricted  Payment and all other  Restricted Payments since  the
Issue  Date would  exceed the  sum of:  (a) the  cumulative Operating  Cash Flow
(whether positive  or  negative)  accrued  during the  period  (treated  as  one
accounting  period) from  the beginning of  the fiscal quarter  during which the
Issue Date occurs to the end of  the most recent fiscal quarter ending at  least
45  days prior to  the date of such  Restricted Payment less  the product of 1.4
multiplied by the cumulative Consolidated  Interest Expense during such  period;
provided,  however, that Operating  Cash Flow and  Consolidated Interest Expense
for the period from the beginning of  the fiscal quarter during which the  Issue
Date  occurs through the Issue Date are originally Issued shall be calculated on
a pro forma basis  to give effect to  the Acquisitions, including the  financing
thereof  (as if the Acquisitions were consummated  on the last day of the fiscal
quarter prior to the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs); (b) the
aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received  by the Company from  the Issue or sale  of
its  Capital Stock (other than Redeemable  Stock or Exchangeable Stock and other
than the Exchangeable Preferred Stock  and the Seller Junior Discount  Preferred
Stock)  subsequent  to the  Issue  Date (other  than an  Issuance  or sale  to a
Subsidiary or to an employee stock ownership plan or other trust established  by
the  Company or any of the Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees or to
officers, directors  or  employees  to  the  extent  that  the  Company  or  any
Subsidiary  has  outstanding loans  or advances  to  such employees  pursuant to
clause (vii) of the  second paragraph of  this covenant or  clause (iii) of  the
second  paragraph under '  -- Limitations on  Transactions with Affiliates' (all
such excluded Capital Stock being herein collectively called 'Excluded Stock'));
and (c)  the amount  by which  indebtedness of  the Company  is reduced  on  the
Company's  balance  sheet  upon the  conversion  or  exchange (other  than  by a
Subsidiary), subsequent to the Issue Date, of any Debt of the Company that is by
its original terms  convertible or  exchangeable for Capital  Stock (other  than
Redeemable  Stock or Exchangeable Stock) of the  Company (less the amount of any
cash, or other  property, distributed  by the  Company upon  such conversion  or
exchange); provided, however, that, for the purposes of the calculation required
by  this clause  (3), the value  of any  such Restricted Payment,  if other than
cash, shall  be  evidenced  by  a  resolution of  the  Board  of  Directors  and
determined in good faith by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors;
provided  further,  however,  that,  in  the case  of  a  distribution  or other
disposition by  the Company  of all  or substantially  all of  the assets  of  a
broadcast  station  or other  business unit,  the value  of any  such Restricted
Payment shall be determined by an investment banking firm of national prominence
that is not an Affiliate of the Company.
 
                                      109
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     (b) The provisions of the preceding  paragraph shall not prohibit: (i)  any
purchase  or  redemption of  Capital Stock  or  Subordinated Obligations  of the
Company made  by exchange  for, or  out  of the  proceeds of  the  substantially
concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable Stock or
Exchangeable  Stock and other than Excluded  Stock); provided, however, that (A)
such purchase or redemption shall be  excluded in the calculation of the  amount
of  Restricted Payments and  (B) the Net  Cash Proceeds from  such sale shall be
excluded from clauses  (3)(b) and  (3)(c) of  the previous  paragraph; (ii)  any
purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations or the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock  of  the Company  made by  exchange for,  or  out of  the proceeds  of the
substantially concurrent sale of, Debt of  the Company which is permitted to  be
Issued  pursuant to the covenant described above under ' -- Limitation on Debt';
provided, however, that  such purchase or  redemption shall be  excluded in  the
calculation  of  the  amount  of  Restricted  Payments;  (iii)  any  purchase or
redemption of Subordinated  Obligations from  Net Available Cash  to the  extent
permitted  by the  covenant described  below under '  -- Limitation  on Sales of
Assets  and  Subsidiary  Stock';  provided,  however,  that  such  purchase   or
redemption  shall be  excluded in  the calculation  of the  amount of Restricted
Payments; (iv)  dividends paid  within 60  days after  the date  of  declaration
thereof  if at such date  of declaration such dividend  would have complied with
this covenant; provided, however, that at the time of payment of such  dividend,
no  other Default shall  have occurred and be  continuing (or result therefrom);
provided  further,  however,  that  such  dividend  shall  be  included  in  the
calculation   of  the  amount   of  Restricted  Payments;   (v)  Investments  in
Non-Recourse Affiliates in an aggregate amount (which amount shall be reduced by
the amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Non-Recourse  Affiliates
resulting  from payments of dividends, repayments  of loans or advances or other
transfers  of  assets  to  the   Company  or  any  Restricted  Subsidiary   from
Non-Recourse Affiliates) not to exceed $6.0 million; provided, however, that the
amount of such Investments shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of
Restricted  Payments; (vi) with  respect to each  tax period prior  to the Issue
Date that Benedek Broadcasting qualifies as an S Corporation under the Code,  or
any  similar  provision of  state or  local law,  distributions of  Tax Amounts;
provided, however,  that  prior  to  any distribution  of  Tax  Amounts  a  duly
authorized officer of Benedek Broadcasting certifies to the Trustee that Benedek
Broadcasting  qualified as an S Corporation  for Federal income tax purposes for
such period and for the states in respect of which distributions are being  made
and  that at the time  of such distributions, the  most recent audited financial
statements of Benedek Broadcasting provide that Benedek Broadcasting was treated
as an S Corporation for Federal  income tax purposes for the applicable  portion
of  the period of such financial statements; provided further, however, that the
amount of such distributions shall be excluded in the calculation of the  amount
of Restricted Payments; (vii) loans or advances to officers and directors of the
Company  (other than a Restricted Holder) (A) in the ordinary course of business
in an aggregate  amount outstanding not  in excess  of $1.0 million  or (B)  the
proceeds  of which are used to acquire  Capital Stock of the Company (other than
Redeemable Stock or Exchangeable Stock); provided, however, that such loans  and
advances  shall  be excluded  in  the calculation  of  the amount  of Restricted
Payments; (viii) the retirement of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock through  the
issuance of the Exchange Debentures; provided, however, the amount thereof shall
be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments or (ix) cash
dividends or distributions payable to holders of Exchangeable Preferred Stock as
Liquidated  Damages  (as  defined  in  the  Certificate  of  Designation)  in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000;  provided, however, that the amount  of
such  dividends or  distributions shall  be included  in the  calculation of the
amount of Restricted Payments.
 
     The Company shall not be permitted to make distributions pursuant to clause
(vi) above (1) unless and until the  Company has entered into a binding  written
agreement  with each stockholder (copies of  which will be promptly furnished to
the Trustee prior to the making of any such distribution) providing that if  any
amount  distributed to  such stockholder pursuant  to such clause  (vi) is later
determined to  have been,  as a  result of  a change  in applicable  law or  the
failure  of Benedek  Broadcasting to  effect or  maintain a  valid S Corporation
election or otherwise, in  excess of the amount  permitted to be distributed  or
paid  under such clause  (vi), such excess  shall be refunded  to the Company at
least five Business  Days prior  to the next  due date  of individual  estimated
income  tax payments and (2)  in the event it has  been determined that any such
excess distribution or payment has been  made, unless the Company has  requested
and received all refunds pursuant to such agreements.
 
                                      110
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Limitation  on Restrictions on  Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create
or otherwise  cause  or permit  to  exist  or become  effective  any  consensual
encumbrance  or restriction on  the ability of any  Restricted Subsidiary to (i)
pay dividends or make any  other distributions on its  Capital Stock or pay  any
Debt  owed to  the Company, (ii)  make any loans  or advances to  the Company or
(iii) transfer any of  its property or  assets to the  Company, except: (1)  any
encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in effect at or entered into
on  the  Issue  Date; (2)  any  encumbrance  or restriction  with  respect  to a
Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to  an agreement relating to  any Debt Issued  by
such  Restricted Subsidiary  on or  prior to the  date on  which such Restricted
Subsidiary was acquired by the Company (other than Debt Issued as  consideration
in,  or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to
consummate, the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to  which
such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the
Company)  and  outstanding  on such  date;  (3) any  encumbrance  or restriction
pursuant to an agreement effecting a  Refinancing of Debt Issued pursuant to  an
agreement  referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this covenant or contained in any
amendment to an agreement  referred to in  clause (1) or  (2) of this  covenant;
provided,  however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such
Refinancing agreement or amendment are no less favorable to the Noteholders than
encumbrances and  restrictions  contained  in  such  agreements;  (4)  any  such
encumbrance  or restriction consisting of  customary nonassignment provisions in
leases governing leasehold interests to the extent such provisions restrict  the
transfer  of the  lease; (5)  in the  case of  clause (iii)  above, restrictions
contained in security agreements securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary to the
extent such restrictions restrict the transfer  of the property subject to  such
security  agreements;  and  (6) any  restriction  with respect  to  a Restricted
Subsidiary imposed  pursuant  to an  agreement  entered  into for  the  sale  or
disposition  of all or substantially all of  the Capital Stock or assets of such
Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or disposition.
 
     Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. The Company shall  not,
and  shall not  permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to make  any Asset Disposition
unless (i) the Company or  such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration  at
the  time of such Asset Disposition at least  equal to the fair market value, as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including as to the value of
all non-cash consideration),  of the  shares and  assets subject  to such  Asset
Disposition  and  at least  90%  of the  consideration  thereof received  by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash and (ii) an  amount
equal  to 100% of the Net Available  Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied
by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) (A) first, to
the extent the Company elects (or is  required by the terms of any Senior  Debt)
to  prepay, repay  or purchase  Senior Debt or  Debt (other  than any Redeemable
Stock) of a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary (in each case other  than Debt owed to  the
Company  or an Affiliate of  the Company) within 60 days  after the later of the
date of such Asset Disposition  or the receipt of  such Net Available Cash;  (B)
second,  to  the  extent  of  the  balance  of  such  Net  Available  Cash after
application in accordance  with clause  (A), at  the Company's  election to  the
investment  by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in assets to replace the
assets that were the  subject of such  Asset Disposition or  in assets that,  as
determined  by the Board of Directors and  evidenced by resolutions of the Board
of Directors, will be used in the  businesses of the Company and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries  existing on  the Issue  Date or  in businesses  reasonably related
thereto, in all cases within 270 days after the later of the date of such  Asset
Disposition  or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; (C) third, to the extent
the Company is  entitled pursuant  to then existing  contractual limitations  to
receive  dividends and distributions from the relevant Restricted Subsidiary and
of the balance of such Net  Available Cash after application in accordance  with
clauses  (A) and (B), to make an offer pursuant to and subject to the conditions
contained in the Indenture to the holders of the Notes (and to holders of  other
Senior  Subordinated Debt designated by the Company) to purchase Notes (and such
other Senior Subordinated  Debt) at  a purchase price  of 100%  of the  Accreted
Value  thereof (without premium) plus accrued and unpaid interest (or in respect
of such other  Senior Subordinated Debt  such lesser  price, if any,  as may  be
provided  for  by the  terms of  such  other Senior  Subordinated Debt)  and (D)
fourth, to  the  extent  of  the  balance  of  such  Net  Available  Cash  after
application  in accordance with clauses (A), (B) and (C), to (x) the acquisition
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets to replace the assets that
were the subject of such Asset Disposition or assets
 
                                      111
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
that, as determined by  the Board of Directors  and evidenced by resolutions  of
the  Board of Directors, will  be used in the businesses  of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the  Issue Date or in businesses  reasonably
related thereto or (y) the prepayment, repayment or purchase of Debt (other than
any  Redeemable Stock) of the  Company (other than Debt  owed to an Affiliate of
the Company) or Debt of any Restricted  Subsidiary (other than Debt owed to  the
Company  or an Affiliate of the Company), in each case within 360 days after the
later of the receipt of such Net Available Cash and the date the offer described
in clause (C)  is consummated;  provided, however  that in  connection with  any
prepayment,  repayment or purchase  of Debt pursuant  to clause (A),  (C) or (D)
above, the Company  or such  Restricted Subsidiary  shall retire  such Debt  and
shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an
amount   equal  to  the  principal  amount  so  prepaid,  repaid  or  purchased.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the Company and  the
Restricted  Subsidiaries shall not  be required to apply  any Net Available Cash
(other than  Net  Available Cash  from  an  Asset Disposition  consisting  of  a
Sale/Leaseback  Transaction that  the Company has  elected to treat  as an Asset
Disposition  pursuant  to   clause  (ii)   of  the   covenant  described   under
'  -- Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions'  above) in accordance with this
paragraph except to the  extent that the aggregate  Net Available Cash from  all
Asset  Dispositions  which are  not applied  in  accordance with  this paragraph
exceeds $5.0 million. The Company  shall not permit any Non-Recourse  Subsidiary
to  make  any Asset  Disposition  unless such  Non-Recourse  Subsidiary receives
consideration at the time of such Asset  Disposition at least equal to the  fair
market  value of the shares or assets so disposed of. Pending application of Net
Available Cash  pursuant to  this covenant,  such Net  Available Cash  shall  be
invested in Permitted Investments.
 
     In  the event of an  Asset Disposition that requires  the purchase of Notes
(and other  Senior Subordinated  Debt)  pursuant to  clause (ii)(C)  above,  the
Company  will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the
Company for the Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Debt at the purchase  price
set  forth above) in accordance with  the procedures (including prorating in the
event of oversubscription) set forth in the Indenture. The Company shall not  be
required  to make  such an  offer to  purchase Notes  if the  Net Available Cash
available  therefor  is  less  than  $5.0  million  for  any  particular   Asset
Disposition  (which  lesser  amount shall  be  carried forward  for  purposes of
determining whether such  an offer is  required with respect  to any  subsequent
Asset Disposition).
 
     The  Company shall comply, to the  extent applicable, with the requirements
of Section  14(e)  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  any  other  securities  laws  or
regulations  in  connection  with  the  repurchase  of  Notes  pursuant  to this
covenant.  To  the  extent  that  the  provisions  of  any  securities  laws  or
regulations  conflict with provisions of this covenant, the Company shall comply
with the applicable securities laws and  regulations and shall not be deemed  to
have breached its obligations under this clause by virtue thereof.
 
     Limitation  on  Transactions with  Affiliates. The  Company shall  not, and
shall not permit  any Restricted Subsidiary  to, conduct any  business or  enter
into  any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase,
sale, lease or exchange of  any property or the  rendering of any service)  with
any  Affiliate of the Company unless the  terms of such business, transaction or
series of  transactions are  as  favorable to  the  Company or  such  Restricted
Subsidiary  as  terms that  would be  obtainable  at the  time for  a comparable
transaction or series of similar  transactions in arm's-length dealings with  an
unrelated  third person; provided, however, that  in the case of any transaction
or  series  of  related  transactions  involving  aggregate  payments  or  other
transfers  by the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries in excess of (i) $1.0
million, the  Company shall  deliver  an Officers'  Certificate to  the  Trustee
certifying   that  the  terms  of  such   business,  transaction  or  series  of
transactions (x) comply with this covenant,  (y) have been set forth in  writing
and  (z) have been determined in good  faith by the disinterested members of the
Board of Directors to satisfy the criteria set forth in this covenant, and  (ii)
$5.0  million, the Company shall also deliver  to the Trustee an opinion from an
investment banking firm of national prominence  that is not an Affiliate of  the
Company  to the effect that such  business, transaction or transactions are fair
to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.
 
     The provisions  of  the preceding  paragraph  shall not  prohibit  (i)  any
Restricted  Payment  permitted to  be  paid pursuant  to  the provisions  of the
covenant described under ' -- Limitation on Restricted
 
                                      112
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Payments,' (ii) any Issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or  grants
in  cash, securities  or otherwise  pursuant to,  or the  funding of, employment
arrangements, stock options and stock ownership  plans approved by the Board  of
Directors  in  the  ordinary course  of  business and  consistent  with industry
practices, (iii)  loans  or  advances  to  employees  of  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiaries  (other  than Restricted  Holders) (A)  in  the ordinary  course of
business in an aggregate  amount outstanding not to  exceed $1.0 million or  (B)
the  proceeds of which are used to acquire from the Company Capital Stock of the
Company (other than Redeemable Stock or Exchangeable Stock); (iv) the payment of
reasonable fees to directors of the  Company and its Subsidiaries (other than  a
Restricted Holder) who are not employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (v)
salaries  to employees  in the ordinary  course of business  and consistent with
industry  practices;  and  (vi)  any  transaction  between  the  Company  and  a
Restricted  Subsidiary  or between  Restricted Subsidiaries;  provided, however,
that no portion of  the minority interest in  any such Restricted Subsidiary  is
owned  by an Affiliate (other than the  Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary) of
the Company.
 
     Limitation on Guarantees Issued by BLC. The Company shall not permit BLC to
Issue, directly or indirectly, any Guarantee of any Debt of the Company that  is
expressly  by its terms junior  or subordinate in right  of payment to any other
Debt of the Company, unless  contemporaneously therewith effective provision  is
made  to Guarantee the  Notes equally and  ratably with, or  prior thereto, such
Debt for so long as such Debt is so Guaranteed.
 
   
     SEC Reports and Other Information. Notwithstanding that the Company may not
be required to be subject to the  reporting requirements of Section 13 or  15(d)
of  the Exchange Act, the Company shall  file with the SEC and thereupon provide
the Trustee  and Noteholders  with  such annual  reports and  such  information,
documents  and other reports  as are specified  in Sections 13  and 15(d) of the
Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such
information, documents and  other reports  to be so  filed and  provided at  the
times  specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under
such Sections. In addition, for so long as any of the Notes remain  outstanding,
the  Company will make  available to any  prospective purchaser of  the Notes or
beneficial owner  of  the  Notes  in  connection  with  any  sales  thereof  the
information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
    
 
SUCCESSOR COMPANY
 
     The  Company may  not consolidate  with or merge  with or  into, or convey,
transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any person unless: (i)
the resulting, surviving or transferee person (if not the Company), is organized
and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof
or the District of Columbia and such entity expressly assumes by a  supplemental
indenture,  executed and delivered  to the Trustee, in  form satisfactory to the
Trustee, all the obligations of the  Company under the Indenture and the  Notes;
(ii)  immediately  prior to  and after  giving effect  to such  transaction (and
treating any Debt  which becomes an  obligation of the  resulting, surviving  or
transferee  person or any Subsidiary  as a result of  such transaction as having
been  incurred  by  such  person  or  such  Subsidiary  at  the  time  of   such
transaction), no Default has occurred and is continuing; (iii) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, the resulting, surviving or transferee person
(in  the case of a transaction involving the  Company) would be able to Issue an
additional $1.00 of  Debt pursuant to  paragraph (a) of  the covenant  described
under  'Certain Covenants --  Limitation on Debt'  above; (iv) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, the resulting, surviving or transferee person
has Consolidated Net Worth in an amount which is not less than the  Consolidated
Net Worth of the Company prior to such transaction; and (v) the Company delivers
to  the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating that
such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if  any)
comply with the Indenture. The resulting, surviving or transferee person will be
the successor company.
 
     The  Company shall not  permit Benedek Broadcasting  to consolidate with or
merge with or into, or  convey, transfer or lease  all or substantially all  its
assets  to, any person unless: (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee person
(if not Benedek Broadcasting), is organized  and existing under the laws of  the
United  States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; (ii)
immediately prior to and after giving  effect to such transaction (and  treating
any Debt which becomes an obligation of the
 
                                      113
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
resulting,  surviving or transferee person or any Subsidiary as a result of such
transaction as having  been incurred by  such person or  such Subsidiary at  the
time  of such  transaction), no  Default has  occurred and  is continuing; (iii)
immediately after giving effect to such  transaction, the Company would be  able
to  Issue an additional $1.00 of Debt  pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant
described under 'Certain Covenants  -- Limitation on Debt'  above; and (iv)  the
Company  delivers  to the  Trustee an  Officers' Certificate  and an  Opinion of
Counsel, stating that such consolidation,  merger or transfer complies with  the
Indenture.
 
DEFAULTS
 
     An  Event of Default  is defined in the  Indenture as (i)  a default in the
payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days, (ii) a default
in the payment of principal  of any Note when due  at its Stated Maturity,  upon
optional  redemption, upon  required repurchase, upon  declaration or otherwise,
(iii)  the  failure  by  the  Company  to  comply  with  its  obligations  under
'  -- Successor Company' above, (iv) the failure by the Company to comply for 30
days after notice  with any  of its  obligations under  the covenants  described
under  'Change  of  Control'  above  or  under  the  covenants  described  under
' -- Certain Covenants' above  (in each case, other  than a failure to  purchase
Notes),  (v) the failure by the Company to  comply for 60 days after notice with
any of its  other agreements  or covenants or  any provisions  contained in  the
Indenture,  (vi) Debt of the  Company, BLC or any  Significant Subsidiary is not
paid within any applicable grace period  after final maturity or is  accelerated
by  the holders thereof because  of a default and the  total amount of such Debt
unpaid or accelerated  exceeds $5.0 million  and such failure  continues for  10
days  after notice (the 'cross acceleration provision'), (vii) certain events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization  of the Company,  BLC or a  Significant
Subsidiary  (the 'bankruptcy provisions'), (viii) any judgment or decree for the
payment of money in excess of $5.0 million is rendered against the Company,  BLC
or  a  Significant  Subsidiary, remains  outstanding  for  a period  of  60 days
following such judgment and is not  discharged, waived or stayed (the  'judgment
default  provision')  or  (ix)  the  Company,  Benedek  Broadcasting,  BLC  or a
Significant Subsidiary fails to maintain any License or Licenses with respect to
a Television  Station  or Television  Stations  owned  by it  which  License  is
necessary  for  continued  transmission  of  such  Television  Station's  normal
programming and the  Operating Cash Flow  for the most  recently completed  four
fiscal quarters of the Company of such Television Station or Television Stations
exceeds  10% of  the Operating  Cash Flow  of the  Company for  such period (the
'license maintenance provision').  However, a  default under  clause (iv),  (v),
(vi)  or (viii) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the
holders of 25% in principal amount  of the outstanding Notes notify the  Company
of  the  default and  the Company  does not  cure such  default within  the time
specified after receipt of such notice.
 
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders
of at least 25%  in principal amount  of the outstanding  Notes may declare  the
Accreted  Value and accrued but unpaid  interest on all the Notes (collectively,
the 'Default  Amount') to  be due  and payable.  Upon such  a declaration,  such
Default  Amount shall  be due  and payable immediately.  If an  Event of Default
relating to certain events  of bankruptcy, insolvency  or reorganization of  the
Company  occurs and is continuing, the Default Amount will ipso facto become and
be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the  part
of  the Trustee or  any holders of  the Notes. Under  certain circumstances, the
holders of a majority in principal  amount of the outstanding Notes may  rescind
any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.
 
     Subject  to the provisions of  the Indenture relating to  the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee  will
be  under  no obligation  to  exercise any  of the  rights  or powers  under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of the Notes  unless
such  holders  have  offered to  the  Trustee reasonable  indemnity  or security
against any loss, liability or expense.  Except to enforce the right to  receive
payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder of a Note
may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such
holder  has previously  given the  Trustee notice  that an  Event of  Default is
continuing, (ii) holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the  outstanding
Notes  have requested the Trustee to pursue  the remedy, (iii) such holders have
offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability
or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not  complied with such request within 60  days
after the receipt
 
                                      114
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
thereof and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority
in  principal  amount of  the outstanding  Notes  have not  given the  Trustee a
direction inconsistent with such request  within such 60-day period. Subject  to
certain  restrictions,  the holders  of a  majority in  principal amount  of the
outstanding Notes are given the  right to direct the  time, method and place  of
conducting  any  proceeding  for  any  remedy available  to  the  Trustee  or of
exercising any trust or  power conferred on the  Trustee. The Trustee,  however,
may  refuse to follow any direction that  conflicts with law or the Indenture or
that the Trustee  determines is unduly  prejudicial to the  rights of any  other
holder of a Note or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.
 
     The  Indenture provides that if  a Default occurs and  is continuing and is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee must  mail to each holder of the Notes  notice
of  the Default  within 10  days after  it occurs.  In addition,  the Company is
required to deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each  fiscal
year and within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters
of  each year, a certificate indicating whether  the signers thereof know of any
Default that occurred during the previous year. The Company also is required  to
deliver  to the  Trustee, within 10  days after the  occurrence thereof, written
notice of any event  which would constitute certain  Defaults, their status  and
what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.
 
     In  the case  of any Event  of Default  occurring by reason  of any willful
action (or inaction) taken (or  not taken) by or on  behalf of the Company  with
the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had
to pay at such time if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant
to the provisions described under ' -- Optional Redemption' above, an equivalent
premium  shall also  become and  be immediately  due and  payable to  the extent
permitted by law  upon the acceleration  of the  Notes. If an  Event of  Default
occurs prior to May 15, 2000 by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken
(or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the intention of avoiding the
prohibition  on redemption of the  Notes prior to May  15, 2000, pursuant to the
provisions described under  ' --  Optional Redemption' above,  then the  premium
payable  for purposes of this  paragraph shall be as  set forth in the following
table expressed as a percentage of the Accreted Value, plus accrued interest, if
any, to the date of payment if the  Event of Default occurs during the 12  month
period commencing on May 15:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          PERCENTAGE OF
YEAR                                                                                      ACCRETED VALUE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------
 
<S>                                                                                       <C>
1996...................................................................................       113.250%
1997...................................................................................       113.250
1998...................................................................................       113.250
1999...................................................................................       111.042
</TABLE>
 
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
 
     Subject  to  certain  exceptions, the  Indenture  may be  amended  with the
consent of the holders of a majority  of the principal amount of the Notes  then
outstanding and any past default or compliance with any provisions may be waived
with  the consent of  the holders of a  majority of the  principal amount of the
Notes then  outstanding. However,  without  the consent  of  each holder  of  an
outstanding Note, no amendment may, among other things, (i) reduce the amount of
Notes  whose holders must  consent to an  amendment, (ii) reduce  the rate of or
extend the time for payment of interest on any Note, (iii) reduce the  principal
of  or extend the Stated  Maturity of any Note,  (iv) reduce the premium payable
upon the redemption  of any Note  or change the  time at which  any Note may  be
redeemed  as described under ' -- Optional  Redemption' above, (v) make any Note
payable in money other than  that stated in the Note,  (vi) impair the right  of
any  holder of the Notes to receive payment of principal of and interest on such
holder's Notes on or after the due  dates therefor or to institute suit for  the
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder's Notes, (vii) make
any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder's consent or in
the  waiver provisions or (viii) make any change to the subordination provisions
of the Indenture.
 
     Without the consent of any holder of the Notes, the Company and the Trustee
may amend or supplement the Indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or
inconsistency, to provide for the
 
                                      115
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
assumption by a successor  corporation of the obligations  of the Company  under
the Indenture, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
certificated  Notes  (provided  that  the  uncertificated  Notes  are  issued in
registered form for purposes of Section  163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code  of
1986, as amended (the 'Code'), or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes
are  described  in Section  163(f)(2)(B) of  the Code),  to add  Guarantees with
respect to or secure the Notes, to add  to the covenants of the Company for  the
benefit of the holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power conferred
upon the Company or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights
of  any holder of  the Notes or  to comply with  any requirements of  the SEC in
connection with the qualification  of the Indenture under  the TIA. However,  no
amendment  may be  made to  the subordination  provisions of  the Indenture that
adversely affects  the rights  of any  holder of  Senior Debt  then  outstanding
unless  the holders  of such Senior  Debt (or their  Representative) consents to
such change.
 
     The consent  of  the  holders of  the  Notes  is not  necessary  under  the
Indenture  to  approve the  particular  form of  any  proposed amendment.  It is
sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment.
 
     After an amendment under  the Indenture becomes  effective, the Company  is
required  to  mail to  holders of  the  Notes a  notice briefly  describing such
amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders of the Notes,
or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.
 
DEFEASANCE
 
     The Company at any time may  terminate all its obligations under the  Notes
and   the  Indenture  ('legal  defeasance'),  except  for  certain  obligations,
including those respecting the defeasance trust and obligations to register  the
transfer  or exchange  of the  Notes, to  replace mutilated,  destroyed, lost or
stolen Notes and  to maintain a  registrar and  paying agent in  respect of  the
Notes. The Company at any time may terminate its obligations under the covenants
described  under  ' --  Certain  Covenants' and  '  -- Change  of  Control,' the
operation of the  cross acceleration provision,  the bankruptcy provisions  with
respect  to  Significant Subsidiaries,  the judgment  default provision  and the
license  maintenance  provision  described   under  'Defaults'  above  and   the
limitations contained in clauses (iii) and (iv) of the first paragraph or clause
(iii)  of  the  second  paragraph  described  under  'Successor  Company'  above
('covenant defeasance').
 
     The Company may  exercise its legal  defeasance option notwithstanding  its
prior  exercise of its covenant defeasance  option. If the Company exercises its
legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because  of
an  Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant
defeasance option, payment  of the Notes  may not be  accelerated because of  an
Event  of Default specified  in clause (iv),  (vi), (vii) (with  respect only to
Significant Subsidiaries), (viii) or (ix)  under 'Defaults' above or because  of
the  failure of  the Company to  comply with clause  (iii) or (iv)  of the first
paragraph or  clause (iii)  of the  second paragraph  under 'Successor  Company'
above.
 
     In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably
deposit  in  trust  (the 'defeasance  trust')  with  the Trustee  money  or U.S.
Government Obligations  for  the payment  of  principal, premium  (if  any)  and
interest  on the Notes to  redemption or maturity, as the  case may be, and must
comply with certain  other conditions,  including delivering to  the Trustee  an
Opinion  of Counsel to the  effect that holders of  the Notes will not recognize
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit
and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount  and
in  the same manner and at the same times as would have been in the case if such
deposit and defeasance had  not occurred (and, in  the case of legal  defeasance
only,  such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue
Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law).
 
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE
 
     United States Trust Company of New York is the Trustee under the  Indenture
and  has been appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard
to the Notes.
 
                                      116
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The Indenture and provisions of  the TIA incorporated by reference  therein
contain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of
the  Company, to  obtain payment  of claims  in certain  cases or  to realize on
certain property received  by it in  respect of  any such claim  as security  or
otherwise.  The Trustee  is permitted to  engage in other  transactions with the
Company or any Affiliate; provided, however, that if it acquires any conflicting
interest (as defined in  the Indenture or  in the TIA),  it must eliminate  such
conflict or resign.
 
GOVERNING LAW
 
     The Indenture provides that it and the Notes are governed by, and construed
in  accordance with, the laws of the State  of New York without giving effect to
applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application  of
the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
 
     'Accreted  Value' as of any date (the 'Specified Date') means, with respect
to each $1,000 principal amount at maturity of Notes:
 
          (i) if  the Specified  Date is  one  of the  following dates  (each  a
     'Semi-Annual Accrual Date'), the amount set forth opposite such date below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEMI-ANNUAL ACCRUAL DATE                                                      ACCRETED VALUE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------
 
<C>            <S>                                                            <C>
      June 6,  1996........................................................     $   530.46
 November 15,  1996........................................................         561.50
      May 15,  1997........................................................         598.70
 November 15,  1997........................................................         638.37
      May 15,  1998........................................................         680.66
 November 15,  1998........................................................         725.75
      May 15,  1999........................................................         773.83
 November 15,  1999........................................................         825.10
      May 15,  2000........................................................         879.76
 November 15,  2000........................................................         938.05
      May 15,  2001........................................................       1,000.00
</TABLE>
 
          (ii)  if  the Specified  Date occurs  between two  Semi-Annual Accrual
     Dates, the sum of (A) the  Accreted Value for the Semi-Annual Accrual  Date
     immediately  preceding the  Specified Date and  (B) an amount  equal to the
     product of (i) the Accreted Value for the immediately following Semi-Annual
     Accrual  Date  less  the  Accreted  Value  for  the  immediately  preceding
     Semi-Annual Accrual Date and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the
     number  of days from the immediately  preceding Semi-Annual Accrual Date to
     the Specified Date, using a 360-day  year of twelve 30-day months, and  the
     denominator   of  which  is  180  (or,  if  the  Semi-Annual  Accrual  Date
     immediately preceding the Specified Date  is June 6, 1996, the  denominator
     of which is 159); and
 
          (iii)  if the Specified Date occurs after the last Semi-Annual Accrual
     Date, $1,000.
 
     'Acquired Station' means  any Television  Station acquired  by the  Company
after the Issue Date.
 
     'Affiliate'  of  any specified  person means  (i)  any other  person which,
directly or indirectly, is in  control of, is controlled  by or is under  common
control with such specified person or (ii) any other person who is a director or
officer  (A) of such specified  person, (B) of any  subsidiary of such specified
person or (C) of any person described  in clause (i) above. For purposes of  the
covenants  described  under  'Certain  Covenants  --  Limitation  on  Restricted
Payments,' ' -- Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates' and ' --  Limitation
on  Sales of  Assets and Subsidiary  Stock,' (a)  control of a  person means the
power, direct or indirect,  to direct or cause  the direction of the  management
and  policies of such person whether by contract or otherwise and (b) beneficial
ownership of 5% or more of the  voting common equity (on a fully diluted  basis)
or  warrants to purchase such equity (whether or not currently exercisable) of a
person shall be deemed to be control of such person; and the terms 'controlling'
and 'controlled' have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
                                      117
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     'Asset Disposition' means  any sale, lease,  transfer or other  disposition
(or  series of  related sales, leases,  transfers or dispositions)  of shares of
Capital Stock  of  a  Subsidiary  (other  than  directors'  qualifying  shares),
property  or other assets (each referred to  for the purposes of this definition
as a 'disposition')  by the Company  or any of  its Subsidiaries (including  any
disposition  by means of  a merger, consolidation  or similar transaction) other
than (i) a disposition  by a Subsidiary to  the Company or by  the Company or  a
Subsidiary  to  a Wholly  Owned Subsidiary,  (ii) a  disposition of  property or
assets at  fair  market  value in  the  ordinary  course of  business,  (iii)  a
disposition  of obsolete  assets in  the ordinary  course of  business, (iv) for
purposes of the  covenant described  under 'Certain Covenants  -- Limitation  on
Sales  of  Assets  and Subsidiary  Stock'  only,  a disposition  subject  to the
covenant  described  under  '  --  Limitation  on  Restricted  Payments'  or   a
disposition  consisting of a  Sale/Leaseback Transaction unless  the Company has
elected to  treat  such  Sale/Leaseback  Transaction  as  an  Asset  Disposition
pursuant  to clause  (ii) of  the covenant  described under  ' --  Limitation on
Sale/Leaseback Transactions,' (v)  a disposition subject  to the provisions  set
forth  in  'Successor Company'  (except to  the extent  the Company  disposes of
substantially all (but not all) of its assets, in which event the assets not  so
disposed  of  shall  be deemed  as  having been  sold  by the  Company),  (vi) a
disposition pursuant to  the terms of  the Company Pledge  Agreement or (vii)  a
disposition  by the Company in  which and to the  extent the Company receives as
consideration Capital Stock of a person engaged in, or assets that will be  used
in,  the business  of the Company  existing on  the Issue Date  or in businesses
reasonably related  thereto, as  determined by  the Board  of Directors  of  the
Company,  the  determination of  which  will be  conclusive  and evidenced  by a
resolution of  the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company  at the  time  of  such
disposition.
 
     'Attributable Debt' in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means, as at
the  time of determination,  the present value (discounted  at the interest rate
set forth  on  the  face  of  the  Notes,  compounded  annually)  of  the  total
obligations  of the lessee for rental payments  during the remaining term of the
lease included  in such  Sale/Leaseback Transaction  (including any  period  for
which such lease has been extended).
 
     'Average  Life' means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any
Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i)  the sum of the products of (a)  the
numbers  of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive
scheduled principal payment  or redemption  or similar payment  with respect  to
such  Debt multiplied by (b) the amount of  such payment, by (ii) the sum of all
such payments.
 
     'Bank Credit Agreement'  means the Credit  Agreement, dated as  of June  6,
1996, among Benedek Broadcasting, as borrower, the Company, the Lenders referred
to therein, CIBC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Pearl Street, as
arranging  agent,  and  Goldman, Sachs  &  Co.,  as syndication  agent,  and all
promissory notes, guarantees, security  agreements, pledge agreements, deeds  of
trust,  mortgages,  letters  of  credit and  other  instruments,  agreements and
documents executed pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, in each case  as
the  same may be amended,  supplemented, restated, renewed, refinanced, replaced
or otherwise modified (in whole or in part and without limitation as to  amount,
terms, conditions, covenants or other provisions) from time to time.
 
     'Bank  Debt'  means  all  Senior Debt  outstanding  under  the  Bank Credit
Agreement.
 
     'BLC' means Benedek License Corporation, a corporation organized under  the
laws of the State of Delaware, and any successor company.
 
     'Board  of Directors' means  the Board of  Directors of the  Company or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.
 
     'Business Day' means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
 
     'Capital Lease  Obligations' of  a  person means  any obligation  which  is
required  to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a
balance sheet  of such  person prepared  in accordance  with generally  accepted
accounting  principles; the amount  of such obligation  shall be the capitalized
amount thereof,  determined in  accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles;  and  the Stated  Maturity thereof  shall  be the  date of  the last
payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date
upon which such  lease may  be terminated  by the  lessee without  payment of  a
penalty.
 
                                      118
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     'Capital  Stock' of any person means  any and all shares, interests, rights
to purchase,  warrants,  options,  participations or  other  equivalents  of  or
interests in (however designated) equity of such person, including any Preferred
Stock,  but excluding any  debt securities convertible  into or exchangeable for
such equity.
 
     'Cash Flow Leverage Ratio' as of any date of determination means the  ratio
of  (i) the  aggregate amount  outstanding of  all Debt  of the  Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries (including any  Debt issued under  paragraph (b) of  the
covenant  described under 'Certain Covenants --  Limitation on Debt') at the end
of the most recent fiscal quarter ending at  least 45 days prior to the date  of
determination to (ii) Operating Cash Flow for the four fiscal quarters ending on
the  last day of such fiscal quarter; provided, however, that (1) if the Company
or any Restricted  Subsidiary has Issued  any Debt since  the beginning of  such
period that remains outstanding or if the transaction giving rise to the need to
calculate  the Cash Flow Leverage Ratio is an Issuance of Debt, or both, Debt as
of such date and Operating  Cash Flow (including Consolidated Interest  Expense)
for  such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to
such Debt (in the case of Operating Cash  Flow, as if such Debt had been  Issued
on  the first day  of such period) and  the discharge of  any other Debt repaid,
repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Debt
(in the case of Operating  Cash Flow, as if such  discharge had occurred on  the
first day of such period), (2) if since the beginning of such period the Company
or  any Restricted  Subsidiary shall  have made  any Asset  Disposition, (A) the
Operating Cash Flow for such period shall  be reduced by an amount equal to  the
Operating  Cash Flow (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are
the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount
equal to the Operating  Cash Flow (if  negative), directly attributable  thereto
for  such  period (including  an  adjustment for  Consolidated  Interest Expense
directly attributable to any Debt (the 'Discharged Debt') of the Company or  any
Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with
respect  to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
with such Asset Dispositions for  such period (or, if  the Capital Stock of  any
Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
directly attributable to the Discharged Debt of such Restricted Subsidiary)) and
(B)  Debt for such period shall be reduced  by an amount equal to the Discharged
Debt, (3) if since the  beginning of such period  the Company or any  Restricted
Subsidiary  (by  merger  or otherwise)  shall  have  made an  Investment  in any
Restricted Subsidiary (or any person  which becomes a Restricted Subsidiary)  or
an  acquisition  of assets,  including any  acquisition  of assets  occurring in
connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder,  which
constitutes  all  or  substantially all  of  an  operating unit  of  a business,
Operating Cash Flow for such period  shall be calculated after giving pro  forma
effect  thereto (including the  Issuance of any  Debt) as if  such Investment or
acquisition occurred  on the  first day  of such  period and  (4) if  since  the
beginning  of  such period  any person  (that  subsequently became  a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or  into the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition or any
Investment  or  acquisition of  assets that  would  have required  an adjustment
pursuant to clause  (2) or  (3) above  if made by  the Company  or a  Restricted
Subsidiary  during  such  period, Operating  Cash  Flow  (including Consolidated
Interest Expense) for  such period shall  be calculated after  giving pro  forma
effect  thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred
on the first day of such period.  For purposes of this definition, whenever  pro
forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or
earnings  relating  thereto, and  the  amount of  Consolidated  Interest Expense
associated  with  any  Debt  Issued  in  connection  therewith,  the  pro  forma
calculations  shall be  determined in good  faith by a  responsible financial or
accounting Officer of the Company. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest
and is  being  given pro  forma  effect, the  interest  on such  Debt  shall  be
calculated  as if the rate  in effect on the date  of determination had been the
applicable rate for  the entire period  (taking into account  any Interest  Rate
Protection  Agreement applicable to  such Debt if  such Interest Rate Protection
Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).
 
     'Code' means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
     'Consolidated Interest Expense' means, for  any period, the total  interest
expense  of the Company  and its consolidated  Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to
the  extent  not  included  in  such  interest  expense,  (i)  interest  expense
attributable  to capital  leases, (ii)  amortization of  debt discount  and debt
Issuance cost, (iii) capitalized interest,  (iv) non-cash interest expense,  (v)
commissions, discounts and other fees
 
                                      119
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
and  charges  owed with  respect to  letters of  credit and  bankers' acceptance
financing, (vi) interest  actually paid by  the Company or  any such  Restricted
Subsidiary  under any Guarantee of Debt or other obligation of any other person,
(vii) net costs associated with  Hedging Obligations (including amortization  of
fees),  (viii) Preferred  Stock dividends in  respect of all  Preferred Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries  and Redeemable  Stock of  the Company  held by  persons
other  than  the  Company  or  a  Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary  and  (ix)  the cash
contributions to  any employee  stock ownership  plan or  similar trust  to  the
extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees
to any person (other than the Company) in connection with loans incurred by such
plan or trust to purchase newly issued or treasury shares of the Company.
 
     'Consolidated  Net Income'  means, for  any period,  the net  income of the
Company and its consolidated subsidiaries;  provided, however, that there  shall
not  be included  in such  Consolidated Net  Income: (i)  any net  income of any
person if  such person  is not  a  Restricted Subsidiary,  except that  (A)  the
Company's  equity in the net income of any  such person for such period shall be
included in such  Consolidated Net  Income up to  the aggregate  amount of  cash
actually  distributed by  such person  during such  period to  the Company  or a
Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the  case
of  a  dividend  or  other  distribution  to  a  Restricted  Subsidiary,  to the
limitations contained in clause (iii) below)  and (B) the Company's equity in  a
net  loss of any  such person for  such period shall  be included in determining
such Consolidated Net Income, (ii) any net income of any person acquired by  the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any
period  prior  to the  date of  such acquisition,  (iii) any  net income  of any
Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to  restrictions,
directly   or  indirectly,  on  the  payment  of  dividends  or  the  making  of
distributions by  such Restricted  Subsidiary, directly  or indirectly,  to  the
Company,  except that  (A) the Company's  equity in  the net income  of any such
Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net
Income up  to  the  aggregate  amount  of  cash  actually  distributed  by  such
Restricted  Subsidiary during such  period to the  Company or another Restricted
Subsidiary as  a dividend  or other  distribution  (subject, in  the case  of  a
dividend  or  other  distribution  to  another  Restricted  Subsidiary,  to  the
limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the Company's equity in a net  loss
of  any  such  Restricted  Subsidiary  for  such  period  shall  be  included in
determining such Consolidated Net Income, (iv) any gain (but not loss)  realized
upon  the sale or other  disposition of any property,  plant or equipment of the
Company  or   its  consolidated   subsidiaries   (including  pursuant   to   any
sale-and-leaseback  arrangement) which is  not sold or  otherwise disposed of in
the ordinary course of business  and any gain (but  not loss) realized upon  the
sale  or  other disposition  of  any Capital  Stock of  any  person and  (v) the
cumulative effect  of a  change in  accounting principles.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,   for  the  purposes   of  the  covenant   described  under  'Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on  Restricted Payments' only,  there shall be  excluded
from  Consolidated Net Income any dividends,  repayments of loans or advances or
other transfers of  assets from  a Non-Recourse Affiliate  to the  Company or  a
Restricted  Subsidiary  to the  extent such  dividends, repayments  or transfers
increase the  amount  of  Restricted  Payments  permitted  under  such  covenant
pursuant to clause (v) of paragraph (b) thereof.
 
     'Consolidated Net Worth' of any person means the total of the amounts shown
on  the  balance  sheet  of  such  person  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,
determined on  a  consolidated  basis  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles, as of the end of  the most recent fiscal quarter of such
person ending at least 45 days prior to the taking of any action for the purpose
of which the determination is being made, as (i) the par or stated value of  all
outstanding  Capital Stock of  such person plus (ii)  paid-in capital or capital
surplus relating  to such  Capital Stock  plus (iii)  any retained  earnings  or
earned surplus less (A) any accumulated deficit, (B) any amounts attributable to
Redeemable Stock and (C) any amounts attributable to Exchangeable Stock.
 
     'Debt'  of any person means, without  duplication, (i) the principal of and
premium (if  any)  in respect  of  (A) indebtedness  of  such person  for  money
borrowed  and (B)  indebtedness evidenced by  notes, debentures,  bonds or other
similar instruments  for the  payment of  which such  person is  responsible  or
liable;  (ii) all  Capital Lease Obligations  and all Attributable  Debt of such
person; (iii) all obligations of such  person Issued or assumed as the  deferred
purchase  price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such person and
all obligations  of  such  person  under  any  title  retention  agreement  (but
excluding  trade accounts payable  arising in the  ordinary course of business);
(iv) all obligations of such
 
                                      120
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
person for the reimbursement  of any obligor on  any letter of credit,  banker's
acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to
letters  of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i)
through (iii) above)  entered into in  the ordinary course  of business of  such
person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the
extent  drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed  no later than the third Business
Day following receipt  by such person  of a demand  for reimbursement  following
payment  on the  letter of credit);  (v) the  amount of all  obligations of such
person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of, in  the
case  of a Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock and, in the case of any other person,
any Redeemable Stock (but excluding any accrued dividends); (vi) all obligations
of the type  referred to in  clauses (i) through  (v) of other  persons and  all
dividends of other persons for the payment of which, in either case, such person
is  responsible  or liable,  directly or  indirectly,  as obligor,  guarantor or
otherwise, including any Guarantees of such obligations and dividends; and (vii)
all obligations of the  type referred to  in clauses (i)  through (vi) of  other
persons  secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such person (whether or
not such obligation is  assumed by such person),  the amount of such  obligation
being  deemed to be  the lesser of the  value of such property  or assets or the
amount of the obligation so secured.
 
     The amount of  Debt of  any person  at any  date shall  be the  outstanding
balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the
maximum  liability, upon  the occurrence of  the contingency giving  rise to the
obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date.
 
     'Default' means any event which is, or  after notice or passage of time  or
both would be, an Event of Default.
 
     'Designated  Senior Debt'  means (i) the  Bank Debt and  the Senior Secured
Notes and  (ii) any  other Senior  Debt of  the Company  which, at  the date  of
determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which,
at  the date of determination, the holders  thereof are committed to lend up to,
at least $25.0  million and  is specifically designated  by the  Company in  the
instrument  evidencing or governing such Senior Debt as 'Designated Senior Debt'
for purposes of the Senior Subordinated Discount Note Indenture.
 
     'EBITDA' for any period means the  Consolidated Net Income for such  period
(but  without  giving effect  to  adjustments, accruals,  deductions  or entries
resulting from purchase accounting, extraordinary losses or gains and any  gains
or  losses  from  any Asset  Dispositions),  plus  the following  to  the extent
deducted in calculating such  Consolidated Net Income:  (i) income tax  expense,
(ii)   Consolidated   Interest   Expense,  (iii)   depreciation   expense,  (iv)
amortization expense (including the amortization of Program Obligations) and (v)
all other noncash charges deducted in  the calculation of such Consolidated  Net
Income  (but excluding (a) any noncash charges related to the items described in
clauses (i) through (v) of the  definition of 'Consolidated Net Income' and  (b)
any  noncash charges to the extent that they  require an accrual of or a reserve
for cash disbursements for any  future period), and minus, without  duplication,
all  noncash  items  (but  excluding  revenue  from  barter  transactions)  that
increased such Consolidated Net Income.
 
     'Exchange Act' means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
     'Exchangeable Stock'  means  any Capital  Stock  which is  exchangeable  or
convertible into another security (other than Capital Stock of the Company which
is neither Exchangeable Stock nor Redeemable Stock).
 
     'Existing  Station' means (i) each of  the Television Stations owned by the
Company as of the Issue Date and (ii) each other Television Station acquired  by
the Company after the Issue Date and the License for which is owned by BLC.
 
     'Guarantee'  means any obligation,  contingent or otherwise,  of any person
directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt  or other obligation of any  person
and  any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such person
(i) to purchase or pay (or advance  or supply funds for the purchase or  payment
of)  such Debt or other obligation of  such person (whether arising by virtue of
partnership arrangements,  or by  agreement to  keep-well, to  purchase  assets,
goods,  securities  or  services,  to  take-or-pay,  or  to  maintain  financial
statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring
in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the  payment
thereof  or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or
in part);
 
                                      121
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
provided, however, that the term 'Guarantee' shall not include endorsements  for
collection  or deposit in the ordinary  course of business. The term 'Guarantee'
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
 
     'Hedging Obligations' of any  person means the  obligations of such  person
pursuant  to  any  interest  rate  swap  agreement,  foreign  currency  exchange
agreement, interest rate collar agreement,  option or futures contract or  other
similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such person against changes
in interest rates or foreign exchange rates.
 
     'Interest   Rate  Protection  Agreement'  means   any  interest  rate  swap
agreement,  interest  rate  cap  agreement  or  other  financial  agreement   or
arrangement   designed  to  protect  the   Company  or  any  Subsidiary  against
fluctuations in interest rates.
 
     'Investment' in any person means any loan or advance to, any Guarantee  of,
any  acquisition  of any  Capital Stock,  equity  interest, obligation  or other
security of,  or  capital contribution  or  other investment  in,  such  person.
Investments  shall exclude advances  to customers and  suppliers in the ordinary
course of business.
 
     'Issue' means issue,  assume, Guarantee, incur  or otherwise become  liable
for;  provided, however, that any Debt or  Capital Stock of a person existing at
the time such  person becomes  a Subsidiary (whether  by merger,  consolidation,
acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be issued by such Subsidiary at the
time  it  becomes a  Subsidiary;  and the  term  'Issuance' has  a corresponding
meaning.   For   purposes   of    the   covenant   described   under    'Certain
Covenants  --  Limitation  on  Debt,'  if  any  Debt  Issued  by  a Non-Recourse
Subsidiary  thereafter  ceases  to  be  Non-Recourse  Debt  of  a   Non-Recourse
Subsidiary,  then such event shall be deemed for the purpose of such covenant to
constitute the Issuance of such Debt by the issuer thereof.
 
     'Issue Date' means the date on which the Notes are initially issued.
 
     'Legal Holiday'  means a  Saturday, a  Sunday  or a  day on  which  banking
institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York.
 
     'License'  means,  with  respect to  any  Television Station,  any  and all
licenses and authorizations issued by the Federal Communications Commission with
respect to such Television Station.
 
     'Lien' means any mortgage, pledge,  security interest, conditional sale  or
other title retention agreement or other similar lien.
 
     'LMA'  means a local marketing  arrangement, sale agreement, time brokerage
agreement, management  agreement  or similar  arrangement  pursuant to  which  a
person, subject to customary preemption rights and other limitations (i) obtains
the right to sell at least a majority of the advertising inventory of a radio or
television  station of  which a  third party is  the licensee,  (ii) obtains the
right to exhibit programming and sell advertising time during a majority of  the
air  time  of  a  television  or radio  station  or  (iii)  manages  the selling
operations of a radio or television station with respect to at least a  majority
of the advertising inventory of such station.
 
     'Maximum Amount' as of any date of determination means, with respect to any
Acquired  Station, the product of  (i) the Operating Cash  Flow of such Acquired
Station for the four most recent fiscal  quarters ending at least 45 days  prior
to  such date of determination and (ii)  the number 5.0; provided, however, that
if such Acquired Station is acquired by the Company in connection with an  Asset
Disposition  of an  Existing Station,  the amount in  clause (i)  above shall be
reduced by the Operating Cash Flow for such period of such Existing Station.
 
     'Net Available Cash' from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received
(including any cash payments  received by way of  deferred payment of  principal
pursuant  to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when
received, but  excluding  any  other  consideration  received  in  the  form  of
assumption by the acquiring person of Debt or other obligations relating to such
properties  or assets or received in any  other noncash form) therefrom, in each
case net of  (i) all legal,  title and recording  tax expenses, commissions  and
other  fees and expenses  incurred, and all  Federal, state, provincial, foreign
and local taxes required to be  accrued as a liability under generally  accepted
accounting  principles, as  a consequence  of such  Asset Disposition,  (ii) all
payments made on any Debt which is  secured by any assets subject to such  Asset
Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any
 
                                      122
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
lien  upon or other security agreement of  any kind with respect to such assets,
or which must by its  terms, or in order to  obtain a necessary consent to  such
Asset  Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such
Asset Disposition, (iii)  all distributions  and other payments  required to  be
made  to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result
of such Asset Disposition  and (iv) the deduction  of appropriate amounts to  be
provided  by  the seller  as a  reserve, in  accordance with  generally accepted
accounting principles,  against  any  liabilities  associated  with  the  assets
disposed  of  in such  Asset  Disposition and  retained  by the  Company  or any
Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.
 
     'Net Cash Proceeds,' with respect to any Issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means the  cash  proceeds of  such  Issuance or  sale  net of  attorneys'  fees,
accountants'  fees,  underwriters'  or  placement  agents'  fees,  discounts  or
commissions and  brokerage,  consultant  and other  fees  actually  incurred  in
connection  with such  Issuance or sale  and net of  taxes paid or  payable as a
result thereof.
 
     'Non-Convertible Capital Stock' means, with respect to any corporation, any
non-convertible Capital Stock of such corporation and any Capital Stock of  such
corporation  convertible  solely  into  non-convertible  common  stock  of  such
corporation; provided,  however, that  Non-Convertible Capital  Stock shall  not
include any Redeemable Stock or Exchangeable Stock.
 
     'Non-Recourse  Affiliate'  means  a Non-Recourse  Subsidiary  or  any other
Affiliate of the Company or a  Restricted Subsidiary which (i) has not  acquired
any  assets (other  than cash)  directly or indirectly  from the  Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) only owns  properties acquired after the Issue  Date
and (iii) has no Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt.
 
     'Non-Recourse  Debt' means  Debt or  that portion of  Debt (i)  as to which
neither the Company nor its  Restricted Subsidiaries (A) provide credit  support
(including  any  undertaking,  agreement or  instrument  which  would constitute
Debt), (B) is  directly or indirectly  liable or (C)  constitute the lender  and
(ii)  no default with respect  to which (including any  rights which the holders
thereof may have to  take enforcement action  against a Non-Recourse  Affiliate)
would  permit (upon notice, lapse of time or  both) any holder of any other Debt
of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other
Debt or cause  the payment thereof  to be  accelerated or payable  prior to  its
Stated Maturity.
 
     'Non-Recourse Subsidiary' means a Subsidiary which (i) has not acquired any
assets  (other  than  cash)  directly  or indirectly  from  the  Company  or any
Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) only owns  properties acquired after the Issue  Date
and (iii) has no Debt other than Non-Recourse Debt.
 
     'Noteholder'  or  'Holder'  means  the  person  in  whose  name  a  Note is
registered on the Registrar's books.
 
     'Officer' means  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,  the  President,  any  Vice
President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.
 
     'Officers' Certificate' means a certificate signed by two Officers.
 
     'Operating  Cash Flow'  for any  period means  EBITDA for  such period less
Program Obligation Payments for such period; provided, however, that, when  used
in  the definition of 'Maximum Amount' with respect to a Television Station, all
references  to  the  Company   and  Restricted  Subsidiaries  and   consolidated
subsidiaries  used  in  the  definitions  of  'EBITDA'  and  'Program Obligation
Payments' and the  definitions used  therein shall be  deemed to  refer to  such
Television Station.
 
     'Opinion  of Counsel'  means a  written opinion  from legal  counsel who is
acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may  be an employee of or counsel to  the
Company or the Trustee.
 
     'Parent'  means any person that  beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,
all the Voting Stock of the Company.
 
     'Permitted Acquisition Debt' means  Debt of the  Company or any  Restricted
Subsidiary  Issued to finance all or any  portion of the cost of the acquisition
of an Acquired Station, where the License for such Acquired Station is owned  by
BLC,  and Refinancing Debt in respect of  such Debt; provided, however, that the
aggregate amount of such Permitted Acquisition Debt with respect to any Acquired
Station shall  not exceed  the  Maximum Amount  with  respect to  such  Acquired
Station.
 
                                      123
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     'Permitted  Holders' shall mean (i) A. Richard Benedek; (ii) family members
or relatives of A. Richard Benedek; (iii) any trusts created for the benefit  of
the  persons described  in clauses (i),  (ii) or  (iv) of this  paragraph or any
trust for  the  benefit  of any  trust;  (iv)  in  the event  of  the  death  or
incompetence  of any person described  in clauses (i) or  (ii) of this paragraph
such person's  estate,  executor,  administrator, committee  or  other  personal
representative or beneficiaries; or (v) any Affiliate of A. Richard Benedek.
 
     'Permitted Investments' shall mean (i) investments in direct obligations of
the  United States of America maturing within 90 days of the date of acquisition
thereof, (ii) investments in certificates of deposit maturing within 90 days  of
the  date of  acquisition thereof  issued by  a bank  or trust  company which is
organized under  the laws  of the  United  States or  any state  thereof  having
capital,  surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0 million,
and (iii)  investments in  commercial  paper given  the  highest rating  by  two
established  national credit rating agencies and  maturing not more than 90 days
from the date of acquisition thereof.
 
     'person' means  any individual,  corporation, partnership,  joint  venture,
limited    liability   company,   association,   joint-stock   company,   trust,
unincorporated organization, government or  any agency or political  subdivision
thereof or any other entity.
 
     'Preferred  Stock,' as  applied to  the Capital  Stock of  any corporation,
means Capital  Stock of  any  class or  classes  (however designated)  which  is
preferred  as to the payment  of dividends, or as  to the distribution of assets
upon  any  voluntary   or  involuntary  liquidation   or  dissolution  of   such
corporation,   over  shares  of  Capital  Stock  of  any  other  class  of  such
corporation.
 
     'principal' of  any  debt  security  means the  principal  amount  of  such
security  (in the  case of  a Note,  the Accreted  Value of  the Note)  plus the
premium, if any, payable on such debt security which is due or overdue or is  to
become due at the relevant time.
 
     'Program  Obligation  Payments' means,  for any  period of  calculation, an
amount equal to the aggregate amount paid in cash by or on behalf of the Company
and the  Restricted Subsidiaries  during  such period  with  respect to,  or  on
account of, Program Obligations.
 
     'Program  Obligations'  means  the  obligations  of  the  Company  and  the
Restricted Subsidiaries  with  respect  to  the  acquisition  of  the  right  to
broadcast  films and  other programming material,  payable in a  form other than
barter.
 
     'Public Equity Offering'  means an underwritten  public offering of  common
stock  of the Company or Parent  pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act.
 
     'Redeemable Stock' means any Capital Stock  that by its terms or  otherwise
is  required to be redeemed  on or prior to the  first anniversary of the Stated
Maturity of the Notes or  is redeemable at the option  of the holder thereof  at
any  time on  or prior to  the first anniversary  of the Stated  Maturity of the
Notes.
 
     'Refinance' means, in  respect of  any Debt, to  refinance, extend,  renew,
refund,  repay, prepay, redeem,  defease or retire, or  to Issue indebtedness in
exchange or replacement  for, such  Debt. 'Refinanced'  and 'Refinancing'  shall
have correlative meanings.
 
     'Refinancing  Debt' means Debt  that Refinances any Debt  of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary  existing on the  Issue Date or  Issued in  compliance
with  the Indenture;  provided, however,  that (i)  such Refinancing  Debt has a
Stated  Maturity  no  earlier  than  the  Stated  Maturity  of  the  Debt  being
Refinanced,  (ii) such  Refinancing Debt  has an Average  Life at  the time such
Refinancing Debt is Issued that is equal to or greater than the Average Life  of
the  Debt  being Refinanced  and (iii)  such Refinancing  Debt has  an aggregate
principal amount (or if Issued with original issue discount, an aggregate  issue
price)  that is  equal to  or less  than the  aggregate principal  amount (or if
Issued  with  original  issue  discount,  the  aggregate  accreted  value)  then
outstanding  or  committed under  the Debt  being Refinanced;  provided further,
however, that Refinancing Debt shall not  include (x) Debt of a Subsidiary  that
Refinances  Debt  of the  Company or  (y) Debt  of the  Company or  a Restricted
Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary.
 
     'Representative' means any trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an
issue of Senior Debt of the Company.
 
                                      124
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     'Restricted Holder' means a Permitted Holder  or a person (as such term  is
used  in Sections  13(d) and  14(d) of the  Exchange Act  and will  be deemed to
include each person included in such person) that owns, directly or  indirectly,
10%  or more  of the  total voting  power of  the Voting  Stock of  the Company;
provided, however, that for purposes of this definition a person shall be deemed
to have  ownership of  all shares  (a) that  any such  person has  the right  to
acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage
of  time and  (b) of a  corporation held  by any other  corporation (the 'parent
corporation') if such person is the owner, directly or indirectly, of more  than
10% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation.
 
     'Restricted   Subsidiary'  shall  mean   any  Subsidiary  that   is  not  a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary.
 
     'Sale/Leaseback Transaction' means any  arrangement relating to a  property
owned  as  of the  Issue Date  whereby  the Company  or a  Restricted Subsidiary
transfers such property to a person and leases it back from such person.
 
     'SEC' means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
     'Senior Debt' means  (i) all obligations  of the Company  now or  hereafter
existing  under the Bank Credit Agreement,  including principal of, premium, and
interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition  in
bankruptcy  or for  reorganization relating to  the Company whether  or not such
post-petition interest  is  allowed as  a  claim  in such  proceeding)  on  Debt
outstanding  under the Bank  Credit Agreement, reimbursement  obligations of the
Company with respect to any letters of credit outstanding under the Bank  Credit
Agreement  and any  obligations thereunder  for fees,  expenses and indemnities,
(ii) Debt of the  Company, whether outstanding on  the Issue Date or  thereafter
Issued  and (iii) accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or
after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to
the Company whether or not post-filing  interest is allowed in such  proceeding)
in  respect  of (A)  indebtedness  of the  Company  for money  borrowed  and (B)
indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar  instruments
for  the payment of  which the Company  is responsible or  liable unless, in the
instrument creating or  evidencing the  same or pursuant  to which  the same  is
outstanding,  it is provided that such obligations  are not superior in right of
payment to the Notes; provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not include  (i)
any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary, (ii) any liability for Federal,
state,  local or other  taxes owed or  owing by the  Company, (iii) any accounts
payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course  of
business   (including   Guarantees  thereof   or  instruments   evidencing  such
liabilities), (iv) any  Debt, Guarantee or  obligation of the  Company which  is
subordinate  or junior in any respect to any other Debt, Guarantee or obligation
of the Company or (v) that portion of any Debt which at the time of Issuance  is
Issued in violation of the Indenture.
 
     'Senior  Secured Notes' means the 11 7/8%  Senior Secured Notes due 2005 of
Benedek Broadcasting.
 
     'Senior Subordinated  Debt' means  the  Notes and  any  other Debt  of  the
Company that specifically provides that such Debt is to rank pari passu with the
Notes  in right  of payment  and is not  subordinated by  its terms  in right of
payment to any Debt or other obligation of the Company which is not Senior Debt.
 
     'Significant Subsidiary' means (i) any  domestic Subsidiary of the  Company
(other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) which at the time of determination either
(A)  had assets  which, as of  the date  of the Company's  most recent quarterly
consolidated balance  sheet, constituted  at  least 3%  of the  Company's  total
assets  on a  consolidated basis as  of such date,  or (B) had  revenues for the
12-month period  ending on  the  date of  the  Company's most  recent  quarterly
consolidated  statement of income which constituted at least 3% of the Company's
total revenues  on  a consolidated  basis  for  such period,  (ii)  any  foreign
Subsidiary  of the Company  (other than a Non-Recourse  Subsidiary) which at the
time of  determination either  (A)  had assets  which, as  of  the date  of  the
Company's most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least
5%  of the Company's  total assets on a  consolidated basis as  of such date, in
each  case  determined   in  accordance  with   generally  accepted   accounting
principles,  or (B) had revenues  for the 12-month period  ending on the date of
the Company's  most  recent quarterly  consolidated  statement of  income  which
constituted  at least 5% of the Company's total revenues on a consolidated basis
for such  period,  or  (iii)  any  Subsidiary  of  the  Company  (other  than  a
 
                                      125
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Non-Recourse  Subsidiary) which, if  merged with all  Defaulting Subsidiaries of
the Company,  would at  the time  of determination  either (A)  have had  assets
which,  as  of the  date  of the  Company's  most recent  quarterly consolidated
balance sheet, would have constituted at least 10% of the Company's total assets
on a  consolidated basis  as of  such  date or  (B) have  had revenues  for  the
12-month  period  ending on  the  date of  the  Company's most  recent quarterly
consolidated statement of income  which would have constituted  at least 10%  of
the  Company's total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period (each such
determination being  made  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles).  'Defaulting Subsidiary' means any Subsidiary of the Company (other
than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) with respect  to which an event described  under
clause  (vi), (vii) or  (viii) of the  first paragraph under  ' -- Defaults' has
occurred and is continuing.
 
     'Specified Debt' means Debt  the proceeds of which  are utilized solely  to
(i)  acquire all or substantially all of the  assets or a majority of the Voting
Stock of an  existing television  or radio broadcasting  business, franchise  or
station  or any  business related  or ancillary thereto  or (ii)  finance an LMA
(including to Refinance indebtedness or other obligations incurred in connection
with such acquisition or LMA,  as the case may be,  and to pay related fees  and
expenses);  provided, however,  that (A) such  Debt is incurred  within 270 days
after the date on which the related definitive acquisition agreement or LMA,  as
the case may be, was entered into by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (B)
the  aggregate principal amount  of such Debt  is no greater  than the aggregate
principal amount of Debt set forth in  a notice from the Company to the  Trustee
(an  'Incurrence Notice') within  ten days after  the date on  which the related
definitive acquisition agreement or  LMA, as the case  may be, was entered  into
which  notice shall be executed  on the Company's behalf  by its chief financial
officer in such capacity and shall describe in reasonable detail the acquisition
or LMA, as the  case may be, which  such Debt will be  incurred to finance,  (C)
such  Debt is utilized solely to finance the acquisition or LMA, as the case may
be, described in such Incurrence Notice (including to Refinance indebtedness  or
other  obligations incurred in  connection with such acquisition  or LMA, as the
case may be, and to pay related fees and expenses).
 
     'Stated Maturity' means, with respect  to any security, the date  specified
in  such security as the  fixed date on which the  principal of such security is
due and payable, including pursuant  to any mandatory redemption provision  (but
excluding  any provision  providing for the  repurchase of such  security at the
option of the holder thereof upon  the happening of any contingency unless  such
contingency has occurred).
 
     'Strategic  Equity Investor' means any person  which is, or is a controlled
Affiliate of  any person  which is,  engaged principally  in a  media  business;
provided,  however,  that  Strategic  Equity  Investor  shall  not  include  any
Affiliate of the Company.
 
     'Strategic Investment' means a sale by the Company or Parent of its  common
stock to one or more Strategic Equity Investors.
 
     'Subordinated   Obligation'  means   any  Debt  of   the  Company  (whether
outstanding on  the  date  of  the Indenture  or  thereafter  Issued)  which  is
expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes.
 
     'Subsidiary'  means  any  corporation,  association,  partnership,  limited
liability company or other business entity of  which more than 50% of the  total
voting   power  of  shares  of  Capital  Stock  or  other  interests  (including
partnership interests)  entitled  (without  regard  to  the  occurrence  of  any
contingency)  to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof
is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) the  Company,
(ii) the Company and one or more Subsidiaries or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries.
 
     'Tax  Amounts' with respect  to any calendar  year means the  sum of (a) an
amount equal  to  the product  of  (i) the  Federal  taxable income  of  Benedek
Broadcasting for such year as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
and  as certified  by a  nationally recognized  tax accounting  firm and without
taking into account the deductibility of  state income taxes for Federal  income
tax purposes multiplied by (ii) the State Tax Percentage (as defined below) plus
(b)  the greater of (i) the product of (w) the Federal taxable income of Benedek
Broadcasting for such year as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
and as certified by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm and taking  into
 
                                      126
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
account  the deductibility  of the  amount determined in  clause (a)  above as a
state income tax for Federal income  tax purposes multiplied by (x) the  Federal
Tax  Percentage (as defined below)  and (ii) the product  of (y) the alternative
minimum taxable income attributable to Benedek Broadcasting's stockholder(s)  by
reason of the income of Benedek Broadcasting for such year as determined in good
faith  by the Board of Directors and as certified by a nationally recognized tax
accounting firm multiplied by (z) the Federal Tax Percentage; provided, however,
the amount as calculated above shall be reduced by the amount of any income  tax
benefit  attributable to Benedek Broadcasting which could be realized by Benedek
Broadcasting's stockholders in the  current or a  prior taxable year  (including
tax losses, alternative minimum tax credits, other tax credits and carryforwards
or  carrybacks thereof)  to the  extent not  previously taken  into account. The
amount of any such income tax benefit described in the proviso to the  preceding
sentence  shall be determined in a manner consistent with the calculation of the
Tax Amount for the relevant year. Any part of the Tax Amount not distributed  in
respect  of  a  tax year  for  which it  is  calculated shall  be  available for
distribution in subsequent tax years. The term 'State Tax Percentage' shall mean
the highest applicable statutory marginal rate of state and local income tax  to
which  an individual  resident of the  Relevant Jurisdiction  (as defined below)
would be subject in the  relevant year of determination as  a result of being  a
stockholder  of a corporation  taxable as an S  Corporation in such jurisdiction
(as certified to the  Trustee by a nationally  recognized tax accounting  firm).
The  term 'Relevant Jurisdiction'  shall mean the  jurisdiction in which, during
the relevant taxable year, (c) Benedek Broadcasting is doing business for  state
and  local  income tax  purposes, (d)  Benedek  Broadcasting derives  the first,
second, third or fourth highest percentage of its gross income as calculated for
Federal income tax purposes (excluding therefrom any gain or loss from the  sale
or   other  disposition  of  any  television   station  then  owned  by  Benedek
Broadcasting) and (e) Benedek  Broadcasting is taxable as  an S Corporation  for
state  and local income tax purposes that imposes the highest aggregate marginal
rate of state and local income tax  on individuals (as certified to the  Trustee
by  a  nationally  recognized  tax  accounting  firm).  The  term  'Federal  Tax
Percentage' shall mean the highest applicable statutory marginal rate of Federal
income tax or, in the case of clause (b)(ii) above, alternative minimum tax,  to
which  an  individual resident  of the  United  States would  be subject  in the
relevant year of  determination (as  certified to  the Trustee  by a  nationally
recognized  tax accounting firm); provided, however,  that, for any taxable year
(or portion  thereof) for  which Benedek  Broadcasting is  not taxable  as an  S
Corporation for Federal income tax purposes, the Federal Tax Percentage shall be
zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sum of the State Tax Percentage and the
Federal  Tax  Percentage  (the  'Total Tax  Percentage')  shall  not  exceed the
percentage (the 'Maximum Tax Percentage') equal to the lesser of (f) the highest
applicable statutory marginal rate  of Federal, state and  local income tax  or,
when  applicable, alternative minimum tax, to which a corporation doing business
in any state  in which Benedek  Broadcasting is  doing business at  the time  of
determination  would  be  subject  in the  relevant  year  of  determination (as
certified to the Trustee by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm) plus 5%
and (g) 55%. If the Total Tax Percentage exceeds the Maximum Tax Percentage, the
Federal Tax Percentage  shall be reduced  to the extent  necessary to cause  the
Total  Tax Percentage to equal the  Maximum Tax Percentage. Distributions of Tax
Amounts may be  made from  time to  time with  respect to  a tax  year based  on
reasonable  estimates, with reconciliation within 40  days of the earlier of (i)
Benedek Broadcasting's filing of the Internal Revenue Service Form 1120S for the
applicable taxable year  and (ii)  the last  date such  form is  required to  be
filed.  The  stockholder  of  Benedek Broadcasting  will  enter  into  a binding
agreement with  Benedek  Broadcasting  to  reimburse  Benedek  Broadcasting  for
certain  positive differences between the distributed amount and the Tax Amount,
which difference must be paid at the time of such reconciliation.
 
     'Television Station' means  any group  of assets which  constitutes all  or
substantially  all  of the  assets  which would  be  necessary to  carry  on the
business of a commercial television broadcast station and which, when  purchased
by   a   single  purchaser   would  (together   with  any   necessary  licenses,
authorizations,  working  capital  and  operating  location)  be   substantially
sufficient to allow such purchaser to carry on such business.
 
     'TIA' means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. SSSS77aaa-77bbbb) as
in effect on the Issue Date.
 
                                      127
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     'U.S.  Government  Obligations' means  direct obligations  (or certificates
representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the United States  of
America  (including any  agency or instrumentality  thereof) for  the payment of
which the full faith and credit of  the United States of America is pledged  and
which are not callable at the issuer's option.
 
     'Voting  Stock' of a corporation means all classes of Capital Stock of such
corporation then outstanding and  normally entitled to vote  in the election  of
directors.
 
     'Wholly  Owned Subsidiary'  means a  Restricted Subsidiary  all the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares) is owned by the Company
or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
     Holders of the  Exchange Securities  are not entitled  to any  registration
rights   with  respect  to  the  Exchange  Securities.  Under  the  Registration
Agreement, the Company  has agreed  to use its  best efforts  to consummate  the
Exchange Offer by October 4, 1996 for the benefit of the Holders of the Existing
Notes.  The Company will keep the Exchange Offer  open for not less than 30 days
(or longer if required by applicable law) after the date notice of the  Exchange
Offer is mailed to the Holders of the Existing Notes.
    
 
     In  the event that  applicable interpretations of  the staff of  the SEC in
letters issued to third parties do not permit the Company to effect the Exchange
Offer, or if the  Initial Purchaser so requests  with respect to Existing  Notes
not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer or if
any  Holder of  Existing Notes  is not eligible  to participate  in the Exchange
Offer or does not receive freely  tradeable Exchange Securities in the  Exchange
Offer,  the Company will,  at its cost,  (a) as promptly  as practicable, file a
Shelf Registration  Statement covering  resales  of the  Existing Notes  or  the
Exchange  Securities, as the case may be, (b)  use its best efforts to cause the
Shelf Registration Statement to be  declared effective under the Securities  Act
and  (c) keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective until three years after
the date of original issuance  of the Existing Notes.  The Company will, in  the
event  a Shelf Registration  Statement is filed, among  other things, provide to
each Holder for whom such Shelf  Registration Statement was filed copies of  the
prospectus which is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such
Holder  when  the Shelf  Registration Statement  has  become effective  and take
certain other actions  as are  required to  permit unrestricted  resales of  the
Existing  Notes or the  Exchange Securities, as  the case may  be. A Holder that
sells such Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally would be
required to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus  and
to  deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will  be subject to certain of the civil
liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales  and
will  be  bound  by  the  provisions of  the  Registration  Agreement  which are
applicable to such a Holder.
 
   
     The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Agreement does
not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified by reference  to,
all the provisions of the Registration Agreement, a copy of which is filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The  authorized capital stock of the  Company consists of 25,000,000 shares
of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 25,000,000 shares of Class B
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, and 2,500,000 shares of preferred stock,
par value $0.01 per share. The Company has outstanding 7,030,000 shares of Class
B Common  Stock, 600,000  shares  of Exchangeable  Preferred Stock  and  450,000
shares  of Seller Junior Discount Preferred  Stock. In addition, the Company has
1,488,000 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise  of
the  Warrants and 370,000 shares  of Class B Common  Stock reserved for issuance
upon exercise of outstanding options held by the President of the Company.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
     The following  description of  the Common  Stock of  the Company  does  not
purport  to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified by the provisions of
its Certificate of Incorporation. A copy of the
    
 
                                      128
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Certificate of  Incorporation  is  filed  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
     Dividends.  Holders of shares of Common  Stock are entitled to receive such
dividends as may  be declared by  the Board  of Directors out  of funds  legally
available  for such  purpose. No  dividend may  be declared  or paid  in cash or
property  on  any  share  of  any   class  of  Common  Stock,  however,   unless
simultaneously  the same dividend is declared or paid on each share of the other
classes of Common Stock. In the case  of any stock dividend, holders of Class  A
Common  Stock are entitled  to receive the same  percentage dividend (payable in
shares of Class A Common Stock) as the holders of Class B Common Stock  (payable
in shares of Class B Common Stock).
 
     Voting Rights. Holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common
Stock  vote  as  a single  class  on all  matters  submitted  to a  vote  of the
stockholders, with each share of Class A  Common Stock entitled to one vote  and
each  share of Class  B Common Stock entitled  to ten votes,  except (i) at such
time as  any class  of Common  Stock of  the Company  is subject  to Rule  13e-3
promulgated  under  the  Exchange  Act,  with  respect  to  any  'going private'
transaction between the Company and any  Permitted Holder and (ii) as  otherwise
provided  by law. A 'going private' transaction is any 'Rule 13e-3 Transaction,'
as such term is defined in Rule 13e-3.
 
     The holders of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock vote as  a
single  class with respect to any  proposed 'going private' transaction with any
Permitted Holder, with each  share of Class  A Common Stock  and Class B  Common
Stock entitled to one vote.
 
     Under  Delaware law, the affirmative  vote of the holders  of a majority of
the outstanding shares  of any  class of Common  Stock is  required to  approve,
among  other things, a change in the designations, preferences or limitations of
the shares of such class of Common Stock.
 
     Liquidation Rights.  Upon liquidation,  dissolution  or winding-up  of  the
Company,  the holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to share ratably with
the holders of  Class B Common  Stock in all  assets available for  distribution
after payment in full of creditors.
 
     Other  Provisions.  Each  share of  Class  B Common  Stock  is convertible,
subject to  compliance with  FCC rules  and regulations,  at the  option of  its
holder,  into one share of Class A Common Stock at any time. Each share of Class
B Common Stock  converts automatically into  one share of  Class A Common  Stock
upon  its  sale or  other transfer  to a  party other  than a  Permitted Holder,
subject to compliance  with FCC  rules and  regulations. The  holders of  Common
Stock  are  not entitled  to preemptive  or subscription  rights. The  shares of
Common  Stock  presently  outstanding  are   validly  issued,  fully  paid   and
nonassessable.  In  any  merger,  consolidation  or  business  combination,  the
consideration to be received per share by  holders of Class A Common Stock  must
be  identical to that received  by holders of Class B  Common Stock. No class of
Common Stock may be subdivided, consolidated, reclassified or otherwise  changed
unless   concurrently  the  other  classes   of  Common  Stock  are  subdivided,
consolidated, reclassified or otherwise  changed in the  same proportion and  in
the same manner.
 
EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The  following  description of  the Exchangeable  Preferred Stock  does not
purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified by reference to,  all
of  the provisions in the Certificate of Designation relating thereto. A copy of
the Certificate of Designation for the Exchangeable Preferred Stock is filed  as
an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    
 
     Ranking.  The Exchangeable Preferred Stock, with respect to dividend rights
and rights on liquidation, winding-up and  dissolution, ranks (i) senior to  the
common  stock of the Company and the  Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock and
to each other class  of capital stock or  series of preferred stock  established
after  the  date  of  the  consummation  of  the  offering  of  the  Units  (the
'Exchangeable Preferred Stock  Issue Date')  by the  Board of  Directors of  the
Company  the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior to, or
on a  parity  with,  the  Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  (the  'Company  Junior
Securities'),  (ii) on a parity with each other class of capital stock or series
of preferred stock established after the Exchangeable Preferred Stock Issue Date
by the Board of Directors  of the Company the  terms of which expressly  provide
that  such class or series will rank on a parity with the Exchangeable Preferred
Stock  (the   'Company   Parity   Securities')  and   (iii)   junior   to   each
 
                                      129
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
class  of  capital stock  or  series of  preferred  stock established  after the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Issue Date by the Board of Directors of the Company
the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank  senior
to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
 
     Dividends.  Holders  of the  outstanding  shares of  Exchangeable Preferred
Stock are  entitled  to receive,  when,  as and  if  declared by  the  Board  of
Directors  of  the  Company,  out  of  funds  legally  available  therefor, cash
dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock at a rate per annum equal to 15.0%
of the then effective liquidation preference per share of Exchangeable Preferred
Stock, payable quarterly. If any dividend  payable on any dividend payment  date
on  or before  July 1, 2001,  is not declared  or paid  in full in  cash on such
dividend payment date, the amount payable as dividends on such dividend  payment
date   will  be  added  automatically  to  the  liquidation  preference  of  the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock on  such dividend payment date  and will be  deemed
paid  in full and will not accumulate. No full dividends may be declared or paid
or funds set apart for the payment of dividends on any Company Parity Securities
for  any  period   unless  full   cumulative  dividends  shall   have  been   or
contemporaneously  are declared  and paid (or  are deemed declared  and paid) in
full or declared  and, if payable  in cash, a  sum in cash  sufficient for  such
payment  is set apart for  such payment on the  Exchangeable Preferred Stock. If
full dividends are  not so  paid, the  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock will  share
dividends  pro rata with the Company Parity Securities. No dividends may be paid
or set apart for such payment on Company Junior Securities (except dividends  on
Company  Junior  Securities  payable  in  additional  shares  of  Company Junior
Securities) and no Company Junior Securities or Company Parity Securities may be
repurchased, redeemed  or otherwise  retired  nor may  funds  be set  apart  for
payment  with  respect  thereto,  if full  cumulative  dividends  have  not been
declared and paid in full (or deemed paid) on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock.
 
     Liquidation. The Exchangeable  Preferred Stock was  issued with an  initial
aggregate  liquidation preference of $60.0  million. Holders of the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock, in the event of  any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up  of
the  Company, will  be entitled  to be paid,  out of  the assets  of the Company
available for  distribution  to  stockholders, the  then  effective  liquidation
preference  per share of Exchangeable Preferred Stock (initially $100 per share,
but subject to increase to the extent dividends are not declared and paid on  or
prior  to July 1, 2001), plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid dividends
thereon, before  any distribution  is  made on  any Company  Junior  Securities,
including, without limitation, common stock of the Company and the Seller Junior
Discount  Preferred  Stock. If  the assets  of the  Company are  insufficient to
permit the payment of  the full preferential amounts  payable to holders of  the
Exchangeable  Preferred Stock and  holders of any other  class of Company Parity
Securities upon liquidation,  dissolution or  winding-up of the  affairs of  the
Company,  each  holder  of  Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  and  Company  Parity
Securities will share equally and ratably  in any distribution of assets of  the
Company  in proportion to the respective  preferential amounts to which they are
entitled.
 
     Mandatory Redemption. The Exchangeable Preferred  Stock is also subject  to
mandatory  redemption (subject to legal availability of funds therefor) in whole
on July 1,  2007, at a  price equal to  100% of the  then effective  liquidation
preference  thereof, plus, without duplication,  accrued and unpaid dividends to
the date of redemption.
 
     Optional Redemption.  The  Exchangeable  Preferred Stock  may  be  redeemed
(subject  to contractual and other restrictions with respect thereto, and to the
legal availability of funds therefor) at any  time, in whole or in part, at  the
option of the Company, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of the
then  effective liquidation preference  thereof) set forth  below, plus, without
duplication, accrued and unpaid dividends on the Exchangeable Preferred Stock to
the date of redemption: if  redeemed prior to July 1,  1996 at 115.000%, and  if
redeemed  during the 12-month period commencing July 1 of (a) 1996 through 1999,
115.000%; (b) 2000, 112.000%; (c) 2001, 109.000%; (d) 2002, 106.000%; (e)  2003,
103.000%; and (f) 2004 and thereafter, 100.000%.
 
     Exchange. The Company may, at its option, subject to certain conditions, on
any  scheduled dividend payment date, exchange the Exchangeable Preferred Stock,
in whole but not in part, for  the Exchange Debentures (as defined). Holders  of
the  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock will be  entitled to  receive $1.00 principal
amount  of  Exchange  Debentures  for  each  $1.00  liquidation  preference   of
Exchangeable Preferred Stock held by them.
 
                                      130
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Voting  Rights.  The holders  of  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock,  except as
otherwise required under Delaware law or as set forth below, are not entitled to
vote on any matter required or permitted to be voted upon by the stockholders of
the Company. The holders of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, voting together as
a single class, have the  right to elect the greater  of two directors and  that
number of directors constituting 25% of the members of the Board of Directors of
the Company upon the occurrence of certain events including, but not limited to,
the  failure by the Company after July 1,  2001 to pay cash dividends in full on
the Exchangeable Preferred Stock  for four or  more quarterly dividend  periods,
the failure by the Company to redeem the Exchangeable Preferred Stock on July 1,
2007,  or  the failure  to otherwise  discharge  any redemption  obligation with
respect to the Exchangeable Preferred Stock,  the breach or violation of one  or
more  of  the covenants  contained  in the  Certificate  of Designation  for the
Exchangeable Preferred  Stock, the  failure by  the Company  to repay  at  final
stated  maturity, or the  acceleration of the final  stated maturity of, certain
indebtedness of the Company or  an event of default  occurs with respect to  any
such  indebtedness (which event of default is  not waived by the holders of such
indebtedness within 30 days thereof).
 
     Change of  Control. The  Certificate of  Designation for  the  Exchangeable
Preferred  Stock provides that, upon  the occurrence of a  change of control (as
defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Exchangeable Preferred Stock),
each holder will have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or  a
portion  of such  holder's Exchangeable  Preferred Stock  in cash  at a purchase
price equal to 101% of the then effective liquidation preference thereof,  plus,
without duplication, an amount in cash equal to all accrued and unpaid dividends
per share to the date of repurchase.
 
     Certain  Covenants.  The Certificate  of  Designation for  the Exchangeable
Preferred Stock contains certain covenants  that, among other things, limit  (i)
the  issuance of  additional indebtedness by  the Company  and its subsidiaries,
(ii) the payment of  dividends on, and redemption  of, certain capital stock  of
the  Company and  its subsidiaries  and the  redemption of  certain subordinated
obligations of the Company, (iii) investments in certain affiliates, (iv)  sales
of  assets  and  subsidiary stock,  (v)  transactions with  affiliates  and (vi)
consolidations, mergers  and  transfers  of  all or  substantially  all  of  the
Company's assets.
 
     Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  Exchange  Offer. The  Company  has  filed a
registration statement on Form S-4 relating  to a registered exchange offer  for
the  Exchangeable Preferred  Stock (the  'Exchangeable Preferred  Stock Exchange
Offer'). The Company anticipates that the registration statement relating to the
Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock  Exchange   Offer  will  be  declared   effective
contemporaneously  with or shortly after  the Registration Statement relating to
the Exchange Offer made hereby.  Additionally, the Company anticipates that  the
Exchangeable    Preferred   Stock   Exchange   Offer   will   (i)   take   place
contemporaneously, in whole or in part, with the Exchange Offer and (ii)  expire
on the expiration date of the Exchange Offer or shortly thereafter.
 
  SELLER JUNIOR DISCOUNT PREFERRED STOCK
 
   
     The  following description  of the  Seller Junior  Discount Preferred Stock
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified by reference
to, all of the provisions in the Certificate of Designation therefor. A copy  of
the Certificate of Designation for the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock is
filed  as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part.
    
 
     Ranking. The  Seller  Junior  Discount Preferred  Stock,  with  respect  to
dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution, ranks (i)
junior  to the Exchangeable Preferred  Stock and each class  of Capital Stock or
series of Preferred Stock established hereafter by the Board of Directors of the
Company, the terms  of which expressly  provide that such  class or series  will
rank  senior to the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock as to dividend rights
and rights upon  liquidation, winding-up  and dissolution of  the Company;  (ii)
senior  to all classes of common stock and  to each other class of Capital Stock
or series of Preferred Stock established hereafter by the Board of Directors  of
the Company the terms of which do not expressly provide that it ranks senior to,
or  on a parity with, the Seller  Junior Discount Preferred Stock as to dividend
rights and rights on liquidation, winding-up and dissolution of the Company; and
(iii) subject  to certain  conditions, on  a  parity with  each other  class  of
Capital Stock or series of Preferred Stock established hereafter by the Board of
Directors  of the Company, the terms of  which expressly provide that such class
or series will rank on a parity with the
 
                                      131
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Seller Junior  Discount Preferred  Stock as  to dividend  rights and  rights  on
liquidation, winding-up and dissolution. All claims of the holders of the Seller
Junior  Discount  Preferred  Stock, including  without  limitation,  claims with
respect to dividend payments, redemption payments, mandatory repurchase payments
or rights upon liquidation, winding-up or dissolution, shall rank junior to  the
claims  of  the  holders of  any  debt of  the  Company, holders  of  any senior
preferred stock, including  the Exchangeable Preferred  Stock, and, except  with
respect  to declared and  unpaid dividends, all other  creditors of the Company.
The Certificate of Designation  for the Seller  Junior Discount Preferred  Stock
contains  limitations  on  the issuance  of  additional preferred  stock  by the
Company. See ' -- Voting Rights.'
 
     Dividends. Holders  of  the  Seller Junior  Discount  Preferred  Stock  are
entitled  to receive out  of any funds legally  available therefor, dividends on
the Seller Junior  Discount Preferred Stock  at a  rate per annum  equal to  the
Dividend  Rate (as defined) of the then effective liquidation value per share of
Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock, payable  (i) during the period from  the
date  of issuance  thereof (the  'Seller Junior  Discount Preferred  Stock Issue
Date') through, but not  including, the fifth anniversary  of the Seller  Junior
Discount   Preferred  Stock   Issue  Date,   quarterly,  and   (ii)  thereafter,
semi-annually. The term 'Dividend Rate' means (i) for the period from the Seller
Junior Discount Preferred Stock Issue Date through (but not including) the fifth
anniversary of the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock Issue Date, 7.92%  per
annum,  (ii) for  the period  from the  fifth anniversary  of the  Seller Junior
Discount Preferred  Stock Issue  Date through  (but not  including) the  seventh
anniversary  of the Seller  Junior Discount Preferred Stock  Issue Date, 15% per
annum, and (iii)  from the  seventh anniversary  of the  Seller Junior  Discount
Preferred  Stock Issue  Date and thereafter,  18% per  annum, provided, however,
that during any period during which any dividend is not paid, the Seller  Junior
Discount  Preferred Stock is  not redeemed in  accordance with the  terms of the
Certificate of Designation therefor or the Company takes any action in violation
of such Certificate of Designation, the Dividend Rate shall be the Dividend Rate
determined in accordance with clauses (i) through (iii) above plus 2% per annum.
Dividends on the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock will be cumulative  from
the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock Issue Date. Through and including the
fifth  anniversary of  the Seller  Junior Discount  Preferred Stock  Issue Date,
dividend payments thereon  may not be  made in  cash and will  instead be  added
automatically  to  the  liquidation  preference of  the  Seller  Junior Discount
Preferred Stock on the dividend payment date and will be deemed paid in full and
will not accumulate.
 
     Liquidation. The Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock was issued with  an
initial aggregate liquidation preference of $45.0 million. Holders of the Seller
Junior Discount Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up of the Company, will be entitled to be paid, out of the assets of the
Company   available  for  distribution  to   stockholders,  the  then  effective
liquidation preference  per  share of  Seller  Junior Discount  Preferred  Stock
(initially  $100  per share,  but subject  to increase  to the  extent dividends
thereon accrue prior  to the  fifth anniversary  of the  Seller Junior  Discount
Preferred  Stock  Issue Date),  plus,  without duplication,  accrued  and unpaid
dividends, thereon, before any distribution is  made on any Common Stock of  the
Company  or  any  securities which  are  junior  to the  Seller  Junior Discount
Preferred Stock. If the assets of the Company are insufficient to permit payment
of the  full  preferential amounts  payable  to  holders of  the  Seller  Junior
Discount  Preferred Stock and holders of any other class of securities that rank
on par thereto upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of the
Company, each holder of Seller Junior  Discount Preferred Stock and such  parity
securities  will share equally and ratably in  any distribution of assets of the
Company in proportion to the respective  preferential amounts to which they  are
entitled.
 
     Mandatory Redemption. The Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock is subject
to  mandatory  redemption (subject  to contractual  and other  restrictions with
respect thereto and  to the legal  availability of funds  therefor) in whole  on
July  1, 2008, at  a price equal to  the sum of the  liquidation value per share
plus an amount equal to  all accumulated and unpaid  dividends per share to  the
date of redemption.
 
     Optional  Redemption.  The Seller  Junior Discount  Preferred Stock  may be
redeemed (subject to contractual and other restrictions with respect thereto and
to the legal availability of funds therefor), in whole or in part at any time at
the option of  the Company,  at the  redemption price equal  to the  sum of  the
liquidation value per share redeemed plus an amount equal to all accumulated and
unpaid dividends per share to the date of redemption.
 
                                      132
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     Voting  Rights. The holders of Seller  Junior Discount Preferred Stock have
no voting rights, except as required by law, provided, however, that the holders
of Seller Junior Discount  Preferred Stock, voting separately  as a class,  have
the  right to  elect one director  to the Board  of Directors of  the Company in
addition to the  number to be  elected by  the holders of  the Company's  common
stock  or any other shares of preferred stock of the Company upon the failure by
the Company to pay dividends for any six consecutive quarterly dividend  periods
or  three  consecutive semi-annual  periods  or the  failure  of the  Company to
discharge any mandatory redemption or  repayment obligation with respect to  the
Seller  Junior Discount Preferred Stock, provided further, however, that without
the affirmative vote of the  holders of at least  a majority of the  outstanding
Seller  Junior  Discount Preferred  Stock, neither  the Company  nor any  of its
subsidiaries may, after the  Seller Junior Discount  Preferred Stock Issue  Date
(and  therefore not  applicable to the  Financing Plan),  incur any indebtedness
(which includes any preferred stock of a  subsidiary of the Company) if, on  the
date  of  such  incurrence,  after  giving  effect  to  the  incurrence  of such
indebtedness, the cash flow leverage ratio  of the Company (defined in the  same
manner  as  in the  Senior Secured  Note Indenture  as to  Benedek Broadcasting)
exceeds 8.5 to  1.0; provided that  the Company and  its subsidiaries may  incur
indebtedness,  without regard to such cash flow leverage ratio, if, after giving
effect to  such incurrence,  the aggregate  amount of  all indebtedness  of  the
Company  and its  subsidiaries outstanding  which was  incurred at  such time or
times as the cash flow leverage ratio exceeded 8.5 to 1.0, does not exceed  150%
of  the consolidated net interest expense for  the four quarter period ending as
of the end  of the fiscal  quarter ending immediately  prior thereto.  Preferred
stock  that is  senior or pari  passu in  ranking to the  Seller Junior Discount
Preferred Stock  or  that  is  junior in  ranking  thereto  but  is  mandatorily
redeemable  within one year prior to the mandatory redemption date of the Seller
Junior Discount Preferred Stock is considered indebtedness (and interest thereon
is considered interest expense) for  purposes of the foregoing limitations.  The
Exchangeable  Preferred  Stock is  considered indebtedness  for purposes  of the
foregoing limitation  and the  Seller  Junior Discount  Preferred Stock  is  not
considered  indebtedness for such purposes.  Indebtedness is not deemed incurred
for this purpose upon either (i)  the issuance of additional preferred stock  on
account  of  then  existing  payment-in-kind preferred  stock  as  a  payment of
dividends (such as dividends  on the Exchangeable Preferred  Stock) or (ii)  the
accretion  of  discount  with  respect to  indebtedness  (such  as  accretion of
discount on the Notes).
 
WARRANTS
 
   
     The Company has outstanding 600,000 Initial Warrants and 888,000 Contingent
Warrants, each Warrant  to acquire  one share  of Class  A Common  Stock of  the
Company,  at  an  initial  exercise  price of  $0.01  per  share.  Under certain
circumstances,  the  number  of  Contingent  Warrants  may  be  reduced  or  the
Contingent  Warrants may be required  to be returned to  the Company. See 'Stock
Ownership.'
    
 
                                      133

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
     The  Federal income tax  discussion set forth  below is intended  only as a
summary and does not  purport to be  a complete analysis or  listing of all  the
potential tax consequences that may be relevant to persons acquiring, holding or
disposing  of the Notes.  This discussion does not  address the tax consequences
that may be relevant  to particular categories of  investors subject to  special
treatment  under certain Federal income tax laws, such as dealers in securities,
banks, insurance companies,  tax-exempt organizations,  foreign individuals  and
entities;  tax  consequences arising  under the  law of  any state,  locality or
foreign jurisdictions; or any estate or gift tax considerations. This discussion
is based upon  currently existing  provisions of  the Internal  Revenue Code  of
1986,  as  amended  (the  'Code'),  applicable  Treasury  Regulations (including
proposed Treasury Regulations) thereunder and current administrative rulings and
judicial decisions,  as  of  the  date  hereof.  It  is  addressed  to  original
purchasers  of  Notes who  will hold  the Notes  as capital  assets. All  of the
foregoing are subject to change at any time and any such change could affect the
continuing validity of this discussion in a manner that could adversely affect a
holder of the Notes. Further, the tax treatment of a purchaser of the Notes  may
vary  depending upon his particular situation. PERSONS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE,
OWNERSHIP OR  DISPOSITION  OF  NOTES  SHOULD  CONSULT  THEIR  OWN  TAX  ADVISORS
CONCERNING  THE FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES IN  LIGHT OF  THEIR PARTICULAR
SITUTATIONS AS WELL  AS ANY  CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER  THE LAWS  OF ANY  OTHER
TAXING JURISDICTION.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
 
     The  Notes will be  treated as issued with  original issue discount ('OID')
because the 'issue price'  of the Notes was  less than their 'stated  redemption
price  at maturity' by more  than a de minimis amount.  The 'issue price' of the
Existing Notes was equal the  first price at which  a substantial amount of  the
Existing  Notes were sold to persons other  than bond houses, brokers or similar
persons or  organizations  acting in  the  capacity of  underwriters,  placement
agents  or wholesalers. The 'stated redemption price at maturity' will equal the
sum of all payments provided under  the Notes other than payments of  'qualified
stated  interest.' A 'qualified stated interest' payment is generally any one of
a series  of  stated  interest  payments that,  among  other  requirements,  are
unconditionally  payable  at  least annually.  Because  the Notes  will  not pay
interest prior to  the Cash Interest  Date, none  of the interest  on the  Notes
prior  to the Cash Interest Date will be 'qualified stated interest.' Therefore,
all such  payments  made  under  the  Notes will  be  included  in  the  'stated
redemption  price  at maturity'  and  the total  OID on  a  Note will  equal the
difference between the  sum of those  payments provided under  the Note and  its
issue price.
 
     A holder of a Note must include OID in income calculated in accordance with
a  constant-yield method before the receipt of cash attributable to such income.
Under the constant-yield method, interest is accrued at a constant rate based on
the Notes' yield  to maturity, which  is the  discount rate that,  when used  in
computing the present value of all payments to be made under the Notes, produces
an  amount equal to their issue price. The amount of OID includible in income by
a holder of a Note is the sum of  the daily portions of OID with respect to  the
Note  for each  day during the  taxable year or  portion of the  taxable year on
which the  holder  holds  such  Note  ('accrued  OID').  The  daily  portion  is
determined  by allocating to each day in any 'accrual period' a pro rata portion
of the OID allocable to that accrual  period. Accrual periods with respect to  a
Note may be of any length selected by the holder and may vary in length over the
term  of the Note as long  as (i) no accrual period  is longer than one year and
(ii) each  scheduled payment  of interest  or principal  on the  Note occurs  on
either  the final or first day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable
to an accrual period will equal the product of the Note's 'adjusted issue price'
at the  beginning  of the  accrual  period and  such  Note's yield  to  maturity
(determined  on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and
properly adjusted for the length of  the particular accrual period). The  amount
of  OID allocable to an  initial short accrual period  may be computed using any
reasonable method if all other accrual periods other than a final short  accrual
period  are of equal  length. The amount  of OID allocable  to the final accrual
period is the difference between the amount payable at the maturity of the  Note
and  the Note's adjusted  issue price as  of the beginning  of the final accrual
period.
 
                                      134
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The 'adjusted issue price' of a Note at the beginning of any accrual period
will be the issue price of the Note  increased by the amount of accrued OID  for
each  prior accrual period and  decreased by the amount  of any payments made on
the Note. Because OID will accrue and be includible in income at least  annually
and  no payments will be  made under the Notes until  May 15, 2001, the adjusted
issue price  will increase  until the  Cash  Interest Date.  The amount  of  OID
includible  in income will  therefore increase during  each accrual period until
the Cash Interest Date.  The adjusted issue price  after the Cash Interest  Date
will  decrease (or increase)  if payments made thereafter  are greater (or less)
than the amounts  of OID  accrued between payments,  and the  OID includible  in
income will decrease (or increase) accordingly.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT AND ACQUISITION DISCOUNT
 
     If  a Note is acquired at a  'market discount' (i.e., a discount other than
at original issue), some or all of  any gain recognized upon the disposition  of
the  debt instrument by the holder will  be taxable as ordinary interest income,
rather than as capital gain, to the extent such gain does not exceed the accrued
market discount on such debt instrument at the time of such disposition. 'Market
discount' generally means the  excess, if any, of  a debt instrument's  'revised
issue price' over the price paid by the holder therefor, subject to a de minimis
exception.  The revised issue price of a Note  will equal the issue price of the
Note, increased by the amount of OID accrued with respect to the Note as of  the
acquisition  date, and decreased by  any payments made on  the Note prior to the
acquisition date. A  holder of  a Note  who acquires  the debt  instrument at  a
market  discount may also be required to defer the deduction of a portion of the
amount of interest that the  holder paid or accrued  during the taxable year  on
indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such debt instrument.
 
     A  holder of  a Note  acquired at  a market  discount may  elect to include
market discount in gross income, for Federal income tax purposes, as such market
discount accrues, either on a straight-line basis or on a constant interest rate
basis. This  current  inclusion  election,  once made,  applies  to  all  market
discount  obligations acquired on  or after the  first day of  the first taxable
year to which the election applies, and  may not be revoked without the  consent
of  the Internal Revenue Service. If a holder  of a Note makes such an election,
the foregoing rules regarding  the recognition of ordinary  income on sales  and
other  dispositions  and  regarding  the  deferral  of  interest  deductions  on
indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such debt  instruments,
will not apply.
 
     If  a holder acquires  a Note at a  price that is in  excess of its revised
issue price but is  less than such Note's  remaining stated redemption price  at
maturity,  such holder  will be  allowed to reduce  the amount  of OID otherwise
includible in income after the acquisition date to reflect such excess.
 
SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF THE NOTES
 
     Upon the  sale, exchange,  retirement or  other disposition  of a  Note,  a
holder will generally recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the
amount  realized on the disposition  and the holder's adjusted  tax basis in the
Note. The adjusted tax basis of the Notes for holders will generally be equal to
the issue price, increased by the amount of OID and market discount included  in
gross  income prior to  the time of  disposition, and decreased  by any payments
made on the  Notes prior to  disposition. Subject to  the market discount  rules
discussed  above, gain or  loss recognized by  a holder on  the disposition of a
Note will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if
the Note had been held for more than one year.
 
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE COMPANY
 
     The Company's  deductions  for  accrued  interest  on  the  Notes  will  be
deferred,  and  will  be  disallowed  in  part,  because  the  Notes  constitute
'applicable high yield  discount obligations' ('AHYDOS').  The Notes  constitute
AHYDOS in part because their yield-to-maturity equals or exceeds five percentage
points  over the 'applicable federal rate' (the  'AFR') in effect when the Notes
were issued.
 
                                      135
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
     The Company's deductions for interest on  the portion of the interest  that
exceeds  the AFR  by more  than six  percentage points  will be  disallowed. The
Company will be allowed to deduct the remaining interest. However, such interest
will not be deductible until it is actually paid.
 
     Corporate  holders   of  the   Notes  will   be  entitled   to  a   partial
dividends-received  deduction with respect to  the disallowed portion of accrued
interest on the Notes to  the extent that the  Company has earnings and  profits
from  which it could pay a dividend. The  Company will report to the holders the
amount of any disallowed interest that could be treated as a dividend subject to
a partial dividends-received deduction.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
     A holder of a Note may be subject to backup withholding at the rate of  31%
with  respect to payments of principal and  interest paid on the Note, and gross
proceeds upon  sale  or retirement  of  a Note,  unless  such holder  (i)  is  a
corporation  or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required,
demonstrates this  fact  or  (ii) provides  a  correct  taxpayer  identification
number,  certifies  that  backup  withholding is  not  in  effect  and otherwise
complies with  the  applicable requirements  of  the backup  withholding  rules.
Holders of Notes should consult their tax advisors as to their qualification for
exemption  from U.S. backup withholding and  the procedure for obtaining such an
exemption. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against  the
holder's Federal income tax liability.
 
EXCHANGE OFFER
 
   
     The  exchange of  Exchange Securities  for Existing  Notes pursuant  to the
Exchange Offer  will not  be treated  as an  'exchange' for  Federal income  tax
purposes  because  the  Exchange Securities  will  not be  considered  to differ
materially in  kind or  extent from  the Existing  Notes. Rather,  the  Exchange
Securities  received  by a  holder  will be  treated  as a  continuation  of the
Existing Notes  in the  hands of  such holder.  As a  result, there  will be  no
Federal  income tax  consequences to holders  exchanging Existing  Notes for the
Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The aforementioned statement
is based upon an opinion  of Whitman Breed Abbott &  Morgan, tax counsel to  the
Company, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to
which this Prospectus is a part. If, however, the exchange of Existing Notes for
the  Exchange Securities  were treated as  an 'exchange' for  Federal income tax
purposes, such exchange would constitute  a recapitalization for Federal  income
tax   purposes.   Holders   exchanging   Existing   Notes   pursuant   to   such
recapitalization would not recognize any gain or loss upon the exchange.
    
 
                                      136
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Each broker-dealer that  receives Exchange Securities  for its own  account
pursuant  to  the  Exchange  Offer  must  acknowledge  that  it  will  deliver a
prospectus in  connection with  any  resale of  such Exchange  Securities.  This
Prospectus,  as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in
exchange for Existing Notes where such Existing Notes were acquired as a  result
of  market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that, for a  period of  90 days  after the Expiration  Date, it  will make  this
Prospectus,  as amended or supplemented, available  to any broker-dealer for use
in connection with any such resale. In addition, until              , 1996,  all
dealers  effecting transactions  in the Exchange  Securities may  be required to
deliver a prospectus.
 
     The Company  will  not receive  any  proceeds  from any  sale  of  Exchange
Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for
their  own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer  may be sold from time to time
in one  or  more transactions  in  the over-the-counter  market,  in  negotiated
transactions,  through the  writing of options  on the Exchange  Securities or a
combination of such methods of resale,  at market prices prevailing at the  time
of  resale, at  prices related  to such  prevailing market  prices or negotiated
prices. Any such  resale may be  made directly  to purchasers or  to or  through
brokers  or dealers who may  receive compensation in the  form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer or  the purchasers of any such  Exchange
Securities.  Any  broker-dealer  that  resells  Exchange  Securities  that  were
received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be
deemed to be an 'underwriter' within the  meaning of the Securities Act and  any
profit  on  any  such  resale  of Exchange  Securities  and  any  commissions or
concessions received  by any  such  persons may  be  deemed to  be  underwriting
compensation  under the Securities Act. Each  Letter of Transmittal states that,
by acknowledging  that  it  will  deliver and  by  delivering  a  prospectus,  a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an 'underwriter' within the
meaning of the Securities Act.
 
     For a period of 90 days after the Expiration Date the Company will promptly
send  additional copies  of this Prospectus  and any amendment  or supplement to
this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents in its  Letter
of  Transmittal. The  Company has  agreed to  pay all  expenses incident  to the
Exchange Offer (including  the expenses of  one counsel for  the holders of  the
Notes)  other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and will
indemnify holders of  the Notes (including  any broker-dealers) against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
     Certain  legal matters with respect to the  Notes will be passed on for the
Company by Shack & Siegel, P.C., New  York, New York. Paul S. Goodman, a  member
of  the firm of Shack &  Siegel, P.C., is a director  of the Company and Benedek
Broadcasting. During fiscal  1995, the Company  paid approximately $559,000  for
legal  services to Shack & Siegel, P.C.  Certain tax matters with respect to the
Notes will be passed on  for the Company by Whitman  Breed Abbott & Morgan,  tax
counsel to the Company.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
     The  Consolidated Financial  Statements of the  Company as  of December 31,
1994 and 1995 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 1995,  included
in  this Prospectus  have been audited  by McGladrey &  Pullen, LLP, independent
auditors, as stated in their report with respect thereto, and is included herein
in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report.
    
 
     The balance sheets of the TV Division  of Stauffer as of December 31,  1994
and  1995 and the related  statements of income, division  equity and cash flows
for each of three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, included in  this
Prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Arthur  Andersen  LLP,  independent  public
accountants, as indicated in their report with respect thereto, and is  included
herein  in reliance upon  the authority of  said firm as  experts in giving said
report.
 
     The consolidated balance sheets  of Brissette as of  December 25, 1994  and
December  31,  1995  and  the related  statements  of  operations, stockholder's
investment and cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 26, 1993, December
25, 1994 and December 31, 1995, included in this Prospectus have been audited by
Arthur Andersen  LLP,  independent public  accountants,  as indicated  in  their
report  with  respect  thereto, and  is  included  herein in  reliance  upon the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said report.
 
                                      137

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         PAGE
                                                                                                                         ----
 
<S>                                                                                                                      <C>
Benedek Communications Corporation and Subsidiary
     Independent Auditor's Report.....................................................................................    F-2
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995.....................................................    F-3
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Years Ended December 31, 1995................................    F-4
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Deficit for the Years Ended
       December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995...............................................................................    F-5
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended December 31, 1995................................    F-6
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................................    F-7
 
     Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1996 (Unaudited).......................................................   F-18
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six Months Ended
       June 30, 1995 and 1996 (Unaudited).............................................................................   F-19
     Consolidated Statement of Stockholder's Deficit for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1996...........................   F-20
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended
       June 30, 1995 and 1996 (Unaudited).............................................................................   F-21
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)...........................................................   F-22
 
TV Division of Stauffer Communications, Inc.
     Report of Independent Public Accountants.........................................................................   F-28
     Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995..................................................................   F-29
     Statements of Income for the Three Years Ended December 31, 1995.................................................   F-30
     Statements of Division Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995...............................   F-31
     Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended December 31, 1995.............................................   F-32
     Notes to Financial Statements....................................................................................   F-33
 
     Balance Sheet as of June 6, 1996 (Unaudited).....................................................................   F-36
     Statements of Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1995 and the Period January 1, 1996 to June 6, 1996
      (Unaudited).....................................................................................................   F-37
     Statement of Division Equity for the Period January 1, 1996 to June 6, 1996 (Unaudited)..........................   F-38
     Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1995 and the Period January 1, 1996 to June 6, 1996
      (Unaudited).....................................................................................................   F-39
     Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)........................................................................   F-40
 
Brissette Broadcasting Corporation and Subsidiaries
     Report of Independent Public Accountants.........................................................................   F-41
     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 25, 1994 and December 31, 1995........................................   F-42
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Years Ended December 31, 1995................................   F-43
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Investment for the Years Ended
       December 26, 1993, December 25, 1994 and December 31, 1995.....................................................   F-44
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three Years Ended
       December 31, 1995..............................................................................................   F-45
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................................   F-46
 
     Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 6, 1996 (Unaudited)........................................................   F-54
     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Twenty Six Weeks Ended June 30, 1995 and the Period January 1, 1996
      to June 6, 1996 (Unaudited).....................................................................................   F-55
     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Twenty Six Weeks Ended June 30, 1995 and the Period January 1, 1996
      to June 6, 1996 (Unaudited).....................................................................................   F-56
     Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Investment for the Period January 1, 1996 to June 6, 1996 (Unaudited)...   F-57
     Note to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)............................................................   F-58
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
    
 
   
To the Board of Directors
BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Rockford, Illinois
    
 
   
     We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of Benedek
Communications Corporation and subsidiary as of  December 31, 1994 and 1995  and
the  related consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholder's deficit, and
cash flows  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  1993,  1994  and  1995.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the Company's
management. Our responsibility is  to express an  opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.
    
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
   
     In  our opinion,  the consolidated  financial statements  referred to above
present fairly,  in all  material respects,  the financial  position of  Benedek
Communications  Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
the results  of  their operations  and  their cash  flows  for the  years  ended
December  31,  1993,  1994  and  1995  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.
    
 
                                             MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
 
   
Rockford, Illinois
February 9, 1996, except for Notes A, L and M as to
which the date is June 6, 1996.
    
 
                                      F-2

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     1994            1995
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>
                                ASSETS(Note F)
Current Assets
     Cash and cash equivalents................................................   $  4,617,242    $  9,668,331
     Receivables:
          Trade, net, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $100,268 and
            $249,023 for 1994 and 1995, respectively..........................      7,923,039       9,918,633
          Due from Network....................................................             --       2,500,000
          Other...............................................................         32,367         111,063
     Current portion of program broadcast rights..............................      1,501,396       1,575,325
     Prepaid expenses.........................................................        521,109         576,697
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
               Total current assets...........................................     14,595,153      24,350,049
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Property and Equipment (Note D)...............................................     14,216,963      20,035,715
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Intangible Assets (Note E)....................................................     40,859,681      60,420,617
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Other Assets
     Program broadcast rights, less current portion (Note G)..................        271,152         687,320
     Advance to affiliate (Note C)............................................      2,000,000              --
     Deposit on Acquisition...................................................             --       3,000,000
     Acquisition costs........................................................             --         225,359
     Deferred loan costs......................................................      1,569,338       5,625,261
     Land held for sale.......................................................        109,000         109,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                    3,949,490       9,646,940
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 $ 73,621,287    $114,453,321
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
Current Liabilities
     Current maturities of notes and leases payable...........................   $  8,441,031    $    318,077
     Current maturities of program broadcast rights payable...................      1,920,745       2,042,643
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note H)...........................      2,622,169       7,824,296
     Deferred revenue.........................................................             --         500,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
               Total current liabilities......................................     12,983,945      10,685,016
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Long-Term Obligations
     Notes and capital leases payable (Note F)................................     99,165,618     135,448,948
     Program broadcast rights payable (Note G)................................        248,716         632,444
     Deferred revenue.........................................................             --       4,250,000
     Deferred and contingent interest payable.................................      3,838,213              --
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                  103,252,547     140,331,392
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Redeemable Preferred Stock (Note L)                                                        --
Commitments (Note I, K)
Stockholder's Deficit (Note E)
     Common Stock, Class A $0.01 par value 25,000,000 authorized, none issued
       or outstanding.........................................................             --              --
     Common Stock, Class B $0.01 par value 250,000,000 authorized, 7,030,000
       issued and outstanding.................................................         70,300          70,300
     Additional paid-in capital...............................................      2,253,229       2,253,229
     Accumulated deficit......................................................    (44,938,734)    (38,886,616)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                  (42,615,205)    (36,563,087)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 $ 73,621,287    $114,453,321
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                --------------------------------------------
                                                                    1993            1994            1995
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
Net revenues.................................................   $ 38,351,734    $ 44,221,027    $ 50,329,019
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Operating expenses:
     Selling, technical and program expenses (Note C)........     16,161,766      17,739,786      21,199,067
     General and administrative..............................      6,642,578       7,069,730       7,849,845
     Depreciation and amortization...........................      3,721,415       3,403,263       5,041,719
     Corporate (Note C)......................................      1,248,666       1,308,984       1,575,792
     Special bonus, officer-stockholder (Note C).............      1,400,377              --              --
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                  29,174,802      29,521,763      35,666,423
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
          Operating income...................................      9,176,932      14,699,264      14,662,596
 
Financial income (expense):
     Interest expense (Note A):
          Cash interest......................................     (8,358,237)     (7,904,530)    (15,159,766)
          Other interest.....................................     (6,160,670)     (4,904,834)       (711,934)
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                 (14,518,907)    (12,809,364)    (15,871,700)
     Interest income.........................................        163,711         164,627         397,460
     Other, net..............................................        143,850         (10,168)             --
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                 (14,211,346)    (12,654,905)    (15,474,240)
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
          Income (loss) before extraordinary item............     (5,034,414)      2,044,359        (811,644)
 
Extraordinary item, gain on early extinguishment of debt
  (Note F)...................................................             --              --       6,863,762
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net income (loss)..................................   $ (5,034,414)   $  2,044,359    $  6,052,118
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NOTE AND
                                                                                             ACCRUED
                                                               ADDITIONAL                   INTEREST
                                                     COMMON     PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED    RECEIVABLE,
                                                      STOCK     CAPITAL       DEFICIT      STOCKHOLDER      TOTAL
                                                     -------   ----------   ------------   -----------   ------------
 
<S>                                                  <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992.......................  $70,300   $2,253,229   $(40,944,866)  $(2,382,340)  $(41,003,677)
     Accrued interest..............................       --           --             --       (21,850)       (21,850)
     Net (loss)....................................       --           --     (5,034,414)           --     (5,034,414)
     Dividends (Note C)............................       --           --     (1,003,813)    1,003,813             --
     Bonus to officer-stockholder (Note C).........       --           --             --     1,400,377      1,400,377
                                                     -------   ----------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Balance at December 31, 1993.......................   70,300    2,253,229    (46,983,093)           --    (44,659,564)
     Net income....................................       --           --      2,044,359            --      2,044,359
                                                     -------   ----------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Balance at December 31, 1994.......................   70,300    2,253,229    (44,938,734)           --    (42,615,205)
     Net income....................................       --           --      6,052,118            --      6,052,118
                                                     -------   ----------   ------------   -----------   ------------
Balance at December 31, 1995.......................  $70,300   $2,253,229   $(38,886,616)  $        --   $(36,563,087)
                                                     -------   ----------   ------------   -----------   ------------
                                                     -------   ----------   ------------   -----------   ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                                 1993           1994            1995
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
    Net income (loss)......................................................   $(5,034,414)   $ 2,044,359    $  6,052,118
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by
     (used in) operating activities:
        Amortization of program broadcast rights...........................     2,178,974      2,103,606       2,161,545
        Depreciation and amortization......................................     2,288,487      2,133,940       3,268,939
        (Gain) on early extinguishment of debt.............................            --             --      (6,863,762)
        Amortization of intangibles and deferred loan costs................     1,731,444      2,775,321       2,425,488
        (Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment......................        10,644        (55,222)         27,535
        Payment of deferred and contingent interest........................            --             --      (4,405,746)
        Payment of prepayment premiums.....................................            --             --      (2,748,896)
        Interest added to capital note warrants and long-term debt.........     5,154,432             --              --
        Bonus paid through reduction of note receivable, stockholder.......     1,400,377             --              --
        Other..............................................................        15,346        166,730          31,691
    Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition:
        Receivables........................................................      (624,482)      (329,105)     (4,574,290)
        Prepaid expenses...................................................       111,897       (102,858)        (48,023)
        Payments on program broadcast rights payable.......................    (2,180,531)    (1,887,768)     (2,131,990)
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses..............................      (677,184)       357,041       4,738,408
        Deferred income....................................................            --             --       4,750,000
        Contingent and deferred interest payable...........................       550,882      3,287,331         567,533
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
            Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities............     4,925,872     10,493,375       3,250,550
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
    Purchase of property and equipment.....................................      (869,904)      (574,171)     (1,478,893)
    Proceeds from sale of equipment........................................         6,304         75,380         425,994
    Payment for acquisition of station.....................................            --             --     (26,698,516)
    Deposit on acquisition.................................................            --             --      (3,000,000)
    Advance to affiliate...................................................            --     (2,000,000)             --
    Payment of acquisition costs...........................................            --             --        (225,359)
    Other..................................................................            --         (8,267)          4,504
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
            Net cash (used in) investing activities........................      (863,600)    (2,507,058)    (30,972,270)
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
    Principal payments on notes, including capital lease payables..........    (5,665,212)    (5,795,902)    (96,351,288)
    Proceeds from senior secured debt issue................................            --             --     135,000,000
    Payment of debt acquisition costs......................................    (1,285,332)    (1,240,602)     (5,875,903)
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
            Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities............    (6,950,544)    (7,036,504)     32,772,809
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
            Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...............    (2,888,272)       949,813       5,051,089
Cash and cash equivalents:
    Beginning..............................................................     6,555,701      3,667,429       4,617,242
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
    Ending.................................................................   $ 3,667,429    $ 4,617,242    $  9,668,331
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
    Cash payments for interest.............................................   $ 8,809,487    $ 7,904,530    $ 13,654,225
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities
    Acquisition of program broadcast rights................................   $ 1,688,123    $ 2,044,692    $  2,558,122
    Note payable and capital lease obligation incurred for purchase of
     equipment.............................................................       230,013        273,995         197,288
    Equipment acquired by barter transactions..............................       178,242        312,965         331,843
    Reduction of note receivable, officer-stockholder through dividends
     paid..................................................................     1,003,813             --              --
    Accrued interest added to long-term debt due to refinancing............     4,996,568             --              --
    Accounts payable transferred to note payable...........................            --         88,079              --
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
                                                                              -----------    -----------    ------------
    Acquisition of WTVY-TV:
        Cash purchase price................................................                                 $ 26,698,516
                                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                            ------------
        Property and equipment acquired at fair market value...............                                    7,533,196
        Intangible assets acquired.........................................                                   21,306,181
        Other, net.........................................................                                     (140,861)
                                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                              28,698,516
        Less: Application of advance to affiliate..........................                                    2,000,000
                                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                            $ 26,698,516
                                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                            ------------
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    
 
(NOTE A) -- NATURE OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
   
     NATURE OF BUSINESS: Benedek Communications Corporation (the 'Company') is a
holding  company  that  derives its  operating  income  and cash  flow  from its
subsidiary, Benedek Broadcasting Corporation ('Benedek Broadcasting') which owns
and operates 22 television stations located throughout the United States.  These
stations  operate under network affiliation contracts, which provide programs to
the affiliated  stations  and  the  stations sell  commercial  time  during  the
programs  to national,  regional and local  advertisers. The  networks also sell
commercial time during the programs to national advertisers. Credit arrangements
are determined on an individual customer basis.
    
 
   
     BASIS OF PRESENTATION:  The consolidated financial  statements include  the
accounts  of the Company  and its wholly  owned subsidiary Benedek Broadcasting.
The accounts of Benedek License  Corporation ('BLC'), a wholly owned  subsidiary
of  Benedek Broadcasting,  are included in  the financial  statements of Benedek
Broadcasting. All  significant intercompany  items  and transactions  have  been
eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.
    
 
   
     In  1995, two  affiliates of  Benedek Broadcasting,  Blue Grass Television,
Inc. ('Blue Grass') and Youngstown Broadcasting Co., Inc., ('Youngstown'),  were
merged into Benedek Broadcasting. Since these entities had identical stockholder
ownership,   this  was   accounted  for   in  a   manner  similar   to  that  in
pooling-of-interests method of accounting.
    
 
   
     On April 10, 1996, the sole stockholder of Benedek Broadcasting formed  the
Company in conjunction with the acquisitions described in Note M.
    
 
   
     On  April  18, 1996,  Benedek Broadcasting  formed BLC  for the  purpose of
holding the licenses  and authorizations  issued by  the Federal  Communications
Commission  (the  'FCC'), in  connection with  the  operations of  the stations.
Concurrent with  the  acquisitions described  in  Note M,  Benedek  Broadcasting
Company,  L.L.C. (the 'LLC'), which had been formed in 1995 for the same purpose
and was holding the licenses of Benedek Broadcasting's stations, was merged into
BLC with the result that all licenses of the acquired stations were  transferred
to   BLC.   This  was   accounted  for   in   a  manner   similar  to   that  in
pooling-of-interests method of accounting.
    
 
   
     On June 6, 1996, the Company  acquired all of the outstanding common  stock
of  Benedek Broadcasting from the sole  stockholder in exchange for the issuance
to him of 7,030,000 shares of Class B common stock of the Company,  representing
all  of the  outstanding common stock  of the Company.  For accounting purposes,
this  recapitalization   has   been  treated   in   a  manner   similar   to   a
pooling-of-interests. The historical consolidated financial statements are those
of  Benedek Broadcasting recast  to reflect the  difference in par  value of the
Company's and  Benedek  Broadcasting's  stock.  As a  result  of  recasting  the
financial   statements,   the  'Company'   hereafter   will  refer   to  Benedek
Communications Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary Benedek  Broadcasting
and its wholly owned subsidiary BLC.
    
 
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
(1) ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES:
 
     The  preparation  of  financial  statements  requires  management  to  make
estimates and assumptions that affect  the reported amounts in the  consolidated
financial  statements and  the accompanying  notes. Actual  results could differ
from those estimates.
 
(2) CASH EQUIVALENTS AND CONCENTRATION:
 
   
     The Company considers all highly  liquid debt instruments purchased with  a
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
    
 
                                      F-7
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
     At  various  times  during  the  periods, the  Company  had  cash  and cash
equivalents on  deposit  with  a  financial institution  in  excess  of  federal
depository  insurance  and it  has not  experienced any  credit losses  on these
deposits.
    
 
(3) REVENUES:
 
     Revenue related  to  the  sale of  advertising,  network  compensation  and
contracted  time is recognized at the time  of broadcast. Net revenues are shown
net of agency and national representatives commissions.
 
   
     Deferred revenue relates to  network compensation due  from the network  at
inception  of the network affiliation agreement. This revenue is recognized over
the life of the agreement on a straight-line method. In 1995, the Company signed
an agreement with a network which  provided a $5,000,000 payment, $2,500,000  of
which  was receivable  at December  31, 1995  and subsequently  paid in February
1996. Since this payment is earned  over the life of the affiliation  agreement,
it will be recognized over ten years.
    
 
(4) BARTER TRANSACTIONS:
 
     Revenue  from  barter transactions  (advertising  provided in  exchange for
goods and services) is  recognized as income  when advertisements are  broadcast
and  merchandise or services received are  charged to expense (or capitalized as
appropriate) when received or  used. The transactions are  recorded at the  fair
market value of the asset or service received.
 
(5) PROGRAM BROADCAST RIGHTS AND LIABILITIES:
 
     Program  broadcast  rights represent  rights  for the  telecast  of feature
length motion pictures, series produced for television and other films, and  are
presented  at  the  lower of  unamortized  cost  or net  realizable  value. Each
agreement is recorded as an asset  and liability when the license period  begins
and the program is available for its first showing. Program broadcast rights are
amortized  on a  straight-line method  over the life  of the  contract, which is
included  in  selling,  technical  and  program  expenses.  The  agreements  are
classified  between current  and long-term  according to  the estimated  time of
future usage. The related liability is classified between current and  long-term
on  the  basis  of  the  payment  terms.  The  amounts  recorded  as  rights and
liabilities prior to December  31, 1995 have been  reclassified to conform  with
the   1995  presentation  which  at  December  31,  1994,  was  a  reduction  of
approximately $4,806,000.
 
(6) DEFERRED LOAN AND ACQUISITION COSTS:
 
     Deferred loan  costs  are amounts  incurred  in connection  with  long-term
financing.  The costs are amortized on a  straight-line method over the terms of
the related debt security. Costs incurred in connection with long-term financing
which is not consummated are expensed at the point in time when the  negotiation
on  the financing ceases. Included in other interest for the year ended December
31, 1994  are  costs incurred  in  1994  of approximately  $900,000  related  to
financing which was not consummated.
 
     Acquisition  costs  are  amounts  incurred  in  connection  with  acquiring
additional television stations. Costs  incurred in connection with  acquisitions
which are not consummated are expensed at the point of time when the negotiation
on   the  acquisition  ceases.  The  acquisition  costs  related  to  successful
acquisitions are treated as part of the purchase price and are allocated to  the
assets purchased.
 
                                      F-8
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
(7) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
     Property  and  equipment are  recorded at  cost  and depreciated  using the
straight-line method over the following estimated ranges of useful lives:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEARS
                                                                            ---------
 
<S>                                                                         <C>
Buildings and improvements................................................    5-40
Towers....................................................................    5-12
Transmission equipment....................................................    3-10
Other equipment...........................................................     2-5
</TABLE>
 
   
     The  Company  records  amortization  expense  on  leased  assets  with  the
depreciation  expense on  owned assets. Gains  and losses on  the disposition of
property and  equipment  are  insignificant and  included  in  depreciation  and
amortization on the statement of operations.
    
 
(8) INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
 
     Intangible   assets,  which  include   FCC  licenses,  network  affiliation
agreements and goodwill, have  been recorded at cost  and are amortized over  40
years using the straight-line method.
 
   
     In  accordance  with Statement  of  Financial Accounting  Standard  No. 121
'Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Long-lived Assets to  be
Disposed  of,' the Company  reviews their intangibles  periodically to determine
potential impairment by comparing the carrying value of the intangible with  the
undiscounted  anticipated  future  cash  flows of  the  related  property before
interest charges. If the future cash flows are less than the carrying value, the
Company would obtain an appraisal on the property and adjust the carrying  value
of  the intangibles to the  appraisal value if the  appraisal value is less than
the carrying value.
    
 
(9) OTHER INTEREST EXPENSE:
 
     Other interest includes  interest expense due  to the increase  in the  BBC
Warrants  (as  defined),  contingent  equity value,  accrued  interest  added to
long-term debt balances,  deferred loan cost  amortization, financing costs  not
consummated, and accretion of discounts.
 
(10) INCOME TAXES:
 
   
     The  Company, with the consent of its  stockholder, has elected to be taxed
as an 'S' Corporation under sections of  the federal and state income tax  laws,
which  provide  that,  in  lieu of  corporation  income  taxes,  the stockholder
accounts for  items  of  income,  deductions,  losses  and  credits.  Therefore,
historical net income (loss) does not include a provision (refund) for corporate
income taxes.
    
   
    
 
(11) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
     Financial  instruments include  cash, short-term  debt, current receivables
and payables,  and  fixed rate  long-term  debt.  For each  class  of  financial
instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.
 
(12) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS:
 
   
     The   Company  has  a  defined  contribution  plan  covering  all  eligible
employees. The contribution is at the discretion of the Board of Directors.
    

   
     The Company self-insures for health benefits which are provided to all full
time employees  with  specified  periods  of  service  and  maintains  insurance
coverage for claims in excess of specific and annual aggregate limits.
    
 
 
                                      F-9
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
(13) EMERGING ACCOUNTING STANDARDS:
 
   
     The  Financial  Accounting Standards  Board  issued Statement  of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123,  'Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation'
in  October 1995, which establishes financial accounting and reporting standards
for stock based  employee compensation  plans, including  stock purchase  plans,
stock  options, restricted stock, and stock appreciation rights. The Company has
elected to continue  accounting for  stock based  compensation under  Accounting
Principles  Board Opinion  No. 25. The  disclosure requirements of  SFAS No. 123
will be  effective for  the Company's  financial statements  beginning in  1996.
Management  does not  believe that  the implementation of  SFAS 123  will have a
material effect on its consolidated financial statements.
    
 
   
(NOTE B) -- ACQUISITION
    
 
   
     On March 31, 1995, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets  of
WTVY-TV  which serves Dothan, Alabama and  Panama City, Florida for an aggregate
purchase  price  of  approximately  $28,699,000.  The  acquired  assets  include
property  and equipment with a fair market value of approximately $7,533,000 and
program broadcast rights of approximately  $93,000, offset by liabilities  under
program  broadcast  rights of  approximately $79,000  and net  liabilities under
trade and barter contracts of  approximately $155,000. The Company also  assumed
commitments  of approximately $214,000 related to programming. The excess of the
purchase price over  the net assets  acquired totaled approximately  $21,306,000
and  has been  allocated to  intangible assets which  will be  amortized over 40
years. This transaction  has been  accounted for  under the  purchase method  of
accounting.  Accordingly,  the  results  of  operations  for  WTVY-TV  have been
included in the results of operations of these consolidated financial statements
since the date of acquisition.
    
 
     The pro forma results of operations  for the years ended December 31,  1994
and  1995, assuming  the acquisition  of WTVY-TV had  taken place  on January 1,
1994, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          ---------------------------
                                                                              1994           1995
                                                                          ------------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                       <C>             <C>
Net revenue............................................................   $ 51,582,464    $51,972,804
Operating expenses.....................................................     35,647,105     37,577,459
Financial expense......................................................     16,442,853     16,173,049
                                                                          ------------    -----------
     (Loss) before extraordinary item..................................       (507,494)    (1,777,704)
Extraordinary item.....................................................             --      6,863,762
                                                                          ------------    -----------
     Net income (loss).................................................   $   (507,494)   $ 5,086,058
                                                                          ------------    -----------
                                                                          ------------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
(NOTE C) -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
(1) NOTE RECEIVABLE FROM STOCKHOLDER:
 
   
     On March  31, 1993,  the Company  recorded  a bonus  of $1,400,377  to  its
officer-stockholder  and  declared a  dividend of  $1,003,813 which  were offset
against a note receivable and accrued interest from the stockholder.
    

 
(2) ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES:
 
   
     The Company paid management fees  for accounting services of  approximately
$208,000  (two months) and  $1,309,000 in 1993  and 1994 to  a company which was
affiliated through common ownership. These  services were terminated January  1,
1995.
    
 
                                      F-10
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
(3) BENEDEK ACQUISITION CORPORATION:
 
   
     In  December 1994,  Benedek Acquisition  Corporation, a  company affiliated
through common  ownership,  entered  into  a  definitive  agreement  to  acquire
substantially  all of the assets of WTVY-TV Dothan, Alabama. In conjunction with
the  agreement,  the   Company  advanced  $2,000,000   to  Benedek   Acquisition
Corporation  which  was used  as a  deposit  on the  purchase. In  1995, Benedek
Acquisition Corporation assigned to  the Company its  rights under the  purchase
agreement to acquire the television station. (See Note B).
    
 
(4) STOCK OPTION AGREEMENTS:
 
   
     A  key  employee holds  options,  expiring in  1998  and 2004,  to purchase
370,000 shares of common stock of the Company for an aggregate purchase price of
$1,192,539.
    
 
   
     The foregoing options  in the aggregate  will entitle the  key employee  to
acquire  shares representing 5%  of the outstanding common  stock of the Company
after giving effect  to the issuance  thereof. The options  were issued at  fair
market value on the date of grant.
    
 
(5) LEASES:
 
   
     In 1993, the Company entered into a lease agreement for mobile transmission
equipment  with an  officer. The  agreement calls  for total  rental payments of
approximately $163,000 over its three year term and is recorded as an  operating
lease.  In May  1994, the  Company entered  into a  lease agreement  for station
equipment with  an affiliated  company.  The agreement  calls for  total  rental
payments of approximately $132,000 over its five year term and is recorded as an
operating  lease.  Effective  January  1,  1995  the  lease  agreement  with the
affiliated company was terminated and the related assets and the associated note
payable were transferred to the Company.
    
 
(NOTE D) -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                             1994           1995
                                                                          -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>
Land and improvements..................................................   $ 1,208,337    $ 1,259,938
Buildings and improvements.............................................    11,151,081     12,183,267
Towers.................................................................     3,203,647      5,786,099
Transmission and studio equipment......................................    19,674,920     23,205,748
Office equipment.......................................................     2,318,893      3,024,834
Records and tapes......................................................        20,788         22,732
Transportation equipment...............................................       429,378        708,152
Construction in progress...............................................        10,628        150,188
                                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                                           38,017,672     46,340,958
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................    23,800,709     26,305,243
                                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                                          $14,216,963    $20,035,715
                                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                                          -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-11
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
(NOTE E) -- INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible assets consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                             1994           1995
                                                                          -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>
Goodwill...............................................................   $20,883,109    $28,837,585
FCC licenses...........................................................     7,389,610     15,304,138
Network affiliations...................................................    12,570,077     15,998,174
Other..................................................................        16,885        280,720
                                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                                          $40,859,681    $60,420,617
                                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                                          -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
     Intangible  assets  are  recorded   net  of  accumulated  amortization   of
$11,580,054 and $13,325,299 as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
(NOTE F) -- NOTES PAYABLE, GAIN ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES
PAYABLE
 
(1) NOTES PAYABLE:
     During  1995, Benedek  Broadcasting issued  $135,000,000 of  11 7/8% Senior
Secured Notes due  2005 (the 'Senior  Secured Notes'). The  net proceeds of  the
Senior  Secured Notes were used, together  with available cash, to (i) refinance
certain indebtedness, (ii) finance the acquisition of WTVY-TV and (iii) pay fees
and expenses in connection with the offering. The Senior Secured Notes have been
registered with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  a  registration
statement declared effective in November 1995.
 
     The  Senior Secured  Notes bear  interest at the  rate of  11 7/8%, payable
semiannually on March 1 and September 1  of each year and mature in March  2005.
The  Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed by Benedek Broadcasting in whole or in
part after March  1, 2000  subject to  certain prepayment  premiums. The  Senior
Secured  Notes contain various restrictive  covenants relating to limitations on
dividends, transactions with affiliates, further issuance of debt, and sales  of
assets,  among  others. As  of December  31, 1995,  Benedek Broadcasting  was in
compliance with these covenants.
 
   
     The Senior Secured Notes are collateralized by Benedek Broadcasting's  100%
interest  in BLC, certain agreements and contract rights related to the stations
which includes network affiliation agreements and certain general intangibles.
    
 
                                      F-12
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
     Notes payable consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       ----------------------------
                                                                           1994            1995
                                                                       ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>
Senior Secured Notes................................................   $         --    $135,000,000
Senior secured note, with interest at 9.5%..........................     23,729,837              --
Series notes, with interest ranging from 10.36% to 11.325%..........     36,095,000              --
Subordinated series notes, with interest ranging from 7.728% to
  15%...............................................................     19,701,084              --
Subordinated capital notes, net of unamortized discount of $407,000,
  and $573,730, respectively, interest at 11.5% compounded
  quarter-annually with interest and principal payable December 31,
  1996..............................................................      8,203,000              --
BBC Warrants........................................................     18,978,618              --
Capital leases and other............................................        899,110         767,025
                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                                                        107,606,649     135,767,025
Less current maturities.............................................      8,441,031         318,077
                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                                                       $ 99,165,618    $135,448,948
                                                                       ------------    ------------
                                                                       ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1995, the notes provide for annual reductions as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- --------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>
          1996..........................................   $    318,077
          1997..........................................        256,980
          1998..........................................        144,882
          1999..........................................         45,778
          2000..........................................          1,308
          Thereafter....................................    135,000,000
                                                           ------------
                                                           $135,767,025
                                                           ------------
                                                           ------------
</TABLE>
 
   
     In 1994, the Company recorded contingent interest of $1,000,000 relating to
certain note  agreements,  which  were  paid in  1995  in  connection  with  the
refinancing.
    
 
(2) CAPITAL NOTES, DETACHABLE WARRANTS AND GAIN ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT:
 
     Subordinated  capital  notes  were issued  with  detachable  stock purchase
warrants (the 'BBC Warrants'), which provided the right to purchase 45 shares of
common  stock  of  Benedek  Broadcasting  for  $.10  per  share.  The  agreement
guaranteed  an annual  pretax return  of 27.5%  including interest  paid and the
implied increase in value  of the warrants. The  original value assigned to  the
BBC Warrants of $1,290,000 was reflected as debt discount and was amortized over
the term of these notes using the interest method.
 
     In  1995, Benedek Broadcasting exercised an option to call the warrants for
a specific ladder call price of  $7,850,912. The difference between this  ladder
price  and the carrying value of the  warrants of $18,978,618 was recorded as an
extraordinary gain of $11,128,000 reduced by losses of approximately  $1,140,000
from  unrecognized deferred  loan costs, approximately  $2,749,000 of prepayment
premiums and  contingent  payments and  $375,000  of unamortized  debt  discount
related to the existing debt.
 
(3) CAPITAL LEASES:
 
   
     The  Company leases equipment under agreements which expire in 1996 through
2000. These leases are  considered capital leases, and  the leased property  and
the  related liabilities have been  recorded at the present  value of the future
payments using interest rates ranging from 6.9% to 15.8%.
    
 
                                      F-13
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
     The assets  recorded  under  capital leases  and  the  related  accumulated
amortization are included in the accompanying balance sheets as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                   1994        1995
                                                                                 --------    --------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>
Transmission and studio equipment.............................................   $396,763    $396,763
Office equipment..............................................................    164,839     219,972
Transportation equipment......................................................     23,170      23,170
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                  584,772     639,905
Less accumulated amortization.................................................    230,721     502,793
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                 $354,051    $137,112
                                                                                 --------    --------
                                                                                 --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
(NOTE G) -- PROGRAM BROADCAST RIGHTS PAYABLE
 
     (1)  Program broadcast rights and  program broadcast rights payable consist
of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PROGRAM BROADCAST    PROGRAM BROADCAST
                                                                     RIGHTS           RIGHTS PAYABLE
                                                                -----------------    -----------------
<S>                                                             <C>                  <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993.................................      $ 1,831,462          $ 2,012,537
     Contracts acquired......................................        2,044,692            2,044,692
     Amortization............................................       (2,103,606)                  --
     Payments................................................               --           (1,887,768)
                                                                -----------------    -----------------
Balance at December 31, 1994.................................        1,772,548            2,169,461
     Contracts acquired......................................        2,651,642            2,637,616
     Amortization............................................       (2,161,545)                  --
     Payments................................................               --           (2,131,990)
                                                                -----------------    -----------------
Balance at December 31, 1995.................................      $ 2,262,645          $ 2,675,087
                                                                -----------------    -----------------
                                                                -----------------    -----------------
</TABLE>
 
     (2) The current maturities of  program broadcast rights payable consist  of
the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            ------------------------
                                                                               1994          1995
                                                                            ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                         <C>           <C>
Program contracts, due in varying installments through 2000..............   $2,169,461    $2,675,087
Less current maturities..................................................    1,920,745     2,042,643
                                                                            ----------    ----------
Long-term portion........................................................   $  248,716    $  632,444
                                                                            ----------    ----------
                                                                            ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
     The maturities of the contracts are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
          1996.............................................   $2,042,643
          1997.............................................      398,225
          1998.............................................      206,486
          1999.............................................       23,833
          2000.............................................        3,900
                                                              ----------
                                                              $2,675,087
                                                              ----------
                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
   
     In  addition, the  Company has  entered into  noncancelable commitments for
future program rights  aggregating approximately $4,745,800  as of December  31,
1995.
    
 
                                      F-14
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
(NOTE H) -- ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ------------------------
                                                                     1994          1995
                                                                  ----------    ----------
<S>                                                               <C>           <C>
Trade payables.................................................   $  499,618    $  379,901
Barter, net....................................................      358,308       292,051
Compensation and benefits......................................    1,367,649     1,397,796
Interest.......................................................           --     5,343,754
Other..........................................................      396,594       410,794
                                                                  ----------    ----------
                                                                  $2,622,169    $7,824,296
                                                                  ----------    ----------
                                                                  ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
(NOTE I) -- LEASES
 
   
     The  Company  leases  land,  office  space  and  office  and transportation
equipment under  agreements which  expire  from 1996  through 2004  and  require
various  minimum annual rentals.  The leases also require  payment of the normal
maintenance, real  estate  taxes,  and  insurance  on  the  properties.  Benedek
Broadcasting has the option to acquire one of the leased premises on each of May
1, 2000 and 2005 for $650,000 and $750,000, respectively.
    
 
     The approximate total minimum rental commitments at December 31, 1995 under
these leases are due as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
          1996.............................................   $  582,700
          1997.............................................      323,900
          1998.............................................      250,400
          1999.............................................      213,900
          2000.............................................      186,600
          Thereafter.......................................      512,900
                                                              ----------
                                                              $2,070,400
                                                              ----------
                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
     Total  rental expense under these agreements  and other monthly rentals for
the years ended  1993, 1994 and  1995 was approximately  $455,000, $463,000  and
$626,000, respectively, including the related party lease discussed in Note C.
 
   
     The Company is a lessor of certain portions of its real property to various
organizations.  Total rental income  under these agreements  for the years ended
1993,  1994  and  1995  was  approximately  $233,000,  $280,000  and   $324,000,
respectively.
    
 
(NOTE J) -- PRO FORMA INCOME TAXES
 
   
     Profits and losses of the Company are reported in the individual income tax
returns  of the  stockholder under  provisions of  Subchapter S  of the Internal
Revenue Code. In conjunction  with the financing  and acquisitions described  in
Note  M, the  Company's income tax  status will  change and the  Company will be
required to  pay  income taxes  on  its earnings  subsequent  to June  6,  1996,
including  deferred taxes  existing at  the time  that the  S Corporation status
terminates. At that time,  the Company intends to  adopt Statement of  Financial
Accounting  Standards No.  109, 'Accounting  for Income  Taxes.' Deferred income
taxes resulting from temporary differences arising prior to termination will  be
recorded as a component of current income tax expense in the period of adoption.
    
 
                                      F-15
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
   
     The  deferred tax  asset and  liabilities that  would exist  if the Company
terminated its S Corporation status consist of the following components:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -----------------------------------------
                                                            1993           1994           1995
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Loss carryforwards...............................   $ 8,337,000    $ 6,823,000    $ 7,063,000
     Non-deductible allowances and other..............        80,000         70,000        416,000
     Capital note warrants............................     4,874,000      4,874,000             --
     Network agreement................................            --             --      1,900,000
     Intangibles......................................     1,739,000      2,013,000      2,131,000
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                          15,030,000     13,780,000     11,510,000
Less valuation allowance..............................   (14,372,000)   (13,020,000)   (10,628,000)
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                             658,000        760,000        882,000
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Property and equipment...........................       658,000        760,000        882,000
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         $        --    $        --    $        --
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                         -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
     A valuation  allowance  has  been  established  since  in  the  opinion  of
management,  it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be
realized.
     The difference between the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% and the
pro forma income taxes reported in the statements of operations are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                             1993          1994           1995
                                                          ----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                                       <C>           <C>            <C>
Computed 'expected' tax expense (credits)..............   ($1,762,000)  $   715,000    $ 2,118,000
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
     State and local taxes, net of federal benefit.....     (171,000)        71,000        242,000
     Nondeductible expenses............................      238,000        461,000        142,000
     Change in enacted tax rate........................     (300,000)            --             --
     Change in valuation allowance before expiration of
       net operating loss carryforwards................    1,995,000     (1,247,000)    (2,502,000)
                                                          ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                          $       --    $        --    $        --
                                                          ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                          ----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
   
     Under  provisions  of   the  Internal   Revenue  Code,   the  Company   has
approximately  $414,400 of actual  net operating loss  carryforwards which arose
prior to its election to be an 'S' Corporation, which expire in varying  amounts
from  December 31,  1996 to  2001 and  are available  to the  Company. These net
operating loss  carryforwards  will  only  be available  to  offset  future  tax
liabilities of the Company if it terminates the 'S' Corporation status.
    
   
     No  pro  forma  adjustment  to  reflect  income  taxes  was  needed  in the
accompanying statement of operations, assuming  the Company had been subject  to
corporate  income  taxes, due  to  the net  operating  loss carryforwards  and a
valuation allowance.
    
 
                                      F-16
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
 
(NOTE K) -- PROGRAMMING COMMITMENTS
   
     The Company  has  assumed  or  has  entered  into  commitments  for  future
syndicated  programming. Future payments  with respect to  these commitments for
the years ending December 31 are as follows:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,
- -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
          1996.............................................   $  503,200
          1997.............................................    1,307,300
          1998.............................................    1,309,500
          1999.............................................    1,181,400
          2000.............................................      444,400
                                                              ----------
                                                              $4,745,800
                                                              ----------
                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
   
(NOTE L) -- PREFERRED STOCK
    
   
     The Board of Directors  of the Company has  authorized 2,500,000 shares  of
preferred  stock, of which no  shares have been issued  as of December 31, 1995.
The Board has  the right and  ability to set  the terms and  preferences of  the
preferred  stock. In conjunction with the  acquisitions described in Note M, the
Company issued 600,000  shares of 15%  exchangeable redeemable senior  preferred
stock  due 2007 with an initial  liquidation preference equal to $60,000,000 and
issued 450,000 shares of seller junior discount preferred stock due 2008 with an
initial liquidation preference equal to $45,000,000.  The Board has not set  the
terms  and preferences  of the  remaining shares of  preferred stock  at June 6,
1996.
    
 
   
(NOTE M) -- ACQUISITIONS AND SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    
   
     On November 22,  1995, the Company  entered into an  agreement, subject  to
regulatory  approvals, to  acquire the assets  of five  television stations (and
four satellite stations) for a total purchase price of $54,500,000.
    
   
     On December 15, 1995, the Company  entered into a stock purchase  agreement
to  acquire  all  the  issued  and outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of a
corporation which owned and  operated eight television  stations for a  purchase
price of $270,000,000.
    
   
     Both  acquisitions were consummated on June 6, 1996 in conjunction with the
financing  transactions  consisting  of  (i)  the  Company  issuing  (a)  senior
subordinated  discount notes,  (b) units,  consisting of  exchangeable preferred
stock and warrants to acquire common stock of the Company, and (c) seller junior
discount preferred  stock and  (ii)  Benedek Broadcasting  entering into  a  new
credit  agreement.  The new  credit  agreement includes  $128,000,000  term loan
facilities  and  a  $15,000,000  revolving  credit  facility.  These   financing
transactions were consummated concurrently with the acquisitions.
    
 
                                      F-17

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
    
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             ASSETS                                                  JUNE 30,
                                                                                                       1996
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                                <C>
Current Assets
     Cash and cash equivalents..................................................................   $  5,691,476
     Accounts receivable, net...................................................................     20,812,960
     Due from sellers...........................................................................      1,799,144
     Current portion of program broadcast rights................................................      2,605,440
     Prepaid expenses...........................................................................      1,377,192
                                                                                                   ------------
          Total current assets..................................................................     32,286,212
                                                                                                   ------------
Property and Equipment..........................................................................     91,197,864
                                                                                                   ------------
Intangible Assets...............................................................................    359,759,417
                                                                                                   ------------
Other Assets:
     Program broadcast rights, less current portion.............................................      2,521,725
     Deferred loan costs........................................................................     13,211,447
     Other......................................................................................        760,537
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                     16,493,709
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                   $499,737,202
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                   ------------
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
Current Liabilities
     Current maturities of notes and leases payable.............................................   $  6,295,564
     Current maturities of program broadcast rights payable.....................................      3,282,547
     Deferred revenue...........................................................................        694,668
     Accounts payable and accrued expenses......................................................     13,904,094
                                                                                                   ------------
          Total current liabilities.............................................................     24,176,873
                                                                                                   ------------
Long-Term Obligations:
     Notes and capital leases payable...........................................................    348,279,540
     Program broadcast rights payable...........................................................      1,866,062
     Deferred revenue...........................................................................      4,515,933
     Deferred income taxes......................................................................     58,559,983
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                    413,221,518
                                                                                                   ------------
Senior Redeemable Preferred Stock...............................................................     51,654,094
                                                                                                   ------------
Junior Redeemable Preferred Stock...............................................................     45,237,600
                                                                                                   ------------
Stockholder's Deficit:
     Common stock...............................................................................         70,300
     Additional paid-in capital.................................................................    (32,875,111)
     Accumulated deficit........................................................................     (1,748,072)
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                    (34,552,883)
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                   $499,737,202
                                                                                                   ------------
                                                                                                   ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-18
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
            THREE MONTHS AND SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                            ---------------------------
                                               1995            1996
                                            -----------     -----------
 
<S>                                      <C>             <C>
Net revenues.............................   $24,058,657     $30,115,028
                                            -----------     -----------
Operating expenses:
     Selling, technical and program
       expenses..........................    10,044,707      13,541,029
     General and administrative..........     3,791,915       4,693,851
     Depreciation and amortization.......     2,124,505       4,069,293
     Corporate...........................       697,759       1,087,434
                                            -----------     -----------
                                             16,658,886      23,391,607
                                            -----------     -----------
          Operating income...............     7,399,771       6,723,421
                                            -----------     -----------
Financial income (expense)
     Interest expense:
          Cash interest..................    (7,099,895)     (8,879,980)
          Other interest.................      (337,006)     (1,098,513)
                                            -----------     -----------
                                             (7,436,901)     (9,978,493)
     Interest income.....................       209,692         212,433
                                            -----------     -----------
                                             (7,227,209)     (9,766,060)
                                            -----------     -----------
Net income (loss) before income taxes and
  extrordinary item......................       172,562      (3,042,639)
Income taxes.............................            --              --
                                            -----------     -----------
Net income (loss before extraordinary
  item...................................       172,562      (3,042,639)
Extraordinary item:
Gain on early extinguishment of debt.....     6,863,762              --
                                            -----------     -----------
     Net income (loss)...................   -----------     -----------
                                            -----------     -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-19
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT
                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                ADDITIONAL
                                                   COMMON        PAID-IN       ACCUMULATED
                                                    STOCK        CAPITAL         DEFICIT          TOTAL
                                                  ---------    ------------    ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                               <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995...................   $  70,300    $  2,253,229    $(38,886,616)   $(36,563,087)
Allocation of proceeds from sale of redeemable
  senior preferred stock to initial warrants...          --       9,000,000              --       9,000,000
Financing costs related to the sale of
  redeemable preferred stock...................          --      (3,055,463)             --      (3,055,463)
Reclassification of accumulated deficit due to
  change in income tax status..................          --     (41,072,877)     41,072,877              --
Dividends payable on redeemable preferred
  stock........................................          --              --        (891,694)       (891,694)
Net (loss).....................................          --              --      (3,042,639)     (3,042,639)
                                                  ---------    ------------    ------------    ------------
Balance at June 30, 1996.......................   $  70,300    $(32,875,111)   $ (1,748,072)   $(34,552,883)
                                                  ---------    ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                  ---------    ------------    ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-20
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          1995            1996
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
 
<S>                                                                                   <C>             <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
    Net income (loss)..............................................................   $  7,036,324    $  (3,042,639)
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by
     operating activities:
        Amortization of program broadcast rights...................................      1,081,647        1,302,515
        Depreciation and amortization..............................................      1,345,668        2,701,736
        (Gain) on early extinguishment of debt.....................................     (6,863,762)              --
        Amortization of intangibles and deferred loan costs........................      1,101,504        1,719,984
        Amortization of note discount..............................................             --          753,517
        (Gain) on sale of property and equipment...................................        (17,357)          (7,428)
        Payment of deferred and contingent interest................................     (4,405,746)              --
        Payment of prepayment premiums.............................................     (2,748,896)              --
        Other......................................................................         31,691               --
Change in assets and liabilities, net of effects of station acquisitions:
    Receivables....................................................................     (1,574,109)       2,631,367
    Due from sellers...............................................................             --          863,371
    Prepaid expenses...............................................................       (204,103)        (232,727)
    Payments on program broadcast rights payable...................................     (1,037,876)      (1,185,741)
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses..........................................      4,861,661        2,316,000
    Deferred income................................................................             --         (261,810)
    Contingent and deferred interest payable.......................................        567,533               --
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
            Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities....................       (825,821)       7,558,145
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
    Purchase of property and equipment.............................................       (556,992)      (1,250,886)
    Proceeds from sale of equipment................................................         25,502           10,300
    Payment for acquisition of stations, net of cash...............................    (26,683,772)    (321,542,152)
    Reimbursement for equipment purchases..........................................             --           79,198
    Purchase of securities.........................................................             --         (651,535)
    Payment of acquisition costs...................................................             --         (316,528)
    Other..........................................................................          2,587           (1,729)
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
            Net cash (used in) investing activities................................    (27,212,675)    (323,673,332)
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
    Principal payments on notes, including capital lease payables..................    (96,170,752)         (53,226)
    Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred stock...........................             --      105,000,000
    Proceeds from long term borrowing..............................................    135,000,000      218,178,200
    Payment of debt acquisition costs..............................................     (5,586,680)     (10,986,642)
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
            Net cash provided by financing activities..............................     33,242,568      312,138,332
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
            Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents...................      5,204,072       (3,976,855)
Cash and cash equivalents:
    Beginning......................................................................      4,617,242        9,668,331
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
    Ending.........................................................................   $  9,821,314    $   5,691,476
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
    Cash payments for interest.....................................................   $  5,995,139    $   8,049,422
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
Supplemental Schedule of Noncash Investing and Financing Activities
    Acquisition of program broadcast rights........................................   $    712,095    $     368,751
    Note payable and capital lease obligation incurred for purchase of equipment...        197,288           44,100
    Equipment acquired by barter transactions......................................        162,685           38,719
    Dividends accrued on redeemable preferred stock................................             --          891,694
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
Acquisitions of stations
    Cash purchase price............................................................   $ 26,683,772    $ 321,542,152
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
    Net working capital, acquired, net of cash $535,810............................   $          --   $  10,061,537
    Property and equipment acquired at fair market value...........................      6,500,000       72,533,059
    Intangible assets acquired.....................................................     22,313,385      301,026,581
    Deferred income taxes assumed..................................................             --      (58,872,778)
    Other, net.....................................................................       (129,613)          19,112
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
                                                                                        28,683,772      324,767,511
    Less: Application of deposit...................................................     (2,000,000)      (3,225,359)
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
                                                                                      $ 26,683,772    $ 321,542,152
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
                                                                                      ------------    -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-21
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
(NOTE A) -- NATURE OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    
 
   
     Nature  of Business:  Benedek Communications Corporation  (the Company) was
formed on April  10, 1996. The  Company is  a holding company  that derives  its
operating  income  and  cash  flow  from  its  subsidiary,  Benedek Broadcasting
Corporation (Benedek Broadcasting) which owns and operates twenty-two television
stations located  throughout the  United States.  These stations  operate  under
network affiliation contracts, which provide programs to the affiliated stations
and  the stations sell commercial time during the programs to national, regional
and local  advertisers.  The  networks  also sell  commercial  time  during  the
programs  to  national advertisers.  Credit  arrangements are  determined  on an
individual customer basis.
    
 
   
     Basis of Presentation:  The consolidated financial  statements include  the
accounts  of the Company  and its wholly  owned subsidiary Benedek Broadcasting.
The accounts of Benedek License Corporation (BLC), a wholly owned subsidiary  of
Benedek  Broadcasting,  are  included  in the  financial  statements  of Benedek
Broadcasting. All  significant intercompany  items  and transactions  have  been
eliminated  in the consolidated financial statements. Since Benedek Broadcasting
and the  Company  have identical  stock  ownership, these  financial  statements
include  the operating results of Benedek Broadcasting accounted for in a manner
similar to that of  a pooling-of-interests method  of accounting. The  financial
statements   include  all  adjustments,  consisting   of  normal  and  recurring
adjustments, which are considered necessary in the opinion of management for the
fair presentation of the financial position as of June 30, 1996 and the  results
of  operations and cash flows  for the six months ended  June 30, 1995 and 1996.
These financial  statements do  not include  all the  information and  footnotes
required by generally accepted accounting principles.
    
 
   
     Operating  results for the three and six  month periods ended June 30, 1995
and 1996 and for the  fiscal year ended 1995  are not necessarily indicative  of
the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
    
 
   
(NOTE B) -- ACQUISITIONS AND CONTRIBUTION OF CAPITAL
    
 
   
     The  Company was formed by the sole stockholder of Benedek Broadcasting. On
June 6, 1996,  two acquisition agreements  entered into during  1995 by  Benedek
Broadcasting  were consummated. These agreements were  to acquire (i) the assets
of the television broadcasting division of Stauffer Communications, Inc.,  which
owned  five television stations  (the 'Stauffer Stations')  for a total purchase
price of $54,500,000 and  (ii) all the issued  and outstanding capital stock  of
Brissette  Broadcasting Corporation ('Brissette') which owned and operated eight
television stations for  a purchase  price of  $270,000,000. At  the closing  of
these acquisitions, the sole stockholder of Benedek Broadcasting contributed all
of the outstanding shares of common stock of Benedek Broadcasting to the Company
in  exchange for  the issuance to  him all  of the outstanding  shares of common
stock of the Company.
    
 
   
     The pro forma  results of operations  for the three  months ended June  30,
1995  and 1996  and the  six months ended  June 30,  1995 and  1996 assuming the
acquisitions had taken place on January 1, 1995 are as follows:
    
 
                                      F-22
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
(NOTE B) -- ACQUISITIONS AND CONTRIBUTION OF CAPITAL--(CONTINUED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                ---------------------------
                                                   1995            1996
                                                 -----------    ------------
 
<S>                                          <C>            <C>
Net revenue..................................    $59,753,871    $ 59,894,169
Operating expenses...........................     49,087,596      52,952,526
Financial expenses...........................     20,969,181      21,115,439
                                                 -----------    ------------
     (Loss) before extraordinary item........    (10,302,906)    (14,173,796)
Extraordinary item...........................      6,863,762              --
                                                 -----------    ------------
     Net (loss)..............................     (3,439,144)   $(14,173,796)
                                                 -----------    ------------
                                                 -----------    ------------
Broadcast cash flow..........................    $24,994,055    $ 22,332,643
                                                 -----------    ------------
                                                 -----------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(NOTE C) -- REDEEMABLE EQUITY SECURITIES AND DISCOUNT NOTES
    
 
   
     Concurrent with the acquisitions described in Note (B) the Company  entered
into  the  following  financing transactions,  the  net proceeds  of  which were
contributed to Benedek Broadcasting.
    
 
   
          (1) The  Company  sold 60,000  Units  in a  private  placement,  which
     generated  proceeds of $60,000,000. Each Unit consists of (i) ten shares of
     Exchangeable Senior Preferred  Stock (ii) ten  Initial Warrants, and  (iii)
     14.8 Contingent Warrants.
    
 
   
             (i)  Exchangeable Redeemable Senior Preferred  Stock -- The Company
        issued 600,000 shares  of 15% Exchangeable  Redeemable Senior  Preferred
        Stock  due 2007,  with an  initial liquidation  preference equal  to the
        proceeds received  of $60,000,000.  Of  these proceeds,  $9,000,000  was
        allocated  to  the initial  warrants  described in  (ii).  Dividends are
        payable to holders  of the  outstanding shares at  the rate  of 15%  per
        annum  of the then  effective liquidation preference  per share, payable
        quarterly beginning July  1, 1996 and  accruing from June  6, 1996.  The
        Company  has the  option to pay  dividends on any  dividend payment date
        occurring on or before  July 1, 2001  either in cash  or by adding  such
        dividends to the then effective liquidation preference. The Company also
        has  the option to immediately redeem these shares, in whole or in part,
        at predetermined redemption  prices. The Company  is required to  redeem
        the  outstanding shares on July  1, 2007 at a  redemption price equal to
        100% of the then effective  liquidation preference plus any accrued  and
        unpaid  dividends to the date of redemption. The Exchangeable Redeemable
        Senior Preferred Stock is exchangeable into debentures at the  Company's
        option,  subject  to  certain  conditions,  in  whole  on  any scheduled
        dividend payment  date. If  the  Company does  not comply  with  certain
        obligations  with respect to  the registration of  these securities with
        the Securities and Exchange  Commission, additional cash dividends  will
        accrue  on each share at  a rate of 0.50%  per annum until the effective
        date of registration.
    
 
   
             (ii)  Initial  Warrants  --  The  Company  issued  600,000  Initial
        Warrants each of which entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share
        of  Class A Common Stock at a price of $0.01 per share. The value of the
        warrants at  date of  issuance  was $9,000,000  which was  allocated  to
        paid-in  capital  and is  being amortized  at  a rate  of 15%  per annum
        through July 1, 2007, the mandatory redemption date of the  Exchangeable
        Redeemable  Senior Preferred  Stock. Accordingly,  this amount  is being
        accreted to the  Exchangeable Redeemable Senior  Preferred Stock on  the
        same basis.
    
 
   
             (iii)  Contingent Warrants -- The Company issued 888,000 Contingent
        Warrants, each warrant to acquire one  share of Class A Common Stock  at
        an  exercise  price of  $0.01 per  share.  The Contingent  Warrants were
        issued to  an  escrow agent  and  are not  outstanding.  The  Contingent
        Warrants  are  not  separable from  the  Exchangeable  Redeemable Senior
        Preferred Stock  and will  not be  delivered out  of escrow  unless  the
        Exchangeable Redeemable Senior
    
 
                                      F-23
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
(NOTE C) -- REDEEMABLE EQUITY SECURITIES AND DISCOUNT NOTES--(CONTINUED)
    
   
        Preferred  Stock is not redeemed on or prior to a specified future date.
        Since it is management's intention to redeem the Exchangeable Redeemable
        Senior Preferred Stock prior to  any release of the Contingent  Warrants
        from  escrow, no allocation  of the proceeds was  made to the Contingent
        Warrants.
    
 
   
          (2) Seller  Junior  Discount Preferred  Stock  -- The  Company  issued
     450,000  shares of Seller Junior Discount  Preferred Stock due 2008 with an
     aggregate liquidation  preference equal  to  the proceeds  of  $45,000,000.
     Dividends  are  payable  to  the  holders  of  the  Seller  Junior Discount
     Preferred Stock  at 7.92%  per  annum until  the  fith anniversary  of  the
     issuance  thereof and thereafter  at increasing rates up  to 18%. Since the
     Company intends to redeem the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock  prior
     to  the fifth anniversary, dividends are being accrued at the initial rate.
     The dividends on the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock are  cumulative
     from date of issuance. Until the fifth anniversary of the issuance thereof,
     dividend  payments on the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock may not be
     made in cash  and instead will  be added automatically  to the  liquidation
     preference  and  as a  result  will be  deemed paid  in  full and  will not
     accumulate. The  Seller  Junior  Discount Preferred  Stock  is  subject  to
     mandatory  redemption in  whole on  July 1,  2008 and  the Company  has the
     option to redeem these shares in whole or  in part at a price equal to  the
     sum  of  the  liquidation value  per  share  plus an  amount  equal  to all
     accumulated and unpaid dividends per share to the date of redemption.
    
 
   
          (3) 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006 -- The Company
     issued Senior  Subordinated  Discount  Notes with  a  principal  amount  of
     $170,000,000.  These Notes were  issued at a  discount of $79,821,800 which
     generated gross proceeds of $90,178,200. The  Notes mature on May 15,  2006
     and  yield 13.25% per annum with no cash interest accruing prior to May 15,
     2001.  Thereafter,  cash  interest  will  accrue  until  maturity   payable
     semi-annually,  commencing November 15, 2001. On or after May 15, 2000, the
     Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part,  at
     predetermined  redemption prices and under  specified conditions. The Notes
     are subordinated to  all Senior Debt  of the Company.  These Notes  contain
     various  restrictive covenants, all of which  the Company was in compliance
     with at June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
          The following table summarizes these activities as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SELLER         13 1/4%
                                                   EXCHANGEABLE                   JUNIOR         SENIOR
                                                   REDEEMABLE                    DISCOUNT      SUBORDINATED
                                                    PREFERRED      INITIAL       PREFERRED      DISCOUNT
                                                      STOCK        WARRANTS        STOCK          NOTES
                                                   -----------    ----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Issuance of preferred stock.....................   $51,000,000    $9,000,000    $45,000,000    $        --
Issuance of senior subordinated discount
  notes.........................................            --            --             --     90,178,200
Accrued dividends...............................       654,094            --        237,600             --
Amortization of note discount...................            --            --             --        753,517
                                                   -----------    ----------    -----------    -----------
Balance at June 30, 1996........................   $51,654,094    $9,000,000    $45,237,600    $90,931,717
                                                   -----------    ----------    -----------    -----------
                                                   -----------    ----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     Since the Company derives  all of its operating  income and cash flow  from
Benedek Broadcasting, the Company's ability to pay its obligations including (i)
interest  on  and  principal  of the  senior  subordinated  discount  notes (ii)
redemption of and cash dividends on  the exchangeable preferred stock and  (iii)
redemption  of and cash dividends on  the seller junior discount preferred stock
will be  dependent primarily  upon  receiving dividends  and other  payments  on
advances  from  Benedek Broadcasting.  Benedek  Broadcasting is  a  separate and
distinct legal entity and has no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any
amounts to  the Company  or to  make funds  available to  the Company  for  debt
service or any other obligation.
    
 
                                      F-24
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
(NOTE D) -- LONG TERM DEBT
    
 
   
     As part of the financing transactions described in Note C, on June 6, 1996,
Benedek Broadcasting entered into a new credit agreement which includes two Term
Loan  Facilities  consisting of  (i) a  Series  A Facility  of $70,000,000  at a
fluctuating rate per  annum (currently  8.5%) and (ii)  a Series  B Facility  of
$58,000,000  at a  fluctuating rate  per annum  (currently 9.0%).  The Term Loan
Facilities provide for quarterly principal payments until final maturity (except
in the  first year  during which  principal payments  will be  on a  semi-annual
basis).  The Series A Facility and the  Series B Facility will mature five years
and  six  and   one-half  years,  respectively,   after  the  closing.   Benedek
Broadcasting  will be required to make scheduled aggregate amortization payments
on the Series A and Series B Facilities, as follows: during the first year after
closing, $6.0  million; during  the second  year after  closing, $11.0  million;
during the third year after closing, $14.5 million; during the fourth year after
closing,  $16.0 million;  during the  fifth year  after closing,  $27.5 million;
during the sixth year after closing, $15.0 million; and during the first half of
the seventh year after closing, $38.0 million.
    
 
   
     The  credit  agreement  also  includes  a  Revolving  Credit  Facility   of
$15,000,000,  which bears interest at a customary base rate plus a spread. There
were no borrowings on the revolver as of June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
     The Term Loan Facilities and  the Revolving Credit Facility are  guaranteed
by  the  Company  and  are  secured by  certain  of  the  Company's  and Benedek
Broadcasting's present and future property and assets. The Term Loan  Facilities
are also guaranteed by BLC and secured by all of the stock of BLC. The Term Loan
Facilities  contain various  restrictive covenants and  requires compliance with
certain financial ratios and covenants. The Company was in compliance with these
covenants at June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
     During 1995, Benedek  Broadcasting issued  $135,000,000 of  11 7/8%  Senior
Secured  Notes due 2005  (the 'Senior Secured  Notes'). The net  proceeds of the
Senior Secured Notes were used, together  with available cash, to (i)  refinance
certain indebtedness, (ii) finance the acquisition of WTVY-TV and (iii) pay fees
and expenses in connection with the offering. The Senior Secured Notes have been
registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  in  a registration
statement declared effective in November 1995.
    
 
   
     The Senior  Secured Notes  bear interest  at the  rate of  11 7/8%  payable
semiannually  on March 1 and September 1 of  each year and mature in March 2005.
The Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed by Benedek Broadcasting in whole or  in
part  after March  1, 2000  subject to  certain prepayment  premiums. The Senior
Secured Notes contain various restrictive  covenants relating to limitations  on
dividends,  transactions with affiliates, further issuance of debt, and sales of
assets,  among  others.  Benedek  Broadcasting  was  in  complinace  with  these
covenants at June 30, 1996.
    
 
   
     The  Senior Secured Notes are collateralized by Benedek Broadcasting's 100%
interest in BLC, certain agreements and contract rights related to the  stations
which includes network affiliation agreements and certain general intangibles.
    
 
                                      F-25
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
(NOTE D) -- LONG TERM DEBT--(CONTINUED)
    
 
   
     Notes payable consist of the following:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       JUNE 30,
                                                                         1996
                                                                     ------------
 
<S>                                                                  <C>
Senior Secured Notes..............................................   $135,000,000
Term loan Series A................................................     70,000,000
Term loan Series B................................................     58,000,000
Senior Subordinated Discount Notes................................     90,931,717
Capital leases and other..........................................        643,387
                                                                     ------------
                                                                      354,575,104
Less current maturities...........................................      6,295,564
                                                                     ------------
                                                                     $348,279,540
                                                                     ------------
                                                                     ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(NOTE E) -- INCOME TAX MATTERS AND CHANGE IN TAX STATUS
    
 
   
     Prior  to the consummation  of the acquisitions  and the related financing,
Benedek Broadcasting, with the consent of  its stockholder, elected to be  taxed
under sections of federal and state income tax law, which provided that, in lieu
of  corporation  income taxes,  the stockholder  separately account  for Benedek
Broadcasting's income, deductions, losses and  credits. Due to the structure  of
the  financing  for  the  acquisitions,  the election  to  be  taxed  as  an 'S'
Corporation automatically terminated and Benedek Broadcasting became subject  to
federal and state income taxes. As a result, Benedek Broadcasting recorded a net
deferred  tax asset of approximately $3,550,000  which was offset by a valuation
allowance of the same amount.
    
 
   
     Under the provision of Statement  of Financial Accounting Standards  (SFAS)
No. 109, the deferred tax assets and liabilities, resulting principally from the
acquisitions explained in Note B consist of the following components:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                                          1996
                                                                      ------------
 
<S>                                                                   <C>
Deferred tax assets:
     Loss Carryforwards............................................   $  2,365,600
     Nondeductible allowances and other............................        976,400
     Network agreememt.............................................      1,800,000
     Original issue discount.......................................        312,795
                                                                      ------------
                                                                         5,454,795
                                                                      ------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Property and equipment........................................     15,898,378
     Intangibles...................................................     48,116,400
                                                                      ------------
                                                                        64,014,778
                                                                      ------------
Net deferred tax liability.........................................   $(58,559,983)
                                                                      ------------
                                                                      ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     At  June 30, 1996 a  valuation allowance has not  been established since in
the opinion of  management, it is  more likely  than not that  the deferred  tax
assets,  including the net deferred tax asset  which resulted from the change in
tax status of Benedek Broadcasting, will be realized.
    
 
   
     Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Benedek Broadcasting has
approximately $5,900,000 of actual net operating loss carryforwards available to
offset future tax liabilities of Benedek Broadcasting.
    
 
                                      F-26
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
(NOTE F) -- COMMON STOCK AND OTHER SECURITIES
    
 
   
     Common stock consists of the following numbers of shares.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AUTHORIZED     ISSUED      OUTSTANDING
                                                                         ----------    ---------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                      <C>           <C>          <C>
Class A common $.01 par value.........................................   25,000,000           --            --
Class B common $.01 par value.........................................   25,000,000    7,030,000     7,030,000
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     In addition, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized 2,500,000
shares of preferred stock, 1,050,000 of  which have been issued as described  in
Note C above.
    
 
                                      F-27

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of
STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.:
 
     We  have  audited the  accompanying balance  sheets of  the TV  Division of
Stauffer Communications,  Inc.  (a Delaware  corporation)  (the Company)  as  of
December  31,  1994 and  1995, and  the related  statements of  income, division
equity and cash  flows for  each of  the years  in the  three-year period  ended
December  31, 1995.  These financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the
Company's management.  Our responsibility  is  to express  an opinion  on  these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of the TV Division of  Stauffer
Communications,  Inc., as of December  31, 1994 and 1995  and its operations and
its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Kansas City, Missouri
March 1, 1996
 
                                      F-28
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1994           1995
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>
                                                    ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash........................................................................   $   465,428    $   209,987
     Accounts receivable, net of reserve for doubtful accounts of $75,000 in 1994
       and $99,000 in 1995.......................................................     3,750,721      3,515,457
     Current portion of deferred film costs......................................       769,513        941,766
     Prepayments.................................................................       165,717         81,180
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
          Total current assets...................................................     5,151,379      4,748,390
Plant and Equipment, at Cost:
     Land........................................................................       867,937        867,937
     Building....................................................................     3,893,047      3,929,046
     Equipment...................................................................    22,180,248     22,598,639
     Construction in progress....................................................        70,752          2,981
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                     27,011,984     27,398,603
     Less -- Accumulated depreciation............................................   (15,145,074)   (16,606,429)
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                     11,866,910     10,792,174
Other Assets:
     Excess of cost over net assets of acquired companies, less accumulated
       amortization of $8,028,122 in 1994 and $8,775,815 in 1995.................     8,021,715      7,274,023
     Long-term portion of deferred film costs....................................       614,619      1,055,472
     Other.......................................................................        37,682          7,906
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                      8,674,016      8,337,401
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                    $25,692,305    $23,877,965
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                       LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
     Current maturities of film contract obligations.............................   $   606,173    $   715,303
     Accounts payable............................................................       199,261        145,113
     Accrued expenses............................................................       615,448        569,335
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
          Total current liabilities..............................................     1,420,882      1,429,751
Film Contract Obligations, Less Current Maturities...............................       189,857        911,342
Contingencies
Division Equity..................................................................    24,081,566     21,536,872
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                    $25,692,305    $23,877,965
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-29
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1993           1994           1995
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Broadcast Operating Revenues:
     Local......................................................   $11,815,748    $11,968,705    $12,076,769
     National...................................................     5,222,225      6,045,572      5,652,105
     Political..................................................        77,979      2,222,724         87,345
     Network programming........................................     1,291,557      1,305,329      1,491,786
     Other......................................................       607,571        552,713        457,807
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                    19,015,080     22,095,043     19,765,812
     Less --
       Agency commissions.......................................     1,938,824      2,432,430      2,108,974
       Representative's commissions.............................       515,332        706,626        512,319
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
          Net broadcast revenue.................................    16,560,924     18,955,987     17,144,519
Operating Expenses:
     News-editorials............................................     2,240,225      2,292,252      2,382,486
     Technical..................................................     1,249,882      1,270,885      1,347,207
     Program....................................................     3,145,641      2,901,656      2,986,263
     Depreciation and amortization..............................     2,264,114      2,303,848      2,228,832
     Rent expense, net of sublease income.......................       223,798        224,188        192,685
     Sales and promotions.......................................     2,936,347      3,219,720      2,949,498
     General and administrative.................................     3,445,543      3,425,632      3,581,764
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
          Total operating expenses..............................    15,505,550     15,638,181     15,668,735
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
          Income from operations................................     1,055,374      3,317,806      1,475,784
Other Nonoperating Income.......................................        14,434         37,228         78,220
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
Division-Net Income.............................................   $ 1,069,808    $ 3,355,034    $ 1,554,004
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-30
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                         STATEMENTS OF DIVISION EQUITY
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1993           1994           1995
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance, Beginning of Year......................................   $25,636,696    $25,024,736    $24,081,566
     Division net income........................................     1,069,808      3,355,034      1,554,004
     Cash transfers to parent, net..............................    (1,681,768)    (4,298,204)    (4,098,698)
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
 
Balance, End of Year............................................   $25,024,736    $24,081,566    $21,536,872
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-31
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1993           1994           1995
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
     Net income..................................................   $ 1,069,808    $ 3,355,034    $ 1,554,004
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by
       operating activities:
          Depreciation...........................................     1,516,422      1,556,156      1,481,140
          Amortization of intangibles............................       747,692        747,692        747,692
          Amortization of deferred film costs....................     1,276,500      1,044,561      1,025,491
          (Increase) decrease in other assets....................       (31,234)       (40,655)       114,311
          (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable.............      (219,462)      (133,612)       235,264
          Increase (decrease) in liabilities.....................       (70,849)        70,683       (100,261)
          Payments for film contract obligations.................    (1,326,358)    (1,081,130)      (807,980)
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
               Total adjustments.................................     1,892,711      2,163,695      2,695,657
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
               Net cash provided by operating activities.........     2,962,519      5,518,729      4,249,661
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
     Property, plant and equipment, net..........................    (1,182,472)      (934,294)      (406,404)
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
               Net cash used in financing activities.............    (1,182,472)      (934,294)      (406,404)
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     Cash transfers to Parent, net...............................    (1,681,768)    (4,298,204)    (4,098,698)
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
               Net cash used in financing activities.............    (1,681,768)    (4,298,204)    (4,098,698)
 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash..................................        98,279        286,231       (255,441)
Cash, Beginning of Year..........................................        80,918        179,197        465,428
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash, End of Year................................................   $   179,197    $   465,428    $   209,987
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-32
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
 
1. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     The accompanying  financial  statements  include the  accounts  of  the  TV
Division  of  Stauffer  Communications,  Inc. (the  'Parent').  The  TV Division
includes the  following locations:  KMIZ-TV in  Columbia, Missouri;  KGWN-TV  in
Cheyenne,  Wyoming;  KTVS-TV  in  Scottsbluff,  Nebraska;  KSTF-TV  in Sterling,
Colorado; KGWC-TV in Casper,  Wyoming; KCOY-TV in  Santa Maria, California;  and
WIBW-TV  in  Topeka, Kansas.  In June  1995,  Stauffer Communications,  Inc. was
acquired by Morris  Communications Company  and has  continued to  operate as  a
wholly owned subsidiary under the name Stauffer Communications, Inc.
 
     The  Parent has  entered into an  Assets Purchase and  Sale Agreement dated
November 22, 1995, whereby  substantially all assets and  liabilities of the  TV
Division  will  be  sold to  Benedek  Acquisition Corporation.  Closing  of this
transaction is contingent upon, among other  things, obtaining a final order  of
the  FCC setting  forth its  consent to the  transaction. The  purchase price of
$54,500,000 may be adjusted based on  changes in the amount of working  capital,
as  defined, on the closing date which  is anticipated to occur before September
30, 1996.
 
     These financial  statements reflect  the revenues  and expenses  of the  TV
Division,  including those direct expenses of the  Division that are paid by the
Parent and charged directly  to the Division. Certain  expenses incurred by  the
Parent  have  not been  allocated  to the  TV  Division. These  expenses include
general corporate  management,  corporate accounting,  general  corporate  legal
service  and deferred compensation expense.  Additionally, the taxable income of
the TV Division is  included in the  consolidated tax return  of the Parent.  No
income tax expense or related current or deferred tax assets or liabilities have
been allocated to the TV Division by the Parent.
 
     The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the  reported amounts of assets  and liabilities at the
date of  the financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of  revenues  and
expenses  during the  reporting period. Actual  results could  differ from those
estimates.
 
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Depreciation of plant and equipment is computed using both accelerated  and
straight-line methods. Useful lives are 15 to 45 years for buildings and 3 to 20
years for equipment.
 
DEFERRED FILM COSTS
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 63 (SFAS
No.  63), deferred film  costs are recorded  at contract price  when the license
period begins and all of the following conditions have been met: (a) the cost of
each program is known or reasonably  determinable, (b) the program material  has
been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the license agreement (c) the
program  is available for its first  showing or telecast. Contractual agreements
define the life of  the license and the  number of showings available.  Deferred
film   cost  with  lives  greater  than   12  months  are  amortized  using  the
sum-of-the-runs method over the life of  the contract. All others are  amortized
using  the straight-line method. The contract rights estimated to be used within
one year are included in current assets.
 
     Commitments for  broadcast contract  rights that  have been  executed,  but
which  have  not  been  recorded  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial
statements (because they do  not meet the criteria  prescribed in SFAS No.  63),
were  approximately $460,000 as of December  31, 1994, and were insignificant at
December 31, 1995.
 
                                      F-33
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
 
BARTER TRANSACTIONS
 
     Barter transactions, which represent the  exchange of advertising time  for
goods  or services, are recorded at the  estimated fair value of the products or
services received. Barter revenue is  recognized when commercials are  broadcast
and  expenses are recognized when the related products or services are received.
Barter transactions were insignificant in 1993, 1994 and 1995.
 
DIVISION EQUITY
 
     The TV Division participates in the Parent's cash management system.  Under
this  system, all cash generated by the TV Division is transferred to the Parent
and all cash requirements  of the TV  Division are funded  by the Parent.  These
transfers of funds are reflected in the division equity account.
 
2. EXCESS OF COST OVER NET ASSETS OF ACQUIRED COMPANIES:
 
     Excess  of cost over net assets  of acquired companies consists of goodwill
and other intangible  assets. Goodwill  is amortized over  periods of  20 to  40
years.  Other intangible  assets are  amortized over periods  of 4  to 18 years.
Amortization of such assets was approximately  $748,000 in 1993, 1994 and  1995.
The following table details the components of these assets:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ORIGINAL      ACCUMULATED     NET BOOK
                                                              BALANCE      AMORTIZATION     VALUE
                                                            -----------    -----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
Goodwill.................................................   $ 7,854,879    $ 2,389,117    $5,465,762
Network affiliation......................................       756,000        582,750       173,250
Operating license........................................     2,123,723        812,605     1,311,118
Assembled work force.....................................       286,331        286,331        --
Advertising accounts.....................................     5,024,887      4,700,994       323,893
Other....................................................         4,018          4,018        --
                                                            -----------    -----------    ----------
                                                            $16,049,838    $ 8,775,815    $7,274,023
                                                            -----------    -----------    ----------
                                                            -----------    -----------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
3. FILM CONTRACT OBLIGATIONS:
 
     Film contract obligations consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 1994         1995
                                                                               --------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>
Film contracts payable, due in various installments through 2000............   $796,030    $1,626,645
Less -- Current portion.....................................................    606,173       715,303
                                                                               --------    ----------
                                                                               $189,857    $  911,342
                                                                               --------    ----------
                                                                               --------    ----------
</TABLE>
 
     Maturities  on the TV Division's film  contract obligations for each of the
next five years are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR                                                                               MATURITY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----------
 
<S>                                                                               <C>
1996...........................................................................   $  715,303
1997...........................................................................      535,166
1998...........................................................................      314,685
1999...........................................................................       60,379
2000...........................................................................        1,112
                                                                                  ----------
     Total.....................................................................   $1,626,645
                                                                                  ----------
                                                                                  ----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
                           DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
 
4. PENSION PLANS:
 
     Substantially all nonunion employees  and officers of  the TV Division  are
covered  by a defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Parent. Benefits are
based on an  integrated, career average,  salary related formula  and have  been
funded  by mandatory employee contributions, plus employer contributions that at
least equal the minimum funding requirements under ERISA.
 
     A portion of the expense of this plan is allocated to the TV Division based
on the  number of  TV Division  participants  relative to  the number  of  total
participants.  The  allocated  cost  was  approximately  $116,000,  $170,000 and
$155,000 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
5. CONTINGENCIES:
 
     The Parent, including  the TV  Division, has  various lawsuits  outstanding
incidental to its operations. Management believes the outcome of this litigation
will  not have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of
operations of the TV Division.
 
     The TV  Division  leases  certain  equipment and  land,  principally  on  a
month-to-month  or annually renewable basis. Gross lease expenses were $284,241,
$287,212 and $299,777  for the years  ending December 31,  1993, 1994 and  1995,
respectively.
 
   
6. PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
     The  unaudited  pro forma  financial information  is  provided to  show the
significant effects on the historical financial information had the TV  Division
provided  income taxes on  its earnings. Income  taxes have been  computed at an
estimated effective rate of 51, 43, and 47 percent for the years 1993, 1994, and
1995, respectively. The primary  difference between the  provision for taxes  at
the  rates shown and the federal statutory rate of 35 percent is state taxes and
nondeductible intangibles amortization.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1993          1994          1995
                                                                       ----------    ----------    ----------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>
Unaudited pro forma information --
     Income before provision for income taxes.......................   $1,069,808    $3,355,034    $1,554,004
     Provision for income taxes.....................................     (540,000)   (1,454,000)     (733,000)
                                                                       ----------    ----------    ----------
          Net income................................................   $  529,808    $1,901,034    $  821,004
                                                                       ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                       ----------    ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-35

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    ASSETS                                        JUNE 30,1995    JUNE 6,1996
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>
Current Assets:
     Cash......................................................................   $    125,388    $     32.270
     Accounts receivable, net..................................................      3,848,114       3,146,538
     Current portion of deferred film costs....................................      1,105,057         825,502
     Prepayments...............................................................         93,434          89,547
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
          Total current assets.................................................      5,171,993       4,093,857
Plant and Equipment, at cost:
     Land......................................................................        867,937         867,937
     Buildings.................................................................      3,929,046       3,929,046
     Equipment.................................................................     22,530,509      22,400,692
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                    27,327,492      27,197,675
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
     Less -- Accumulated depreciation..........................................    (15,918,803)    (17,090,482)
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                    11,408,689      10,107,193
Other Assets:
     Excess of cost over net assets of acquired companies......................      7,647,869       7,032,372
     Long-term portion of deferred film costs..................................      1,061,721         793,130
     Other.....................................................................         37,005           5,507
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                     8,746,595       7,831,009
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                  $ 25,327,277    $ 22,032,059
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                        LIABILITIES AND DIVISION EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
     Current maturities of film contract obligations...........................   $    739,418    $    648,004
     Accounts payable..........................................................        164,750         126,109
     Accrued expenses..........................................................        588,983         437,433
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
          Total current liabilities............................................      1,493,151       1,211,546
Film Contract Obligations, less current maturities.............................        903,732         791,986
Division Equity................................................................     22,930,394      20,028,527
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                  $ 25,327,277    $ 22,032,059
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
The accompanying notes to the financial statements should be read in conjunction
                           with these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-36
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996
                                TO JUNE 6, 1996
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995          1996
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                   <C>           <C>
Broadcast Operating Revenues:
     Local.........................................................................   $6,029,378    $4,890,227
     National......................................................................    2,933,133     2,362,784
     Political.....................................................................        5,340       209,644
     Network programming...........................................................      694,408       687,671
     Other.........................................................................      215,997       202,172
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                                       9,878,256     8,352,498
     Less --
          Agency commissions.......................................................    1,064,221       893,196
          Representative's commissions.............................................      269,247       210,918
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
               Net broadcast revenue...............................................    8,544,788     7,248,384
Operating Expenses:
     News-editorials...............................................................    1,160,702     1,172,462
     Technical.....................................................................      621,343       600,413
     Program.......................................................................    1,447,088     1,386,709
     Depreciation and amortization.................................................    1,135,845       974,093
     Rent expense, net of sublease income..........................................       65,613        52,184
     Sales and promotions..........................................................    1,422,696     1,262,170
     General and administrative....................................................    1,710,606     1,523,226
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
          Total operating expenses.................................................    7,563,893     6,971,257
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
          (Loss) income from operations............................................      980,895       277,127
Other Nonoperating Income (Expense)................................................        6,515        (4,444)
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
Division -- Net income.............................................................   $  987,410    $  272,683
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
                                                                                      ----------    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
The accompanying notes to the financial statements should be read in conjunction
                             with these statements.
 
                                      F-37
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                         STATEMENTS OF DIVISION EQUITY
 FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                  JUNE 6, 1996
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1995           1996
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                                 <C>            <C>
Balance, beginning of period.....................................................   $24,081,566    $21,536,872
     Division net (loss) income..................................................       987,410        272,683
     Cash transfers to parent, net...............................................    (2,138,582)    (1,781,028)
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
Balance, end of period...........................................................   $22,930,394    $20,028,527
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
                                                                                    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
The accompanying notes to the financial statements should be read in conjunction
                             with these statements.
 
                                      F-38
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1996 TO
                                  JUNE 6, 1996
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1995           1996
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
     Net income....................................................................   $   987,410    $  272,683
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating
      activities --
          Depreciation.............................................................       761,999       732,442
          Amortization of intangibles..............................................       373,846       241,651
          Amortization of deferred film costs......................................       495,694       499,614
          (Increase) decrease in other assets......................................        72,960        (5,968)
          (Increase) Decrease in accounts receivable...............................       (97,393)      368,919
          Increase (decrease) in liabilities.......................................       (60,976)     (150,906)
          Payments for film contract obligations...................................      (431,200)     (347,791)
          Other....................................................................            --        85,523
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
               Total adjustments...................................................     1,114,930     1,423,484
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
     Net cash provided by operating activities.....................................     2,102,340     1,696,167
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
     Property, plant and equipment, net............................................      (303,798)      (92,856)
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
     Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities...........................      (303,798)      (92,856)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     Cash transfers to Parent, net.................................................    (2,138,582)   (1,781,028)
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
     Net cash used in financing activities.........................................    (2,138,582)   (1,781,028)
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
 
Net (Decrease) in Cash.............................................................      (340,040)     (177,717)
Cash, beginning of period..........................................................       465,428       209,987
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
Cash, end of period................................................................   $   125,388    $   32,270
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
                                                                                      -----------    ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
The accompanying notes to the financial statements should be read in conjunction
                             with these statements.
 
                                      F-39
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                  TV DIVISION OF STAUFFER COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
    
 
   
(NOTE A) NATURE OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    
 
   
     Nature  of  Business:  The  TV Division  of  Stauffer  Communications, Inc.
operates five  principal  television  stations  and  five  satellite  television
stations  located  throughout  the  United States  which  operate  under network
affiliation contracts. The networks provide programs to the affiliated  stations
and  the stations sell commercial time during the programs to national, regional
and local  advertisers.  The  networks  also sell  commercial  time  during  the
programs  to national  advertisers. Credit  arrangement s  are determined  on an
individual customer basis.
    
 
   
     Basis of Presentations:  In June  1995, Stauffer  Communications, Inc.  was
acquired  by Morris Communications Corporation and has continued to operate as a
wholly owned  subsidiary  under  the name  Stauffer  Communications,  Inc.  (the
'Parent').  The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the TV
Division of Stauffer Communications, Inc.  (the 'TV Division'). The TV  Division
includes  the  following  principal television  stations:  KMIZ-TV  in Columbia,
Missouri; KGWN-TV in Cheyenne, Wyoming;  KGWC-TV in Casper, Wyoming; KCOY-TV  in
Santa Maria, California; and WIBW-TV in Topeka, Kansas.
    
 
   
     These  financial statements  reflect the  revenues and  expenses of  the TV
Division, including those direct  expenses of the TV  Division that are paid  by
the Parent and charged directly to the TV Division. Certain expenses incurred by
the  Parent have not been  allocated to the TV  Division. These expenses include
general corporate  management,  corporate accounting,  general  corporate  legal
service  and deferred compensation expense.  Additionally, the taxable income of
the TV Division is  included in the  consolidated tax return  of the Parent.  No
income tax expense or related current or deferred tax assets or liabilities have
been allocated to the TV Division by the Parent.
    
 
   
(NOTE B) SALE AGREEMENT
    
 
   
     On  June  6,  1996, substantially  all  assets  and liabilities  of  the TV
Division were sold to Benedek Broadcasting Corporation.
    
 
   
(NOTE C) PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
    
 
   
     The unaudited  pro forma  financial  information is  provided to  show  the
significant  effects on the historical financial information had the TV Division
provided income taxes  on its earnings.  Income taxes have  been computed at  an
estimated  effective rate 47 percent for the  six months ended June 30, 1995 and
the period from January 1, 1996 to June 6, 1996. The primary difference  between
the  provision for taxes at the rates shown and the federal statutory rate of 35
percent is state taxes and nondeductible intangible amortization.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             1995        1996
                                                                                           --------    --------
 
<S>                                                                                        <C>         <C>
Unaudited pro forma information --
     Income before provision for income taxes...........................................   $987,410    $272,683
     Provision for income taxes.........................................................   (464,083)   (128,161)
                                                                                           --------    --------
          Net income....................................................................   $523,327    $144,522
                                                                                           --------    --------
                                                                                           --------    --------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-40

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION:
 
     We  have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Brissette
Broadcasting  Corporation  (a  Delaware  corporation)  and  Subsidiaries  as  of
December  25,  1994  and  December  31,  1995  and  the  related  statements  of
operations, stockholders' investment and cash  flows for the fiscal years  ended
December  26, 1993,  December 25,  1994 and  December 31,  1995. These financial
statements  are  the  responsibility   of  Brissette  Broadcasting   Corporation
management.  Our  responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audit.
 
     We conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements referred
to above present  fairly, in all  material respects, the  financial position  of
Brissette Broadcasting Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 25, 1994, and
December  31, 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
the years ended December 26, 1993, December  25, 1994 and December 31, 1995,  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Chicago, Illinois
March 8, 1996
 
                                      F-41
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    DECEMBER 25, 1994 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     1994            1995
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>
                                    ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents................................................   $    881,000    $  2,102,000
     Receivables, less allowances of $151,000 and $206,000 in 1994 and 1995,
       respectively...........................................................     10,141,000      10,543,000
     Film contract rights.....................................................      1,256,000       1,616,000
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................        387,000         176,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total current assets................................................     12,665,000      14,437,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Film Contract Rights..........................................................      1,132,000       1,778,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Property and Equipment:
     Land.....................................................................      1,838,000       1,838,000
     Buildings and improvements...............................................      9,348,000       9,464,000
     Broadcasting equipment...................................................     30,246,000      32,454,000
     Furniture and fixtures...................................................      2,798,000       3,121,000
     Vehicles and other.......................................................      1,696,000       1,831,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                   45,926,000      48,708,000
     Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization........................    (33,753,000)    (36,478,000)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Net property and equipment..........................................     12,173,000      12,230,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Intangible Assets, net........................................................     81,482,000      77,376,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 $107,452,000    $105,821,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' INVESTMENT
Current Liabilities:
     Current maturities of long-term debt.....................................   $  4,000,000    $         --
     Accounts payable.........................................................        650,000         905,000
     Accrued expenses.........................................................      2,510,000       2,413,000
     Accrued interest.........................................................      1,361,000       1,742,000
     Film contract obligations................................................      1,214,000       1,832,000
     Deferred revenue.........................................................             --         140,000
     Taxes payable............................................................        141,000          65,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total current liabilities...........................................      9,876,000       7,097,000
Long-Term Debt................................................................    191,048,000     197,348,000
Film Contract Obligations, less current portion...............................        981,000       1,303,000
Retiree Benefits Payable......................................................        278,000         270,000
Deferred Revenue, less current portion........................................             --         552,000
Other Noncurrent Liabilities..................................................        576,000       1,193,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total liabilities...................................................    202,759,000     207,763,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Stockholder's Investment:
     Preferred stock, Series A, B, C and D, $.001 par value, 500 shares
       authorized, issued and outstanding for each series (Note 5)............     66,500,000      66,500,000
     Common stock, $.001 par value, 2,000 shares authorized, issued and
       outstanding (Note 6)...................................................             --              --
     Additional paid-in capital...............................................     35,837,000      35,837,000
     Deficit..................................................................   (197,644,000)   (204,279,000)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total stockholder's investment......................................    (95,307,000)   (101,942,000)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 $107,452,000    $105,821,000
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                 are an integral part of these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-42
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 26, 1993, DECEMBER 25, 1994 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1993            1994            1995
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
Broadcast Operating Revenues:
     Local...................................................   $ 28,214,000    $ 30,091,000    $ 31,575,000
     National................................................     17,730,000      19,391,000      20,617,000
     Political...............................................        403,000       3,536,000         379,000
     Network programming.....................................      3,163,000       3,094,000       4,589,000
     Barter..................................................        569,000         686,000         903,000
     Other...................................................      1,273,000         941,000         990,000
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                  51,352,000      57,739,000      59,053,000
     Less --
          Agency commissions.................................      5,961,000       6,907,000       6,903,000
          Representatives' commissions.......................        987,000       1,302,000         824,000
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
               Net broadcast revenue.........................     44,404,000      49,530,000      51,326,000
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Broadcast Operating Expenses:
     Engineering.............................................      2,441,000       2,739,000       2,880,000
     Programming.............................................      4,906,000       5,318,000       5,485,000
     News....................................................      5,663,000       6,427,000       6,901,000
     Promotion...............................................        573,000         410,000         537,000
     Sales...................................................      4,497,000       4,603,000       4,901,000
     General and administrative..............................      4,852,000       5,223,000       5,611,000
     Amortization of intangibles.............................      5,316,000       4,160,000       4,106,000
     Amortization of interest rate caps......................        390,000              --              --
     Depreciation............................................      2,811,000       2,338,000       2,719,000
     Corporate expense.......................................      1,443,000       1,699,000       1,844,000
     Long-term incentive.....................................         44,000         196,000         616,000
     Barter..................................................        495,000         877,000         903,000
     Other...................................................        130,000         115,000         120,000
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
               Total broadcast operating expenses............     33,561,000      34,105,000      36,623,000
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Broadcast Operating Profit...................................     10,843,000      15,425,000      14,703,000
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Other (Expense) Income:
     Interest income.........................................         30,000          51,000          61,000
     Interest expense........................................    (15,212,000)    (17,042,000)    (20,898,000)
     Other...................................................             --              --        (354,000)
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
               Total other expense...........................    (15,182,000)    (16,991,000)    (21,191,000)
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Loss Before Income Taxes.....................................     (4,339,000)     (1,566,000)     (6,488,000)
Income Taxes, State..........................................        278,000          79,000         147,000
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
Net Loss.....................................................   $ (4,617,000)   $ (1,645,000)   $ (6,635,000)
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
                                                                ------------    ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-43
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S INVESTMENT
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 26, 1993, DECEMBER 25, 1994 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 COMMON STOCK       PREFERRED STOCK       ADDITIONAL
                                                ---------------   --------------------     PAID-IN        RETAINED
                                                SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES     AMOUNT        CAPITAL         DEFICIT
                                                ------   ------   ------   -----------   ------------   -------------
 
<S>                                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance, December 27, 1992....................  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $ 35,837,000   $(191,382,000)
Net loss......................................     --       --       --             --             --      (4,617,000)
                                                ------   ------   ------   -----------   ------------   -------------
Balance, December 26, 1993....................  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $ 35,837,000   $(195,999,000)
Net loss......................................     --       --       --             --             --      (1,645,000)
                                                ------   ------   ------   -----------   ------------   -------------
Balance, December 25, 1994....................  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $ 35,837,000   $(197,644,000)
Net loss......................................     --       --       --             --             --      (6,635,000)
                                                ------   ------   ------   -----------   ------------   -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995....................  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $ 35,837,000   $(204,279,000)
                                                ------   ------   ------   -----------   ------------   -------------
                                                ------   ------   ------   -----------   ------------   -------------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                    TOTAL
                                                -------------
<S>                                             <C>
Balance, December 27, 1992....................  $ (89,045,000)
Net loss......................................     (4,617,000)
                                                -------------
Balance, December 26, 1993....................  $ (93,662,000)
Net loss......................................     (1,645,000)
                                                -------------
Balance, December 25, 1994....................  $ (95,307,000)
Net loss......................................     (6,635,000)
                                                -------------
Balance, December 31, 1995....................  $(101,942,000)
                                                -------------
                                                -------------
</TABLE>
 
          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-44
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 26, 1993, DECEMBER 25, 1994 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       1993           1994           1995
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
     Net loss....................................................   $(4,617,000)   $(1,645,000)   $(6,635,000)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
       operating activities:
          Depreciation...........................................     2,811,000      2,338,000      2,719,000
          Amortization of intangibles............................     5,316,000      4,160,000      4,106,000
          Amortization of interest rate caps.....................       390,000             --             --
          Amortization of film contract rights...................     1,743,000      1,757,000      1,684,000
          Net trade/barter (revenue) expense.....................       (74,000)       191,000             --
          (Gain) loss on sale of assets..........................        17,000         30,000        (24,000)
          (Increase) decrease in assets:
               Accounts receivable, net..........................      (520,000)      (430,000)      (402,000)
               Other assets......................................        17,000        101,000         37,000
          Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
               Accounts payable and accrued expenses.............       829,000       (678,000)       180,000
               Accrued interest..................................       (55,000)       279,000        381,000
               Taxes payable.....................................      (172,000)        12,000        (76,000)
               Increase deferred revenue.........................            --             --        692,000
               Other liabilities.................................       227,000        233,000        609,000
               Payments for film contract obligations............    (1,709,000)    (1,555,000)    (1,639,000)
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                    Net cash provided by operating activities....     4,203,000      4,793,000      1,632,000
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
     Capital expenditures........................................    (2,217,000)    (1,559,000)    (2,748,000)
     Proceeds from sale of assets................................        22,000         28,000         37,000
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                    Net cash used in investing activities........    (2,195,000)    (1,531,000)    (2,711,000)
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
     Payments on long-term debt..................................    (3,250,000)    (3,875,000)    (2,000,000)
     Proceeds (payments) from borrowings on line of credit,
       net.......................................................       900,000       (900,000)     4,300,000
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                    Net cash provided by (used in) financing
                      activities.................................    (2,350,000)    (4,775,000)     2,300,000
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents.............      (342,000)    (1,513,000)     1,221,000
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year.....................     2,736,000      2,394,000        881,000
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year...........................   $ 2,394,000    $   881,000    $ 2,102,000
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
          The accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-45

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY
 
     Paul  Brissette,  Jr. (Brissette)  agreed to  purchase all  the outstanding
shares of  stock of  Forward  Television Corporation  II (FTVC  or  predecessor)
subject to the indebtedness of FTVC. The acquisition was consummated on February
13,  1992. The basis in assets and liabilities  were carried over at the time of
this transaction. Accordingly, Brissette changed the name of the corporation  to
Brissette   Broadcasting  Corporation  (Brissette   Broadcasting)  and  includes
Brissette TV of  Madison, Inc.  (WMTV); Brissette  TV of  Lansing, Inc.  (WILX);
Brissette  TV  of Odessa,  Inc.  (KOSA); Brissette  TV  of Peoria,  Inc. (WHOI);
Brissette TV of Springfield, Inc. (WWLP);  Brissette TV of Wausau, Inc.  (WSAW);
Brissette  TV of Wichita Falls, Inc. (KAUZ);  and Brissette TV of Wheeling, Inc.
(WTRF) as wholly owned subsidiaries.
 
     The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared
assuming that Brissette Broadcasting will continue as a going concern. Brissette
Broadcasting is heavily dependent on General Electric Capital Corporation (GECC)
for  the continuation of its ongoing operations,  as GECC is the debt holder and
preferred stockholder (see Notes 4 and 5).
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
     The consolidated  financial statements  include the  accounts of  Brissette
Broadcasting   and  its  subsidiaries.  Significant  intercompany  accounts  and
transactions have been eliminated.
 
FISCAL YEAR
 
     Brissette Broadcasting utilizes a  52-53 week fiscal  year ending the  last
Sunday  in December to coincide with  the normal broadcasting industry year-end.
Fiscal 1995 consisted  of 53  weeks and  fiscal 1994  and 1993  consisted of  52
weeks.
 
MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES
 
     The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
BROADCAST CONTRACT RIGHTS
 
     In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 63 (SFAS
No. 63), broadcast contract rights are recorded at full contract price when  the
license period begins and all of the following conditions have been met: (a) the
cost  of  each program  is  known or  reasonably  determinable, (b)  the program
material has been  accepted in  accordance with  the conditions  of the  license
agreement  and (c) the program  is available for its  first showing or telecast.
Contractual agreements define the life of the license and the number of showings
available. Broadcast  contract  rights  are amortized  using  the  straight-line
method  over the life of the contract.  The contract rights estimated to be used
within one year are included in current assets.
 
     Commitments for  broadcast contract  rights that  have been  executed,  but
which  have  not  been  recorded  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial
statements (because they do  not meet the criteria  prescribed in SFAS No.  63),
were  approximately  $1,313,000  and $1,371,000  as  of December  25,  1994, and
December 31, 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-46
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
BARTER TRANSACTIONS
 
     Barter transactions, which represent the  exchange of advertising time  for
goods  or services, are recorded at the  estimated fair value of the products or
services received. Barter revenue is  recognized when commercials are  broadcast
and expenses are recognized when the related products or services are received.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property  and  equipment are  recorded at  cost. The  cost of  property and
equipment acquired in conjunction  with the acquisition,  was carried over  from
the  predecessor. Depreciation is computed on  the straight-line method over the
expected useful lives of the respective assets as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE
                                                                ------------------------
 
<S>                                                             <C>
Buildings....................................................   27 1/2 - 39 years
Land improvements............................................   15 years
Broadcasting equipment.......................................   5 - 15 years
Furniture and fixtures.......................................   5 - 7 years
Vehicles.....................................................   5 years
Leasehold improvements.......................................   Term of lease
</TABLE>
 
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     Intangible   assets   include   goodwill,   network   affiliation   rights,
organization  and financing costs, noncompete agreements, Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) licenses  and other  agreements and  licenses. Amortization  is
computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Should  events or circumstances occur subsequent to the acquisition of a station
which bring into  question the  realizable value  or impairment  of the  related
goodwill  and intangibles,  Brissette Broadcasting  will evaluate  the remaining
useful life  and  balance  of  goodwill and  intangibles  and  make  appropriate
adjustments.  Brissette  Broadcasting's principal  consideration  in determining
impairment include  the  strategic  benefit to  Brissette  Broadcasting  of  the
particular station and the current and expected future operating income and cash
flow levels of that particular station.
 
     Intangible  assets as of December 25, 1994 and December 31, 1995, consisted
of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              COST BASIS
                                                       ESTIMATED     ----------------------------
                                                      USEFUL LIFE        1994            1995
                                                      ------------   ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>             <C>
Goodwill...........................................   40 years       $ 85,301,000    $ 85,301,000
Network affiliation rights.........................   10-40 years      22,741,000      16,024,000
Organization and financing costs...................   5-10 years       18,942,000      18,446,000
Noncompete agreements..............................   5 years          11,445,000              --
FCC licenses.......................................   10-40 years       1,659,000       1,659,000
Other..............................................   5-40 years        3,252,000       2,995,000
                                                                     ------------    ------------
     Total intangibles.............................                   143,340,000     124,425,000
     Accumulated amortization......................                   (61,858,000)    (47,049,000)
                                                                     ------------    ------------
                                                                     $ 81,482,000    $ 77,376,000
                                                                     ------------    ------------
                                                                     ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     Revenue  related  to  the  sale  of  advertising  and  contracted  time  is
recognized  at the  time of  broadcast. Income  related to  production for third
parties is  recognized  when  the  production  of  the  television  commercials,
programs or sound recording has been completed and delivered.
 
                                      F-47
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
DEFERRED REVENUE
 
     During 1995, Brissette Broadcasting changed national sales representatives.
In   connection  with  this  change,  the  new  representatives  paid  Brissette
Broadcasting a one time fee of $700,000 for their undertaking to buyout whatever
contract rights  the  previous representative  may  have had  at  each  station.
Amounts  were allocated  to the  stations as  stipulated in  the contract. These
amounts are recorded as deferred revenue  and will be amortized over five  years
which is the term of the representatives agreement.
 
CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Brissette  Broadcasting considers all short-term investments purchased with
an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
3. INTEREST RATE CAPS
 
     The Company had  interest rate cap  agreements with financial  institutions
which  provided for payments to Brissette  Broadcasting in the event that actual
market interest rates exceeded the base London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or
the prime interest rate, as defined. There are no such agreements outstanding as
of December 26, 1993, December 25, 1994 and December 31, 1995.
 
4. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1994            1995
                                                             ------------    ------------
 
<S>                                                          <C>             <C>
Revolving Credit Note.....................................   $         --    $  4,300,000
Term Note.................................................    195,048,000     193,048,000
Less -- Current maturities................................      4,000,000              --
                                                             ------------    ------------
                                                             $191,048,000    $197,348,000
                                                             ------------    ------------
                                                             ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
 
TERM NOTE
 
     Brissette Broadcasting has a term note agreement with GECC. The  agreement,
as  amended, requires a payment equal to  the remaining balance plus accrued and
unpaid interest due  on January  2, 1997.  Additionally, Brissette  Broadcasting
shall  pay interest, at  an annual rate equal  to the prime  rate plus 1.50%, to
GECC, monthly in arrears on the last day of each month.
 
     The Term Note also stipulates that any net proceeds received from any  sale
or  disposition of assets or properties of  Brissette Broadcasting or any of its
subsidiaries other than in the ordinary course of business, or any net  proceeds
from  the issuance  of any  stock of  Brissette Broadcasting  or any subsidiary,
shall be remitted to GECC and shall be applied to the principal installments due
under the Term Note in the inverse  order of maturity and be deemed a  mandatory
prepayment  of the Term Loan; provided,  however, that Brissette Broadcasting or
any of its subsidiaries shall be entitled  to deduct or hold back from any  such
net  proceeds to  be remitted to  GECC an amount  of cash sufficient  to pay all
federal, state or  local income (or  similar) taxes applicable  to such sale  or
disposition  of assets or properties and an amount of cash sufficient to pay the
long-term incentive agreement payment  if due and  payable under the  Employment
Agreement (see Note 12).
 
     The  Term Note  consists of  several covenants,  more fully  defined in the
agreement, including consolidated debt to cash flow ratio maximum of 8.1 to  1.0
for  the year ended December 31, 1995,  cash flow to debt service requirement of
1.0 to 1.0 and a stipulation that consolidated cash flow plus corporate expenses
must be equal to or greater than $23,849,000 for the fiscal year ended  December
31, 1995.
 
     In 1995, Brissette Broadcasting was not in compliance with certain of these
covenants  and has  obtained a waiver  by letter  dated May 5,  1995, from GECC.
Brissette Broadcasting expects they will
 
                                      F-48
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
not be in  compliance with certain  of these covenants  in 1996, therefore,  the
agreement was amended as of January 1, 1996 to waive these covenants.
 
     Brissette  Broadcasting  expects that  cash  flow from  operations  will be
sufficient to  meet required  interest payments  under the  term loan  agreement
through  1996. However,  Brissette Broadcasting does  not expect  that cash flow
from operations will be sufficient to meet the principal payment due on  January
2,  1997  and intends  to either  refinance its  debt or  recapitalize Brissette
Broadcasting before the payment is due.
 
REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE
 
     Brissette Broadcasting has a revolving  credit agreement with GECC  whereby
GECC will provide secured revolving credit advances to Brissette Broadcasting of
up to $8,000,000 in aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time which
Brissette Broadcasting will use for working capital and other needs of Brissette
Broadcasting  and  its subsidiaries.  All amounts  outstanding shall  become due
January 2, 1997. Additionally, Brissette Broadcasting shall pay interest, at  an
annual  rate equal to the prime rate plus  1.50%, to GECC, monthly in arrears on
the last day  of each  month. There was  $4,300,000 and  $0 amounts  outstanding
under  the revolving credit agreement as of  December 31, 1995, and December 25,
1994, respectively.
 
     As a requirement of the revolving credit agreement, Brissette  Broadcasting
shall  repay  the  aggregate unpaid  principal  amount of  all  revolving credit
advances outstanding  such that  for a  period of  30 consecutive  days in  each
fiscal  year  Brissette  Broadcasting  will have  no  revolving  credit advances
outstanding. In 1995,  Brissette Broadcasting  was not in  compliance with  this
covenant and has obtained a waiver by letter dated May 5, 1995, from GECC.
 
     So  long as  any event  of default shall  be continuing,  the interest rate
applicable to the Term Note and the Revolving Credit Note shall be increased  by
2% per annum above the rate otherwise applicable.
 
COLLATERAL
 
     As  collateral, Brissette Broadcasting pledged  the securities of Brissette
Broadcasting and the  certificates representing the  pledged securities and  all
dividends,  distributions, cash instruments and  other property or proceeds from
time to time received, receivable or  otherwise distributed in respect of or  in
exchange  for any or all of the pledged securities of Brissette Broadcasting and
all  additional  shares  of  capital  stock  of  any  subsidiary  of   Brissette
Broadcasting   acquired  in  any  manner  and   all  stock  owned  by  Brissette
Broadcasting.
 
5. PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  of   Brissette
Broadcasting  stipulates that  in the event  of any  liquidation, dissolution or
winding up  of Brissette  Broadcasting, whether  voluntary or  involuntary,  the
holders  of preferred stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of
the  assets  of  Brissette  Broadcasting  available  for  distribution  to   its
stockholders,  whether such assets are capital,  surplus or earnings, before any
payment or declaration and setting apart for payment of any amount shall be made
in respect of any  shares of common  stock, (a) an amount  equal to $33,250  per
share  of Series A participating preferred stock, (b) an amount equal to $33,250
per share of  Series B  participating preferred stock,  (c) an  amount equal  to
$33,250  per share of Series  C participating preferred stock  and (d) an amount
equal to $33,250 per share of Series D participating preferred stock. The  total
value  of the  preferred stock  is $66,500,000.  The holders  of preferred stock
shall be entitled to participate with  the holders of common stock with  respect
to  any  cash,  stock or  other  dividends  when and  as  declared  by Brissette
Broadcasting's Board of Directors in an amount allocable to the preferred  stock
equal  to 79%  of any such  dividend, and the  holders of Common  stock shall be
entitled to an amount equal to the remaining 21% of any such dividend.
 
                                      F-49
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Additionally, the loan agreement  states that Brissette Broadcasting  shall
not  have any right to redeem, or any obligation to redeem or otherwise acquire,
any shares  of  preferred  stock. Brissette  Broadcasting  may  not  voluntarily
repurchase any shares of preferred stock unless such repurchase is approved by a
vote  of  the holders  of at  least 80%  of  the aggregate  voting power  of all
stockholders and is otherwise permitted by applicable law.
 
STOCK VOTING RIGHTS
 
     The holders of common stock and  preferred stock shall be entitled to  vote
together  as a single class on the following matters submitted or required to be
submitted to Brissette Broadcasting's stockholders:
 
          a. Any action  to (1) institute  proceedings seeking the  liquidation,
     reorganization,  dissolution  or  other relief  with  respect  to Brissette
     Broadcasting or its debts under  any federal, state or foreign  bankruptcy,
     insolvency  or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or (2) consent
     to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,  custodian
     sequestrator  or other similar  official over BBC or  a substantial part of
     its property; and
 
          b. Any action to (1) create any class or series of stock ranking prior
     to or on a parity with or junior to the Preferred Stock (other than  Common
     Stock)  either as  to dividends  or upon  liquidation, (2)  amend, alter or
     repeal any of  the provisions  of Brissette  Broadcasting's Certificate  of
     Incorporation  or bylaws so as to affect adversely the preferences, special
     rights or powers of the preferred  stock, or (3) consolidate or merge  with
     or  into any  other corporation  (other than  a merger  of a  subsidiary of
     Brissette  Broadcasting  into  Brissette  Broadcasting  whereby   Brissette
     Broadcasting  is  the  surviving  corporation), or  liquidate,  wind  up or
     dissolve itself, or convey, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of,
     all or substantially all of its assets.
 
     On matters referred to above, each holder of common stock shall be entitled
to one vote per share  of common stock held, and  such holders in the  aggregate
will  have 21% of the aggregate voting power of all stockholders. On the matters
referred to  above, the  holders of  preferred  stock shall  be entitled  to  an
aggregate  number of votes equal to 3.762  multiplied by the number of shares of
common stock  then  outstanding, which  shall  be allocated  ratably  among  the
holders  of preferred  stock in proportion  to the aggregate  of the liquidation
preferences specified above with respect to  the shares of preferred stock  held
by each such holder. Such votes shall entitle the holders of the preferred stock
in  the aggregate 79% of the aggregate  voting power of all stockholders on such
matters.
 
     All other  matters  submitted or  required  to be  submitted  to  Brissette
Broadcasting's  stockholders for a vote shall be  voted on solely by the holders
of the common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at such time as the  holders
of  the preferred stock obtain approval from  the FCC or its successor (the FCC)
to control Brissette  Broadcasting or to  exercise any such  voting rights,  the
holders of preferred stock shall automatically be entitled to vote together with
the  holders of  the common  stock on  all matters  submitted or  required to be
submitted to  Brissette Broadcasting's  stockholders  for a  vote in  an  amount
allocable to the holders of preferred stock equal to 79% of the aggregate voting
power of all stockholders as provided above.
 
6. COMMON STOCK
 
     In  connection with the closing of  the amended and restated loan agreement
dated March 6, 1992, Paul Brissette was designated as a sole shareholder of  the
common stock of Brissette Broadcasting with 2,000 shares at a par value of $.001
outstanding.
 
7. INCOME TAXES
 
     Deferred  taxes  arise from  temporary  differences in  the  recognition of
income and expense for  income tax and financial  statement purposes and  result
principally from depreciation and amortization
 
                                      F-50
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
expense  as well as net  operating loss carryforwards. As  of December 31, 1995,
Brissette Broadcasting has a deferred tax asset of approximately $1,292,000 that
is fully reserved for as realization is uncertain.
 
     Brissette  Broadcasting  files  a  consolidated  federal  tax  return.  Any
applicable  income taxes are not allocated  to individual stations. Stations are
taxable entities  in  the states  in  which  they conduct  business.  The  taxes
reflected  in the December  31, 1995, financial statements  reflect taxes due to
those states, if applicable.
 
     As of December 25, 1994, and December 31, 1995, Brissette Broadcasting  has
a   net  operating  tax  loss   carryforward  of  approximately  $4,959,000  and
$5,574,000, respectively, which  begins to expire  in 2007. Additionally,  there
are  other net operating loss carryforwards available which can be utilized upon
the sale of the assets of Brissette Broadcasting.
 
8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
LEASES
 
     Future minimum payments under noncancellable operating leases having  terms
greater than one year, as of December 31, 1995, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>
1996...................................................................   $208,000
1997...................................................................    165,000
1998...................................................................    133,000
1999...................................................................    106,000
2000...................................................................     59,000
Thereafter.............................................................    186,000
                                                                          --------
                                                                          $857,000
                                                                          --------
                                                                          --------
</TABLE>
 
     The  operating leases consist of broadcasting facilities and equipment with
remaining terms  ranging  from  one  to fifteen  years.  Certain  terms  of  the
operating leases include renewal provisions which may be exercised at the option
of Brissette Broadcasting.
 
     Aggregate  rent expense  incurred under operating  leases was approximately
$74,000, $142,000 and $187,000 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
FILM CONTRACT RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
 
     Future minimum  payments for  film  contract obligations,  including  those
mentioned in footnote 2, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
1996.................................................................   $2,000,000
1997.................................................................    1,323,000
1998.................................................................      818,000
1999.................................................................      364,000
                                                                        ----------
                                                                        $4,505,000
                                                                        ----------
                                                                        ----------
</TABLE>
 
     The  fair value of the  film contract obligations at  December 31, 1995, is
approximately $3,775,000. This amount was estimated by computing the net present
value of the above-mentioned obligations utilizing a 10.0% discount rate.
 
LITIGATION
 
     Brissette Broadcasting is involved in various litigation matters arising in
the normal course of business. It is the opinion of management that the ultimate
resolution of such litigation will not have a
 
                                      F-51
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
material adverse  effect on  the consolidated  financial position  of  Brissette
Broadcasting or results of operations.
 
9. DEFERRED SAVINGS AND PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
 
     Brissette  Broadcasting maintains a 401(k)  retirement plan. Employees must
have attained  age 21  and have  completed one  year of  consecutive service  to
participate in the plan. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their salaries in
accordance   with  IRS   limitations.  On   a  discretionary   basis,  Brissette
Broadcasting matches employee contributions at  a rate up to  50% (up to 6%)  of
the employee's salary. Brissette Broadcasting's contribution to the plan totaled
approximately   $55,000,  $225,000  and  $229,000   for  1993,  1994  and  1995,
respectively.
 
10. SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 
     Cash paid during the year was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1993           1994           1995
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>
Interest....................................   $15,254,000    $16,764,000    $20,516,000
Income taxes................................       321,000        536,000        313,000
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
                                               $15,575,000    $17,300,000    $20,829,000
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
 
11. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     Brissette Broadcasting recognized income of $411,000, $402,000 and  $68,000
in  1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively,  for management fees for expenses related
to payroll, rent and  other corporate expenses from  WWAY (Wilmington) and  WHBQ
(Memphis).  These  stations  are related  through  common  management. Brissette
Broadcasting discontinued providing management services to WHBQ in 1994 and WWAY
in 1995.
 
     During  fiscal   1993,  1994   and   1995,  Brissette   Broadcasting   paid
approximately   $50,000,  $85,000  and  $138,000,   respectively,  to  Mr.  Greg
Brissette, son  of  the  sole  common shareholder,  for  certain  sales  related
consultation to the stations.
 
12. EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
 
     As part of the corporate restructuring, Brissette Broadcasting entered into
an  employment  agreement  dated  March 6,  1992,  with  Paul  Brissette whereas
Brissette Broadcasting  continues to  employ Brissette  as President  and  Chief
Operating  Officer. The  employment agreement includes  a long-term compensation
component, which is  payable to  Brissette on December  31, 1996,  or sooner  if
Brissette's employment ceases or is terminated or there is a sale or disposal of
any station.
 
     The  compensation interest is based on (a) gross proceeds received directly
or indirectly from the sale  or disposition of any station,  the sale of all  or
substantially   all  of  the  assets  related  to  any  station  or  by  merger,
reorganization, consolidation  or otherwise;  or (b)  an increase  in  operating
profit  of  a  station. Additionally,  there  are other  severance  and employee
benefits included in the employment agreement.
 
     During 1995,  Brissette Broadcasting  entered into  incentive  compensation
agreements  with certain officers  and employees of  Brissette Broadcasting. The
incentive compensation is a one-time  bonus, provided that net income  increases
an  average of 6%  per year, commencing  as of the  1995 fiscal year, compounded
through and including the 1999 fiscal year. Payment shall be made at the end  of
fiscal  year 1999. A pro rata share will  be paid to the employee if termination
occurs prior to the end of fiscal year 1999.
 
                                      F-52
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The 1993, 1994 and 1995 expense  related to these employment agreements  of
$44,000, $196,000 and $616,000, respectively, is included in long-term incentive
expense on the consolidated statements of operations.
 
13. POTENTIAL SALE AGREEMENT
 
     During 1995, Brissette Broadcasting signed a stock purchase agreement which
called  for the sale  of all issued  and outstanding shares  of capital stock of
Brissette   Broadcasting   to   Benedek   Broadcasting   Corporation    (Benedek
Broadcasting) in exchange for cash and preferred stock. The total purchase price
of  approximately $270,000,000 may be adjusted based on targeted working capital
at the closing date. The sale is contingent upon Benedek Broadcasting  obtaining
financing and FCC approval.
 
     Brissette  Broadcasting also entered  into management continuity agreements
with certain employees in order to  provide them a severance benefit that  would
become effective on the date of a change in ownership. The severance benefit, of
approximately $887,000, is based on annual wages and will be paid to the station
management  employees if they  are terminated within one  year subsequent to the
change in  ownership.  Corporate  employees will  receive  a  severance  benefit
regardless  if they are terminated or not.  These amounts are not accrued for in
the December 31, 1995 financial statements.
 
                                      F-53

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         JUNE 30, 1995 AND JUNE 6, 1996
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   JUNE 30,        JUNE 6,
                                                                                     1995            1996
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>
                                    ASSETS
Current Assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents................................................   $  1,917,178    $    534,411
     Receivables..............................................................     11,098,920      10,878,904
     Film contract rights.....................................................      1,376,143       1,954,049
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets................................        677,992         538,793
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total current assets................................................     15,070,233      13,906,157
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Film contract rights..........................................................      2,596,866       3,023,417
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Property and Equipment:
     Land.....................................................................      1,838,406       1,782,748
     Buildings and improvements...............................................      9,387,426       9,161,977
     Broadcasting equipment...................................................     30,856,730      33,146,662
     Furniture and fixtures...................................................      2,855,944       3,084,255
     Vehicles and other.......................................................      1,894,269       1,873,075
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                   46,832,775      49,048,657
Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization.............................    (34,853,927)    (37,222,702)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
     Net property and equipment...............................................     11,978,848      11,825,955
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Intangible assets, net........................................................     79,440,609      75,566,501
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 $109,086,556    $104,322,030
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
 
                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' INVESTMENTS
Current Liabilities:
     Current maturities of long-term debt.....................................   $         --    $200,215,334
     Accounts payable.........................................................        663,576         620,701
     Accrued expenses.........................................................      2,579,764       1,816,202
     Accrued interest.........................................................      1,436,082         324,447
     Film contract obligations................................................      1,446,823       2,146,139
     Deferred revenue.........................................................             --         142,779
     Deferred compensation payable............................................             --       2,988,096
     Taxes payable............................................................        106,300          46,872
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total current liabilities...........................................      6,232,545     208,300,570
Long-term debt................................................................    196,948,355              --
Film contract obligations, less current portion...............................      2,325,996       2,525,188
Retiree Benefits payable......................................................        277,988         266,184
Deferred Revenue, less current portion........................................             --         500,434
Other noncurrent liabilities..................................................        576,250         152,520
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total liabilities...................................................    206,361,134     211,744,896
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
Stockholder's Investment:
     Preferred stock, Series A, B, C and D, $.001 par value, 500 shares
       authorized, issued and outstanding for each series.....................     66,500,000      66,500,000
     Common stock, $.001 par value, 2,000 shares authorized, issued and
       outstanding............................................................             --              --
     Additional paid-in capital...............................................     35,837,158      35,837,158
     Deficit..................................................................   (199,611,736)   (209,760,026)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
          Total stockholder's investment......................................    (97,274,578)   (107,422,866)
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 $109,086,556    $104,322,030
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
                                                                                 ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements
                 are an integral part of these balance sheets.
 
                                      F-54
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 FOR THE TWENTY SIX WEEK PERIOD ENDED JUNE 25, 1995 AND THE YEAR-TO-DATE ENDED
                                  JUNE 6, 1996
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1995            1996
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                               <C>             <C>
Broadcast Operating Revenues:
     Local.....................................................................   $ 15,434,809    $ 13,676,518
     National..................................................................     10,623,336       8,990,700
     Political.................................................................        149,695         588,878
     Network programming.......................................................      2,144,271       1,984,341
     Barter....................................................................        328,766         359,918
     Other.....................................................................        482,831         492,420
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                    29,163,708      26,092,775
     Less --
          Agency commissions...................................................      3,458,051       3,122,256
          Representatives' commissions.........................................        278,279         531,948
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
               Net broadcast revenue...........................................     25,427,378      22,438,571
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
Broadcast Operating Expenses:
     Engineering...............................................................      1,257,975       1,249,767
     Programming...............................................................      2,545,431       2,541,125
     News......................................................................      3,119,903       3,131,641
     Promotion.................................................................        227,761         288,606
     Sales.....................................................................      2,271,655       2,192,610
     General and administrative................................................      3,192,737       3,177,301
     Amortization of intangibles...............................................      2,041,505       1,809,582
     Depreciation..............................................................      1,106,826       1,048,886
     Corporate expense.........................................................        953,755       1,518,934
     Long-term incentive.......................................................             --       1,700,000
     Barter....................................................................        355,351         293,557
     Other.....................................................................         (1,697)         95,041
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
               Total broadcast operating expenses..............................     17,071,202      19,047,050
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
Broadcast Operating Profit.....................................................      8,356,176       3,391,521
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
Other (Expense) Income:
     Interest income...........................................................         35,057          21,097
     Interest expense..........................................................    (10,246,473)     (8,505,243)
     Other.....................................................................             --        (273,702)
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
               Total other expense.............................................    (10,211,416)     (8,757,848)
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
Loss Before Income Taxes.......................................................     (1,855,240)     (5,366,327)
Income Taxes, state............................................................        112,044         114,379
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
Net Loss.......................................................................   $ (1,967,284)   $ (5,480,706)
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
                                                                                  ------------    ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-55
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 FOR THE TWENTY-SIX WEEK PERIOD ENDED JUNE 25, 1995 AND THE YEAR-TO-DATE ENDED
                                  JUNE 6, 1996
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        1995           1996
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
 
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
     Net loss.....................................................................   $(1,967,284)   $(5,480,706)
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating
      activities --
          Depreciation............................................................     1,106,926      1,048,886
          Amortization of intangibles.............................................     2,041,505      1,809,582
          Amortization of film contract rights....................................       757,707        865,154
          Net trade/barter expense (income).......................................        26,585        (66,361)
          (Gain) loss on sale of assets...........................................        (1,697)        95,041
          (Increase) decrease in assets --
               Accounts receivable, net...........................................      (957,920)      (336,069)
               Other assets.......................................................      (290,992)       184,640
          Increase (decrease) in liabilities --
               Accounts payable and accrued expenses..............................        33,434     (1,313,905)
               Accrued interest...................................................        75,082     (1,417,426)
               Taxes payable......................................................       (34,700)       (17,828)
               Other liabilities..................................................           238      1,895,451
               Payments for film contract obligations.............................      (760,315)      (988,062)
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
                    Net cash provided by (used by) operating activities...........        28,569     (3,721,603)
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
     Capital expenditures.........................................................      (894,044)      (908,654)
     Proceeds from sale of assets.................................................         1,708        195,905
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
                    Net cash used in investing activities.........................       892,336       (712,749)
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
     Payments on long-term debt...................................................            --             --
     Proceeds (payments) from borrowings on line of credit, net...................     1,900,000      2,866,979
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
                    Net cash provided by financing activities.....................     1,900,000      2,866,979
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..............................     1,036,233     (1,567,373)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year......................................       880,945      2,101,784
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year............................................   $ 1,917,178    $   534,411
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
                                                                                     -----------    -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-56
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S INVESTMENT
              FOR THE PERIODS ENDED JUNE 25, 1995 AND JUNE 6, 1996
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         COMMON STOCK       PREFERRED STOCK      ADDITIONAL
                                        ---------------   --------------------     PAID-IN       RETAINED
                                        SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES     AMOUNT        CAPITAL        DEFICIT          TOTAL
                                        ------   ------   ------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------
 
<S>                                     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
BALANCE, December 25, 1994............  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $35,837,158   $(197,644,452)  $ (95,307,294)
    6/25/96 Net loss (unaudited)......                                                             1,967,284
                                        ------   ------   ------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------
BALANCE, March 26, 1995 (unaudited)...  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $35,837,158   $               $
 
BALANCE, December 31, 1995............  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $35,837,158   $(204,279,320)  $(101,942,162)
    6/6/96 Net loss (unaudited).......                                                            (5,480,706)     (5,480,706)
                                        ------   ------   ------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------
BALANCE, June 30, 1996 (unaudited)....  2,000    $  --    2,000    $66,500,000   $35,837,158   $(209,760,026)  $(107,422,868)
                                        ------   ------   ------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------
                                        ------   ------   ------   -----------   -----------   -------------   -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements
                   are an integral part of these statements.
 
                                      F-57

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              BRISSETTE BROADCASTING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
    
 
   
(NOTE A) NATURE OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    
 
   
     Nature  of  Business:  Brissette  Broadcasting  Corporation  operates eight
television stations located  throughout the  United States  which operate  under
network  affiliation contracts. The networks  provide programs to the affiliated
stations and the stations sell commercial time during the programs to  national,
regional  and local advertisers.  The networks also  sell commercial time during
the programs to national advertisers.  Credit arrangements are determined on  an
individual customer basis.
    
 
   
     Basis  of  Presentation:  The unaudited  consolidated  financial statements
include the accounts  of Brissette Broadcasting  and its subsidiaries  including
Brissette  TV of  Madison, Inc.  (WMTV); Brissette  TV of  Lansing, Inc. (WILX);
Brissette TV  of Odessa,  Inc.  (KOSA); Brissette  TV  of Peoria,  Inc.  (WHOI);
Brissette  TV of Springfield, Inc. (WWLP);  Brissette TV of Wausau, Inc. (WSAW);
Brissette TV of Wichita  Falls, Inc. (KAUZ) and  Brissette TV of Wheeling,  Inc.
(WTRF) as wholly-owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts have been
eliminated.
    
 
   
(NOTE B) SALE AGREEMENT
    
 
   
     On June 6, 1996, the Company was sold to Benedek Broadcasting under a stock
purchase  agreement to acquire all the  issued and outstanding shares of capital
stock of the Company for a purchase price of $270,000,000.
    
 
   
(NOTE C) NOTES PAYABLE
    
 
   
     Notes payable consist of the following at June 6, 1996:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>
Revolving Credit Note...................................   $  7,166,979
Term Note...............................................    193,048,355
                                                           ------------
                                                           $200,215,334
                                                           ------------
                                                           ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
     The above notes were paid upon consummation of the sales discussed in  Note
B above.
    
 
   
(NOTE D) INCOME TAX MATTERS
    
 
   
     Deferred  taxes  arise from  temporary  differences in  the  recognition of
income and expense for  income tax and financial  statement purposes and  result
principally  from depreciation and amortization expense as well as net operating
loss carryforwards. As of  June 6, 1996, Brissette  Broadcasting has a  deferred
tax  asset of approximately $1,292,000 that is fully reserved for as realization
is uncertain.
    
 
   
     Brissette  Broadcasting  files  a  consolidated  federal  tax  return.  Any
applicable  income taxes are not allocated  to individual stations. Stations are
taxable entities  in  the states  in  which  they conduct  business.  The  taxes
reflected  in the June 6, 1996, financial  statements reflect taxes due to those
states, if applicable.
    
 
   
     As of June  6, 1996, Brissette  Broadcasting has a  net operating tax  loss
carryforward of approximately $5,574,000 which begins to expire in 2007.
    
 
                                      F-58
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
_____________________________________      _____________________________________
 
  NO  PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION  WITH THE OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO
GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED
IN  THIS PROSPECTUS  AND, IF GIVEN  OR MADE, SUCH  INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION
MUST NOT BE  RELIED UPON  AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED. THIS  PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT
CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES
OTHER THAN  THE SECURITIES  TO WHICH  IT  RELATES OR  AN OFFER  TO SELL  OR  THE
SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO  BUY SUCH SECURITIES IN  ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH
SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS
NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES,  CREATE  ANY
IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT  TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                               ------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PAGE
                                                       -----
<S>                                                    <C>
Available Information...............................       2
Certain Definitions.................................       4
Market and Industry Data............................       5
Summary.............................................       6
Risk Factors........................................      23
The Acquisitions....................................      30
The Financing Plan..................................      31
Use of Proceeds.....................................      31
Pro Forma Financial Statements......................      32
Selected Financial Data.............................      38
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and Results of Operations...............      40
The Exchange Offer..................................      51
Business............................................      58
Management..........................................      94
Stock Ownership.....................................      97
Description of Other Indebtedness...................      98
Description of the Notes............................     101
Description of Capital Stock........................     128
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences ............     134
Plan of Distribution................................     137
Legal Matters.......................................     137
Experts.............................................     137
Index to Financial Statements.......................     F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
  UNTIL              , 1996 ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED
SECURITIES,  WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN  THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN  ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS  TO
DELIVER  A  PROSPECTUS WHEN  ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS AND  WITH RESPECT  TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
_____________________________________      _____________________________________
 
_____________________________________      _____________________________________
 
                                  $170,000,000
 
                             BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS
                                  CORPORATION
                          13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED
                                                   DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006
 
                         ------------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                               ------------------
 
_____________________________________      _____________________________________

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     The  Registrant's  authority to  indemnify  its officers  and  directors is
governed by the provisions of Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of  the
State  of Delaware (the  'GCL') and by  the Certificate of  Incorporation of the
Registrant. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant provides that the
Registrant shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the GCL, (i)
indemnify any and all persons whom it  shall have power to indemnify under  said
section  from and  against any  and all  of the  expenses, liabilities  or other
matters referred to in or covered by said section, and (ii) advance expenses  to
any  and all said persons, and that  such indemnification and advances shall not
be deemed  exclusive of  any other  rights  to which  those indemnified  may  be
entitled  under  any by-law,  agreement, vote  of stockholders  or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to
action in another capacity while holding such offices, and shall continue as  to
persons who have ceased to be directors, officers, employees or agents and shall
inure  to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.
In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant provides for the
elimination of  personal  liability  of  directors  of  the  Registrant  to  the
Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty
as  a  director, to  the fullest  extent permitted  by the  GCL, as  amended and
supplemented.
 
     The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and  executive  officers  whereby the  Registrant  will,  in  general,
indemnify  such directors and executive officers, to the extent permitted by the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation or the laws of the State of  Delaware,
against  any expenses (including attorneys'  fees), judgments, fines and amounts
paid in settlement incurred in connection  with any actual or threatened  action
or proceeding to which such director or officer is made or threatened to be made
a  party by reason of the fact that such  person is or was a director or officer
of the Registrant.
 
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     (a) Exhibits:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                                     DESCRIPTION
- -------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>       <S>
  *3.1    -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
  *3.2    -- By-laws of the Registrant.
  *3.3    -- Certificate of  Designation of the Powers,  Preferences  and Relative,  Participating,  Optional and Other
             Special  Rights of 15.0%  Exchangeable  Redeemable  Senior  Preferred  Stock Due 2007 and  Qualifications,
             Limitations and Restrictions thereof.
  *3.4    -- Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights of
             Series C Junior Discount Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof.
  *4.1    -- Indenture dated as of May  15, 1996 between the Registrant and  United States Trust Company of New  York,
             relating to the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006.
  *4.2    -- Form of 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Note due 2006 (included in Exhibit 4.1 hereof).
  *4.3    -- Indenture dated as of March 1, 1995 between Benedek Broadcasting Corporation ('Benedek Broadcasting') and
             The Bank of New York, relating to the 11 7/8% Senior Secured Notes due 2005 of Benedek Broadcasting.
  *4.4    -- Form of 11 7/8% Senior Secured Note due 2005 of Benedek Broadcasting (included in Exhibit 4.3 hereof).
  *4.5    -- Certificate of  Designation of the Powers,  Preferences  and Relative,  Participating,  Optional and Other
             Special  Rights of 15.0%  Exchangeable  Redeemable  Senior  Preferred  Stock Due 2007 and  Qualifications,
             Limitations and Restrictions thereof (filed as Exhibit 3.3 hereof).
  *4.6    -- Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Relative, Participating,  Optional and Other Special Rights of
             Series C Junior Discount Preferred Stock and Qualifications,  Limitations and Restrictions  thereof (filed
             as Exhibit 3.4 hereof).
  *4.7    -- Warrant  Agreement  dated as of June 5, 1996 between the  Registrant and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
             with respect to Class A Common Stock of the Registrant.

</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-1
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                                     DESCRIPTION
- -------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>       <S>
   4.8    -- Form of Exchange Debenture relating to the 15.0%  Exchange Debentures which may be issued,  under certain
             circumstances,  in  exchange  for  the  15.0%  Exchangeable  Redeemable  Senior  Preferred  Stock  of the
             Registrant.
   5      -- Opinion of Shack & Siegel, P.C., counsel for Registrant.
   8      -- Opinion of Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan, tax counsel for Registrant.
 *10.1    -- Purchase Agreement dated May 30, 1996 between the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 *10.2    -- Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated May 30, 1996 between the Registrant and Goldman, Sachs &
             Co. with respect to the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006 of the Registrant.
 *10.3    -- Placement Agreement  dated June 5,  1996 among  the Registrant, Goldman,  Sachs & Co.  and BT  Securities
             Corporation.
 *10.4    -- Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated June 5, 1996 among the Registrant,  Goldman,  Sachs & Co.
             and BT Securities Corporation with respect to the 15.0% Exchangeable Redeemable Senior Preferred Stock due
             2007 of the Registrant.
 *10.5    -- Warrant Agreement dated as of June 5, 1996  between the Registrant and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust  Company
             (filed as Exhibit 4.7 hereof).
 *10.6    -- Contingent Warrant Escrow Agreement  dated June 5, 1996  between the Registrant and  IBJ Schroder Bank &
             Trust Company.
 *10.7    -- Common Stock Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 5, 1996 among the Registrant, Goldman,  Sachs
             & Co. and BT Securities Corporation.
 *10.8    -- Credit Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 among the Registrant,  Benedek Broadcasting,  the Lenders listed
             therein, Pearl Street L.P., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency.
 *10.9    -- Guaranty dated as of June 6, 1996 by the  Registrant in favor of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce,  New
             York Agency.
 *10.10   -- Pledge  Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 between the Registrant and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce,
             New York Agency.
 *10.11   -- Security  Agreement dated  as of  June 6,  1996  between the  Registrant and  Canadian Imperial  Bank  of
             Commerce, New York Agency.
 *10.12   -- Collateral  Account Agreement dated as of June 6,  1996 between the Registrant and Canadian Imperial Bank
             of Commerce, New York Agency.
 *10.13   -- Third Party Account Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 among the Registrant, AMCORE Bank, N.A.,  Rockford
             and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency.
 *10.14   -- Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and each of its executive officers and directors.
  10.15   -- Intentionally left blank.
  10.16   -- Employment Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 between the Registrant and A. Richard Benedek.
  10.17   -- Employment Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 between the Registrant and K. James Yager.
  10.18   -- Employment Agreement dated as of March 8, 1996 between the Registrant and Douglas E. Gealy.
  10.19   -- Employment Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 between the Registrant and Ronald L. Lindwall.
  10.20   -- Employment Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 between the Registrant and Terrance F. Hurley.
  12.1    -- Statement of computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
 *21      -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1    -- Consent of Shack & Siegel, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5 hereof).
  23.2    -- Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP with respect to the Registrant.
  23.3    -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP with respect to the TV Division of Stauffer Communications, Inc.
  23.4    -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP with respect to Brissette Broadcasting Corporation.
  23.5    -- Consent of Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan (included in Exhibit 8 hereof).
 *24.1    -- Power of Attorney of the Registrant.
 *25      -- Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 related to the Notes.
  27      -- Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
  NO.                                                     DESCRIPTION
- -------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>       <S>
 *99.1    -- Form of Letter of Transmittal relating to the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006.
  99.2    -- Form of Notice  of Guaranteed Delivery  relating to the  13 1/4% Senior  Subordinated Discount Notes due
             2006.
 *99.3    -- Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees relating to  the
             13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006.
 *99.4    -- Form of Letter to Clients relating to the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
     * Previously filed.
    
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules:
 
     The following consolidated financial statement schedule is included in Part
II  of this Registration  Statement and should  be read in  conjunction with the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto:
 
           Independent Auditors Report
           Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
   
     (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
    
 
   
          (1) To file,  during any  period in which  offers or  sales are  being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
    
 
   
             (i)  To  include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
                  Securities Act of 1933;
    
 
   
             (ii)  To reflect  in the  prospectus any  facts or  events  arising
                   after  the effective  date of the  registration statement (or
                   the most  recent  post-effective  amendment  thereof)  which,
                   individually  or  in the  aggregate, represent  a fundamental
                   change in  the  information  set forth  in  the  registration
                   statement.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  any  increase or
                   decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar
                   value of securities offered would  not exceed that which  was
                   registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the
                   estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form
                   of  prospectus  filed with  the  Commission pursuant  to Rule
                   424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and  price
                   represent  no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate
                   offering price set forth in the 'Calculation of  Registration
                   Fee' table in the effective registration statement.
    
 
   
             (iii)  To include any material information with respect to the plan
                    of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration
                    statement  or any material change to such information in the
                    registration statement;
    
 
   
          (2) That,  for the  purpose  of determining  any liability  under  the
     Securities  Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
     to be  a new  registration  statement relating  to the  securities  offered
     therein,  and the offering of such securities  at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    
 
   
          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any  of  the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at  the
     termination of the offering.
    
 
   
             (g)(1)  The  undersigned registrant  hereby undertakes  as follows:
        that prior  to  any  public  reoffering  of  the  securities  registered
        hereunder  through  use  of  a  prospectus  which  is  a  part  of  this
        registration statement, by any  person or party who  is deemed to be  an
        underwriter  within the  meaning of  Rule 145(c),  the issuer undertakes
        that such reoffering prospectus will contain the information called  for
        by  the  applicable registration  form  with respect  to  reofferings by
        persons who may be deemed  underwriters, in addition to the  information
        called for by the other items of the applicable form.
    
 
   
             (2)  The registrant undertakes  that every prospectus:  (i) that is
        filed pursuant  to paragraph  (1) immediately  preceding, or  (ii)  that
        purports    to    meet    the   requirements    of    Section   10(a)(3)
    
 
                                      II-3
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
        of the Act  and is  used in connection  with an  offering of  securities
        subject  to Rule  415, will be  filed as a  part of an  amendment to the
        registration statement  and will  not be  used until  such amendment  is
        effective, and that, for purposes of determining any liability under the
        Securities  Act  of 1933,  each such  post-effective amendment  shall be
        deemed to be  a new  registration statement relating  to the  securities
        offered  therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
        be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    
 
   
     (h) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted  to directors, officers and controlling persons  of
the   Registrant  pursuant  to  the  foregoing  provisions,  or  otherwise,  the
Registrant has been advised that in  the opinion of the Securities and  Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant of  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
    
   
    
 
     The  undersigned Registrant  hereby undertakes  to respond  to requests for
information that is incorporated  by reference into  the prospectus pursuant  to
Item 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such
request,  and to send  the incorporated documents  by first class  mail or other
equally prompt means.  This includes  information contained  in documents  filed
subsequent  to the effective date of the Registration Statement through the date
of responding to the request.
 
     The undersigned  Registrant  hereby undertakes  to  supply by  means  of  a
post-effective  amendment  all  information concerning  a  transaction,  and the
company being  acquired  involved therein,  that  was  not the  subject  of  and
included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.
 
                                      II-4

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No.  1 to the Registration Statement  (333-09529)
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the
City of New York, State of New York, on October 1, 1996.
    
 
                                          BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                                          (Registrant)
 
   
                                          By: ______/s/ RONALD L. LINDWALL______
                                                    RONALD L. LINDWALL,
                                            SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT-FINANCE, CHIEF
                                              FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER
    
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
   
     Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement (333-09529) has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                   NAME                                        TITLE                              DATE
- ------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------   -------------------
 
<C>                                         <S>                                            <C>
         /S/ A. RICHARD BENEDEK*            Chairman, Chief Executive Officer (Principal     October 1, 1996
- ------------------------------------------    Executive Officer) and Director
            A. RICHARD BENEDEK
 
           /S/ K. JAMES YAGER*              President and Director                           October 1, 1996
- ------------------------------------------
              K. JAMES YAGER
 
          /S/ RONALD L. LINDWALL            Senior Vice President-Finance, Chief             October 1, 1996
- ------------------------------------------    Financial Officer, Treasurer (Principal
            RONALD L. LINDWALL                Financial and Principal Accounting
                                              Officer) and Director
 
             /S/ JAY KRIEGEL*               Director                                         October 1, 1996
- ------------------------------------------
               JAY KRIEGEL
 
           /S/ PAUL S. GOODMAN*             Director                                         October 1, 1996
- ------------------------------------------
             PAUL S. GOODMAN
 
      *By:    /s/ RONALD L. LINDWALL                                                         October 1, 1996
- ------------------------------------------
            RONALD L. LINDWALL
             Attorney-In-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
              INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Independent Auditors Report................................................................................   S-2
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts...........................................................   S-3
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-1
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
   
To the Board of Directors
BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
Rockford, Illinois
    
 
   
     Our   audit   of   the  consolidated   financial   statements   of  Benedek
Communications Corporation and subsidiary included Schedule II contained herein,
for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995.
    
 
     In our opinion this schedule presents fairly the information required to be
set forth therein in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
 
   
Rockford, Illinois
February 9, 1996, except for Notes A, L and M as to
which the date is June 6, 1996
    
 
                                      S-2
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               ADDITIONS
                                                                 BALANCE AT    CHARGED TO                    BALANCE AT
                                                                 BEGINNING     COSTS AND      DEDUCTIONS       END OF
                                                                 OF PERIOD      EXPENSES     DESCRIBED(1)      PERIOD
                                                                 ----------    ----------    ------------    ----------
 
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
Deducted from asset account -- allowance for doubtful
  accounts:
     Year ended December 31, 1993.............................    $153,137      $253,437       $314,796       $ 91,778
     Year ended December 31, 1994.............................      91,778       130,622        122,132        100,268
     Year ended December 31, 1995.............................     100,268       201,382         52,627        249,023
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1) Uncollectable accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
                                      S-3

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    LOCATION OF EXHIBIT
EXHIBIT                                                                                                IN SEQUENTIAL
  NO.                                           DESCRIPTION                                          NUMBERING SYSTEM
- -------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
<C>       <S>                                                                                       <C>
  *3.1    -- Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.......................................
  *3.2    -- By-laws of the Registrant............................................................
  *3.3    -- Certificate of Designation of the  Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
             Optional and Other Special Rights of 15.0% Exchangeable Redeemable Senior Preferred
             Stock Due 2007 and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions thereof.............
  *3.4    -- Certificate of Designation,  Preferences and Relative,  Participating, Optional and
             Other Special Rights of Series C Junior Discount Preferred Stock and Qualifications,
             Limitations and Restrictions thereof.................................................
  *4.1    -- Indenture dated as of  May 15, 1996 between the  Registrant and United States Trust
             Company of New York, relating to the  13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due
             2006.................................................................................
  *4.2    -- Form of 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Note due 2006 (included in Exhibit 4.1
             hereof)..............................................................................
  *4.3    -- Indenture  dated  as of  March  1,  1995 between  Benedek  Broadcasting  Corporation
             ('Benedek  Broadcasting') and The  Bank of New York, relating to  the 11 7/8% Senior
             Secured Notes due 2005 of Benedek Broadcasting.......................................
  *4.4    -- Form of 11 7/8%  Senior Secured Note due 2005  of Benedek Broadcasting (included  in
             Exhibit 4.3 hereof)..................................................................
  *4.5    -- Certificate of Designation of the  Powers, Preferences and Relative, Participating,
             Optional and Other Special Rights of 15.0% Exchangeable Redeemable Senior  Preferred
             Stock  Due 2007  and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions  thereof (filed as
             Exhibit 3.3 hereof)..................................................................
  *4.6    -- Certificate of  Designation, Preferences and  Relative, Participating, Optional  and
             Other  Special Rights of Series C Junior Discount Preferred Stock and Qualifications,
             Limitations and Restrictions thereof (filed as Exhibit 3.4 hereof)...................
  *4.7    -- Warrant Agreement dated as of June  5, 1996 between the Registrant and IBJ  Schroder
             Bank & Trust Company with respect to Class A Common Stock of the Registrant..........
   4.8    -- Form of Exchange Debenture  relating to the 15.0%  Exchange Debentures which may be
             issued,  under  certain  circumstances,  in  exchange  for  the  15.0%  Exchangeable
             Redeemable Senior Preferred Stock of the Registrant.
   5      -- Opinion of Shack & Siegel, P.C., counsel for Registrant..............................
   8      -- Opinion of Whitman Breed Abbot & Morgan, tax counsel for Registrant..................
 *10.1    -- Purchase Agreement dated May  30, 1996 between the  Registrant and Goldman, Sachs &
             Co..................................................................................
 *10.2    -- Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated May 30, 1996 between the Registrant
             and Goldman, Sachs &  Co. with respect  to the 13  1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount
             Notes due 2006 of the Registrant.....................................................
 *10.3    -- Placement Agreement dated June  5, 1996 among the  Registrant, Goldman, Sachs & Co.
             and BT Securities Corporation........................................................
 *10.4    -- Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated June 5, 1996 among the  Registrant,
             Goldman,  Sachs  &  Co. and  BT  Securities  Corporation with  respect  to  the 15.0%
             Exchangeable Redeemable Senior Preferred Stock due 2007 of the Registrant............
 *10.5    -- Warrant Agreement dated as of June  5, 1996 between the Registrant and IBJ  Schroder
             Bank & Trust Company (filed as Exhibit 4.7 hereof)...................................
 *10.6    -- Contingent Warrant Escrow Agreement  dated June 5, 1996  between the Registrant and
             IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company....................................................
 *10.7    -- Common  Stock Registration  Rights Agreement  dated as  of June  5, 1996  among  the
             Registrant, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and BT Securities Corporation.......................
 *10.8    -- Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of  June  6,  1996  among  the  Registrant,  Benedek
             Broadcasting, the Lenders listed therein, Pearl Street L.P., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and
             Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency..................................
 *10.9    -- Guaranty dated as of  June 6, 1996 by the  Registrant in favor of Canadian  Imperial
             Bank of Commerce, New York Agency....................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    LOCATION OF EXHIBIT
EXHIBIT                                                                                                IN SEQUENTIAL
  NO.                                           DESCRIPTION                                          NUMBERING SYSTEM
- -------   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
<C>       <S>                                                                                       <C>
 *10.10   -- Pledge  Agreement dated  as of  June 6,  1996 between  the Registrant  and Canadian
             Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency...........................................
 *10.11   -- Security Agreement  dated as of  June 6,  1996 between the  Registrant and  Canadian
             Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency...........................................
 *10.12   -- Collateral Account Agreement  dated as of  June 6, 1996  between the Registrant and
             Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency..................................
 *10.13   -- Third Party Account Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 among the Registrant,  AMCORE
             Bank, N.A., Rockford and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, New York Agency.
 *10.14   -- Form  of Indemnity  Agreement  between the  Registrant  and each  of  its executive
             officers and directors...............................................................
  10.15   -- Intentionally left blank.............................................................
  10.16   -- Employment Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 between the Registrant and A.  Richard
             Benedek.
  10.17   -- Employment Agreement dated as  of June 6, 1996 between  the Registrant and K. James
             Yager.
  10.18   -- Employment Agreement dated as of March 8, 1996 between the Registrant and Douglas E.
             Gealy.
  10.19   -- Employment Agreement dated as of June  6, 1996 between the Registrant and Ronald  L.
             Lindwall.
  10.20   -- Employment Agreement dated as of June 6, 1996 between the Registrant and Terrance F.
             Hurley.
  12.1    -- Statement of computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.......................
 *21      -- Subsidiaries of the Registrant.......................................................
  23.1    -- Consent of Shack & Siegel, P.C. (included in Exhibit 5 hereof).......................
  23.2    -- Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP with respect to the Registrant....................
  23.3    -- Consent  of  Arthur  Andersen LLP  with  respect  to the  TV  Division  of Stauffer
             Communications, Inc..................................................................
  23.4    -- Consent   of  Arthur   Andersen  LLP   with  respect   to  Brissette   Broadcasting
             Corporation..........................................................................
  23.5    -- Consent of Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan (included in Exhibit 8 hereof).
 *24.1    -- Power of Attorney of the Registrant..................................................
 *25      -- Statement of Eligibility of Trustee on Form T-1 related to the Notes.................
  27      -- Financial Data Schedule..............................................................
 *99.1    -- Form of Letter of Transmittal relating  to the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount
             Notes due 2006.......................................................................
  99.2    -- Form of Notice of  Guaranteed Delivery relating to  the 13 1/4% Senior  Subordinated
             Discount Notes due 2006..............................................................
 *99.3    -- Form of  Letter to  Brokers, Dealers, Commercial  Banks, Trust  Companies and Other
             Nominees relating to the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006.........
 *99.4    -- Form of Letter to Clients relating to the 13 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
             due 2006.............................................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------
 
   
* Previously filed.
    

<PAGE>





<PAGE>
                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                                     Issuer


                        IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                     Trustee





                                      $[ ]


                        [ ]% Exchange Debentures Due 2007






                               EXCHANGE INDENTURE



                                Dated as of , 199





 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    ARTICLE I

                   Definitions And Incorporation by Reference
<TABLE>
<CAPITON>

                                                                                                        Page
<S>                      <C>                                                                             <C>
SECTION 1.01.    Definitions.............................................................................  1
SECTION 1.02     Other  Definitions...................................................................... 25
SECTION 1.03.    Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act....................................... 26
SECTION 1.04.    Rules of Construction................................................................... 26
                                   ARTICLE II

                                 The Securities

SECTION 2.01.    Form and Dating......................................................................... 27
SECTION 2.02.    Execution and Authentication............................................................ 29
SECTION 2.03.    Registrar and Paying Agent.............................................................. 30
SECTION 2.04.    Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust..................................................... 31
SECTION 2.05.    Securityholder Lists.................................................................... 31
SECTION 2.06.    Transfer and Exchange................................................................... 32
SECTION 2.07.    Replacement Securities.................................................................. 40
SECTION 2.08.    Outstanding Securities.................................................................. 40
SECTION 2.09.    Temporary Securities.................................................................... 41
SECTION 2.10.    Cancelation............................................................................. 42
SECTION 2.11.    Defaulted Interest...................................................................... 42
SECTION 2.12.    CUSIP Numbers........................................................................... 42
SECTION 2.13.    Computation of Interest................................................................. 43


                                   ARTICLE III

                                   Redemption

SECTION 3.01.    Notices to Trustee...................................................................... 43
SECTION 3.02.    Selection of Securities To Be Redeemed      ............................................ 43
SECTION 3.03.    Notice of Redemption.................................................................... 44
SECTION 3.04.    Effect of Notice of Redemption.......................................................... 45
SECTION 3.05.    Deposit of Redemption Price............................................................. 45
SECTION 3.06.    Securities Redeemed in Part............................................................. 45
</TABLE>



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Covenants
<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                                                          <C>
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities....................................................................... 45
SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports................................................................................. 46
SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Debt.......................................................................... 46
SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments........................................................... 49
SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.................... 53
SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.......................................... 54
SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates  ................................................ 58
SECTION 4.08. Change of Control........................................................................... 60
SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Liens......................................................................... 62
SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sale/Leaseback Transactions .................................................. 62
SECTION 4.11. Compliance Certificate...................................................................... 62
SECTION 4.12. Further Instruments and Acts................................................................ 62


                                    ARTICLE V

                                Successor Company

SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets................................................... 63
SECTION 5.02. When Benedek Broadcasting May Merge or Transfer Assets...................................... 64


                                   ARTICLE VI
                              Defaults and Remedies

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default........................................................................... 64
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration................................................................................ 67
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies.............................................................................. 68
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults..................................................................... 68
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority......................................................................... 68
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits......................................................................... 69
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment........................................................ 69
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.................................................................. 69
</TABLE>

                                      -ii-

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>         <C>                                                                                          <C>
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim............................................................ 70
SECTION 6.10. Priorities.................................................................................. 70
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs....................................................................... 71
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws ........................................................... 71


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     Trustee

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee........................................................................... 71
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee........................................................................... 73
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee................................................................ 73
SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer........................................................................ 74
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults.......................................................................... 74
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders............................................................... 74
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity.................................................................. 74
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee...................................................................... 75
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger................................................................. 76
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification............................................................... 77
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company........................................... 77


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities; Defeasance............................................ 77
SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance.................................................................... 79
SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money.................................................................. 80
SECTION 8.04  Repayment to Company........................................................................ 80
SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations........................................................ 81
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement............................................................................... 81


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   Amendments

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders.................................................................. 81
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders..................................................................... 82
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act......................................................... 83
</TABLE>

                                      -iii-

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>          <C>                                                                                          <C>
SECTION 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers............................................... 83
SECTION 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Securities....................................................... 84
SECTION 9.06.  Trustee To Sign Amendments.................................................................. 84
SECTION 9.07.  Payment for Consent......................................................................... 84

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  Subordination

SECTION 10.01. Agreement To Subordinate.................................................................... 85
SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy........................................................ 85
SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior Debt...................................................................... 86
SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Securities....................................................... 87
SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over......................................................... 87
SECTION 10.06. Subrogation................................................................................. 88
SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights............................................................................. 88
SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company................................................ 88
SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.......................................................... 89
SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice of Representative.................................................... 90
SECTION 10.11. Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To  Accelerate................... 90
SECTION 10.12. Trustee Entitled To Rely.................................................................... 90
SECTION 10.13. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination......................................................... 91
SECTION 10.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt............................................ 91
SECTION 10.15. Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt on Subordination Provisions.............................. 91



                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Miscellaneous

SECTION 11.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls............................................................... 92
SECTION 11.02. Notices.................................................................................... 92
SECTION 11.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders ............................................... 93
</TABLE>


                                      -iv-

 



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>          <C>                                                                                          <C>
SECTION 11.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent......................................... 93
SECTION 11.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.............................................. 93
SECTION 11.06. When Securities Disregarded................................................................ 94
SECTION 11.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar............................................... 94
SECTION 11.08. Legal Holidays............................................................................. 94
SECTION 11.09. Governing Law.............................................................................. 94
SECTION 11.10. No Recourse Against Others................................................................. 94
SECTION 11.11. Successors................................................................................. 94
SECTION 11.12. Multiple Originals......................................................................... 95
SECTION 11.13. Table of Contents; Headings................................................................ 95



Exhibit A - Form of Initial Security
Exhibit B - Form of Exchange Security
</TABLE>


                                       -v-

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE


<S>                                                                                          <C>
TIA Section                                                                                   Indenture Section

310(a)(1)            .........................................................................       7.10
   (a)(2)            .........................................................................       7.10
   (a)(3)            .........................................................................       N.A.
   (a)(4)            .........................................................................       N.A.
   (a)(5)            .........................................................................       7.10
   (b)               .........................................................................       7.08; 7.10
   (c)               .........................................................................       N.A.
311(a)               .........................................................................       7.11
   (b)               .........................................................................       7.11
   (c)               .........................................................................       N.A.
312(a)               .........................................................................       2.05
   (b)               .........................................................................       12.03
   (c)               .........................................................................       12.03
313(a)               .........................................................................       7.06
   (b)(1)            .........................................................................       7.06
   (b)(2)            .........................................................................       7.06
   (c)               .........................................................................       12.02
   (d)               .........................................................................       7.06
314(a)               .........................................................................       4.02; 4.10; 10.02
   (b)               .........................................................................       N.A.
   (c)(1)            .........................................................................       12.04
   (c)(2)            .........................................................................       12.04
   (c)(3)            .........................................................................       N.A.
   (d)               .........................................................................       N.A.
   (e)               .........................................................................       12.05
   (f)               .........................................................................       4.10
315(a)               .........................................................................       7.01
   (b)               .........................................................................       7.05; 12.02
   (c)               .........................................................................       7.01
   (d)               .........................................................................       7.01
   (e)               .........................................................................       6.11
316(a)(last sentence).........................................................................      12.06
   (a)(1)(A)         .........................................................................       6.05
   (a)(1)(B)         .........................................................................       6.04
   (a)(2)            .........................................................................       N.A.
   (b)               .........................................................................       6.07
   (c)               .........................................................................       N.A.


</TABLE>
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                                                                                                 <C>
317(a)(1)           ...........................................................................      6.08
317(a)(2)           ...........................................................................      6.09

</TABLE>

                           N.A. means Not Applicable.


Note:  This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any
purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                INDENTURE dated as of , 199 ,
                                    between BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION,
                                    a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and
                                    IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST COMPANY, a New
                                    York banking corporation (the "Trustee").


                        Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of
the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the
Company's [ ]% Exchange Debentures Due 2007 (the "Initial Securities") and, if
and when issued in exchange for Initial Securities, the Company's [ ]% Exchange
Debentures Series A Due 2007 the "Exchange Securities" and, together with the
Initial Securities, the "Securities"):


                                    ARTICLE 1

                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

                        SECTION 1.01.  Definitions.

                        "Acquired Station" means any Television Station
acquired by the Company after the Issue Date.

                        "Acquisitions" means the purchase on the Issue
Date by Benedek Broadcasting of all the television broadcast assets of Stauffer
Communications, Inc. and all the capital stock of Brissette Broadcasting
Corporation.

                        "Affiliate" of any specified person means (i) any
other person which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by
or is under common control with such specified person or (ii) any other person
who is a director or officer (A) of such specified person, (B) of any subsidiary
of such specified person or (C) of any person described in clause (i) above. For
purposes of Section 4.04, Section 4.06 and Section 4.07, (a) control of a person
means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the direction of the
management and policies of such person whether by contract or otherwise and (b)
beneficial ownership of 5% or more of the voting common equity (on a fully
diluted basis) or warrants to purchase such equity (whether or not currently
exercisable) of a person shall be deemed to be control of such person; and the
terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                               2



                        "Asset Disposition" means any sale, lease, trans-
fer or other disposition (or series of related sales, leases, transfers or
dispositions) of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors'
qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes
of this definition as a "disposition") by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
(including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar
transaction) other than (i) a disposition by a Subsidiary to the Company or by
the Company or a Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, (ii) a disposition of
property or assets at fair market value in the ordinary course of business,
(iii) a disposition of obsolete assets in the ordinary course of business, (iv)
for purposes of Section 4.06 only, a disposition subject to Section 4.04, (v) a
disposition subject to Section 5.01 (except to the extent the Company disposes
of substantially all (but not all) of its assets, in which event the assets not
so disposed of shall be deemed as having been sold by the Company); (vi) a
disposition pursuant to the terms of the Company Pledge Agreement delivered in
connection with the Senior Secured Notes; or (vii) a disposition by the Company
in which and to the extent the Company receives as consideration Capital Stock
of a person engaged in, or assets that will be used in, the business of the
Company existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related thereto,
as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company the determination of
which will be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors
at the time of such disposition.

                        "Attributable   Debt"  in  respect  of a Sale Leaseback
Transaction  means,  as  at  the  time  of  determination, the present value
(discounted at the interest rate borne by the Securities,  compounded annually)
of the total  obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining
term of the lease  included  in such Sale  Leaseback Transaction (including any
period for which such lease has been extended).

                        "Average Life" means, as of the date of determina-
tion, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of
the products of (a) the numbers of years from the date of determination to the
dates of each successive scheduled principal payment or redemption or similar
payment with respect to such Debt multiplied by (b) the amount of such payment,
by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                               3


                        "Bank Credit Agreement" means the Credit
Agreement, dated as of June 6, 1996, among Benedek Broadcasting, as borrower,
the Company, the lenders referred to therein, Canadian Imperial Bank of
Commerce, New York Agency, as administrative agent and collateral agent, Pearl
Street L.P., as arranging agent, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as syndication agent,
and all promissory notes, guarantees, security agreements and documents, deeds
of trust, mortgages, letters of credit and other instruments, agreements and
documents executed pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, in each case as
the same may be amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refinanced, replaced
or otherwise modified (in whole or in part and without limitation as to amount,
terms, conditions, covenants or other provisions) from time to time.

                        "Bank Debt" means all Senior Debt outstanding
under the Bank Credit Agreement.

                        "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States
Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term
"Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or
similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

                        "Benedek Broadcasting" means Benedek Broadcasting
Corporation, a Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of the Company and any
successor company.

                        "BLC" means Benedek License Corporation, a
Delaware corporation and a subsidiary of Benedek Broadcasting and any successor
company.

                        "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors
of the Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to
act on behalf of such Board.

                        "Business Day" means each day which is not a
Legal Holiday.

                        "Capital Lease Obligations" of a person means any
obligation which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital
lease on the face of a balance sheet of such person prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles; the amount of such obligation shall be
the capitalized amount thereof, determined in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last pay-


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                               4





ment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty.

                        "Capital Stock" of any person means any and all
shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or
other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such person,
including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible
into or exchangeable for such equity.

                        "Cash Flow Leverage Ratio" as of any date of
determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount outstanding of all
Debt of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Debt issued
under Section 4.03(b)) at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending at
least 45 days prior to the date of determination to (ii) Operating Cash Flow for
the four fiscal quarters ending on the last day of such fiscal quarter;
provided, however, that (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has
Issued any Debt since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or
if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Cash Flow Leverage
Ratio is an Issuance of Debt, or both, Debt as of such date and Operating Cash
Flow (including Consolidated Interest Expense) for such period shall be
calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Debt (in the case of
Operating Cash Flow, as if such Debt had been Issued on the first day of such
period) and the discharge of any other Debt repaid, repurchased, defeased or
otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Debt (in the case of
Operating Cash Flow, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such
period), (2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, (A) the Operating Cash Flow
for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Operating Cash Flow
(if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such
Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the
Operating Cash Flow (if negative), directly attributable thereto for such period
(including an adjustment for Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable
to any Debt (the "Discharged Debt") of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to the
Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset
Dispositions for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                               5


Expense for such period directly attributable to the Discharged Debt of such
Restricted Subsidiary)) and (B) Debt for such period shall be reduced by an
amount equal to the Discharged Debt, (3) if since the beginning of such period
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have
made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any person which becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of
assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be
made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit
of a business, Operating Cash Flow for such period shall be calculated after
giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Issuance of any Debt) as if such
Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period and (4) if
since the beginning of such period any person (that subsequently became a
Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset
Disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required
an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Operating Cash Flow (including
Consolidated Interest Expense) for such period shall be calculated after giving
pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition
occurred on the first day of such period. For purposes of this definition, when-
ever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of
income or earnings relating thereto, and the amount of Consolidated Interest
Expense associated with any Debt Issued in connection therewith, the pro forma
calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or
accounting Officer of the Company. If any Debt bears a floating rate of interest
and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Debt shall be
calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the
applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate
Protection Agreement applicable to such Debt if such Interest Rate Protection
Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

                        "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any
of the following events:

                        (i) prior to the first public offering of common stock
            of the Company, the Permitted Holders cease to be the "beneficial
            owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                               6



            13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of a majority
            in the aggregate of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of
            the Company, whether as a result of Issuance of securities of the
            Company, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of
            the Company, any direct or indirect transfer of securities or
            otherwise (for purposes of this clause (i) and clause (ii) below,
            the Permitted Holders shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting
            Stock of a corporation (the "specified corporation") held by any
            other corporation (the "parent corporation") so long as the
            Permitted Holders beneficially own (as so defined), directly or
            indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the voting power of the
            Voting Stock of the parent corporation);

                     (ii) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d)
            and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted
            Holders, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in clause
            (i) above, except that such person shall be deemed to have
            "beneficial ownership" of all shares that such person has the right
            to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only
            after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35%
            of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;
            provided, however, that the Permitted Holders "beneficially own" (as
            defined in clause (i) above), directly or indirectly, in the
            aggregate a lesser percentage of the total voting power of the
            Voting Stock of the Company than such other person and do not have
            the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect
            or designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors (for
            the purposes of this clause (ii), such other person shall be deemed
            to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a specified corporation held
            by a parent corporation, if such other person is the beneficial
            owner (as defined in this clause (ii)), directly or indirectly, of
            more than 35% of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent
            corporation and the Permitted Holders "beneficially own" (as defined
            in clause (i) above), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a
            lesser percentage of the voting power of the Voting Stock of such
            parent corporation and do not have the right or ability by voting
            power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a
            majority of the board of directors of such parent corporation); or



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                               7


                   (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
            who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of
            Directors (together with any new directors whose election by such
            Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the
            stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66-2/3% of the
            directors of the Company then still in office who were either
            directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
            nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any
            reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the
            Company then in office.

                        "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended.

                        "Company" means the party named as such in this
Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor
and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA,
each other obligor on the indenture securities.

                        "Company Pledge Agreement" means the Pledge and
Security Agreement dated as of March 10, 1995, between Benedek Broadcasting and
The Bank of New York.

                        "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, for any
period, the total interest expense of the Company and its consolidated
Restricted Subsidiaries, plus, to the extent not included in such interest
expense, (i) interest expense attributable to capital leases, (ii) amortization
of debt discount and debt issuance cost, (iii) capitalized interest, (iv)
non-cash interest expense, (v) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges
owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing, (vi)
interest actually paid by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary under
any Guarantee of Debt or other obligation of any other person, (vii) net costs
associated with Hedging Obligations (including amortization of fees), (viii)
Preferred Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries and Redeemable Stock of the Company held by persons other than the
Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary and (ix) the cash contributions to any
employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the extent such contributions
are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees to any person (other than
the Company) in connection with loans incurred by such plan or trust to purchase
newly issued or treasury shares of the Company.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                               8

                        "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period,
the net income of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries; provided,
however, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

                        (i) any net income of any person if such person is not a
            Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) the Company's equity in the
            net income of any such person for such period shall be included in
            such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of cash
            actually distributed by such person during such period to the
            Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other
            distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other
            distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations
            contained in clause (iii) below) and (B) the Company's equity in a
            net loss of any such person for such period shall be included in
            determining such Consolidated Net Income;

                     (ii) any net income of any person acquired by the Company
            or a Restricted Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for
            any period prior to the date of such acquisition;

                   (iii) any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such
            Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or
            indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of
            distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly,
            to the Company, except that (A) the Company's equity in the net
            income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be
            included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount
            of cash actually distributed by such Restricted Subsidiary during
            such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary as a
            dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend
            or other distribution to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the
            limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the Company's equity in
            a net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall
            be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

                     (iv) any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or
            other disposition of any property, plant or equipment of the Company
            or its consolidated subsidiaries (including pursuant to any
            sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise
            disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain (but not
            loss)


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                               9




            realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital
            Stock of any person; and

                        (v) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles.

                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes
of Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any
dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from a
Non-Recourse Affiliate to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent
such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted
Payments permitted under such covenant pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(v).

                        "Consolidated Net Worth" of any person means the
total of the amounts shown on the balance sheet of such person and its
consolidated subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, as of the end of the most recent
fiscal quarter of such person ending at least 45 days prior to the taking of any
action for the purpose of which the determination is being made, as (i) the par
or stated value of all outstanding Capital Stock of such person plus (ii)
paid-in capital or capital surplus relating to such Capital Stock plus (iii) any
retained earnings or earned surplus less (A) any accumulated deficit, (B) any
amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock and (C) any amounts attributable to
Exchangeable Stock.

                        "Contingent Warrants" means 888,000 warrants,
each to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock of the
Company.

                        "Debt" of any person means, without duplication,

                        (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of
            (A) indebtedness of such person for money borrowed and (B)
            indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar
            instruments for the payment of which such person is responsible or
            liable;

                        (ii) all Capital Lease Obligations and all Attributable
             Debt of such person;

                        (iii) all obligations of such person Issued or assumed
            as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale
            obligations of such person and all


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              10





            obligations of such person under any title  retention  agreement
            (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course
            of business);

                     (iv) all obligations of such person for the reimbursement
            of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or
            similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to
            letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations
            described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary
            course of business of such person to the extent such letters of
            credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such
            drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following
            receipt by such person of a demand for reimbursement following
            payment on the letter of credit);

                     (v) the amount of all obligations of such person with
            respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of, in the
            case of a Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock and, in the case of any
            other person, any Redeemable Stock (but excluding any accrued
            dividends);

                     (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i)
            through (v) of other persons and all dividends of other persons for
            the payment of which, in either case, such person is responsible or
            liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise,
            including any Guarantees of such obligations and dividends; and

                     (vii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses
            (i) through (vi) of other persons secured by any Lien on any
            property or asset of such person (whether or not such obligation is
            assumed by such person), the amount of such obligation being deemed
            to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the
            amount of the obligation so secured.

The amount of Debt of any person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at
such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum
liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation,
of any contingent obligations at such date.

                        "Default" means any event which is, or after
notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              11



                        "Depository" means The Depository Trust Company,
its nominees and their respective successors.

                        "Designated Senior Debt" means (i) the Bank Debt
and the Senior Secured Notes and (ii) any other Senior Debt of the Company
which, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount
outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders
thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $25,000,000 and is specifically
designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior
Debt as "Designated Senior Debt" for purposes of this Indenture.

                        "EBITDA" for any period means the Consolidated
Net Income for such period (but without giving effect to adjustments,
accruals, deductions or entries resulting from purchase accounting,
extraordinary losses or gains and any gains or losses from any Asset
Dispositions), plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such
Consolidated Net Income: (i) income tax expense, (ii) Consolidated Interest
Expense, (iii) depreciation expense, (iv) amortization expense (including the
amortization of Program Obligations) and (v) all other noncash charges deducted
in the calculation of such Consolidated Net Income (but excluding (a) any
noncash charges related to the items described in clauses (i) through (v) of the
definition of "Consolidated Net Income" and (b) any noncash charges to the
extent that they require an accrual of or a reserve for cash disbursements for
any future period), and minus, without duplication, all noncash items (but
excluding revenue from barter transactions) that increased such Consolidated Net
Income.

                        "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended.

                        "Exchange Date" means the date on which the
Securities are exchanged for Exchanged Securities.

                        "Exchange Securities" means the 15.0% Exchange
Debentures Series A Due 2007 to be issued Debentures pursuant to this Indenture
in connection with the offer to exchange Securities for the Initial Securities
that may be made by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              12


                        "Exchangeable Preferred Stock" means the
Company's 15.0% Exchangeable Redeemable Senior Preferred Stock Due 2007
outstanding on the Issue Date.

                        "Exchangeable Stock" means any Capital Stock
which is exchangeable or convertible into another security (other than Capital
Stock of the Company which is neither Exchangeable Stock nor Redeemable
Stock).

                        "Existing Station" means (i) each of the 22
Television Stations owned by the Company as of the date of this Indenture and
(ii) each other Television Station acquired by the Company after the date of
this Indenture and the License for which is owned by BLC.

                        "Guarantee" means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of any person directly or indirectly
guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any person and any obligation,
direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such person (i) to purchase or
pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or
other obligation of such person (whether arising by virtue of partnership
arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods,
securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement
conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any
other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation of the payment thereof
or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in
part); provided, however, that the term "Guarantee" shall not include
endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The
term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

                        "Hedging Obligations" of any person means the
obligations of such person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, foreign
currency exchange agreement, interest rate collar agreement, option or futures
contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such
person against changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

                        "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the person in
whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar's
books.

                        "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or
supplemented from time to time.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              13


                        "Initial Warrants" means 600,000 warrants, each
to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock of the Company.

                        "Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means any
interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial
agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Subsidiary
against fluctuations in interest rates.

                        "Investment" in any person means any loan or
advance to, any Guarantee of, any acquisition of any Capital Stock, equity
interest, obligation or other security of, or capital contribution or other
investment in, such person. Investments shall exclude advances to customers and
suppliers in the ordinary course of business.

                        "Issue" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or
otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Debt or Capital Stock
of a person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by
merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be issued by
such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary; and the term "Issuance" has
a corresponding meaning. For purposes of Section 4.03, if any Debt Issued by a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary thereafter ceases to be Non-Recourse Debt of a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary, then such event shall be deemed for the purpose of such
Section to constitute the Issuance of such Debt by the issuer thereof.

                        "Issue Date" means the date on which the Initial
Securities are originally issued.

                        "Legal Holiday" means a Saturday, a Sunday or a
day on which banking institutions are not required to be
open in the State of New York.

                        "License" means, with respect to any Television
Station, any and all licenses and authorizations issued by the Federal
Communications Commission with respect to such Television Station.

                        "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, security inter-
est, conditional sale or other title retention agreement or other similar lien.

                        "LMA" means a local marketing arrangement, sale
agreement, time brokerage agreement, management agreement or similar arrangement
pursuant to which a person, subject to


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              14




customary preemption rights and other limitations (i) obtains the right to sell
at least a majority of the advertising inventory of a radio or television
station of which a third party is the licensee, (ii) obtains the right to
exhibit programming and sell advertising time during a majority of the airtime
of a television or radio station or (iii) manages the selling operations of a
radio or television station with respect to at least a majority of the
advertising inventory of such station.

                        "Maximum Amount" as of any date of determination
means, with respect to any Acquired Station, the product of (i) the Operating
Cash Flow of such Acquired Station for the four most recent fiscal quarters
ending at least 45 days prior to such date of determination and (ii) the number
5.0; provided, however, that if such Acquired Station is acquired by the Company
in connection with an Asset Disposition of an Existing Station, the amount in
clause (i) above shall be reduced by the Operating Cash Flow for such period of
such Existing Station.

                        "Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition
means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of
deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or
otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration
received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Debt or other
obligations relating to such properties or assets or received in any other
noncash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording
tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability
under generally accepted accounting principles, as a consequence of such Asset
Disposition, (ii) all payments made on any Debt which is secured by any assets
subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any lien upon
or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such assets, or which
must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset
Disposition, or by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset
Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to
minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such
Asset Disposition and (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided
by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, against any liabilities associated


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              15




with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the
Company or any Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.


                         "Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any Issuance
or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such Issuance or sale net
of attorneys' fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees,
discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually
incurred in connection with such Issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or
payable as a result thereof.

                        "Non-Convertible Common Stock" means, with
respect to any corporation, any non-convertible Capital Stock of such
corporation and any Capital Stock of such corporation convertible solely into
non-convertible common stock of such corporation; provided, however, that
Non-Convertible Common Stock shall not include any Redeemable Stock or
Exchangeable Stock or, in the case of the Company, any Senior Stock or Parity
Stock.

                        "Non-Recourse Affiliate" means a Non-Recourse
Subsidiary or any other Affiliate of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
which (i) has not acquired any assets (other than cash) directly or indirectly
from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) only owns properties
acquired after the Issue Date and (iii) has no Debt other than Non-Recourse
Debt.

                        "Non-Recourse Debt" means Debt or that portion of
Debt (i) as to which neither the Company nor its Restricted Subsidiaries (A)
provide credit support (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument which
would constitute Debt), (B) is directly or indirectly liable or (C) constitute
the lender and (ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights which
the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against a Non-Recourse
Affiliate) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any
other Debt of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on
such other Debt or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior
to its Stated Maturity.

                        "Non-Recourse Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary
which (i) has not acquired any assets (other than cash) directly or indirectly
from the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) only owns properties
acquired after the Issue Date and (iii) has no Debt other than Non-Recourse
Debt.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              16


                        "Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the
President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.

                        "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate
signed by two Officers.

                        "Operating Cash Flow" for any period means EBITDA
for such period less Program Obligation Payments for such period; provided,
however, that, when used in the definition of "Maximum Amount" with respect to a
Television Station, all references to the Company and Restricted Subsidiaries
and consolidated subsidiaries used in the definitions of "EBITDA" and "Program
Obligation Payments" and the definitions used therein shall be deemed to refer
to such Television Station.

                        "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from
legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee.  The
counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the
Trustee.

                        "Other Pledge Agreement" means a Pledge and Secu-
rity Agreement dated as of March 10, 1995, between A. Richard Benedek and The
Bank of New York.

                        "Parent" means any person that beneficially owns,
directly or indirectly, all the Voting Stock of the Company.

                        "Permitted Acquisition Debt" means Debt of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary Issued to finance all or any portion of the
cost of the acquisition of an Acquired Station, where the License for such
Acquired Station is owned by BLC, and Refinancing Debt in respect of Debt;
provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such Permitted Acquisition Debt
with respect to any Acquired Station shall not exceed the Maximum Amount with
respect to such Acquired Station.

                        "Permitted Holders" shall mean (i) A. Richard
Benedek; (ii) family members or relatives of A. Richard Benedek; (iii) any
trusts created for the benefit of the persons described in clauses (i), (ii) or
(iv) of this paragraph or any trust for the benefit of any trust; (iv) in the
event of the death or incompetence of any person described in clauses (i) or
(ii) of this paragraph such person's estate, executor, administrator, committee
or other

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              17



personal representative or beneficiaries; or (v) any Affiliate of A. Richard
Benedek.

                        "Permitted Investments" shall mean (i) investments in
direct obligations of the United States of America maturing within 90 days of
the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) investments in certificates of deposit
maturing within 90 days of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or
trust company which is organized under the laws of the United States or any
state thereof having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in
excess of $500,000,000, and (iii) investments in commercial paper given the
highest rating by two established national credit rating agencies and maturing
not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof.

                        "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, limited liability company, association, joint-stock company,
trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof or any other entity.

                        "Pledge Agreements" means the Company Pledge
Agreement and the Other Pledge Agreement.

                        "Pledgee" means the pledgee under the Pledge
Agreements, who initially is The Bank of New York.

                        "Pledgor" means, respectively, Benedek
Broadcasting under the Company Pledge Agreement and A. Richard Benedek under the
Other Pledge Agreement.

                        "Preferred Stock", as applied to the Capital
Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however
designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the
distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class
of such corporation.

                        "principal" of any debt security means the
principal amount of such debt security plus the premium, if any, payable on such
debt security which is due or overdue or is to become due at the relevant time.

                        "Program Obligation Payments" means, for any
period of calculation, an amount equal to the aggregate amount paid in cash by
or on behalf of the Company and the

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              18

Restricted Subsidiaries during such period with respect to, or on account of,
Program Obligations.

                        "Program Obligations" means the obligations of the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to the acquisition of the
right to broadcast films and other programming material, payable in a form other
than barter.

                        "Redeemable Stock" means any Capital Stock that
by its terms or otherwise is required to be redeemed on or prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Securities or is redeemable at the
option of the holder thereof at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of
the Stated Maturity of the Securities.

                        "Refinance" means, in respect of any Debt, to
refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem,
defease or retire, or to Issue indebtedness in exchange or
replacement for, such Debt.  "Refinanced" and "Refinancing"
shall have correlative meanings.

                        "Refinancing Debt" means Debt that Refinances any
Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date or
Issued in compliance with this Indenture; provided, however, that (i) such
Refinancing Debt has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of
the Debt being Refinanced, (ii) such Refinancing Debt has an Average Life at the
time such Refinancing Debt is Issued that is equal to or greater than the
Average Life of the Debt being Refinanced and (iii) such Refinancing Debt has an
aggregate principal amount (or if Issued with original issue discount, an
aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal
amount (or if Issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value)
then outstanding or committed under the Debt being Refinanced; provided further,
however, that Refinancing Debt shall not include (x) Debt of a Subsidiary that
Refinances Debt of the Company or (y) Debt of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary that Refinances Debt of a Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

                        "Registered Exchange Offer" shall have the
meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                        "Registration Rights Agreement" means the
Exchangeable Preferred Stock Exchange and Registration
Rights Agreement, dated June 5, 1996, among the Company
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and BT Securities Corporation.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              19


                        "Representative" means any trustee, agent or
representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Debt of the
Company.

                        "Restricted Holder" means a Permitted Holder or a
person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act and
will be deemed to include each person included in such person) that owns,
directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the total voting power of the Voting
Stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this definition a
person shall be deemed to have ownership of all shares (a) that any such person
has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only
after the passage of time and (b) of a corporation held by any other corporation
(the "parent corporation") if such person is the owner, directly or indirectly,
of more than 10% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent
corporation.

                        "Restricted Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary
that is not a Non-Recourse Subsidiary.

                        "Sale/Leaseback Transaction" means any
arrangement relating to a property owned as of the Issue Date whereby the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a person and
leases it back from such person.

                        "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

                        "Securities" means the Securities issued under
this Indenture.

                        "Securities Custodian" means the custodian with
respect to the Global Security (as appointed by the Depository), or any
successor person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee.

                        "Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock" means
the Preferred Stock issued by the Company to General Electric
Capital Corporation on the Issue Date.

                        "Senior Debt" means (i) all obligations of the
Company now or hereafter existing under the Bank Credit Agreement, including
principal of, premium, and interest (including interest accruing on or after the
filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the
Company whether or not such post-petition interest is


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              20






allowed as a claim in such proceeding) on Debt outstanding under the Bank Credit
Agreement, reimbursement obligations of the Company with respect to any letters
of credit outstanding under the Bank Credit Agreement and any obligations
thereunder for fees, expenses and indemnities, (ii) Debt of the Company, whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Issued and (iii) accrued and unpaid
interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company whether or not
post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) in respect of (A)
indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by
notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which
the Company is responsible or liable unless, in the instrument creating or
evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided
that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Securities;
provided, however, that Senior Debt shall not include (i) any obligation of the
Company to any Subsidiary, (ii) any liability for Federal, state, local or other
taxes owed or owing by the Company, (iii) any accounts payable or other
liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business
(including Guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities) or
(iv) that portion of any Debt which at the time of Issuance is Issued in
violation of this Indenture.


                        "Senior Secured Notes" means the 11-7/8% Senior
Secured Notes Due 2005 of Benedek Broadcasting.

                        "Senior Subordinated Debt" means the Securities
and any other Debt of the Company that specifically provides that such Debt is
to rank pari passu with the Securities in right of payment and is not
subordinated by its terms in right of payment to any Debt or other obligation of
the Company which is not Senior Debt.

                        "Senior Subordinated Discount Notes" means
13-1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2006 of the Company.

                        "Senior Subordinated Discount Note Indenture"
means the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1996 among the Company, Benedek
Broadcasting, BLC and United States Trust Company of New York, as trustee,
governing the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              21

                        "Shelf Registration Statement" has the meaning
given to that term in the Registration Rights Agreement.

                        "Significant Subsidiary" means (i) any domestic
Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) which at the
time of determination either (A) had assets which, as of the date of the
Company's most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted at least
3% of the Company's total assets on a consolidated basis as of such date, or (B)
had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of the Company's most
recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which constituted at least 3%
of the Company's total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period, (ii)
any foreign Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary)
which at the time of determination either (A) had assets which, as of the date
of the Company's most recent quarterly consolidated balance sheet, constituted
at least 5% of the Company's total assets on a consolidated basis as of such
date, in each case determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, or (B) had revenues for the 12-month period ending on the date of
the Company's most recent quarterly consolidated statement of income which
constituted at least 5% of the Company's total revenues on a consolidated basis
for such period, or (iii) any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a
Non-Recourse Subsidiary) which, if merged with all Defaulting Subsidiaries of
the Company, would at the time of determination either (A) have had assets
which, as of the date of the Company's most recent quarterly consolidated
balance sheet, would have constituted at least 10% of the Company's total assets
on a consolidated basis as of such date or (B) have had revenues for the
12-month period ending on the date of the Company's most recent quarterly
consolidated statement of income which would have constituted at least 10% of
the Company's total revenues on a consolidated basis for such period (each such
determination being made in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles). "Defaulting Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company (other
than a Non-Recourse Subsidiary) with respect to which an event described under
clause (5), (6), (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 has occurred and is continuing.

                        "Stated Maturity" means, with respect to any
security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the
principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any
mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              22



repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).


                        "Strategic Investment" means a sale by the
Company or Parent of its common stock to one or more Strategic Equity Investors.

                        "Subordinated Obligation" means any Debt of the
Company (whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter Issued)
which is expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Securities.

                        "Subsidiary" means any corporation, association,
partnership, limited liability company or other business entity of which more
than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests
(including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) the
Company, (ii) the Company and one or more Subsidiaries or (iii) one or more
Subsidiaries.

                        "Tax Amounts" with respect to any calendar year
means the sum of (a) an amount equal to the product of (i) the Federal taxable
income of Benedek Broadcasting for such year as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors and as certified by a nationally recognized tax accounting
firm and without taking into account the deductibility of state income taxes for
Federal income tax purposes multiplied by (ii) the State Tax Percentage (as
defined below) plus (b) the greater of (i) the product of (w) the Federal
taxable income of Benedek Broadcasting for such year as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors and as certified by a nationally recognized tax
accounting firm and taking into account the deductibility of the amount
determined in clause (a) above as a state income tax for Federal income tax
purposes multiplied by (x) the Federal Tax Percentage (as defined below) and
(ii) the product of (y) the alternative minimum taxable income attributable to
Benedek Broadcasting's stockholder(s) by reason of the income of Benedek
Broadcasting for such year as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors
and as certified by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm multiplied by
(z) the Federal Tax Percentage; provided, however, the amount as calculated
above shall be reduced by the amount of any income tax benefit attributable to
Benedek

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              23


Broadcasting which could be realized by Benedek Broadcasting's stockholder(s) in
the current or a prior taxable year (including tax losses, alternative minimum
tax credits, other tax credits and carryforwards or carrybacks thereof) to the
extent not previously taken into account. The amount of any such income tax
benefit described in the proviso to the preceding sentence shall be determined
in a manner consistent with the calculation of the Tax Amount for the relevant
year. Any part of the Tax Amount not distributed in respect of a tax year for
which it is calculated shall be available for distribution in subsequent tax
years. The term "State Tax Percentage" shall mean the highest applicable
statutory marginal rate of state and local income tax to which an individual
resident of the Relevant Jurisdiction (as defined below) would be subject in the
relevant year of determination as a result of being a stockholder of a
corporation taxable as an S Corporation in such jurisdiction (as certified to
the Trustee by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm). The term "Relevant
Jurisdiction" shall mean the jurisdiction in which, during the relevant taxable
year, (c) Benedek Broadcasting is doing business for state and local income tax
purposes, (d) Benedek Broadcasting derives the first, second, third or fourth
highest percentage of its gross income as calculated for Federal income tax
purposes (excluding therefrom any gain or loss from the sale or other
disposition of any television station then owned by Benedek Broadcasting) and
(e) Benedek Broadcasting is taxable as an S Corporation for state and local
income tax purposes that imposes the highest aggregate marginal rate of state
and local income tax on individuals (as certified to the Trustee by a nationally
recognized tax accounting firm). The term "Federal Tax Percentage" shall mean
the highest applicable statutory marginal rate of Federal income tax or, in the
case of clause (b)(ii) above, alternative minimum tax, to which an individual
resident of the United States would be subject in the relevant year of
determination (as certified to the Trustee by a nationally recognized tax
accounting firm); provided, however, that, for any taxable year (or portion
thereof) for which Benedek Broadcasting is not taxable as an S Corporation for
Federal income tax purposes, the Federal Tax Percentage shall be zero.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the sum of the State Tax Percentage and the
Federal Tax Percentage (the "Total Tax Percentage") shall not exceed the
percentage (the "Maximum Tax Percentage") equal to the lesser of (f) the highest
applicable statutory marginal rate of Federal, state, local income tax or, when
applicable, alternative minimum tax, to which a corporation doing business in
any

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              24



state in which Benedek Broadcasting is doing business at the time of
determination would be subject in the relevant year of determination (as
certified to the Trustee by a nationally recognized tax accounting firm) plus 5%
and (g) 55%. If the Total Tax Percentage exceeds the Maximum Tax Percentage, the
Federal Tax Percentage shall be reduced to the extent necessary to cause the
Total Tax Percentage to equal the Maximum Tax Percentage. Distributions of Tax
Amounts may be made from time to time with respect to a tax year based on
reasonable estimates, with reconciliation within 40 days of the earlier of (i)
Benedek Broadcasting's filing of the Internal Revenue Service Form 1120S for the
applicable taxable year and (ii) the last date such form is required to be
filed. The stockholder of Benedek Broadcasting will enter into a binding
agreement with Benedek Broadcasting to reimburse Benedek Broadcasting for
certain positive differences between the distributed amount and the Tax Amount,
which difference must be paid at the time of such reconciliation.

                        "Television Station" means any group of assets
which constitutes all or substantially all of the assets which would be
necessary to carry on the business of a commercial television broadcast station
and which, when purchased by a single purchaser would (together with any
necessary licenses, authorizations, working capital and operating location) be
substantially sufficient to allow such purchaser to carry on such business.

                        "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date,
except as provided in Section 9.03.

                        "Transaction" means the Acquisitions and the
Financing Plan.

                        "Transfer Restricted Securities" means Securities
that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in
Section 2.06(g).

                        "Trustee" means the party named as such in this
Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

                        "Trust Officer" means the Chairman of the Board,
the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned
by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              25



                        "Uniform Commercial Code" means the New York
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

                        "Units" means the Units offered by the Company on
or about the Issue Date, each Unit consisting of ten shares
of Exchangeable Preferred Stock, ten Initial Warrants and
14.8 Contingent Warrants.

                        "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations
(or certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations)
of the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality
thereof) for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States
of America is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer's option.

                        "Voting Stock" of a corporation means all classes
of Capital Stock of such corporation then outstanding and normally entitled to
vote in the election of directors.

                        "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means a Restricted
Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying
shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

                        SECTION 1.02.  Other Definitions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            Defined in
                        Term                                                                                  Section
<S>                                                                                                              <C> 
            "Agent Members" .....................                                                                2.01
            "Bankruptcy Law" ....................                                                                6.01
            "covenant defeasance option" ........                                                                8.01(b)
            "Custodian" .........................                                                                6.01
            "Definitive Securities" .............                                                                2.01
            "Event of Default" ..................                                                                6.01
            "Excluded Stock" ....................                                                                4.04(a)(3)(b)
            "Global Security" ...................                                                                2.01
            "legal defeasance option" ...........                                                                8.01(b)
            "Non-Global Purchaser" ..............                                                                2.01
            "Offer" .............................                                                                4.06(b)
            "Offer Amount" ......................                                                                4.06(c)(2)
            "Offer Period" ......................                                                                4.06(c)(2)
            "Paying Agent" ......................                                                                2.03
            "Purchase Agreement" ................                                                                2.01
            "Purchase Date" .....................                                                                4.06(c)(1)
            "QIB" ...............................                                                                2.01(a)
            "Registrar" .........................                                                                2.03
</TABLE>

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              26


<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                              <C> 
            "Restricted Payment" ................                                                                4.04
            "Rule 144A" .........................                                                                2.01
</TABLE>

                        SECTION 1.03.  Incorporation by Reference of
Trust Indenture Act. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA,
the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

                        "Commission" means the SEC.

                        "indenture securities" means the Securities.

                        "indenture security holder" means a Securityholder.

                        "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

                        "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee"
means the Trustee.

                        "obligor" on the indenture securities means the
Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

                        All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that
are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined
by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

                        SECTION 1.04.  Rules of Construction.  Unless the
context otherwise requires:

                        (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

                        (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the
            meaning assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted
            accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Indenture and
            all accounting calculations will be determined in accordance with
            such principles;

                        (3) "or" is not exclusive;

                        (4) "including" means including without limitation;

                        (5) words in the singular include the plural and
            words in the plural include the singular;



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              27



                        (6) unsecured debt shall not be deemed to be subordinate
            or junior to secured debt merely by virtue of its nature as
            unsecured debt;

                        (7) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or
            other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount
            thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated
            such date prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
            principles and accretion of principal on such security shall be
            deemed to be the issuance of Debt; and

                        (8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be
            (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii)
            the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with
            respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                 The Securities

                        SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. The Initial Securities
and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of
this Indenture. The Exchange Securities and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B, which is hereby
incorporated by reference and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The
Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock
exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage
(provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable
to the Company). Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
The terms of the Securities set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the
terms of this Indenture.

                        (a)  Global Securities.  Initial Securities
offered and sold to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A
under the Securities Act) (a "QIB") in reliance on Rule 144A under the
Securities Act ("Rule 144A") as provided in the Purchase Agreement, shall be
issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Securities in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with the global
securities legend and

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              28


restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto (each, a "Global
Security"), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial
Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, at its New York office, as
custodian for the Depository (or with such other custodian as the Depository may
direct), and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the
Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as
hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities
may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the
records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter
provided.

                        (b)  Book-Entry Provisions.  This Section 2.01(b)
shall apply only to the Global Security deposited with or
on behalf of the Depository.

                        The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall,
in accordance with this Section 2.01(b), authenticate and deliver initially one
or more Global Securities that (a) shall be registered in the name of the
Depository for such Global Security or Global Securities or the nominee of such
Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or
pursuant to such Depository's instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian
for the Depository.

                        Members of, or participants in, the Depository
("Agent Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any
Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the
custodian of the Depository or under such Global Security, and the Depository
may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes
whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the
Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by
the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the
operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of
the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

                        (c)  Certificated Securities.  Except as provided
in this Section or Section 2.06 or 2.09, owners of beneficial interests in
Global Securities will not be

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              29

entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Securities. Purchasers of
Initial Securities who are not QIBs (referred to herein as the "Non-Global
Purchasers") will receive certificated Initial Securities bearing the restricted
securities legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto ("Definitive Securities");
provided, however, that upon transfer of such certificated Initial Securities to
a QIB, such certificated Initial Securities will, unless the Global Security has
previously been exchanged, be exchanged for an interest in a Global Security
pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.06. Definitive Securities will bear the
restricted securities legend set forth on Exhibit A unless removed in accordance
with this Section 2.01(c) or Section 2.06(g).

                        After a transfer of any Initial Securities during
the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect
to such Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to legends on such
Initial Security will cease to apply, the requirements requiring any such
Initial Security issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease
to apply, and a certificated Initial Security without legends will be available
to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Securities upon exchange of such
transferring Holder's certificated Initial Security or directions to transfer
such Holder's interest in the Global Security, as applicable. Upon the
consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial
Securities pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Securities are offered
Exchange Securities in exchange for their Initial Securities, all requirements
pertaining to such Initial Securities that Initial Securities issued to certain
Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply and certificated Initial
Securities with the restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto
will be available to Holders of such Initial Securities that do not exchange
their Initial Securities, and Exchange Securities in certificated form will be
available to Holders that exchange such Initial Securities in such Registered
Exchange Offer.

                        SECTION 2.02.  Execution and Authentication.  Two
Officers shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile
signature. The Company's seal shall be impressed, affixed, imprinted or
reproduced on the Securities and may be in facsimile form.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              30



                        If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no
longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the
Security shall be valid nevertheless.

                        A Security shall not be valid until an authorized
signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the
Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been
authenticated under this Indenture.

                        The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver:
(1) Initial Securities for original issue in an aggregate principal amount at
maturity of $[ ] and (2) Exchange Securities for issue only in a Registered
Exchange Offer, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, for a like
principal amount at maturity of Initial Securities, in each case upon a written
order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an
Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such order shall
specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which
the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the
Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities. The aggregate
principal amount at maturity of Securities outstanding at any time may not
exceed $60,000,000 except as provided in Section 2.07.

                        The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent
reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Unless
limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may
authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this
Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying
Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

                        The Securities are issuable only in registered
form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any
integral multiple thereof.

                        SECTION 2.03.  Registrar and Paying Agent.  The
Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for
registration of transfer or for exchange (the "Registrar") and an office or
agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent"). The
Registrar shall keep a register of the Secur-

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              31

ities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more
co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term "Paying Agent"
includes any additional paying agent.

                        The Company shall enter into an appropriate
agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to
this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement
shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The
Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If
the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act
as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to
Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.

                        The Company initially appoints the Trustee as
Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.

                        SECTION 2.04.  Paying Agent To Hold Money in
Trust. At least one Business Day prior to each due date of the principal and
interest on any Security, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum
sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Company
shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing
that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or
the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of
or interest on the Securities and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the
Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as
Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold
it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent
(other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to
account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this
Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money
delivered to the Trustee.

                        SECTION 2.05.  Securityholder Lists.  The Trustee
shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent
list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the
Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              32



writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at
such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and
as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses
of Securityholders.

                        SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and
Exchange of Definitive Securities. When Definitive Securities are presented to
the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request:

                        (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive
            Securities; or

                        (y) to exchange such Definitive Securities for an
            equal principal amount of Definitive Securities of
            other authorized denominations,

the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange
as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met;
provided, however, that the Definitive Securities surrendered for transfer or
exchange:

                        (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
            instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the
            Company and the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by the
            Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

                        (ii) in the case of Transfer Restricted Securities that
            are Definitive Securities, which are being transferred or exchanged
            pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
            Act or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied
            by the following additional information and documents, as
            applicable:

                                    (A) if such Transfer Restricted Securities
                        are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for
                        registration in the name of such Holder, without
                        transfer, a certification from such Holder to that
                        effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the
                        Security); or

                                    (B) if such Transfer Restricted Securities
                        are being transferred to the Company or to a QIB in
                        accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                       33




                        Act, a certification to that effect (in the form set
                        forth on the reverse of the Security); or

                                    (C) if such Transfer Restricted Securities
                        are being transferred (w) pursuant to an exemption from
                        registration in accordance with Rule 144 or Regulation S
                        under the Securities Act; or (x) to an institutional
                        "accredited investor" as described in Rule 501(a)(1),
                        (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is
                        acquiring the Securities for its own account, or for the
                        account of such an institutional accredited investor, in
                        each case in a minimum principal amount of the
                        Securities of $100,000 for investment purposes and not
                        with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with,
                        any distribution in violation of the Securities Act;
                        or (y) in reliance on another exemption from the
                        registration requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a
                        certification to that effect (in the form set forth on
                        the reverse of the Security), and (ii) if the Company or
                        Registrar so requests, evidence reasonably satisfactory
                        to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set
                        forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i).

                        (b)  Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive
Security for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Security. A Definitive Security
may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Security except upon
satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of
a Definitive Security, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments
of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:

                        (i) if such Definitive Security is a Transfer Restricted
            Security, certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the
            Security, that such Definitive Security is being transferred to a
            QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; and

                        (ii) whether or not such Definitive Security is a
            Transfer Restricted Security, written instructions directing the
            Trustee to make, or to direct the Securities Custodian to make, an
            adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global
            Security

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              34



            to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the
            Securities represented by the Global Security,

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Security and cause, or direct the
Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
procedures existing between the Depository and the Securities Custodian, the
aggregate principal amount of Securities represented by the Global Security to
be increased accordingly. If no Global Securities are then outstanding, the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of
the Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate, a new Global Security in
the appropriate principal amount.

                        (c)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities.
The transfer and exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein
shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture
(including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the
procedures of the Depository therefor.

                        (d)  Transfer of a Beneficial Interest in a
Global Security for a Definitive Security. (i) Any person having a beneficial
interest in a Global Security that is being transferred or exchanged pursuant to
an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to
clause (A), (B) or (C) below may upon request, and if accompanied by the
information specified below, exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive
Security of the same aggregate principal amount. Upon receipt by the Trustee of
written instructions or such other form of instructions as is customary for the
Depository from the Depository or its nominee on behalf of any Person having a
beneficial interest in a Global Security and upon receipt by the Trustee of a
written order or such other form of instructions as is customary for the
Depository or the person designated by the Depository as having such a
beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Security only, the following
additional information and documents (all of which may be submitted by
facsimile):

                        (A) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to
            the person designated by the Depository as being the owner of a
            beneficial interest in a Global Security, a certification from such
            Person to that

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              35



             effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Security); or

                        (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to
            a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a
            certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse
            of the Security); or

                        (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred (w)
            pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule
            144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act; or (x) to an
            institutional "accredited investor" as described in Rule 501(a)(1),
            (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is acquiring the
            security for its own account, or for the account of such an
            institutional accredited investor, in each case in a minimum
            principal amount of the Securities of $100,000 for investment
            purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection
            with, any distribution in violation of the Securities; or (y) in
            reliance on another exemption from the registration requirements of
            the Securities Act: a certification to that effect from the
            transferee or transferor (in the form set forth on the reverse of
            the Security), and (ii) if the Company or Registrar so requests,
            evidence reasonably satisfactory to them as to the compliance with
            the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section
            2.06(g)(i),

            then the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, at the direction of
            the Trustee, will cause, in accordance with the standing
            instructions and procedures existing between the Depository and the
            Securities Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of the Global
            Security to be reduced on its books and records and, following such
            reduction, the Company will execute and the Trustee will
            authenticate and deliver to the transferee a Definitive Security.

                     (ii) Definitive Securities issued in exchange for a
            beneficial interest in a Global Security pursuant to this Section
            2.06(d) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized
            denominations as the Depository, pursuant to instructions from its
            direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the
            Trustee. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Securities to

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              36

            the persons in whose names such Securities are so registered in
            accordance with the instructions of the Depository.

                        (e)  Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of
Global Securities. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other
than the provisions set forth in subsection (f) of this Section 2.06), a Global
Security may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee
of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another
nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a
successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

                        (f)  Authentication of Definitive Securities.  If
at any time:

                        (i) the Depository notifies the Company that the
            Depository is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for the
            Global Securities and a successor Depository for the Global
            Securities is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after
            delivery of such notice; or

                        (ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the
            Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of
            Definitive Securities under this Indenture,

then the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a written order
of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant
Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company requesting the authentication
and delivery of Definitive Securities to the Persons designated by the Company,
will authenticate and deliver Definitive Securities, in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the principal amount of Global Securities, in exchange for such
Global Securities.

                        (g)  Legend.  (i)  Except as permitted by the
following paragraph (ii), each Security certificate evidencing the Global
Securities and the Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the
following form:

            "THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE
            UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT") AND MAY
            NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              37


            OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) BY THE INITIAL INVESTOR (1) TO A
            PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
            INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE
            SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF
            A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE
            REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING
            WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,
            (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES
            ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (4) PURSUANT
            TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND
            (B) BY SUBSEQUENT INVESTORS, AS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE OR TO AN
            INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR AS DESCRIBED IN RULE 501(a)(1),
            (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT
            FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND, IN
            EACH CASE (A) AND (B), IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES
            LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES."

                     (ii)  Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer
Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a
Global Security) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act:

                        (A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that
            is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder
            thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a
            Definitive Security that does not bear the legend set forth above
            and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer
            Restricted Security;

                        (B) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that
            is represented by a Global Security, the Registrar shall permit the
            Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a
            Definitive Security that does not bear the legend set forth above
            and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer
            Restricted Security, if the Holder's request for such exchange was
            made in reliance on Rule 144 and the Holder certifies to that effect
            in writing to the Registrar (such certification to be in the form
            set forth on the reverse of the Security); and


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              38


                        (C) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that
            is represented by a Global Security, the Registrar shall permit the
            Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security (in
            connection with the offer to exchange Exchange Securities for
            Initial Securities pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement)
            for another Global Security that does not bear the legend set forth
            above.

                        (h)  Cancelation or Adjustment of Global
Security. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have
either been exchanged for Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or
canceled, such Global Security shall be returned to the Depository for
cancelation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such
cancelation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for
Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount
of Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced and an
adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then
the Securities Custodian for such Global Security) with respect to such Global
Security, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

                        (i) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges
of Securities. (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities
and Global Securities at the Registrar's or co-registrar's request.

                        (ii) No service charge shall be made for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental
charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes,
assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer
pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.08 and 9.05).

                        (iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be
required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Definitive Security
selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3, except the
unredeemed portion of any Definitive Security being redeemed in part, or (b) any
Security for a period beginning 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice
of an offer to repurchase or redeem

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              39

Securities or 15 Business Days before an interest payment date.

                        (iv)  Prior to the due presentation for registration
of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a
Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of
receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all
other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of
the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

                        (v)  All Securities issued upon any transfer or
exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt
and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the
Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

                        (j)  No Obligation of the Trustee.  (i)  The
Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a
Global Security, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person
with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or
of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in
the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member,
beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice
(including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with
respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the
Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Securities shall be
given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall
be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights
of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the
Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The
Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information
furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any
beneficial owners.

                        (ii)  The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty
to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on
transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to
any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              40



among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global
Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other
documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when
expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to
determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements
hereof.

                        SECTION 2.07.  Replacement Securities.  If a
mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a
Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken,
the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement
Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are
met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee.
If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an
indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to
protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any
co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is
replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses
in replacing a Security.

                        Every replacement Security is an additional obli-
gation of the Company.

                        SECTION 2.08.  Outstanding Securities.
Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the
Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancelation
and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Security does not
cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company
holds the Security.

                        If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it
ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof
satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide
purchaser.

                        If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in
trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date
money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with
respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as
the case may be, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions
thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              41


                        SECTION 2.09.  Temporary Securities.  (a)  Until
definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the
Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be
substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that
the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable
delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive
Securities and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities.

                        (b) A Global Security deposited with the Depository
or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository pursuant to
Section 2.01 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof only if such
transfer complies with Section 2.06 and (i) the Depository notifies the Company
that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global
Security or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a "clearing agency"
registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by
the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing.

                        (c)  Any Global Security that is transferable to
the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by
the Depository to the Trustee located in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without
charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of
each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of
Initial Securities of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Security
transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and
delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and
registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Initial Security
delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Security shall, except as
otherwise provided by Section 2.06(b), bear the restricted securities legend set
forth in Exhibit A hereto.

                        (d)  Subject to the provisions of
Section 2.09(c), the registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies
and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may
hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is
entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              42

                        (e)  In the event of the occurrence of either of
the events specified in Section 2.09(b), the Company will promptly make
available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Securities in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons.

                        SECTION 2.10.  Cancelation.  The Company at any
time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancelation.
 The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the
Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer,
exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and return all
Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancelation to the Company. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace
Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancelation.

                        SECTION 2.11.  Defaulted Interest.  If the
Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Company shall
pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent
lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the
persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company
shall fix or cause to be fixed (or upon the Company's failure to do so the
Trustee shall fix) any such special record date and payment date to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee which specified record date shall not be
less than 10 days prior to the payment date for such defaulted interest (unless
the Trustee agrees otherwise) and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to
each Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment
date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Company shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid
on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the
Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate
amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of
the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the
benefit of the person entitled to such defaulted interest as in this subsection
provided.

                        SECTION 2.12.  CUSIP Numbers.  The Company in
issuing the Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use) and,
if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a
convenience to

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              43

Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers.

                        SECTION 2.13.  Computation of Interest.  Interest
on the Securities shall be computed on the basis of a 360-
day year of twelve 30-day months.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                   Redemption

                        SECTION 3.01.  Notices to Trustee.  If the
Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities or
is required to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 6 of the Securities, it
shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date and the principal
amount at maturity of Securities to be redeemed.

                        The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee
provided for in this Section at least 45 days before the redemption date unless
the Trustee consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect
that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein.

                        SECTION 3.02.  Selection of Securities To Be
Redeemed. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall
select the Securities to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that
complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any. The
Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously
called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the
principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities
and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or a
whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities
called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for
redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or
portions of Securities to be redeemed.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              44



                        SECTION 3.03.  Notice of Redemption.  At least
30 days but not more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Securities,
the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder
of Securities to be redeemed.

                        The notice shall identify the Securities
(including CUSIP number) to be redeemed and shall state:

                        (1) the redemption date;

                        (2) the redemption price;

                        (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

                        (4) that Securities called for redemption must be
            surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

                        (5) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities
            are to be redeemed, the identification and principal
            amounts at maturity of the particular Securities to be
            redeemed;

                        (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such
            redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making
            such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture interest on
            Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to
            accrue on and after the redemption date;

                        (7) that no representation is made as to the
            correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any,
            listed in such notice or printed on the Securities; and

                        (8) the aggregate principal amount of Securities
            being redeemed.

                        At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give
the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In
such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required
by this Section.

                        The notice, if mailed in the manner provided
herein, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the
Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or
any defect in

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              45

the notice shall not affect the validity of the succeedings for the redemption
of any Security.

                        SECTION 3.04.  Effect of Notice of Redemption.
Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due
and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the
notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the
redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption
date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not
affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

                        SECTION 3.05.  Deposit of Redemption Price.
Prior to the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent
(or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and
hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued
interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or
portions of Securities called for redemption which have been delivered by the
Company to the Trustee for cancelation.

                        SECTION 3.06.  Securities Redeemed in Part.  Upon
surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company's expense) a new
Security equal in principal amount at maturity to the unredeemed portion of the
Security surrendered.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Covenants

                        SECTION 4.01.  Payment of Securities.  The
Company shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on
the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture.
Principal and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date
the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money
sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the
Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to
the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              46



                        The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal
at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest
on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

                        SECTION 4.02.  SEC Reports.  Notwithstanding that
the Company may not be required to be subject to the reporting requirements of
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and
thereupon provide the Trustee and Securityholders with such annual reports and
such information, documents and other reports which are specified in Sections 13
and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to
such Sections, such information, documents and other reports to be so filed and
provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents
and reports under such Sections. The Company also shall comply with the other
provisions of TIA ss. 314(a).

                        Subject to the terms of this Indenture, delivery
of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational
purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute
constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of
its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively
on Officers' Certificates).

                        SECTION 4.03.  Limitation on Debt.  (a)  The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Issue,
directly or indirectly, any Debt; provided, however, that the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries may Issue Debt if at the date of such Issuance the Cash
Flow Leverage Ratio does not exceed the ratio indicated below for Debt Issued in
each period indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Period                                                        Ratio
<S>                                                                             <C>
            Through September 30, 1996                                          7.0 to 1.0

            From October 1, 1996 through
              March 31, 1998                                                    6.5 to 1.0

            From April 1, 1998
              and thereafter                                                    6.0 to 1.0
</TABLE>


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              47

                        (b)  Notwithstanding Section 4.03(a), the Company
and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Issue the following
Debt:

                        (1) Debt of the Company or Benedek Broadcasting Issued
            pursuant to the Bank Credit Agreement (including Guarantees thereof
            and any letters of credit Issued thereunder) or any other agreement
            or indenture in a principal amount which, when taken together with
            the principal amount of all other Debt Issued pursuant to this
            clause (1) and then outstanding, does not exceed the greater of (i)
            $15,000,000 and (ii) 75% of the book value of the accounts
            receivable of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

                        (2) Debt of the Company or Benedek Broadcasting
            (including any letters of credit Issued thereunder) Issued pursuant
            to the Bank Credit Agreement or any other agreement or indenture in
            an aggregate principal amount which, when taken together with the
            principal amount of all other Debt Issued pursuant to this clause
            (2) and then outstanding, does not exceed (A) $128,000,000 less (B)
            the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of all principal repayments
            of any such Debt actually made after the Issue Date (other than any
            such principal repayments made as a result of the Refinancing of any
            such Debt) and (ii) the scheduled principal amortization payments to
            have been made by then under the terms of the Bank Credit Agreement
            (but without giving effect to any changes to such scheduled
            principal payments after the Issue Date);

                        (3) Debt owed to and held by the Company or a Wholly
            Owned Subsidiary; provided, however, that any subsequent Issuance or
            transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in
            any such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Owned
            Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Debt (other than to a
            Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to
            constitute the Issuance of such Debt by the issuer thereof;

                        (4) the Securities (including any Securities issued in
            lieu of cash interest payments with respect to the Securities), the
            Exchangeable Preferred Stock, the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes
            and Refinancing Debt of the Company Issued in respect of any Debt
            permitted by this clause (4), (including the accretion

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              48


            of any original issue discount associated with Debt permitted by
            this clause (4)) and the increase in liquidation preference with
            respect to any Debt permitted by this clause 4));

                        (5) Debt (other than Debt described in clause (1), (2),
            (3), or (4) of this Section 4.03(b) (but including Debt represented
            by the Company Pledge Agreement)) outstanding on the Issue Date,
            and Refinancing Debt in respect of any Debt permitted by this clause
            (5) or by the provisions of Section 4.03(a);

                        (6) Debt or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Issued and
            outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary became
            a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company (other than Debt or
            Preferred Stock Issued in connection with, or to provide all or any
            portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate, the
            transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such
            Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and
            Refinancing Debt of such Subsidiary Issued in respect of any Debt of
            such Subsidiary permitted by this clause (6); provided, however,
            that after giving effect thereto, except in the case of any
            Refinancing Debt, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary could
            Issue an additional $1.00 of Debt pursuant to Section 4.03(a);

                        (7) Debt consisting of Guarantees by BLC of
            Permitted Acquisition Debt; and

                        (8) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (in
            addition to the Debt permitted to be Issued pursuant to Section
            4.03(a) or in any other clause of this Section 4.03(b)) in an
            aggregate principal amount on the date of Issuance which, when added
            to all other Debt Issued pursuant to this clause (8) and then
            outstanding, shall not exceed $15,000,000.

                        (c)  Notwithstanding Sections 4.03(a) and
4.03(b), the Company shall not Issue any Debt under Section 4.03(b) if the
proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to repay, prepay, redeem,
defease, retire, refund or refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless such
Debt shall be subordinated to the Securities to at least the same extent as such
Subordinated Obligations.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              49


                        SECTION 4.04.  Limitation on Restricted Payments.
 (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary,
directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any
distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including any payment in
connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company) or to the
direct or indirect holders of its Capital Stock (except dividends or
distributions payable solely in its Non-Convertible Capital Stock or in options,
warrants or other rights to purchase its Non-Convertible Capital Stock and
except dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Subsidiary and, if
a Subsidiary is not wholly owned, to the other stockholders on a pro rata
basis), (ii) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any
Capital Stock of the Company or of any direct or indirect parent of the Company,
(iii) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking
fund payment any Subordinated Obligations (other than the purchase, repurchase
or other acquisition of Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of
satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity,
in each case due within one year of the date of acquisition) or (iv) make
any Investment in any Affiliate of the Company other than a Restricted
Subsidiary or a person which will become a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of
any such Investment (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption,
repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Investment being herein
referred to as a "Restricted Payment") if at the time the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

                        (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or
            would result therefrom);

                        (2) the Company is not able to Issue an
            additional $1.00 of Debt pursuant to Section 4.03(a); or

                        (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and
            all other Restricted Payments since the Issue Date would exceed the
            sum of:

                                    (A) the cumulative Operating Cash Flow
                        (whether positive or negative) accrued during the period
                        (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of
                        the fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs to
                        the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending at
                        least 45 days prior to
 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              50


                        the date of such Restricted Payment less the product of
                        1.4 multiplied by the cumulative Consolidated Interest
                        Expense during such period; provided, however, that
                        Operating Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense
                        for the period from the beginning of the fiscal quarter
                        during which the Issue Date occurs through the Issue
                        Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis to give
                        effect to the Acquisitions, including the financing
                        thereof (as if the Acquisitions were consummated on the
                        last day of the fiscal quarter prior to the fiscal
                        quarter during which the Issue Date occurs);

                                    (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received
                        by the Company from the Issue or sale of its Capital
                        Stock (other than Redeemable Stock, Exchangeable Stock,
                        Senior Stock or Parity Stock and other than Exchangeable
                        Preferred Stock and the Seller Junior Discount Preferred
                        Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an
                        Issuance or sale to a Subsidiary or to an employee stock
                        ownership plan or other trust established by the Company
                        or any of the Subsidiaries for the benefit of their
                        employees or to officers, directors or employees to the
                        extent that the Company or any Subsidiary has
                        outstanding loans or advances to such employees pursuant
                        to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (iii) of
                        Section 4.07(b) (all such excluded Capital Stock being
                        herein collectively called "Excluded Stock")); and

                                    (C) the amount by which indebtedness of the
                        Company is reduced on the Company's balance sheet upon
                        the conversion or exchange (other than by a Subsidiary),
                        subsequent to the Issue Date, of any Debt of the Company
                        that is by its original terms convertible or
                        exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Redeemable
                        Stock, Exchangeable Stock, Senior Stock or Parity Stock)
                        of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or other
                        property, distributed by the Company upon such
                        conversion or exchange);

provided, however, that, for the purposes of the calculation required by this
clause (3), the value of any such Restricted Payment, if other than cash, shall
be evidenced

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              51


by a resolution of the Board of Directors and determined in good faith by the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors; provided further, however,
that, in the case of a distribution or other disposition by the Company of all
or substantially all the assets of a broadcast station or other business unit,
the value of any such Restricted Payment shall be determined by an investment
banking firm of national prominence that is not an Affiliate of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not declare or pay any cash
dividend or make any cash distribution on or in respect of any Capital Stock
(including the Seller Junior Discount Preferred Stock and its Common Stock)
prior to October 1, 2001.

                        (b)  The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not
prohibit:

                        (i) any purchase or redemption of Capital Stock or
            Subordinated Obligations of the Company made by exchange for, or out
            of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital
            Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable Stock or Exchangeable
            Stock and other than Excluded Stock); provided, however, that (A)
            such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the calculation of
            the amount of Restricted Payments and (B) the Net Cash Proceeds from
            such sale shall be excluded from clauses 3(B) and 3(C) of Section
            4.04(a);

                     (ii) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations
            of the Company made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
            substantially concurrent sale of, Debt of the Company which is
            permitted to be Issued pursuant to Section 4.03; provided, however,
            that such purchase or redemption shall be excluded in the
            calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

                   (iii) any purchase or redemption of Subordinated Obligations
            from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 4.06;
            provided, however, that such purchase or redemption shall be
            excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

                     (iv) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of
            declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend
            would have complied with this Section 4.04; provided, however, that
            at the time of payment of such dividend, no other Default shall have
            occurred and be continuing (or result therefrom);

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              52



            provided further, however, that such dividend shall be included in
            the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

                        (v) Investments in Non-Recourse Affiliates in an
            aggregate amount (which amount shall be reduced by the amount equal
            to the net reduction in Investments in Non-Recourse Affiliates
            resulting from payments of dividends, repayments of loans or
            advances or other transfers of assets to the Company or any
            Restricted Subsidiary from Non-Recourse Affiliates) not to exceed
            $6,000,000; provided, however, that the amount of such Investments
            shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
            Payments;

                     (vi) with respect to each tax period prior to the Issue
            Date that Benedek Broadcasting qualifies as an S Corporation under
            the Code, or any similar provision of state or local law,
            distributions of Tax Amounts; provided, however, that prior to any
            distribution of Tax Amounts a duly authorized officer of Benedek
            Broadcasting certifies to the Trustee that Benedek Broadcasting
            qualified as an S Corporation for Federal income tax purposes for
            such period and for the states in respect of which distributions are
            being made and that at the time of such distributions, the most
            recent audited financial statements of Benedek Broadcasting provide
            that Benedek Broadcasting was treated as an S Corporation for
            Federal income tax purposes for the applicable portion of the period
            of such financial statements; provided further, however, that the
            amount of such distributions shall be excluded in the calculation of
            the amount of Restricted Payments;

                   (vii) loans or advances to officers and directors of the
            Company (other than a Restricted Holder) (A) in the ordinary course
            of business in an aggregate amount outstanding not in excess of
            $1,000,000 or (B) the proceeds of which are used to acquire Capital
            Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable Stock or Exchangeable
            Stock); provided further, however, that such loans and advances
            shall be excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted
            Payments; or

                (viii) the retirement of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock
            through the issuance of the Securities; provided further, however,
            the amount thereof shall be excluded

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              53

            in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments.


                        The Company shall not be permitted to make distributions
pursuant to clause (vi) above (1) unless and until the Company has entered into
a binding written agreement with each stockholder (copies of which will be
promptly furnished to the Trustee prior to the making of any such distribution)
providing that if any amount distributed to such stockholder pursuant to such
clause (vi) is later determined to have been, as a result of a change in
applicable law or the failure of the Company to effect or maintain a valid S
Corporation election or otherwise, in excess of the amount permitted to be
distributed or paid under such clause (vi), such excess shall be refunded to the
Company at least five Business Days prior to the next due date of individual
estimated income tax payments and (2) in the event it has been determined that
any such excess distribution or payment has been made, unless the Company has
requested and received all refunds pursuant to such agreements.

                        SECTION 4.05.  Limitation on Restrictions on
Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the
ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other
distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Debt owed to the Company, (ii)
make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property
or assets to the Company, except:

                        (1) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an
            agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue
            Date;

                        (2) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a
            Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement relat- ing to any
            Debt Issued by such Restricted Subsidiary on or prior to the date on
            which such Restricted Subsidi- ary was acquired by the Company
            (other than Debt Issued as consideration in, or to provide all or
            any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate,
            the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which
            such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
            acquired by the Company) and outstanding on such date;

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              54


                        (3) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an
            agreement effecting a Refinancing of Debt Issued pursuant to an
            agreement referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.05 or
            contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (1)
            or (2) of this Section 4.05; provided, however, that the
            encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing
            agreement or amendment are no less favorable to the Securityholders
            than encumbrances or restrictions contained in such agreements;

                        (4) any such encumbrance or restriction consisting of
            customary nonassignment provisions in leases governing leasehold
            interests to the extent such provisions restrict the transfer of the
            lease;

                        (5) in the case of clause (iii) above, restrictions
            contained in security agreements securing Debt of a Restricted
            Subsidiary to the extent such restrictions restrict the transfer of
            the property subject to such security agreements; and

                        (6) any restriction with respect to a Restricted
            Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the
            sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or
            assets of such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such
            sale or disposition.

                        SECTION 4.06.  Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless (i) the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset
Disposition at least equal to the fair market value, as determined in good faith
by the Board of Directors (including as to the value of all non-cash
consideration), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition and
at least 90% of the consideration thereof received by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash and (ii) an amount equal to 100% of
the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or
such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) (A) first, to the extent the
Company elects (or is required by the terms of any Debt), to prepay, repay or
purchase Senior Debt or Debt (other than any Redeemable Stock) of a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary (in each case other than Debt owed to the Company or an Affiliate of
the Company) within 60 days from the

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              55

later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available
Cash; (B) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after
application in accordance with clause (A), at the Company's election to the
investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in assets to replace the
assets that were the subject of such Asset Disposition or in assets that, as
determined by the Board of Directors and evidenced by resolutions of the Board
of Directors, will be used in the businesses of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date or in businesses reasonably related
thereto, in all cases within 270 days after the later of the date of such Asset
Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash; (C) third, to the extent
the Company is entitled pursuant to then existing contractual limitations to
receive dividends and distributions from the relevant Restricted Subsidiary and
to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in
accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make an offer pursuant to and subject to
the conditions contained in this Indenture to the Holders (and to holders of
other Debt designated by the Company that is pari passu with the Securities) to
purchase Securities (and such other Debt) at a purchase price of 100% of the
principal amount thereof (without premium) plus accrued and unpaid interest (or
in respect of such other Debt such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for
by the terms of such other Debt); and (D) fourth, to the extent of the balance
of such Net Avail- able Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A),
(B) and (C), to (x) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of assets to replace the assets that were the subject of such Asset Disposition
or assets that, as determined by the Board of Directors and evidenced by
resolutions of the Board of Directors, will be used in the businesses of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date or in
businesses reasonably related thereto or (y) the prepayment, repayment or
purchase of Debt (other than any Redeemable Stock) of the Company (other than
Debt owed to an Affiliate of the Company) or Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than Debt owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company), in each
case within 360 days after the later of the receipt of such Net Available Cash
and the date the offer described in clause (C) is consummated; provided,
however, that, in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Debt
pursuant to clause (A), (C) or (D) above, the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary shall retire such Debt and shall cause the related loan commitment
(if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              56

amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of this Section 4.06, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be
required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this Section except
to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions
which are not applied in accordance with this Section 4.06 exceeds $5,000,000.
The Company shall not permit any Non-Recourse Subsidiary to make any Asset
Disposition unless such Non-Recourse Subsidiary receives consideration at the
time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the
shares or assets so disposed of. Pending application of Net Available Cash
pursuant to this Section 4.06, such Net Available Cash shall be invested in
Permitted Investments.

                        (b)  In the event of an Asset Disposition that
requires the purchase of Securities (and other Debt that is pari passu with the
Securities) pursuant to Section 4.06(a)(ii)(C), the Company will be required to
pur- chase Securities tendered pursuant to an offer by the Com- pany for the
Securities (and other Debt) (the "Offer") at a purchase price set forth in
Section 4.06(a) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the
event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 4.06(c). The Company shall not
be required to make an Offer pursuant to this Section 4.06 if the Net Available
Cash available therefor is less than $5,000,000 for any particular Asset
Disposition (which lesser amount shall be carried forward for purposes of
determining whether an Offer is required with respect to any subsequent Asset
Disposition).

                        (c)(1)  Promptly, and in any event within 30 days
after the Company becomes obligated to make an Offer, the Company shall be
obligated to deliver to the Trustee and send, by first-class mail to each
Holder, a written notice stating that the Holder may elect to have his
Securities purchased by the Company either in whole or in part (subject to
prorating as hereinafter described in the event the Offer is oversubscribed) in
integral multiples of $1,000 of principal amount, at the applicable purchase
price. The notice shall specify a purchase date not less than 30 days nor more
than 60 days after the date of such notice (the "Purchase Date") and shall
contain information concerning the business of the Company which the Company in
good faith believes will enable such Holders to make an informed decision (which
at a minimum will include (i) the most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K
(including audited consolidated financial statements) of the Company, the most

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              57

recent subsequently filed Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and any Current Report
on Form 8-K of the Company filed subsequent to such Quarterly Report, other than
Current Reports describing Asset Dispositions otherwise described in the
offering materials (or corresponding successor reports), (ii) a description of
material developments in the Company's business subsequent to the date of the
latest of such Reports, and (iii) if material, appropriate pro forma financial
information) and all instructions and materials necessary to tender Securities
pursuant to the Offer, together with the information contained in clause (3)
below.

                        (2)  Not later than the date upon which written
notice of an Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided below, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate as to (i) the amount of
the Offer (the "Offer Amount"), (ii) the allocation of the Net Available Cash
from the Asset Dispositions pursuant to which such Offer is being made and (iii)
the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(a). On
such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a
paying agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, aggregate
and hold in trust) in immediately available funds an amount equal to the Offer
Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section
4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains open (the
"Offer Period"), the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the Securities or
portions thereof which have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by
the Company. The Trustee shall, on the Purchase Date, mail or deliver payment to
each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the
aggregate purchase price of the Securities delivered by the Company to the
Trustee is less than the Offer Amount, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to
the Company promptly after the expiration of the Offer Period.

                        (3) Holders electing to have a Security purchased will
be required to surrender the Security, with the form set forth on the reverse of
the Security duly completed, to the Company at the address specified in the
notice at least ten Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. Holders will be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee receives not later than three
Business Days prior to the Purchase Date, a facsimile transmission (promptly
confirmed in writing) or letter (a copy of which the Trustee shall give to the
Company not later than one Business Day prior to the Purchase Date) setting
forth the name of the Holder, the

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              58

principal amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase by the
Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such
Security purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate
principal amount at maturity of Securities surrendered by Holders, together with
the aggregate purchase price of the other Senior Subordinated Debt surrendered
in connection with the Offer, exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select
the Securities and such other Senior Subordinated Debt to be purchased on a pro
rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so
that only Securities having a principal amount of $1,000, or integral multiples
thereof, shall be purchased). Holders whose Securities are purchased only in
part will be Issued new Securities equal in principal amount at maturity to the
unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.

                        (4)  At the time the Company delivers Securities
to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company will also
deliver an Officers' Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted
by the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section. A
Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the
Trustee, directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the
surrendering Holder.

                        (d)  The Company shall comply, to the extent
applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of
Securities pursuant to this Section 4.06. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section, the
Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.06 by
virtue thereof.

                        SECTION 4.07.  Limitation on Transactions with
Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, conduct any business or enter into any transaction or series of
related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any
property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company
unless the terms of such business, transaction or

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              59

series of transactions are as favorable to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary as terms that would be obtainable at the time for a comparable
transaction or series of similar transactions in arm's-length dealings with an
unrelated third person; provided, however, that, in the case of any transaction
or series of related transactions involving aggregate payments or other
transfers by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of (i)
$1,000,000, the Company shall deliver an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee
certifying that the terms of such business, transaction or series of
transactions (x) comply with this Section 4.07, (y) have been set forth in
writing and (z) have been determined in good faith by the disinterested members
of the Board of Directors to satisfy the criteria set forth in this Section 4.07
and (ii) $5,000,000, the Company shall also deliver to the Trustee an opinion
from an investment banking firm of national prominence that is not an Affiliate
of the Company to the effect that such business, transaction or transactions are
fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of
view.

                        (b)  The provisions of Section 4.07(a) shall not
prohibit:

                        (i) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid
            pursuant to Section 4.04;

                        (ii) any Issuance of securities, or other payments,
            awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or
            the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock
            ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary
            course of business and consistent with industry practices;

                        (iii) loans or advances to employees of the Company and
            the Subsidiaries (other than Restricted Holders) (A) in the ordinary
            course of business in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed
            $1,000,000 or (B) the proceeds of which are used to acquire from the
            Company Capital Stock of the Company (other than Redeemable Stock or
            Exchangeable Stock);

                        (iv) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the
            Company and its Subsidiaries (other than a Restricted Holder) who
            are not employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries;

                        (v) salaries to employees in the ordinary course
            of business and consistent with industry practices; and

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              60

                     (vi) any transaction between the Company and a Restricted
            Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
            that no portion of the minority interest in any such Restricted
            Subsidiary is owned by an Affiliate (other than the Company or a
            Wholly Owned Subsidiary) of the Company.

                        SECTION 4.08.  Change of Control.  (a)  Upon a
Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company
repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Securities at a purchase price in
cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus, without duplication,
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase, in accordance
with the terms contemplated in Sections 4.08(b) and (c) (subject to the right of
holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date).

                        (b)  Prior to the mailing of notice referred to
in Section 4.08(c), but in any event within 45 days following the date on which
the Company becomes aware that a Change of Control has occurred, the Company
covenants that if the repurchase of Securities would violate or constitute a
default under the Bank Credit Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Discount Note
Indenture or other indebtedness of the Company, then the Company shall (i) repay
all such indebtedness and terminate all commitments outstanding thereunder or
(ii) obtain the requisite consents under the Bank Credit Agreement, the Senior
Subordinated Discount Note Indenture and any other agreement governing such
other indebtedness to permit repurchase of the Securities as provided in this
Section. The Company must comply with this Section 4.08(b) before it will be
required to repurchase Securities pursuant to Section 4.08(c).

                        (c)  Within 45 days following the date upon which
the Company becomes aware that a Change of Control has occurred, the Company
shall send, by first-class mail, postage pre-paid, a notice to each Holder, with
a copy to the Trustee, stating:

                        (i) that a Change of Control has occurred and that such
            Holder has the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any
            part of such Holder's Securities at a repurchase price in cash equal
            to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
            interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of
            holders of record on the relevant record date

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              61


            to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date);

                     (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such
            Change of Control (including information with respect to pro forma
            historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect
            to such Change of Control);

                   (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30
            days nor later than 45 days from the date such notice is mailed,
            other than as required by law); and

                     (iv) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent
            with this Section, that a Holder must follow in order to have its
            Securities repurchased.

                        (d) Holders electing to have a Security repurchased
pursuant to this Section will be required to surrender the Security, with the
form set forth on the reverse of the Security duly completed, to the Paying
Agent at the address specified in the notice on the Business Day prior to the
repurchase date.

                        (e) On the repurchase date, all Securities repurchased
by the Company under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for
cancelation, and the Company shall pay the repurchase price plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto.

                        (f)  The Company shall comply with any tender
offer rules under the Exchange Act which may then be applicable, including Rule
14e-1, in connection with any offer required to be made by the Company to
repurchase the Securities pursuant to this Section 4.08. To the extent that the
provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of
this Section 4.08, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
this Section 4.08 by virtue thereof.

                        (g)  The provisions of this Section 4.08 cannot
be waived by the Board of Directors (except that the Board of Directors may
approve a new group of directors as described in Section 4.08(c) and thereby
prevent the occurrence of such Change of Control). The provisions relative to
the Company's obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Securities as a
result of a Change of Control may be waived

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              62



or modified with the written consent of the Holders of two-thirds in principal
amount of the Securities.

                        SECTION 4.09.  Limitation on Liens.  The Company
shall not create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property or
assets now owned or hereafter acquired by it securing any Debt that is not
Senior Debt, unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made for
securing the Securities equally and ratably with such Debt as to such property
for so long as such Senior Debt will be so secured.

                        SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Sa Leaseback Transactions.
The Company shall not enter into a Sa Leaseback Transaction unless (i) the
Company would be able to incur Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt
with respect to such Sa Leaseback Transaction secured by a Lien pursuant to
Section 4.03 and Section 4.09 or (ii) the Company receives consideration from
such Sa Leaseback Transaction at least equal to the fair market value of the
property subject thereto (which shall be determined in good faith by the Board
of Directors and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) and elects
to treat the disposition assets subject to such Sa Leaseback Transaction as an
Asset Disposition subject to Section 4.06.

                        SECTION 4.11. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall
deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company an Officers' Certificate stating that in the course of the performance
by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally
have knowledge of any Default by the Company and whether or not the signers know
of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate
shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA
ss. 314(a)(4). One of the Officers signing such Officers' Certificate shall be
the principal executive, principal financial or principal accounting officer of
the Company.

                        SECTION 4.12.  Further Instruments and Acts.
Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to
carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              63


                                    ARTICLE V

                                Successor Company

                        SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets.
The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey,
transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any person, unless:

                        (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (if
            not the Company) shall be a person organized and existing under the
            laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the
            District of Columbia and such entity shall expressly assume, by an
            indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the
            Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of
            the Company under the Securities and this Indenture;

                     (ii) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such
            transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of
            the resulting, surviving or transferee person or any Subsidiary as a
            result of such transaction as having been incurred by such person or
            such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall
            have occurred and be continuing;

                   (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
            the resulting, surviving or transferee person would be able to Issue
            an additional $1.00 of Debt pursuant to Section 4.03(a);

                     (iv) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
            the resulting, surviving or transferee person shall have
            Consolidated Net Worth in an amount which is not less than the
            Consolidated Net Worth of the Company prior to such transaction; and

                        (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
            Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
            such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental
            indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture.

                        The resulting, surviving or transferee person
shall be the successor Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and
may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, but the
predecessor

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              64



Company in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease shall not be released
from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Securities.

                        SECTION 5.02.  When Benedek Broadcasting May
Merge or Transfer Assets. The Company shall not permit Benedek Broadcasting to
consolidate or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or
substantially all its assets to, any person, unless:

                        (i) the resulting, surviving or transferee person (if
            not Benedek Broadcasting) shall be organized and existing under the
            laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the
            District of Columbia;

                     (ii) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such
            transaction (and treating any Debt which becomes an obligation of
            the resulting, surviving or transferee person or any Subsidiary as a
            result of such transaction as having been incurred by such person or
            such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default has
            occurred and is continuing;

                   (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
            the Company would be able to issue an additional $1.00 of Debt
            pursuant to Section 4.03(a); and

                     (iv) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers'
            Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
            consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                              Defaults and Remedies

                        SECTION 6.01.  Events of Default.  An "Event of
Default" occurs if:

                        (1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on
            any Security when the same becomes due and payable and such default
            continues for a period of 30 days;

                        (2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal
            of any Security when the same becomes due and

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              65



            payable at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon
            required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

                        (3) the Company fails to comply with Section 4.02, 4.03,
            4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09 or 4.10 (in each case, other than
            a failure to purchase Securities) and such failure continues for 30
            days after the notice specified below;

                        (4) the Company fails to comply with any of its other
            agreements or covenants in the Securities or this Indenture (other
            than those referred to in (1), (2), or (3) above) and such failure
            continues for 60 days after the notice specified below;

                        (5) Debt of the Company, BLC or any Significant
            Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after
            final maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a
            default, the total amount of such Debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds
            $5,000,000 and such default continues for 10 days after the notice
            specified below;

                        (6) the Company, BLC or any Significant Subsidiary
            pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

                                    (A) commences a voluntary case;

                                    (B) consents to the entry of an order for
                        relief against it in an involuntary case;

                                    (C) consents to the appointment of a
                        Custodian of it or for any substantial part of
                        its property; or

                                    (D) makes a general assignment for the
                        benefit of its creditors;

            or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws
            relating to insolvency;

                        (7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
            decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

                                    (A) is for relief against the Company, BLC
                        or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary
                        case;

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              66

                                    (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company, BLC
                        or any Significant Subsidiary or for any
                        substantial part of its property; or

                                    (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of
                        the Company, BLC or any Significant Subsidiary;

            or any similar relief is granted under any foreign
            laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in
            effect for 60 days;

                        (8) any judgment or decree for the payment of money in
            excess of $5,000,000 is entered against the Company, BLC or any
            Significant Subsidiary and is not discharged and there is a period
            of 60 days following the entry of such judgment or decree during
            which such judgment or decree is not discharged, waived or the
            execution thereof stayed; or

                        (9) the Company, Benedek Broadcasting, BLC or a
            Significant Subsidiary fails to maintain any License or Licenses
            with respect to a Television Station or Television Stations owned by
            it which License or Licenses are necessary for the continued
            transmission of such Television Station or Television Station's
            normal programming and the Operating Cash Flow for the most recently
            completed four fiscal quarters of the Company of such Television
            Station or Television Stations exceeds 10% of the Operating Cash
            Flow of the Company for such period.

                        The foregoing will constitute Events of Default
whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or
involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body; provided, however, that a Default under
clause (3), (4), (5) or (7) is not an Event of Default until the Trustee or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities notify
the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the
time specified after receipt of such Notice. Such Notice must specify the
Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a "Notice of
Default".

                        The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within
10 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              67


form of an Officers' Certificate of an Event of Default under clause (8) and of
any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an
Event of Default under clause (3), (4) or (5), its status and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

                        SECTION 6.02.  Acceleration.  If an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities by
notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal amount of and
accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon
such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due and payable
immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6) with
respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and interest
on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Securityholders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities
by notice to the Trustee may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the
Securities and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or
waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely
because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default
or impair any right consequent thereto. In addition, if an Event of Default
occurs within 12 calendar months after the issuance of the Securities and so
long as such Event of Default is continuing, the Holders will have voting
rights, after a 10-day period during which such Default shall not have been
cured or such acceleration rescinded, then the number of directors constituting
the Board of Directors will be adjusted to permit the Holders of a majority of
the then outstanding Securities voting separately and as a class, to elect the
greater of two directors and that number of directors constituting 25% of the
members of the Board of Directors. Such voting rights shall continue until such
time as any failure, breach or Default giving rise to such voting rights is
remedied or waived by Holders of at least a majority of the Securities then
outstanding, at which time the term of any directors elected pursuant to the
provisions set forth above shall terminate.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              68


                        SECTION 6.03.  Other Remedies.  If an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to
collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce
the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

                        The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it
does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the
Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available
remedies are cumulative.

                        In the case of any Event of Default occurring by
reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf
of the Company with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the
Company would have had to pay at such time if the Company then had elected to
redeem the Securities pursuant to Article 3 and paragraph 5 of the Securities,
an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to
the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Securities.

                        SECTION 6.04.  Waiver of Past Defaults.  The
Holders of two-thirds in principal amount of the Securities by notice to the
Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (i) a Default
in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Security or (ii) a Default
in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the
consent of each Securityholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed
cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
impair any consequent right.

                        SECTION 6.05.  Control by Majority.  The Holders
of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method
and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee
or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the
Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this
Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly
prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee
in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other
action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such
direction. Prior to taking any

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              69



action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory
to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or
not taking such action.

                        SECTION 6.06.  Limitation on Suits.  A Security-
holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the
Securities unless:

                        (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written
            notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

                        (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount
            outstanding of the Securities make a written request to the Trustee
            to pursue the remedy;

                        (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee
            reasonable security or indemnity against any loss,
            liability or expense;

                        (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within
            10 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or
            indemnity; and

                        (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
            Securities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the
            request during such 10-day period.

                        A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to
prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or
priority over another Securityholder.

                        SECTION 6.07.  Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any
Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by
such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities,
or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such
Holder.

                        SECTION 6.08.  Collection Suit by Trustee.  If an
Event of Default in payment of interest or principal specified in Section
6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its
own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole
amount

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              70



of principal and interest remaining unpaid (together with interest on such
unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section
7.07.

                        SECTION 6.09.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may
be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the
Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its
creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable
regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in
bankruptcy or other person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in
any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make
payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disburse- ments and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 7.07.

                        SECTION 6.10.  Priorities.  If the Trustee col-
lects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the
money or property in the following order:

                        FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under
            Section 7.07;

                        SECOND:  to holders of Senior Debt to the extent
            required by Article 10;

                        THIRD:  to Securityholders for amounts due and
            unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest,
            ratably, without preference or priority of any kind,
            according to the amounts due and payable on the Securi-
            ties for principal and interest, respectively; and

                        FOURTH:  to the Company.

                        The Trustee may fix a record date and payment
date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15
days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each Securityholder and
the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to
be paid.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              71


                        SECTION 6.11.  Undertaking for Costs.  In any
suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any
suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a
court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit
of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion
may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any
party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of
the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply
to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit
by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Securities.

                        SECTION 6.12.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.
The Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist
upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or
advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this
Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder,
delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but
shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law
had been enacted.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                     Trustee

                        SECTION 7.01.  Duties of Trustee.  (a)  If an
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care
and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs.

                        (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of
Default:

                        (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and
            only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
            no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
            Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              72


                        (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee
            may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
            correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
            opinions furnished in accordance with this Indenture to the Trustee
            and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.
             However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by
            any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to
            the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions
            to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this
            Indenture.

                        (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liabil-
ity for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act or its own wilful misconduct, except that:

                        (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of
            paragraph (b) of this Section;

                        (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
            judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved
            that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
            and

                        (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
            action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
            direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

                        (d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in
any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a),
(b) and (c) of this Section.

                        (e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest
on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree
in writing with the Company.

                        (f)  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not
be segregated from other funds except to the extent
required by law.

                        (g)  No provision of this Indenture shall require
the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial
liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise
of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe
that

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              73



repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.

                        (h)  Every provision of this Indenture relating
to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the
Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions
of the TIA.

                        SECTION 7.02.  Rights of Trustee.  (a)  The
Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting on
any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document.

                        (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from
acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on the Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

                        (c)  The Trustee may act through agents and shall
not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any
agent appointed with due care.

                        (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be
authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's
conduct does not constitute wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

                        (e)  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its
selection, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters
relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete
authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken,
omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the
advice or opinion of such counsel.

                        SECTION 7.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee.  The
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar,
co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the
Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              74


                        SECTION 7.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer.  The Trustee
shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or
adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for
the Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be
responsible for any statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any
document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the
Securities other than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.

                        SECTION 7.05.  Notice of Defaults.  If a Default
occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall
mail to each Securityholder notice of the Default within 10 days after it
occurs. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within
90 days after the end of each fiscal year and within 45 days after the end of
each of the three fiscal quarters of each year, written notice in the form of an
Officer's Certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default
that occurred during the previous year. Except in the case of a Default in
payment of principal of or interest on any Security (including payments pursuant
to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Security), the Trustee may
withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good
faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of
Securityholders.

                        SECTION 7.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders.  As
promptly as practicable after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following
the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to July 15 in each year, the
Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of May 15 that
complies with TIA ss. 313(a), if such report is required by TIA ss. 313(a). The
Trustee also shall comply with TIA ss. 313(b).

                        A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to
Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on
which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the
Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any
delisting thereof.

                        SECTION 7.07.  Compensation and Indemnity.  The
Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as the
Trustee and the Company shall agree in writing for its services. The Trustee's
compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              75


express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of
collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses
shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disburse- ments and
advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company
shall indemnify each of the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee against any and
all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense (including attorneys' fees and
expenses and including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the
Trustee)) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify
the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by
the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its
obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may
have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such
counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any
loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own
wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

                        To secure the Company's payment obligations in
this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money
or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held
in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.

                        The Company's payment obligations pursuant to
this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture.

                        When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occur-
rence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with respect to the
Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration
under the Bankruptcy Law.

                        SECTION 7.08.  Replacement of Trustee.  The
Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company.
 The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Secur-
ities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee
and may appoint a successor Trustee.  The Company shall remove
the Trustee if:

                        (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

                        (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              76


                        (3) a receiver or other public officer takes
            charge of the Trustee or its property; or

                        (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of
            acting.

                        If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a
vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such
event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall
promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

                        A successor Trustee shall deliver a written
acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.
Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and
duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a
notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly
transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to
the lien provided for in Section 7.07.

                        If a successor Trustee does not take office
within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
Trustee, the Company or the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee.

                        If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any
Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

                        Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee
pursuant to this Section, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

                        SECTION 7.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger.  If
the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or
substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation
or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              77


                        In case at the time such successor or successors
by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the
trusts created by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been
authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the
certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such
Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities
shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate
such Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name
of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall
have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture
provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

                        SECTION 7.10.  Eligibility; Disqualification.
The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA ss. 310(a). The
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set
forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall
comply with TIA ss. 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from
the operation of TIA ss. 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other
securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of
the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
TIA ss. 310(b)(1) are met.

                        SECTION 7.11.  Preferential Collection of Claims
Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any
creditor relationship listed in TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance

                        SECTION 8.01.  Discharge of Liability on Securi-
ties; Defeasance. (a) When (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all
outstanding Securities (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07)
for cancelation or (ii) all outstanding Securities have become due and payable,
whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption
pursuant to Article 3 hereof and the Company irrevocably deposits with the
Trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              78


Securities, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date
(other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07), and if in either case
the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this
Indenture shall, subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.06, cease to be of further
effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company.

                        (b)  Subject to Sections 8.01(c), 8.02 and 8.06,
the Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the
Securities and this Indenture ("legal defeasance option") or (ii) its
obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
5.01(iii), 5.01(iv) or 5.02(iii) and the operation of Sections 6.01(5), 6.01(6)
(only with respect to Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(7) (only with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) ("covenant defeasance option").
The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior
exercise of its covenant defeasance option.

                        If the Company exercises its legal defeasance
option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance
option, payment of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default specified in Sections 6.01(4), 6.01(5) and 6.01(6) (only with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries), 6.01(7) and 6.01(8) or because of the failure of the
Company to comply with Section 5.01(iii), Section 5.01(iv) or Section 5.02(iii).

                        Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth
herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing
the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

                        (c)  Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above,
the Company's obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 7.07, 7.08,
8.04, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full.
Thereafter, the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04 and 8.05 shall
survive.

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              79


                        SECTION 8.02.  Conditions to Defeasance.  The
Company may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance
option only if:

                        (1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust
            with  the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations
            for the payment of principal and interest on the
            Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

                        (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate
            from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants
            expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest
            when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government
            Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide
            cash at such times and in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay
            principal and interest when due on all the Securities to maturity or
            redemption, as the case may be;

                        (3) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during
            the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(5) or (6)
            with respect to the Company occurs which is continuing at the end of
            the period;

                        (4) no Default has occurred and is continuing on
            the date of such deposit and after giving effect
            thereto;

                        (5) the deposit does not constitute a default
            under any other agreement binding on the Company and
            is not prohibited by Article 10;

                        (6) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of
            Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does
            not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company
            under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

                        (7) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the
            Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
            stating that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been
            published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since
            the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable
            Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based
            thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the
            Securityholders will

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              80


            not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax
            purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be
            subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
            manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
            defeasance had not occurred;

                        (8) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the
            Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
            the effect that the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain
            or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit
            and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
            amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
            the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and

                        (9) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers'
            Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
            conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the
            Securities as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied
            with.

                        Before or after a deposit, the Company may make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a
future date in accordance with Article 3.

                        SECTION 8.03.  Application of Trust Money.  The
Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with
it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money
from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with
this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities.

                        SECTION 8.04.  Repayment to Company.  The Trustee
and the Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon written
request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.

                        Subject to any applicable abandoned property law,
the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request
any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains
unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, Securityholders entitled to the money
must look to the Company for payment as general creditors.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              81


                        SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The
Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or
the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

                        SECTION 8.06.  Reinstatement.  If the Trustee or
Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of
any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations
under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as
though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the
Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the
Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Securities
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated
to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the
money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   Amendments

                        SECTION 9.01.  Without Consent of Holders.  The
Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities
without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:

                        (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or
            inconsistency;

                        (2) to comply with Article 5;

                        (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition
            to or in place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that
            the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for
            purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the
            uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of
            the Code;


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              82


                        (4) to make any change in Article 10 that would limit or
            terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Debt (or
            Representatives therefor) under Article 10;

                        (5) to add Guarantees with respect to the
            Securities or to secure the Securities;

                        (6) to add to the covenants of the Company for
            the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or
            power herein conferred upon the Company;

                        (7) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in
            connection with qualifying this Indenture under the
            TIA; or

                        (8) to make any change that does not adversely
            affect the rights of any Securityholder.

                        Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment may
be made to Article 10 of this Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any
holder of any Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Debt (or
Representatives therefor) consent to such change.

                        After an amendment under this Section 9.01
becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly
describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all
Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity
or an amendment under this Section 9.01.

                        SECTION 9.02.  With Consent of Holders.  The
Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without
notice to any Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at
least two-thirds in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding.
However, without the consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment may
not:

                        (1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders
            must consent to an amendment;

                        (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for
            payment of interest on any Security;

                        (3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated
            Maturity of any Security;

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              83



                        (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of
            any Security or change the time at which any Security may or must be
            redeemed in accordance with Article 3;

                        (5) make any Security payable in money other than
            that stated in the Security;

                        (6) make any change in Section 6.04, 6.06 or 6.07
            or the second sentence of this Section; or

                        (7) make any change to Article 11 of this Indenture that
            adversely affects the rights of any Securityholder under Article 10.

                        It shall not be necessary for the consent of the
Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance
thereof.

                        After an amendment under this Section becomes
effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing
such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any
defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under
this Section.

                        An amendment under this Section 9.02 may not make
any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 10 of any holder of
Senior Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or any
group or representative therefore authorized to give a consent) consent to such
change.

                        SECTION 9.03.  Compliance with Trust Indenture
Act.  Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities
shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

                        SECTION 9.04.  Revocation and Effect of Consents
and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security
shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of
the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security,
even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However,
any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such
Holder's Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice
of revocation before the date

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              84


the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes
effective, it shall bind every Securityholder.

                        The Company may, but shall not be obligated to,
fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to
give their consent or take any other action described above or required or
permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed,
then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those persons who were
Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only
those persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent
previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such persons
continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or
effective for more than 120 days after such record date.

                        SECTION 9.05.  Notation on or Exchange of Securi-
ties. If an amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require
the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place
an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return
it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines,
the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the
appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of
such amendment.

                        SECTION 9.06.  Trustee To Sign Amendments.  The
Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the
amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In
signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01)
shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by
this Indenture.

                        SECTION 9.07.  Payment for Consent.  Neither the
Company, any Affiliate of the Company nor any Subsidiary shall, directly or
indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of
interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder for or as an inducement to any
consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              85

Indenture or the Securities unless such consideration is offered to be paid or
agreed to be paid to all Holders which so consent, waive or agree to amend in
the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent,
waiver or agreement.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                  Subordination

                        SECTION 10.01.  Agreement To Subordinate.  The
Company agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that the
payment of the principal of and interest on and premiums, penalties, fees and
other liabilities in respect of the Securities (collectively, the "Subordinated
Payment Obligations") are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in
the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment in full in cash or
cash equivalents of all Senior Debt (including Senior Subordinated Debt),
whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, including the
Company's guarantee of Benedek Broadcasting's obligation under the Bank Credit
Agreement and with respect to the Senior Subordinated Discount Notes and the
Senior Secured Notes, and that the subordination is for the benefit of and
enforceable by the holders of Senior Debt. For purposes of this Article 10,
Senior Debt outstanding under the Bank Credit Agreement shall not be deemed paid
in full in cash or cash equivalents at any time unless all letters of credit
outstanding under the Bank Credit Agreement which have not been drawn upon at
such time are fully cash collateralized or returned undrawn. All provisions of
this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.

                        SECTION 10.02.  Liquidation, Dissolution,
Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to
creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution
of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or
similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property:

                        (1) holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to receive
            payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of such Senior Debt
            before Securityholders shall be entitled to receive any payment of
            principal of, or

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              86


            premium, if any, or interest on the Securities or on any other
            Subordinated Payment Obligation; and

                        (2) until the Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or
            cash equivalents, any payment or distribution to which
            Securityholders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be
            made to holders of Senior Debt as their interest may appear, except
            that so long as the Securityholders are not in the same or a higher
            class of creditors in such liquidation, dissolution or proceeding as
            the holders of the Senior Debt, Securityholders may receive shares
            of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to Senior
            Debt to at least the same extent as the Securities.

                        SECTION 10.03.  Default on Senior Debt.  The
Company may not pay the principal of, premium, if any, interest on or any other
Subordinated Payment Obligation in respect of the Securities or make any deposit
pursuant to Article 8 and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any
Securities (collectively, "pay the Securities") if (i) any Designated Senior
Debt is not paid when due or (ii) any other default on Designated Senior Debt
occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in
accordance with its terms unless, in either case, (x) the default has been cured
or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or (y) such Designated
Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash or cash equivalents; provided,
however, that the Company may pay the Securities without regard to the foregoing
if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment
from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt with respect to which
either of the events set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately
preceding sentence has occurred and is continuing. Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of any default (other than a default described in clause
(i) or (ii) of the preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior
Debt pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately
without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such
acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company may
not pay the Securities for a period (a "Payment Blockage Period") commencing
upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice
of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt
specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period (a "Payment Blockage
Notice") and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              87

if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the
Trustee and the Company from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt
or the Person or Persons who gave such Payment Blockage Notice, (ii) by
repayment in full in cash or cash equivalents of such Designated Senior Debt or
(iii) because the default giving rise to such Payment Blockage Notice is no
longer 36 continuing). Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the
contrary, a Payment Blockage Notice may only be given by and therefore shall
only be effective in respect of the Company and the Trustee if given by (i) the
Representative of the Bank Debt as long as any Bank Debt is outstanding or the
Representative of the Senior Secured Notes as long as any Senior Secured Notes
are outstanding and (ii) if no Bank Debt or Senior Secured Notes are
outstanding, any other Representative of outstanding Designated Senior Debt.
Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence,
unless the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the Representative of such
holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, the
Company may, subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this
paragraph, resume payments on the Securities after such Payment Blockage Period
has terminated. Not more than one Payment Blockage Notice may be given in any
consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect
to Designated Senior Debt during such period. For purposes of this Section
10.03, no default or event of default which existed or was continuing on the
date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the
Designated Senior Debt initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be
made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by
the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt whether or not within a period
of 360 consecutive days unless such default or event of default shall have been
cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

                        SECTION 10.04.  Acceleration of Payment of
Securities. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of
Default, the Company shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior
Debt or their Representative of the acceleration.

                        SECTION 10.05.  When Distribution Must Be Paid
Over. If any distribution is made to Securityholders or the Trustee that because
of this Article 10 should not have been made to them, the Securityholders who
receive the

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              88

distribution or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall segregate such
distribution from other funds or assets, hold it in trust for holders of Senior
Debt and pay immediately or deliver it over to them ratably in accordance with
the respective amounts of Senior Debt held or represented by each of them until
all Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or cash equivalents.

                        SECTION 10.06.  Subrogation.  After all Senior
Debt is paid in full in cash or cash equivalents and until the Securities are
paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of
Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt. A distribution
made under this Article 10 to holders of Senior Debt which otherwise would have
been made to Securityholders is not, as between the Company and Securityholders,
a payment by the Company on Senior Debt. Senior Debt outstanding under the Bank
Credit Agreement shall not be deemed paid in full in cash or cash equivalents at
any time unless all letters of credit outstanding under the Bank Credit
Agreement which have not been drawn upon at such time are fully cash
collateralized or returned undrawn.

                        SECTION 10.07.  Relative Rights.  This Article 10
defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders
of Senior Debt.  Nothing in this Indenture shall:

                        (1) impair, as between the Company and Securityholders,
            the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional,
            to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities
            in accordance with their terms; or

                        (2) except as set forth in Section 10.04, prevent the
            Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies
            upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to
            receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders.

                        SECTION 10.08.  Subordination May Not Be Impaired
by Company or Holders of Senior Debt. No right of any present or future holder
of any Senior Debt to enforce the subordination as herein provided shall at any
time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the
part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such
holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and
covenants of

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              89

this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have
or be otherwise charged with.

                        Without in any way limiting the generality of the
foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time
to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Securityholders,
without incurring responsibilities to the Securityholders and without impairing
or releasing the subordination provided in this Article 10 or the obligations
hereunder of the Securityholders to the holders of Senior Debt, do any one or
more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or
extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, the Senior Debt, or otherwise
amend or supplement in any manner the Senior Debt or instrument evidencing the
same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) sell,
exchange, foreclose, release or otherwise deal with any property, pledged,
mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (iii) release any Person liable in
any manner for the collection of Senior Debt and (iv) exercise or refrain from
exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

                        If at any time any payments with respect to any
Senior Debt are rescinded or must otherwise be returned upon the insolvency,
bankruptcy, reorganization or liquidation of the Company, the provisions of this
Article 10 shall continue to be effective or reinstated, as the case may be, to
the same extent as though such payments had not been made.

                        SECTION 10.09.  Rights of Trustee and Paying
Agent. Notwithstanding Section 10.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue
to make payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments
unless, not less than one Business Day prior to the date of such payment, a
Trust Officer of the Trustee receives written notice in accordance with this
Indenture that payments may not be made under this Article 10. The Company, the
Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of
Senior Debt may give the written notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of
Senior Debt has a Representative, only the Representative may give the written
notice. If an issue of debt has no Representative, the provider of notice shall
state at the time such notice is given that he is giving notice in lieu of such
Representative.



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              90

                        The Trustee in its individual or any other
capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not
Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same
with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in
this Article 11 with respect to any Senior Debt which may at any time be held by
it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Debt; and nothing in
Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such a holder.
Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee
under or pursuant to Section 7.07.

                        SECTION 10.10.  Distribution or Notice of
Representative.  Whenever a distribution is to be made or a
notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution
may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if
any).

                        SECTION 10.11.  Article 10 Not To Prevent Events
of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant
to the Securities by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be
construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10
shall have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to
accelerate the maturity of the Securities, except as expressly set forth in
Section 10.04.

                        SECTION 10.12.  Trustee Entitled To Rely.  Upon
any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the
Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a
court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred
to in Section 10.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating
trustee or agent or other person making such payment or distribution to the
Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the
holders of Senior Debt for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to
participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and
other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the
amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent
thereto or to this Article 10, In the event that the Trustee determines, in good
faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as a
holder of Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to
this Article 10, the Trustee may request such person to furnish evidence to the

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              91

reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt held by
such person, the extent to which such person is entitled to participate in such
payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such person
under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may
defer any payment to such person pending judicial determination as to the right
of such person to receive such payment subject to Section 10.15. The provisions
of Section 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all action or omissions of
actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10.

                        SECTION 10.13.  Trustee To Effectuate
Subordination. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and
directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or
appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the
Securityholders and the holders of Senior Debt as provided in this Article 10
and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

                        SECTION 10.14.  Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders
of Senior Debt. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall
mistakenly (in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct) pay over or
distribute to Securityholders or the Company or any other person, money or
assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this
Article 10 or otherwise.

                        SECTION 10.15.  Reliance by Holders of Senior
Debt on Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior
Debt, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the
issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to
hold, such Senior Debt and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed
conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and
continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              92



                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Miscellaneous

                        SECTION 11.01.  Trust Indenture Act Controls.  If
any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another
provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the
required provision shall control.

                        SECTION 11.02.  Notices.  Any notice or communica-
tion shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail
addressed as follows:

                        if to the Company:

                                    Benedek Communications Corporation
                                    Stewart Square, Suite 210
                                    308 West State Street
                                    Rockford, Illinois 61101

                                    Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

                        if to the Trustee:

                                    IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company
                                    114 W. 47th Street, 15th Floor
                                    New York, New York 10086

                                    Attention: Corporate Trust Agency Division

                        The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other
may designate additional or different addresses for subse-
quent notices or communications.

                        Any notice or communication mailed to a Security-
holder shall be mailed to the Securityholder at the Security- holder's address
as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be
sufficiently given only when received.

                        Failure to mail a notice or communication to a
Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect
to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner
provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              93




                        SECTION 11.03.  Communication by Holders with
Other Holders. Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b) with
other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

                        SECTION 11.04.  Certificate and Opinion as to
Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the
Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the
Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

                        (1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance
            reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion
            of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in
            this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
            with; and

                        (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance
            reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion
            of such counsel, all such conditions prece- dent have been complied
            with.

                        SECTION 11.05.  Statements Required in
Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance
with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

                        (1) a statement that the person making such certificate
            or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

                        (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
            examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
            contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

                        (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he
            has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable
            him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such
            covenant or condition has been complied with; and

                        (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of
            such person, such covenant or condition has been complied with.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              94

                        SECTION 11.06.  When Securities Disregarded.  In
determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities
have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the
Company or by any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or
under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver
or consent, only Securities which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall
be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding
at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

                        SECTION 11.07.  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent
and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting
of Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules
for their functions.

                        SECTION 11.08.  Legal Holidays.  If a payment
date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that
is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.
If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be
affected.

                        SECTION 11.09.  Governing Law.  This Indenture
and the Securities shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles
of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another
jurisdiction would be required thereby.

                        SECTION 11.10.  No Recourse Against Others.  A
director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not
have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or
this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder
shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part
of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

                        SECTION 11.11.  Successors.  All agreements of
the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              95


                        SECTION 11.12.  Multiple Originals.  The parties
may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an
original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy
is enough to prove this Indenture.

                        SECTION 11.13  Table of Contents; Headings.  The
table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and
Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only,
are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict
any of the terms or provisions hereof.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              96



                        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this
Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.


                                  BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION,

                                       by
                                            ----------------------------
                                      Name:
                                     Title:

Attest:

- ----------------------------------



                                   IBJ SCHRODER BANK & TRUST
                                     COMPANY, as Trustee,

                                       by
                                           ------------------------------
                                      Name:
                                     Title:
Attest:

- ----------------------------------


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                    TO INDENTURE




                       [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

                           [Global Securities Legend]


                        UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION ("DTC"), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR
REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS
REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO
SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST
HEREIN.

                        TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A
SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS
GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

                         [Restricted Securities Legend]

                        THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
            UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES
            ACT") AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
            EXCEPT (A) BY THE INITIAL INVESTOR (1) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
            REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE
            MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN
            ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A
            TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN
            OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF
            REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION
            FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144
            THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (4) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) BY
            SUBSEQUENT INVESTORS, AS SET FORTH IN (A) ABOVE OR TO AN
            INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE
            REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE
            (A) AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE
            STATES OF THE UNITED STATES.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                              98











No.                                                                  $
                                                                     CUSIP:

                        [ ]% Exchange Debenture Due 2007

                        BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation, promises to pay to                        , or
registered assigns, the principal sum
of                 Dollars on July 1, 2007.

                        Interest Payment Dates: January 1 and July 1.

                        Record Dates:  May 15 and November 15.

                        Additional provisions of this Security are set
forth on the other side of this Security.

                                BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS
                                  CORPORATION,


                                       by
                                          -------------------------
                                          President


                                          -------------------------
                                          Secretary


TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
            AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company,
as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of
the Securities referred
to in the Indenture.

  by
    -----------------------------
        Authorized Signatory



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                              99










                   [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL SECURITY]

                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

                        [ ]% Exchange Debenture due 2007


1.  Interest.

                        Benedek Communications Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the
Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum
shown above (or, if greater, a percentage equal to the interest rate applicable
to the Senior Subordinated Notes plus 175 basis points); from the Exchange Date
or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or
provided for or, if no interest has been paid or provided for, from the Exchange
Date; provided, however, if (i) the applicable Registration Statement is not
filed with the SEC by October 1, 1996, (ii) unless the Exchange Offer would not
be permitted by a policy of the SEC, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
is not declared effective by December 1, 1996, (iii) neither the Exchange Offer
is consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by
December 31, 1996, or (iv) after a Registration Statement is declared effective,
such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject
to certain exceptions) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted
Securities during the periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration
Default"), then additional cash interest will accrue on the Securities at a rate
of 0.50% per annum from and including the date on which any Registration Default
shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have
been cured calculated on the principal amount of the Securities ("Liquidated
Damages"). All accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Company in cash on
the date interest is payable for the Securities (the "Damages Payment Date"), to
any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities who has given wire transfer
instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the Damages
Payment Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds and to all other
holders of Transfer Restricted Securities by mailing checks to their registered
addresses. Following the cure of all

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             100


Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.

                        The Company will pay interest semiannually in cash (or,
on or prior to July 1, 2001, in additional Securities at the option of the
Company) in arrears on each January 1 and July 1 commencing with the first such
date after the Exchange Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue
principal at the rate borne by the Securities plus 1% per annum, and it shall
pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent
lawful.


2.  Method of Payment.

                        The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except
defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of Securities at
the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 next preceding the interest
payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or
before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying
Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest
in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities
represented by a Global Security (including principal and interest) will be made
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The
Depository Trust Company. The Company will make all payments in respect of the
Definitive Securities (including principal and interest), by mailing a check to
the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments
on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least
$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S.
dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such
Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee
or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30
days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date
as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             101



3.  Paying Agent and Registrar.

                        Initially, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, a New York
banking corporation ("Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The
Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar
without notice to Holders. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.


4.  Indenture.

                        The Company issued the Securities under an Exchange
Indenture dated as of _______, 199_ (the "Indenture"), between the Company and
the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture
and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture
(the "Act"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all
such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a
statement of those terms.

                        The Securities are general unsecured obligations of the
Company limited in the aggregate principal amount at maturity to the liquidation
preference of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, plus, without duplication,
accumulated and unpaid dividends, on the Exchange Date (plus any additional
Exchange Debentures issued in lieu or cash interest) (subject to Section 2.07 of
the Indenture). The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the issuance of
additional debt by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the creation of
liens on the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Company
entering into sale and leaseback transactions, the issuance of debt and
preferred stock by its Restricted Subsidiaries, investments in certain
affiliates, the payment of dividends and other distributions and acquisitions or
retirements of the Capital Stock of the Company and Subordinated Obligations,
the sale or transfer of assets and Subsidiary stock, transactions with
Affiliates, and consolidations, mergers and transfers of all or substantially
all of the Company's assets. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to restrict distributions and
dividends from Subsidiaries and requires the Company, under


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             102



certain circumstances, to offer to purchase Securities. The limitations are
subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.


5.  Optional Redemption.

                        The Securities will be redeemable at the option of the
Company in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the following
redemption prices (expressed in percentages of the principal amount thereof) set
forth below, plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest (if any)
thereon to the redemption date, if redeemed prior to July 1, 1996 such
redemption price shall equal 115.000% of the principal amount of the Securities,
plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of
redemption, and if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on July 1 of
each of the years set forth below, at the following redemption prices, plus,
without duplication, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Year                            Percentage
             ----                            ----------
           <S>                             <C>
             1996                             115.000%
             1997                             115.000
             1998                             115.000
             1999                             115.000
             2000                             112.000
             2001                             109.000
             2002                             106.000
             2003                             103.000
             2004                             100.000
             2005                             100.000
             2006 and thereafter              100.000

</TABLE>


6.  Notice of Redemption.

                        Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to
be redeemed at his registered address. Securities having a principal amount
larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of
$1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest
on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             103

is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain
other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue
on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.


7.  Put Provisions.

                        Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will
have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the
Securities of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof plus, without duplication, accrued interest, if any, to the date
of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.


8.  Subordination.

                        The Securities are subordinated to Senior Debt. To the
extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid before the Securities
may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security
agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in Article 10 and authorizes
the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for
such purpose.


9.  Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

                        The Securities are in fully registered form with- out
coupons only in principal amounts of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof and
also will be issued in principal amounts less than $1,000 so that each holder of
Exchangeable Preferred Stock will receive certificates representing the entire
amount of the Securities to which such holders of shares of Exchangeable
Preferred Stock entitle such holder; provided, however, that the Company may pay
cash in lieu of issuing a Security in a principal amount less than $1,000,
(other than with respect to additional Securities issued in lieu of cash). A
Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The
Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of
or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a
Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             104

not to be redeemed) or any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.


10.  Persons Deemed Owners.

                        The registered holder of this Security may be treated as
the owner of it for all purposes.


11.  Unclaimed Money.

                        If money for the payment of principal or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money
back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates
another person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look
only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.


12.  Defeasance.

                        Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time
may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the
Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government
Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be.


13.  Amendment, Waiver.

                        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Securities may be amended with the written
consent of the Holders of at least two thirds in principal amount outstanding of
the Securities and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be
waived with the written consent of the Holders of two-thirds in principal
amount outstanding of the Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in
the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company and the
Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity,
omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture,
or to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of
certificated Securities or to make any change in Article 10 that would limit or
terminate the benefits available to any

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             105

holder of Senior Debt (or Representatives therefor) under Article 10, or to add
Guarantees with respect to the Securities or to secure the Securities, or to add
additional covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender
rights and powers conferred on the Company or to comply with any request of the
SEC in connection with 46 qualifying the Indenture under the Act or to make any
change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment may be made to the subordination
provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of
Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Debt (or their Representative)
consent to such change.


14.  Defaults and Remedies.

                        Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i)
default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Securities; (ii) default in
payment of principal on the Securities at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to
paragraph 5, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; [(iii)
failure by the Company to comply with Section 5.01 and failure by Benedek
Broadcasting to comply with Section 5.02]; (iv) failure by the Company to comply
with other agreements in the Indenture or the Securities, in certain cases
subject to notice and lapse of time; (v) certain accelerations (including
failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Debt of
the Company, Benedek Broadcasting, BLC or a Significant Subsidiary if the amount
accelerated or so unpaid exceeds $5,000,000 and continues for 10 days; (vi)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, Benedek
Broadcasting, BLC or a Significant Subsidiary; (vii) certain judgments or
decrees for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000 and (viii) failure by
the Company, Benedek Broadcasting, BLC or a Significant Subsidiary to maintain
any License with respect to any Television Station owned by it which License is
necessary for the continued transmission of such Television Station's normal
programming and the Operating Cash Flow for the most recently completed four
fiscal quarters of the Company of such Television Station exceeds 10% of the
Operating Cash Flow of the Company for such period. If an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Securities may declare the principal amount and accrued
but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable immediately.
Certain events of

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             106


bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the
Securities being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events
of Default. In addition, if an Event of Default occurs within 12 calendar months
after the issuance of the Securities and so long as such Event of Default is
continuing the Holders will have voting rights, after a 10-day period during
which such Default shall not have been cured or such acceleration rescinded,
then the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors will be
adjusted to permit the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Securities
voting separately and as a class, to elect the greater of two directors and that
number of directors constituting 25% of the members of the Board of Directors.
Such voting rights shall continue until such time as any failure, breach or
Default giving rise to such voting rights is remedied or waived by Holders of at
least a majority of the Securities then outstanding, at which time the term of
any directors elected pursuant to the provisions set forth above shall
terminate.

                        Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the
Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to
enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity
or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing
Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines
that withholding notice is in their interest.


15.  Trustee Dealings with the Company.

                        Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the
Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect
obligations owed to it by the Company or its affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were
not Trustee.


16.  No Recourse Against Others.

                        A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such,
of the Company or the Trustee shall not have any

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             107

liability for any obligations of the Company or the Trustee, respectively under
the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by
reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each
Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.


17.  Authentication.

                        This Security shall not be valid until an author- ized
signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.


18.  Abbreviations.

                        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT
(=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act).


19.  CUSIP Numbers.

                        Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to
use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders.
No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may
be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.


20.  Governing Law.

                        This Security shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to
applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of
the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             108




                        The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon
written request and without charge to the Security- holder a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to:

                        Benedek Communications Corporation
                        Stewart Square, Suite 210
                        308 West State Street
                        Rockford, Illinois 61101
                        Attention:  Chief Financial Officer



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             109




                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to


            (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

            (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)


and irrevocably appoint                           agent to
transfer this Security on the books of the Company.  The
agent may substitute another to act for him.


________________________________________________________________________________

Date: ________________ Your Signature: _____________________

________________________________________________________________________________



Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

Signature Guarantee: ___________________________________
                     (Signature must be guaranteed by
                     an "eligible guarantor
                     institution" that is, a bank,
                     stockbroker, saving and loan
                     association or credit union
                     meeting the requirements of the
                     Registrar, which requirements
                     include membership or
                     participation in the Securities
                     Transfer Agents Medallion
                     Program ("STAMP") or such other
                     "signature guarantee program" as
                     may be determined by the
                     Registrar in addition to, or in
                     substitution for, STAMP, all in
                     accordance with the Securities
                     Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             110


            CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION
                        OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $_________ principal amount of Securities held in
(check applicable space) ____ book-entry or _____ definitive form by the
undersigned.

The undersigned (check one box below):

|_|         has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange
            for its beneficial interest in the Global Security held by the
            Depository a Security or Securities in definitive, registered form
            of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal
            to its beneficial interest in such Global Security (or the portion
            thereof indicated above);

|_|         has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange
            or register the transfer of a Security or Securities.

The undersigned confirms that such Securities are being:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:
 
                  (1)         |_|         acquired for the undersigned's own
                                          account, without transfer (in
                                          satisfaction of Section 2.06(a)(ii)(A)
                                          or Section 2.06(d)(i)(A) of the
                                          Indenture); or

                  (2)         |_|         transferred to the Company; or

                  (3)         |_|         transferred pursuant to and in
                                          compliance with Rule 144A under the
                                          Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

                  (4)         |_|         transferred pursuant to and in
                                          compliance with Regulation S under the
                                          Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or

                  (5)         |_|         transferred to an institutional
                                          "accredited investor" (as defined in
                                          Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under
                                          the Securities Act of 1933, as 
                                          amended) and that the transferor is a
                                          "subsequent investor" within the
                                          meaning of the legend on the face of
                                          this Security; or



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             111








                   (6)         |_|        transferred pursuant to another avail-
                                          able exemption from the registration
                                          requirements of the Securities Act of
                                          1933, as amended.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of
the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other
than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (4), (5) or
(6) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require evidence reasonably
satisfactory to them as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the
legend on the face of this Security.


                                                ________________________________
                                                          Signature

Signature Guarantee:_______________________________________
                    (Signature must be guaranteed by
                    an "eligible guarantor
                    institution", that is, a bank ,
                    stockbroker, saving and loan
                    association or credit union
                    meeting the requirements of the
                    Registrar, which requirements
                    include membership or
                    participation in the Securities
                    Transfer Agents Medallion
                    Program ("STAMP") or such other
                    "signature guarantee program" as
                    may be determined by the
                    Registrar in addition to, or in
                    substitution for, STAMP, all in
                    accordance with the Securities
                    Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             112

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

                                    If you want to elect to have this Security
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 of the
Indenture, check the box:
 
                             /  /

                                    If you want to elect to have only part of
this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 of the
Indenture, state the amount and check the box:
$
                            /  /

                                    If you want to elect to have this Security
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 of the
Indenture, check the box:

                             /  /

                                    If you want to elect to have only part of
this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 of the
Indenture, state the amount and check the box:
$
                              /  /


Date: ___________________________  Your Signature: __________________
                                   (Sign exactly as your name appears
                                    on the other side of the Security)


Signature Guarantee:_______________________________________
                    (Signature must be guaranteed by
                    an "eligible guarantor
                    institution", that is, a bank ,
                    stockbroker, saving and loan
                    association or credit union
                    meeting the requirements of the
                    Registrar, which requirements
                    include membership or
                    participation in the Securities
                    Transfer Agents Medallion
                    Program ("STAMP") or such other
                    "signature guarantee program" as
                    may be determined by the
                    Registrar in addition to, or in
                    substitution for, STAMP, all in
                    accordance with the Securities
                    Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             113




                      [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]

              SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

                        The following increases or decreases in this
Global Security have been made:


<TABLE>

<S>       <C>                        <C>                         <C>                       <C>

             Amount of decrease in       Amount of increase in      Principal Amount at
             Principal Amount at         Principal Amount at        Maturity of this Global   Signature of authorized
Date of      Maturity of this Global     Maturity of this Global    Security following such   officer of Trustee or
Exchange     Security                    Security                   decrease or increase      Securities Custodian
</TABLE>

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                    TO INDENTURE


                       [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

No.                                                                     $
                                                                   CUSIP:


                           [Global Securities Legend]

                        UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"),
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER
USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS
THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

                        TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR
THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL
SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.(1)


                   [ ]% Exchange Debentures Series A Due 2007


                        BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation, promises to pay to                        , or
registered assigns, the principal sum
of                 Dollars on July 1, 2007.



                        Interest Payment Dates: January 1 and July 1.

                        Record Dates:  May 15 and November 15

- --------
(1) This legend should only be added if the Security is issued
in global form.


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             115




                        Additional provisions of this Security are set
forth on  the other side of this Security.


                                               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS
                                               CORPORATION,

                                                  by

                                                      -----------------------
                                                      President



                                                      -----------------------
                                                      Secretary


TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
    AUTHENTICATION

Dated:

The IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, certifies that this is one of
the Securities referred to in the Indenture.


  by
    -----------------------------
        Authorized Signatory



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             116


                   [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]

                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

            [ ]% Senior Subordinated Discount Note Series A due 2006


1.  Interest.

                        Benedek Communications Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the
Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum
shown above (or, if greater, a percentage equal to the interest rate applicable
to the Senior Subordinated Notes plus 175 basis points); from the Exchange Date
or from the most recent interest payment date to which interest has been paid or
provided for or, if no interest has been paid or provided for, from the Exchange
Date; provided, however, if (i) the applicable Registration Statement is not
filed with the SEC by October 1, 1996, (ii) unless the Exchange Offer would not
be permitted by a policy of the SEC, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
is not declared effective by December 1, 1996, (iii) neither the Exchange Offer
is consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by
December 31, 1996, or (iv) after a Registration Statement is declared effective,
such Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject
to certain exceptions) in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted
Securities during the periods specified in the Registration Rights Agreement
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration
Default"), then additional cash interest will accrue on the Securities at a rate
of 0.50% per annum from and including the date on which any Registration Default
shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have
been cured calculated on the principal amount of the Securities ("Liquidated
Damages"). All accrued Liquidated Damages will be paid by the Company in cash on
the date interest is payable for the Securities (the "Damages Payment Date"), to
any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities who has given wire transfer
instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the Damages
Payment Date by wire transfer of immediately available funds and to all other
holders of Transfer Restricted Securities by mailing checks to their registered
addresses. Following the cure of all


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             117

Registration Defaults, the accrual of Liquidated Damages will cease.

                        The Company will pay interest semiannually in cash (or,
on or prior to July 1, 2001, in additional Securities at the option of the
Company) in arrears on each January 1 and July 1 commencing with the first such
date after the Exchange Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue
principal at the rate borne by the Securities plus 1% per annum, and it shall
pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent
lawful.


2.  Method of Payment.

                        The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except
defaulted interest) to the persons who are registered holders of Securities at
the close of business on the May 15 or November 15 next preceding the interest
payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or
before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying
Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest
in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Securities
represented by a Global Security (including principal and interest) will be made
by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The
Depository Trust Company. The Company will make all payments in respect of the
Definitive Securities (including principal and interest), by mailing a check to
the registered address of each Holder thereof; provided, however, that payments
on the Securities may also be made, in the case of a Holder of at least
$1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S.
dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such
Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee
or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30
days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date
as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             118

3.  Paying Agent and Registrar.

                        Initially, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, a
New York banking corporation ("Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-registrar without notice to Holders. The Company or any of its domestically
incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-registrar.


4.  Indenture.

                        The Company issued the Securities under an Exchange
Indenture dated as of _______, 199_ (the "Indenture"), between the Company and
the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture
and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
1939 (15 U.S.C. ss.ss. 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture
(the "Act"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all
such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a
statement of those terms.

                        The Securities are general unsecured obligations
of the Company limited in the aggregate principal amount at maturity to the
liquidation preference of the Exchangeable Preferred Stock, plus, without
duplication, accumulated and unpaid dividends, on the Exchange Date (plus any
additional Exchange Debentures issued in lieu or cash interest) (subject to
Section 2.07 of the Indenture). The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the
issuance of additional debt by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the
creation of liens on the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
the Company entering into sale and leaseback transactions, the issuance of debt
and preferred stock by its Restricted Subsidiaries, investments in certain
affiliates, the payment of dividends and other distributions and acquisitions or
retirements of the Capital Stock of the Company and Subordinated Obligations,
the sale or transfer of assets and Subsidiary stock, transactions with
Affiliates, and consolidations, mergers and transfers of all or substantially
all of the Company's assets. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries to restrict distributions and
dividends from Subsidiaries and requires the Company, under


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                        119

certain circumstances, to offer to purchase Securities. The limitations are
subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.


5.  Optional Redemption.

                        The Securities will be redeemable at the option
of the Company in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the
following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of the principal amount
thereof) set forth below, plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest
(if any) thereon to the redemption date, if redeemed prior to July 1, 1996 such
redemption price shall equal 115.000% of the principal amount of the Securities,
plus, without duplication, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of
redemption, and if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on July 1 of
each of the years set forth below, at the following redemption prices, plus,
without duplication, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the
date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Year                             Percentage
             ----                             ----------
           <S>                            <C>
             1996                             115.000%
             1997                             115.000
             1998                             115.000
             1999                             115.000
             2000                             112.000
             2001                             109.000
             2002                             106.000
             2003                             103.000
             2004                             100.000
             2005                             100.000
             2006 and thereafter              100.000

</TABLE>


6.  Notice of Redemption.

                        Notice of redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to
be redeemed at his registered address. Securities having a principal amount
larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of
$1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest
on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             120

is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain
other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue
on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.


7.  Put Provisions.

                        Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will
have the right to cause the Company to repurchase all or any part of the
Securities of such Holder at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal
amount thereof plus, without duplication, accrued interest, if any, to the date
of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.


8.  Subordination.

                        The Securities are subordinated to Senior Debt. To the
extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt must be paid before the Securities
may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security
agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in Article 10 and authorizes
the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for
such purpose.


9.  Denominations; Transfer; Exchange.

                        The Securities are in fully registered form with- out
coupons only in principal amounts of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof and
also will be issued in principal amounts less than $1,000 so that each holder of
Exchangeable Preferred Stock will receive certificates representing the entire
amount of the Securities to which such holders of shares of Exchangeable
Preferred Stock entitle such holder; provided, however, that the Company may pay
cash in lieu of issuing a Security in a principal amount less than $1,000,
(other than with respect to additional Securities issued in lieu of cash). A
Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The
Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate
endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law
or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of
or exchange any Securities selected for redemption (except, in the case of a
Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Security

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             121

not to be redeemed) or any Securities for a period of 15 days before a selection
of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.


10.  Persons Deemed Owners.

                        The registered holder of this Security may be treated as
the owner of it for all purposes.


11.  Unclaimed Money.

                        If money for the payment of principal or interest
remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money
back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates
another person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look
only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.


12.  Defeasance.

                        Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time
may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the
Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government
Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be.


13.  Amendment, Waiver.

                        Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Securities may be amended with the written
consent of the Holders of at least two thirds in principal amount outstanding of
the Securities and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be
waived with the written consent of the Holders of two- thirds in principal
amount outstanding of the Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in
the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company and the
Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities to cure any ambiguity,
omission, defect or inconsistency, or to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture,
or to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of
certificated Securities or to make any change in Article 10 that would limit or
terminate the benefits available to any

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             122

holder of Senior Debt (or Representatives therefor) under Article 10, or to add
Guarantees with respect to the Securities or to secure the Securities, or to add
additional covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender
rights and powers conferred on the Company or to comply with any request of the
SEC in connection with 56 qualifying the Indenture under the Act or to make any
change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment may be made to the subordination
provisions of the Indenture that adversely affects the rights of any holder of
Debt then outstanding unless the holders of such Debt (or their Representative)
consent to such change.


14.  Defaults and Remedies.

                        Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i)
default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Securities; (ii) default in
payment of principal on the Securities at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to
paragraph 5, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; [(iii)
failure by the Company to comply with Section 5.01 and failure by Benedek
Broadcasting to comply with Section 5.02]; (iv) failure by the Company to comply
with other agreements in the Indenture or the Securities, in certain cases
subject to notice and lapse of time; (v) certain accelerations (including
failure to pay within any grace period after final maturity) of other Debt of
the Company, Benedek Broadcasting, BLC or a Significant Subsidiary if the amount
accelerated or so unpaid exceeds $5,000,000 and continues for 10 days; (vi)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, Benedek
Broadcasting, BLC or a Significant Subsidiary; (vii) certain judgments or
decrees for the payment of money in excess of $5,000,000 and (viii) failure by
the Company, Benedek Broadcasting, BLC or a Significant Subsidiary to maintain
any License with respect to any Television Station owned by it which License is
necessary for the continued transmission of such Television Station's normal
programming and the Operating Cash Flow for the most recently completed four
fiscal quarters of the Company of such Television Station exceeds 10% of the
Operating Cash Flow of the Company for such period. If an Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Securities may declare the principal amount and accrued
but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable immediately.
Certain events of

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             123


bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the
Securities being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events
of Default. In addition, if an Event of Default occurs within 12 calendar months
after the issuance of the Securities and so long as such Event of Default is
continuing the Holders will have voting rights, after a 10-day period during
which such Default shall not have been cured or such acceleration rescinded,
then the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors will be
adjusted to permit the Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Securities
voting separately and as a class, to elect the greater of two directors and that
number of directors constituting 25% of the members of the Board of Directors.
Such voting rights shall continue until such time as any failure, breach or
Default giving rise to such voting rights is remedied or waived by Holders of at
least a majority of the Securities then outstanding, at which time the term of
any directors elected pursuant to the provisions set forth above shall
terminate.

                        Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the
Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to
enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity
or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing
Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines
that withholding notice is in their interest.


15.  Trustee Dealings with the Company.

                        Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the
Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become
the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect
obligations owed to it by the Company or its affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were
not Trustee.


16.  No Recourse Against Others.

                        A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such,
of the Company or the Trustee shall not have any


 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             124

liability for any obligations of the Company or the Trustee, respectively under
the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by
reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each
Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.


17.  Authentication.

                        This Security shall not be valid until an author- ized
signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the
certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.


18.  Abbreviations.

                        Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT
(=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship
and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act).


19.  CUSIP Numbers.

                        Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the
Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused
CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to
use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders.
No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed
on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may
be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.


20.  Governing Law.

                        This Security shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to
applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of
the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             125




                        The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon
written request and without charge to the Security- holder a copy of the
Indenture. Requests may be made to:

                        Benedek Communications Corporation
                        Stewart Square, Suite 210
                        308 West State Street
                        Rockford, Illinois 61101
                        Attention:  Chief Financial Officer



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

                                                                             126


                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Security to


            (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

            (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)


and irrevocably appoint                           agent to transfer this
Security on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act
for him.


________________________________________________________________________________

Date: _______________ Your Signature: _____________________


________________________________________________________________________________

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

Signature Guarantee:  _____________________________________
                      (Signature must be guaranteed
                      by an "eligible guarantor
                      institution" that is, a bank,
                      stockbroker, saving and loan
                      association or credit union
                      meeting the requirements of the
                      Registrar, which requirements
                      include membership or
                      participation in the Securities
                      Transfer Agents Medallion
                      Program ("STAMP") or such other
                      "signature guarantee program" as
                      may be determined by the
                      Registrar in addition to, or in
                      substitution for, STAMP, all in
                      accordance with the Securities
                      Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)



 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>



                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

                        If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by
the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, check the box:

                                      /  /

                        If you want to elect to have only part of this Security
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.06 of the Indenture, state the
principal amount at maturity and check the box:
$
                                      /  /

                        If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by
the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture, check the box:

                                      /  /


                        If you want to elect to have only part of this Security
purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.08 of the Indenture, state the
principal amount at maturity and check the box:
$
                                     -----

 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                                                             128



Date: ________________________  Your Signature: __________________
                                (Sign exactly as your name appears
                                on the other side of the Security)

Signature Guarantee:_______________________________________
                    (Signature must be guaranteed by
                    an "eligible guarantor
                    institution", that is, a bank ,
                    stockbroker, saving and loan
                    association or credit union
                    meeting the requirements of the
                    Registrar, which requirements
                    include membership or
                    participation in the Securities
                    Transfer Agents Medallion
                    Program ("STAMP") or such other
                    "signature guarantee program" as
                    may be determined by the
                    Registrar in addition to, or in
                    substitution for, STAMP, all in
                    accordance with the Securities
                    Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.)


<PAGE>




<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT 5

                              SHACK & SIEGEL, P.C.
                                530 FIFTH AVENUE
                               NEW YORK, NY 10036
                                 (212) 782-0700

                                          October 2, 1996

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549

         Re:      Benedek Communications Corporation - Registration
                  Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-09592)

Dear Sir or Madam:

         Reference is made to the  Registration  Statement on Form S-4 (File No.
333-09592)   filed  August  2,  1996,   as  amended  on  October  2,  1996  (the
"Registration  Statement"),  with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  by
Benedek  Communications  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),
relating to the Company's  proposed offer to exchange its  $170,000,000  13-1/4%
Senior  Subordinate  Discount Notes due 2006 outstanding on the date hereof (the
"Existing Notes") for $170,000,000 13-1/4% Senior Subordinate Discount Notes due
2006, which will be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Exchange Securities").

         The Exchange  Securities  will be issued  pursuant to the provisions of
the  Indenture  dated as of May 15, 1996  between  the Company and United  State
Trust  Company of New York,  as trustee (the  "Indenture").  Except as otherwise
defined herein, capitalized terms are used herein as defined in the Registration
Statement.

         We advise you that we have examined  originals or copies,  certified or
otherwise  identified to our  satisfaction,  of the Certificate of Incorporation
and By-Laws of the Company,  the Indenture,  the form of Exchange Securities and
such  other   documents,   instruments   and   certificates   of  officers   and
representatives  of the  Company  and  public  officials,  and we have made such
examination  of law as we have deemed  appropriate  as the basis for the opinion
hereinafter  expressed.  In  making  such  examination,   we  have  assumed  the
genuineness of all






<PAGE>
<PAGE>


Securities and Exchange Commission            - 2 -              October 2, 1996

signatures,  the authenticity of all documents  submitted to us as originals and
the conformity to original  documents of documents  submitted to us as certified
or photostatic copies.

         We have assumed that the  definitive  terms of the Exchange  Securities
shall  have  been  fixed,  and such  Exchange  Securities  shall  have been duly
executed and delivered,  all in accordance with  authorizing  resolutions of the
Board of Directors of the Company.

         Based upon the foregoing,  and upon the taking of the actions described
above,  it is our  opinion  that the  Exchange  Securities  will  have been duly
authorized,  and upon (i) an exchange for the Existing Notes, the due execution,
authentication,  issuance and delivery of the Exchange Securities,  and (ii) the
delivery of the Exchange Securities, the Exchange Securities will be entitled to
the benefits of the Indenture and the Exchange Securities and the Indenture will
constitute  valid and legally  binding  obligations  of the Company  enforceable
against  the  Company  in  accordance  with  their  terms,  except as limited by
bankruptcy,  insolvency and other laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
by equitable principles limiting the availability of remedies.

         We hereby  consent to the  filing of this  opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration  Statement and we further consent to the reference made to us under
the caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus.

                                                 Very truly yours,

                                                 SHACK & SIEGEL, P.C.

                                                 By:_______________________
                                                    Paul S. Goodman, Esq.




<PAGE>






<PAGE>



                                                                       Exhibit 8

                          WHITMAN BREED ABBOTT & MORGAN
                                 200 PARK AVENUE
                              NEW YORK, N.Y. 10166
                                  212-351-3000


                                          September 30, 1996

                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
                              OFFER TO EXCHANGE ITS
              13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006,
          WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
                 AS AMENDED, FOR ANY AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING
               13 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2006

Benedek Communications Corporation
308 West State Street
Rockford, Illinois 61101

                  Re: Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences
                      Relating to Exchange of 13.25% Senior
                      Subordinated Discount Notes Due 2006

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  You have  requested  our opinion  that the exchange of Benedek
Communications Corporation's 13.25% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2006,
which have been  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Exchange  Securities") for its 13.25% Senior  Subordinated  Discount Notes (the
"Existing Notes "), as described in the Form S-4 Registration  Statement,  dated
as of August 2, 1996 (the "Exchange") will not be a taxable exchange for Federal
income  tax  purposes.   In  rendering  this  opinion,   we  have  reviewed  the
Registration  Statement and such other  information  provided by the Company and
instruments and documents as we believed to be relevant.

                  In our opinion,  the Exchange  Securities received by a holder
will be  treated  for  Federal  income tax  purposes  as a  continuation  of the
Existing Notes in the hands of such holder.






<PAGE>
<PAGE>



Benedek Communications               - 2 -                    September 30, 1996
Corporation


As a result,  in our opinion there will be no Federal income tax consequences to
holders exchanging  Existing Notes for the Exchange  Securities  pursuant to the
Exchange.  Our  opinion is based on laws,  regulations,  rulings  and  decisions
currently  in  effect,  all of  which  are  subject  to  change  (possibly  with
retroactive  effect) and  reinterpretation,  and there can be no  assurance  the
Internal Revenue Service will take a similar view.

                  It is  understood  that you intend to file this  opinion as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement and we hereby consent to this use and to
the reference made to us in the Registration Statement.

                                               Very truly yours,

                                               /s/ Whitman Breed Abbott & Morgan


<PAGE>






<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of June, 1996, by and between BENEDEK
BROADCASTING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, with offices at 308 West State
Street, Rockford, Illinois 61101 (hereinafter called the "Company") and A.
RICHARD BENEDEK, residing at 211 Central Park West, New York, New York 10024
(hereinafter called "Executive").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive is willing
to undertake such employment on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive as its Chief Executive
Officer to perform such supervisory or executive duties on behalf of the Company
as the Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time determine.

     2. Duties. Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees that
throughout the period of his employment hereunder, he will devote substantially
all of his business time and his attention, knowledge and skills, faithfully,
diligently and to the best of his ability, in furtherance of the business of the
Company, will perform the duties of the Company's Chief Executive Officer,
subject, at all times, to the direction and control of the Board of Directors of
the Company. Executive shall at all times be subject to, observe and carry out
such rules, regulations, policies, directions and restrictions as the Board of
Directors of the Company shall from time to time establish. During the period of
Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall not be entitled to additional
compensation for serving in any office of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
to which he is elected.

     3. Term. Executive shall be employed for a term of four years commencing as
of the 1st day of June, 1996, and ending on the 31st day of May, 2000. After the
expiration of the term, the employment of the Executive shall continue "at will"
until terminated for any reason by either Executive or the Company upon 90 days'
prior written notice.

     4. Compensation. As full compensation for his services hereunder, the
Company will pay to Executive the following:

          4.1 Base Salary. A base salary at the rate of $525,000 (the "Initial
Base Salary") per annum during 1996 and such amount not less than the Initial
Base Salary as the Company and Executive may agree upon as to each year
thereafter. The Company shall pay Executive the base salary in accordance with
the Company's normal payroll practices. Executive shall also be eligible to
receive a bonus in respect of each fiscal year of the term of this Agreement in
such amount as the Company may determine.


                                     -1-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

          4.2 Additional Benefits. Executive shall also be entitled to
participate, to the extent he is eligible under the terms and conditions
thereof, in any pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalization, insurance,
medical service, or other employee benefit plan generally available to the
executives of the Company which may be in effect from time to time during the
period of his employment hereunder, it being understood that the Company shall
pay the entire cost of any health insurance or disability insurance maintained
by the Company for Executive in accordance with the Company's policies generally
in effect. Except for such health insurance and disability insurance, the
Company shall be under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of
any such employee benefit plan and may from time to time amend, modify or
terminate any such employee benefit plan.

          4.3 Vacations. Executive shall be entitled to a paid vacation (in
addition to Company-wide holiday periods) during the period of his employment by
the Company in accordance with the Company's vacation policies for employees of
comparable level, as in effect from time to time. Executive's employment by the
Company in any year is not a precondition to Executive's entitlement to vacation
time in the year subsequent thereto.

     5. Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties
hereunder and the business of the Company, upon the submission to the Company of
appropriate vouchers therefor, provided that such expenses shall in all events
be incurred in accordance with and within applicable limits under the Company's
expense reimbursement policy in effect from time to time.

     6. Non-Compete.

          6.1 Executive shall not, during the full term of this Agreement, for
himself or on behalf of any other person, partnership, corporation or entity,
directly or indirectly, or by action in concert with others, own, manage,
operate, join, control, participate in, invest in, or otherwise be connected
with, in any manner, whether as an officer, director, employee, partner,
investor or otherwise, any business entity which is engaged in any business in
which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently engaged or is engaged
at the time of termination of Executive's employment hereunder. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to prohibit Executive from investing his funds in
securities of a company if the securities of such company are listed for trading
on a national stock exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market and
Executive's holdings therein represent less than one (1%) percent of the total
number of shares or principal amount of other securities of such company
outstanding.

          6.2 Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Paragraph 6 are
reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company, and that each
provision, and the period or periods of time, geographic areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities specified herein are, and are intended
to be divisible. In the event that any provision of this Paragraph 6, including
any sentence, clause or part hereof, shall be deemed contrary to law or invalid
or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the
remaining provisions shall not be affected, but shall, subject to the discretion
of such court, remain in full force and effect and any invalid and unenforceable
provisions shall be deemed, without further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

     7. Confidentiality. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the
benefit of the Company all information, knowledge and data relating to or
concerned with its operations, sales,


                                       -2-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

business and affairs, and he shall not, at any time hereafter, use, disclose or
divulge any such information, knowledge or data to any person, firm or
corporation other than to the Company or its designees or except as may
otherwise be required in connection with the business and affairs of the
Company.

     8. Property Rights. Any invention, improvement, design, development or
discovery conceived, developed, created or made by Executive alone or with
others, during the period of his employment hereunder and applicable to the
business of the Company, whether or not patentable or registrable, shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall disclose the
same promptly and completely to the Company and shall, during the period of his
employment hereunder and at any time from time to time thereafter (i) execute
all documents requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire
right, title and interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents
requested by the Company for filing and prosecuting such applications for
patents, trademarks and/or copyrights as the Company, in its sole discretion,
may desire to prosecute, and (iii) give the Company all assistance it reasonably
requires, including the giving of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding,
in order to obtain, maintain and protect the Company's right therein and
thereto.

     9. Remedies. The parties hereto acknowledge that Executive's services are
unique and that, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Executive of
any of his obligations under this Agreement, the Company will not have an
adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or
threatened breach by Executive, the Company shall be entitled to such equitable
and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain Executive and any
business, firm, partnership, individual, corporation or entity participating in
such breach or threatened breach from the violation of the provisions hereof.
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any
other remedies available at law or in equity for such breach or threatened
breach, including the recovery of damages and the immediate termination of the
employment of Executive hereunder.

     10. Executive's Representations and Warranties. Executive represents and
warrants to the Company that (i) Executive has the unfettered right to enter
into this Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and (ii)
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive nor the
performance by Executive of any of Executive's obligations hereunder constitute
or will constitute a violation or breach of, or a default under, any Agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or any other restriction of any kind, to which
Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

     11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings among the parties or any of them. There are
no representations, warranties, agreements or understandings other than
expressly contained herein. No termination, alteration, modification, variation
or waiver of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof shall be effective
unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement thereof is
sought.


                                       -3-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     12. Notice. Any notice required, permitted or desired to be given pursuant
to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently given or served for all purposes if sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt and postage prepaid, hand delivered, overnight delivery
service or sent by telephone facsimile as follows:

                        If to the Company, to it at:
                        308 West State Street
                        Rockford, Illinois 61101
                        Attention: President
                        Facsimile:  815-987-5335

                        with a copy to:

                        Paul S. Goodman
                        Shack & Siegel, P.C.
                        530 Fifth Avenue
                        New York, New York 10036
                        Facsimile:  212-730-1964

                        If to Executive, to him at:

                        211 Central Park West
                        New York, New York 10024

Either of the parties hereto may at any time and from time to time change the
address to which notice shall be sent hereunder by notice to the other party
given under this Paragraph 12. The date of the giving of any notice sent by mail
shall be the date of the posting of the mail.

     13. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor the right to receive any
payments hereunder may be assigned by Executive. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that Executive remain employed pursuant to the provisions hereof
by any successor of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition
of all or substantially all of the business or assets, or otherwise, and the
Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any such successor in
interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive, his heirs, executors
and administrators and upon the Company, its successors and assigns.

     14. Waiver. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of the Company
in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any such rights.
No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement shall be deemed a
continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

     15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements
executed and to be performed entirely therein and each party hereto, by their
execution of this Agreement, hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the
courts of the State of New York and the Federal courts located within such State
in connection with any dispute arising under or related to this Agreement and
further agrees that service of process in any such action may be made by
certified mail to the address set forth herein.

     16. Severability. Should any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement be
held or declared to be void or illegal for any reason, all other clauses,
paragraphs or parts of this Agreement


                                       -4-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

which can be effected without such illegal clause, paragraph or part shall
nevertheless remain in full force and effect. If, in the opinion of any court,
any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement is unreasonable or
unenforceable, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or
modify such provisions, or portions thereof, of this Agreement as to the court
shall not be reasonable or enforceable and to enforce the remainder of such
clause, paragraph or part as so excised or modified.

     17. Binding Effect. This document is not intended to constitute an
agreement, commitment, or offer of employment binding upon the Company until and
unless executed on behalf of the Company, as provided below, and no
representative of the Company has authority to make any commitment or to give
any assurance to the contrary.

     18. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof or affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on the day and year first above written.


                                   BENEDEK BROADCASTING CORPORATION


                                   By:  /s/ K. James Yager
                                        ---------------------------


                                        /s/ A. Richard Benedek
                                        ---------------------------
                                            A. Richard Benedek


                                     -5-


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of June, 1996, by and between BENEDEK
BROADCASTING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, with offices at 308 West State
Street, Rockford, Illinois 61101 (hereinafter called the "Company") and K. JAMES
YAGER, residing at 6767 Woodcrest Parkway, Rockford, Illinois 61109 (hereinafter
called "Executive").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive is willing
to undertake such employment on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive as its President and
Chief Operating Officer to perform such supervisory or executive duties on
behalf of the Company as the Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors of
the Company may from time to time determine.

     2. Duties. Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees that
throughout the period of his employment hereunder, he will devote his full time,
attention, knowledge and skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his
ability, in furtherance of the business of the Company, will perform the duties
assigned to him pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereof, subject, at all times, to the
direction and control of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors
of the Company. Executive shall at all times be subject to, observe and carry
out such rules, regulations, policies, directions and restrictions as the
Company shall from time to time establish. During the period of his employment
hereunder, Executive shall not, without the written approval of the Board of
Directors first had and obtained in each instance, directly or indirectly accept
employment or compensation from or perform services of any nature for, any
business enterprise other than the Company and its subsidiaries. During the
period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall not be entitled to
additional compensation for serving in any office of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries to which he is elected.

     3. Term. Executive shall be employed for a term of four years commencing as
of the 1st day of June, 1996, and ending on the 31st day of May 2000, unless his
employment is terminated prior to the expiration of said term pursuant to the
provisions hereof. After the expiration of the term, the employment of the
Executive shall continue "at will" until terminated for any reason by either
Executive or the Company upon 90 days' prior written notice.


                                       -1-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     4. Compensation. As full compensation for his services hereunder, the
Company will pay to Executive the following:

          4.1 Salary. A base salary at the rate of $400,000 (the "Initial Base
Salary") per annum during 1996 and such amount not less than the Initial Base
Salary as the Company and Executive may agree upon as to each year thereafter.
The Company shall pay Executive the base salary in accordance with the Company's
normal payroll practices. Executive shall also be eligible to receive a bonus in
respect of each fiscal year of the term of this Agreement in such amount as the
Company may determine.

          4.2 Additional Benefits. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company shall (i) provide Executive with a suitable car for his use in the
performance of his duties for the Company and for his personal use, (ii)
reimburse Executive for the annual dues for membership in one country club and
such civic organizations as the Company and Executive may agree upon, and (iii)
reimburse Executive for costs incurred in connection with a telephone and fax
machine located in his home. Executive shall also be entitled to participate, to
the extent he is eligible under the terms and conditions thereof, in any
pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalization, insurance, medical
service, or other employee benefit plan generally available to the executives of
the Company which may be in effect from time to time during the period of his
employment hereunder, it being understood that the Company shall pay the entire
cost of any health insurance or disability insurance maintained by the Company
for Executive in accordance with the Company's policies generally in effect.
Except for such health insurance and disability insurance, the Company shall be
under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of any such employee
benefit plan and may from time to time amend, modify or terminate any such
employee benefit plan.

          4.3 Vacations. Executive shall be entitled to a paid vacation (in
addition to Company-wide holiday periods) during the period of his employment by
the Company in accordance with the Company's vacation policies for employees of
comparable level, as in effect from time to time, such vacation to be taken at
times consistent with Executive's duties to the Company. Executive's employment
by the Company in any year is not a precondition to Executive's entitlement to
vacation time in the year subsequent thereto.

     5. Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties
hereunder and the business of the Company, upon the submission to the Company of
appropriate vouchers therefor, provided that such expenses shall in all events
be incurred in accordance with and within applicable limits under the Company's
expense reimbursement policy in effect from time to time.

     6. Non-Compete.

          6.1 Executive shall not, during the full term of this Agreement, for
himself or on behalf of any other person, partnership, corporation or entity,
directly or indirectly, or by action in concert with others, own, manage,
operate, join, control, participate in, invest in, or otherwise be connected
with, in any manner, whether as an officer, director, employee, partner,
investor or otherwise, any business entity which is engaged in any business in
which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is currently engaged or is engaged
during the period of Executive's employment hereunder. Nothing herein contained
shall be deemed to prohibit Executive from investing his funds in securities of
a company if


                                       -2-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the securities of such company are listed for trading on a national stock
exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market and Executive's holdings
therein represent less than one (1%) percent of the total number of shares or
principal amount of other securities of such company outstanding.

          6.2 Executive shall not, during the full term of this Agreement and
for a period of one year thereafter, for himself or on behalf of any other
person, partnership, corporation or entity, directly or indirectly, or by action
in concert with others (a) solicit, induce, or encourage any person known to him
to be an employee of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to terminate
his or her employment or other contractual relationship with the Company or any
of its affiliates; (b) solicit, induce or encourage any person known by him to
have a contractual relationship with the Company to discontinue, terminate,
cancel or refrain from entering into any contractual relationship with the
Company or any of its affiliates; or (c) in any way solicit or attempt to
solicit the business or patronage of any person, firm, corporation, partnership,
association or other entity, whose business the Company has enjoyed during
Executive's tenure with the Company ("customers") or otherwise induce such
customers of the Company to reduce, terminate, restrict or otherwise alter their
business relationships with the Company in any fashion.

          6.3 Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Paragraph 6 are
reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company, and that each
provision, and the period or periods of time, geographic areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities specified herein are, and are intended
to be divisible. In the event that any provision of this Paragraph 6, including
any sentence, clause or part hereof, shall be deemed contrary to law or invalid
or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the
remaining provisions shall not be affected, but shall, subject to the discretion
of such court, remain in full force and effect and any invalid and unenforceable
provisions shall be deemed, without further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

     7. Confidentiality. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the
benefit of the Company all information, knowledge and data relating to or
concerned with its operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall not, at
any time hereafter, use, disclose or divulge any such information, knowledge or
data to any person, firm or corporation other than to the Company or its
designees or except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business
and affairs of the Company.

     8. Property Rights. Any invention, improvement, design, development or
discovery conceived, developed, created or made by Executive alone or with
others, during the period of his employment hereunder and applicable to the
business of the Company, whether or not patentable or registrable, shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall disclose the
same promptly and completely to the Company and shall, during the period of his
employment hereunder and at any time from time to time thereafter (i) execute
all documents requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire
right, title and interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents
requested by the Company for filing and prosecuting such applications for
patents, trademarks and/or copyrights as the Company, in its sole discretion,
may desire to prosecute, and (iii) give the Company all assistance it reasonably
requires, including the giving of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding,
in order to obtain, maintain and protect the Company's right therein and
thereto.

     9. Remedies. The parties hereto acknowledge that Executive's services are
unique and that, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Executive of
any of his obligations under this Agreement, the Company will not have an
adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or
threatened breach by Executive, the Company shall be entitled to such equitable
and


                                       -3-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

injunctive relief as may be available to restrain Executive and any business,
firm, partnership, individual, corporation or entity participating in such
breach or threatened breach from the violation of the provisions hereof. Nothing
herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other
remedies available at law or in equity for such breach or threatened breach,
including the recovery of damages and the immediate termination of the
employment of Executive hereunder.

     10. Termination.

          10.1 For Cause. In addition to any other rights and remedies provided
by law or this Agreement, the Company may terminate Executive's employment
hereunder forthwith upon written notice for "cause". For purposes of this
paragraph, "cause" shall include: (i) commission of any act of material fraud or
gross negligence by Executive in the course of his employment hereunder which,
in the case of gross negligence, has a materially adverse effect on the business
or financial condition of the Company; (ii) willful misrepresentation at any
time during the term hereof by Executive to any superior executive officer of
the Company; (iii) voluntary termination by Executive of his employment or
failure, refusal or neglect by Executive to comply with any of his material
obligations hereunder or failure by Executive to comply with a reasonable
instruction of superior officers of the Company, which failure, refusal or
neglect, if curable, is not fully and completely cured to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company promptly upon written notice to Executive; (iv)
engagement by Executive in any conduct or the commission by Executive of any act
which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, materially injurious or
detrimental to the substantial interest of the Company; (v) engagement by
Executive in any act, whether with respect to his employment or otherwise, which
is in violation of the criminal laws of the United States or any state thereof
or any similar foreign law to which he may be subject involving acts of moral
turpitude; or (vi) death or disability of Executive. In the event of Executive's
death during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to Executive's
surviving spouse, if any, or if Executive does not have a surviving spouse, to
his then living children, if any, in equal shares, a monthly payment in an
aggregate amount equal to Executive's then current monthly Base Salary for a
period of six months after the date of Executive's death; provided, however,
that if Executive does not have a surviving spouse or children, then no such
payments shall be due. Executive shall be deemed disabled if he shall be unable
by reason of mental or physical incapacity from performing his duties hereunder
for a period of 45 consecutive days or an aggregate of 60 days in any
consecutive three-month period. If Executive's employment by the Company shall
be terminated pursuant to this Paragraph, Executive shall be entitled to receive
only the Base Salary actually earned and payable to him through the date of the
termination of his employment, together with any approved unreimbursed expenses
and other accrued employee benefits (as described above) through the date of
termination, and he shall not thereafter be entitled to receive any further
salary, bonus, expenses, benefits or other compensation of any kind hereunder.

          10.2 Without Cause. If the Company shall terminate Executive's
employment other than for "cause", as provided in Paragraph above, Executive
shall be entitled to receive, as damages, and as his sole and exclusive right
and remedy on account of such termination, the base salary to which he would
otherwise have been entitled under this Agreement throughout the remaining
portion of the term. Executive shall also be entitled to receive any approved
unreimbursed business expenses and other employee benefits (as described above)
to the date of termination. Amounts payable by the Company under this Paragraph
10.2 shall be payable when and as the same would otherwise have been payable
under the terms hereof and shall be subject to Executive's duty to mitigate his
damages by using reasonable efforts to seek other comparable employment.
Compensation (in whatever form) earned by Executive on account of other
employment during the unexpired portion of the term of this Agreement (without
regard to when such compensation is paid) shall be applied in reduction of the
Company's obligations hereunder. Executive shall not otherwise be entitled to
receive any further salary, bonus,


                                       -4-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

expenses, benefits or other compensation hereunder. The willful and material
breach by the Company of any of its material obligations under this Agreement,
which breach is not fully cured promptly upon written notice to the Company
shall, at Executive's election, constitute a termination of this Agreement by
the Company without cause pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 10.2.

     11. Executive's Representations and Warranties. Executive represents and
warrants to the Company that (i) Executive has the unfettered right to enter
into this Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and (ii)
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive nor the
performance by Executive of any of Executive's obligations hereunder constitute
or will constitute a violation or breach of, or a default under, any Agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or any other restriction of any kind, to which
Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

     12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings among the parties or any of them. There are
no representations, warranties, agreements or understandings other than
expressly contained herein. No termination, alteration, modification, variation
or waiver of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof shall be effective
unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement thereof is
sought.

     13. Notice. Any notice required, permitted or desired to be given pursuant
to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently given or served for all purposes if sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt and postage prepaid, hand delivered, overnight delivery
service or sent by telephone facsimile as follows:

                        If to the Company, to it at:
                        308 West State Street
                        Rockford, Illinois 61101
                        Attention: President
                        Facsimile:  815-987-5335

                        with a copy to:

                        Paul S. Goodman
                        Shack & Siegel, P.C.
                        530 Fifth Avenue
                        New York, New York 10036
                        Facsimile:  212-730-1964

                        If to Executive, to him at:

                        6767 Woodcrest Parkway
                        Rockford, Illinois  61109

Either of the parties hereto may at any time and from time to time change the
address to which notice shall be sent hereunder by notice to the other party
given under this Paragraph 13. The date of the giving of any notice sent by mail
shall be the date of the posting of the mail.

     14. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor the right to receive any
payments hereunder may be assigned by Executive. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that Executive remain


                                       -5-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

employed pursuant to the provisions hereof by any successor of the Company,
whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all of the
business or assets, or otherwise, and the Company shall have the right to assign
this Agreement to any such successor in interest. This Agreement shall be
binding upon Executive, his heirs, executors and administrators and upon the
Company, its successors and assigns.

     15. Waiver. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of the Company
in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any such rights.
No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement shall be deemed a
continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

     16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements
executed and to be performed entirely therein and each party hereto, by their
execution of this Agreement, hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the
courts of the State of Illinois and the Federal courts located within such State
in connection with any dispute arising under or related to this Agreement and
further agrees that service of process in any such action may be made by
certified mail to the address set forth herein.

     17. Severability. Should any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement be
held or declared to be void or illegal for any reason, all other clauses,
paragraphs or parts of this Agreement which can be effected without such illegal
clause, paragraph or part shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.
If, in the opinion of any court, any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement
is unreasonable or unenforceable, such court shall have the right, power and
authority to excise or modify such provisions, or portions thereof, of this
Agreement as to the court shall not be reasonable or enforceable and to enforce
the remainder of such clause, paragraph or part as so excised or modified.

     18. Binding Effect. This document is not intended to constitute an
agreement, commitment, or offer of employment binding upon the Company until and
unless executed on behalf of the Company, as provided below, and no
representative of the Company has authority to make any commitment or to give
any assurance to the contrary.

     19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof or affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on the day and year first above written.

                                  BENEDEK BROADCASTING CORPORATION


                                  By:  /s/ A. Richard Benedek
                                      ------------------------

                                      /s/ K. James Yager
                                  ----------------------------
                                          K. James Yager


                                       -6-


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT made as of the 8 day of March, 1996, by and between BENEDEK
BROADCASTING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, with offices at 308 West State
Street, Rockford, Illinois 61101 (hereinafter called the "Company") and DOUGLAS
E. GEALY, residing at 7125 Bluffstream Court, Columbus, Ohio 43235(hereinafter
called "Executive").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive is willing
to undertake such employment on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive as an Executive Vice
President to perform such supervisory or executive duties on behalf of the
Company as the President, Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors of the
Company may from time to time determine.

     2. Duties. Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees that
throughout the period of his employment hereunder, he will devote his full time,
attention, knowledge and skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his
ability, in furtherance of the business of the Company, will perform the duties
assigned to him pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereof, subject, at all times, to the
direction and control of the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of
Directors of the Company. Executive may render his services in Columbus, Ohio
but will do such traveling as may be reasonably required of him in the
performance of his duties and will be available at the Company's executive
offices in Rockford, Illinois and at the Company's other facilities at such
times as may be required by the Company. The Company acknowledges that Executive
resides with his family in Columbus, Ohio and that Executive will not be
required to relocate to Rockford, Illinois. If during the term of this Agreement
Executive desires to relocate his family to Rockford, Illinois, the Company
shall reimburse Executive for the cost of such relocation in accordance with the
Company's existing relocation policy, a copy of which is annexed hereto as
Exhibit A. Executive shall at all times be subject to, observe and carry out
such rules, regulations, policies, directions and restrictions as the Company
shall from time to time establish. During the period of his employment
hereunder, Executive shall not, without the written approval of the Board of
Directors first had and obtained in each instance, directly or indirectly accept
employment or compensation from or perform services of any nature for, any
business enterprise other than the Company and its subsidiaries. During the
period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall not be entitled to
additional compensation for serving in any office of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries to which he is elected.

     3. Term. Executive shall be employed for a term of three years commencing
as of the 1st day of May, 1996, and ending on the 30th day of April 1999, unless
his employment is terminated prior to the expiration of said term pursuant to
the provisions hereof. After the expiration of the term, the employment of the
Executive shall continue "at will" until terminated for any reason by either


                                       -1-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Executive or the Company upon 90 days' prior written notice.

     4. Compensation. As full compensation for his services hereunder, the
Company will pay to Executive the following:

          4.1 Base Salary. A base salary ("Base Salary") at the rate of $235,000
per annum during the first year of the term of this Agreement, $260,000 per
annum during the second year of the term of this Agreement and $285,000 per
annum during the third year of the term of this Agreement. The Company shall pay
Executive the Base Salary in accordance with the Company's normal payroll
practices.

          4.2 Performance Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to receive a
performance bonus in respect of each fiscal year during the term of this
Agreement in an amount equal to up to 20% of the Base Salary in effect at the
end of such fiscal year. One-half of such performance bonus shall be determined
based upon the achievement of performance goals established by the Company at or
prior to the beginning of such fiscal year (except for the 1996 fiscal year, the
performance goals for which shall be established by the Company prior to the
commencement of Executive's employment hereunder); and the balance of the
performance bonus shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Company.

          4.3 Stock Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights. Executive shall be
eligible to receive stock options and/or stock appreciation rights in accordance
with the terms of any plan therefor adopted by the Company. Executive
acknowledges that the Company does not currently maintain any such plan and is
under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of any such plan and
may from time to time amend, modify or terminate any such plan.

          4.4 Additional Benefits. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company shall (i) provide Executive with a suitable car for his use in the
performance of his duties for the Company and for his personal use, (ii)
reimburse Executive for the annual dues for membership in one country club, and
(iii) reimburse Executive for costs incurred in connection with a telephone and
fax machine located in his home. Executive shall also be entitled to
participate, to the extent he is eligible under the terms and conditions
thereof, in any pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalization, insurance,
medical service, or other employee benefit plan generally available to the
executives of the Company which may be in effect from time to time during the
period of his employment hereunder, it being understood that the Company shall
pay the entire cost of any health insurance or disability insurance maintained
by the Company for Executive in accordance with the Company's policies generally
in effect. Except for such health insurance and disability insurance, the
Company shall be under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of
any such employee benefit plan and may from time to time amend, modify or
terminate any such employee benefit plan.

          4.5 Vacations. Executive shall be entitled to a paid vacation (in
addition to Company-wide holiday periods) during the period of his employment by
the Company in accordance with the Company's vacation policies for employees of
comparable level, as in effect from time to time, such vacation to be taken at
times consistent with Executive's duties to the Company and with the prior
approval of the President of the Company. Executive's employment by the Company
in any year is not a precondition to Executive's entitlement to vacation time in
the year subsequent thereto.


                                      -2-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     5. Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties
hereunder and the business of the Company (including without limitation the cost
of travel to and from his home in Columbus, Ohio to any of the Company's
facilities), upon the submission to the Company of appropriate vouchers
therefor, provided that such expenses shall in all events be incurred in
accordance with and within applicable limits under the Company's expense
reimbursement policy in effect from time to time.

     6. Non-Compete.

          6.1 In consideration of the Company's entering into this Agreement,
Executive agrees that during the period of his employment hereunder, he will not
(i) directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, join, control, participate in,
invest in, or otherwise be connected with, in any manner, whether as an officer,
director, employee, partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity which is
engaged in any business in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
currently engaged or is engaged at the time of termination of Executive's
employment hereunder, or (ii) for himself or on behalf of any other person,
partnership, corporation or entity, call on any customer of the Company for the
purpose of soliciting, diverting or taking away any customer from the Company.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prohibit Executive from investing
his funds in securities of a company if the securities of such company are
listed for trading on a national stock exchange or traded in the
over-the-counter market and Executive's holdings therein represent less than one
(1%) percent of the total number of shares or principal amount of other
securities of such company outstanding.

          6.2 Executive shall not, during the full term of his employment by the
Company and for a period of one year thereafter, for himself or on behalf of any
other person, partnership, corporation or entity, directly or indirectly, or by
action in concert with others (a) solicit, induce, or encourage any person known
to him to be an employee of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to
terminate his or her employment or other contractual relationship with the
Company or any of its affiliates; (b) solicit, induce or encourage any person
known by him to have a contractual relationship with the Company to discontinue,
terminate, cancel or refrain from entering into any contractual relationship
with the Company or any of its affiliates; (c) directly or indirectly own,
manage, operate, join, control, participate in, invest in, or otherwise be
connected with, in any manner, whether as an officer, director, employee,
partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity which owns, manages,
operates, controls or is otherwise connected with, in any manner, a television
station in any designated market area (as defined by Nielsen) then served by a
television station then owned by the Company or any of its affiliates; or (d) in
any way solicit or attempt to solicit the business or patronage of any person,
firm, corporation, partnership, association or other entity, whose business the
Company has enjoyed during Executive's tenure with the Company ("customers") or
otherwise induce such customers of the Company to reduce, terminate, restrict or
otherwise alter their business relationships with the Company in any fashion.

          6.3 Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Paragraph 6 are
reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company, and that each
provision, and the period or periods of time, geographic areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities specified herein are, and are intended
to be divisible. In the event that any provision of this Paragraph 6, including
any sentence, clause or part hereof, shall be deemed contrary to law or invalid
or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the
remaining provisions shall not be affected, but shall, subject to the discretion
of such court, remain in full force and effect and any invalid and unenforceable
provisions


                                       -3-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

shall be deemed, without further action on the part of the parties hereto,
modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same valid
and enforceable.

     7. Confidentiality. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the
benefit of the Company all information, knowledge and data relating to or
concerned with its operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall not, at
any time hereafter, use, disclose or divulge any such information, knowledge or
data to any person, firm or corporation other than to the Company or its
designees or except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business
and affairs of the Company.

     8. Property Rights. Any invention, improvement, design, development or
discovery conceived, developed, created or made by Executive alone or with
others, during the period of his employment hereunder and applicable to the
business of the Company, whether or not patentable or registrable, shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall disclose the
same promptly and completely to the Company and shall, during the period of his
employment hereunder and at any time from time to time thereafter (i) execute
all documents requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire
right, title and interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents
requested by the Company for filing and prosecuting such applications for
patents, trademarks and/or copyrights as the Company, in its sole discretion,
may desire to prosecute, and (iii) give the Company all assistance it reasonably
requires, including the giving of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding,
in order to obtain, maintain and protect the Company's right therein and
thereto.

     9. Remedies. The parties hereto acknowledge that Executive's services are
unique and that, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Executive of
any of his obligations under this Agreement, the Company will not have an
adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or
threatened breach by Executive, the Company shall be entitled to such equitable
and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain Executive and any
business, firm, partnership, individual, corporation or entity participating in
such breach or threatened breach from the violation of the provisions hereof.
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any
other remedies available at law or in equity for such breach or threatened
breach, including the recovery of damages and the immediate termination of the
employment of Executive hereunder.

     10. Termination.

          10.1 For Cause. In addition to any other rights and remedies provided
by law or this Agreement, the Company may terminate Executive's employment
hereunder forthwith upon written notice for "cause". For purposes of this
paragraph, "cause" shall include: (i) commission of any act of material fraud or
gross negligence by Executive in the course of his employment hereunder which,
in the case of gross negligence, has a materially adverse effect on the business
or financial condition of the Company; (ii) willful misrepresentation at any
time during the term hereof by Executive to any superior executive officer of
the Company; (iii) voluntary termination by Executive of his employment or
failure, refusal or neglect by Executive to comply with any of his material
obligations hereunder or failure by Executive to comply with a reasonable
instruction of superior officers of the Company, which failure, refusal or
neglect, if curable, is not fully and completely cured to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company promptly upon written notice to Executive; (iv)
engagement by Executive in any conduct or the commission by Executive of any act
which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, materially injurious or
detrimental to the substantial interest of the Company; (v) engagement by
Executive in any act, whether with respect to his employment or otherwise, which
is in violation of the criminal laws of the United States or any state thereof
or any similar foreign law to which he may be subject involving acts of moral
turpitude; or (vi) death or disability of Executive. In the event of


                                       -4-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

Executive's death during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to
Executive's surviving spouse, if any, or if Executive does not have a surviving
spouse, to his then living children, if any, in equal shares, a monthly payment
in an aggregate amount equal to Executive's then current monthly Base Salary for
a period of six months after the date of Executive's death; provided, however,
that if Executive does not have a surviving spouse or children, then no such
payments shall be due. Executive shall be deemed disabled if he shall be unable
by reason of mental or physical incapacity from performing his duties hereunder
for a period of 45 consecutive days or an aggregate of 60 days in any
consecutive three-month period. If Executive's employment by the Company shall
be terminated pursuant to this Paragraph, Executive shall be entitled to receive
only the Base Salary actually earned and payable to him through the date of the
termination of his employment, together with any approved unreimbursed expenses
and other accrued employee benefits (as described above) through the date of
termination, and he shall not thereafter be entitled to receive any further
salary, bonus, expenses, benefits or other compensation of any kind hereunder.

          10.2 Without Cause. If the Company shall terminate Executive's
employment other than for "cause", as provided in Paragraph above, Executive
shall be entitled to receive, as damages, and as his sole and exclusive right
and remedy on account of such termination, the base salary to which he would
otherwise have been entitled under this Agreement throughout the remaining
portion of the term. Executive shall also be entitled to receive any approved
unreimbursed business expenses and other employee benefits (as described above)
to the date of termination. Amounts payable by the Company under this Paragraph
10.2 shall be payable when and as the same would otherwise have been payable
under the terms hereof and shall be subject to Executive's duty to mitigate his
damages by using reasonable efforts to seek other comparable employment.
Compensation (in whatever form) earned by Executive on account of other
employment during the unexpired portion of the term of this Agreement (without
regard to when such compensation is paid) shall be applied in reduction of the
Company's obligations hereunder. Executive shall not otherwise be entitled to
receive any further salary, bonus, expenses, benefits or other compensation
hereunder. The willful and material breach by the Company of any of its material
obligations under this Agreement, which breach is not fully cured promptly upon
written notice to the Company shall, at Executive's election, constitute a
termination of this Agreement by the Company without cause pursuant to the
provisions of this Paragraph 10.2.

     11. Executive's Representations and Warranties. Executive represents and
warrants to the Company that (i) Executive has the unfettered right to enter
into this Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and (ii)
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive nor the
performance by Executive of any of Executive's obligations hereunder constitute
or will constitute a violation or breach of, or a default under, any Agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or any other restriction of any kind, to which
Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

     12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings among the parties or any of them. There are
no representations, warranties, agreements or understandings other than
expressly contained herein. No termination, alteration, modification, variation
or waiver of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof shall be effective
unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement thereof is
sought.


                                       -5-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     13. Notice. Any notice required, permitted or desired to be given pursuant
to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently given or served for all purposes if sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt and postage prepaid, hand delivered, overnight delivery
service or sent by telephone facsimile as follows:

                        If to the Company, to it at:
                        308 West State Street
                        Rockford, Illinois 61101
                        Attention: President
                        Facsimile:  815-987-5335

                        with a copy to:

                        Paul S. Goodman
                        Shack & Siegel, P.C.
                        530 Fifth Avenue
                        New York, New York 10036
                        Facsimile:  212-730-1964

                        If to Executive, to him at:

                        7125 Bluffstream Court
                        Columbus, Ohio 43235

Either of the parties hereto may at any time and from time to time change the
address to which notice shall be sent hereunder by notice to the other party
given under this Paragraph 13. The date of the giving of any notice sent by mail
shall be the date of the posting of the mail.

     14. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor the right to receive any
payments hereunder may be assigned by Executive. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that Executive remain employed pursuant to the provisions hereof
by any successor of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition
of all or substantially all of the business or assets, or otherwise, and the
Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any such successor in
interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive, his heirs, executors
and administrators and upon the Company, its successors and assigns.

     15. Waiver. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of the Company
in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any such rights.
No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement shall be deemed a
continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

     16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements
executed and to be performed entirely therein and each party hereto, by their
execution of this Agreement, hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the
courts of the State of Illinois and the Federal courts located within such State
in connection with any dispute arising under or related to this Agreement and
further agrees that service of process in any such action may be made by
certified mail to the address set forth herein.

     17. Severability. Should any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement be
held or declared to be void or illegal for any reason, all other clauses,
paragraphs or parts of this Agreement


                                       -6-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

which can be effected without such illegal clause, paragraph or part shall
nevertheless remain in full force and effect. If, in the opinion of any court,
any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement is unreasonable or
unenforceable, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or
modify such provisions, or portions thereof, of this Agreement as to the court
shall not be reasonable or enforceable and to enforce the remainder of such
clause, paragraph or part as so excised or modified.

     18. Binding Effect. This document is not intended to constitute an
agreement, commitment, or offer of employment binding upon the Company until and
unless executed on behalf of the Company, as provided below, and no
representative of the Company has authority to make any commitment or to give
any assurance to the contrary.

     19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof or affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on the day and year first above written.

                                   BENEDEK BROADCASTING CORPORATION


                                   By:  /s/ K. James Yager
                                        ----------------------------


                                           /s/ Douglas E. Gealy
                                        ----------------------------
                                           Douglas E. Gealy


                                     -7-


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of June, 1996, by and between BENEDEK
BROADCASTING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, with offices at 308 West State
Street, Rockford, Illinois 61101 (hereinafter called the "Company") and RONALD
L. LINDWALL, residing at 4815 Crested Butte, Rockford, Illinois 61114
(hereinafter called "Executive").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive is willing
to undertake such employment on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive as its Senior Vice
President-Finance and Chief Financial Officer to perform such supervisory or
executive duties on behalf of the Company as the President, Chief Executive
Officer or Board of Directors of the Company may from time to time determine.

     2. Duties. Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees that
throughout the period of his employment hereunder, he will devote his full time,
attention, knowledge and skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his
ability, in furtherance of the business of the Company, will perform the duties
assigned to him pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereof, subject, at all times, to the
direction and control of the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of
Directors of the Company. Executive shall at all times be subject to, observe
and carry out such rules, regulations, policies, directions and restrictions as
the Company shall from time to time establish. During the period of his
employment hereunder, Executive shall not, without the written approval of the
Board of Directors first had and obtained in each instance, directly or
indirectly accept employment or compensation from or perform services of any
nature for, any business enterprise other than the Company and its subsidiaries.
During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall not be
entitled to additional compensation for serving in any office of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries to which he is elected.

     3. Term. Executive shall be employed for a term of three years commencing
as of the 1st day of June, 1996, and ending on the 31st day of May 1999, unless
his employment is terminated prior to the expiration of said term pursuant to
the provisions hereof. After the expiration of the term, the employment of the
Executive shall continue "at will" until terminated for any reason by either
Executive or the Company upon 90 days' prior written notice.


                                       -1-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     4. Compensation. As full compensation for his services hereunder, the
Company will pay to Executive the following:

          4.1 Salary. A base salary at the rate of $150,000 (the "Initial Base
Salary") per annum during 1996 and such amount not less than the Initial Base
Salary as the Company and Executive may agree as to each year thereafter. The
Company shall pay Executive the base salary in accordance with the Company's
normal payroll practices. Executive shall also be eligible to receive a bonus in
respect of each fiscal year of the term of this Agreement in such amount as the
Company may define.

          4.2 Stock Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights. Executive shall be
eligible to receive stock options and/or stock appreciation rights in accordance
with the terms of any plan therefor adopted by the Company. Executive
acknowledges that the Company does not currently maintain any such plan and is
under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of any such plan and
may from time to time amend, modify or terminate any such plan.

          4.3 Additional Benefits. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company shall (i) provide Executive with a suitable car for his use in the
performance of his duties for the Company and for his personal use, (ii)
reimburse Executive for the annual dues for membership in one country club and
such civic organizations as the Company and Executive may agree upon, and (iii)
reimburse Executive for costs incurred in connection with a telephone and fax
machine located in his home. Executive shall also be entitled to participate, to
the extent he is eligible under the terms and conditions thereof, in any
pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalization, insurance, medical
service, or other employee benefit plan generally available to the executives of
the Company which may be in effect from time to time during the period of his
employment hereunder, it being understood that the Company shall pay the entire
cost of any health insurance or disability insurance maintained by the Company
for Executive in accordance with the Company's policies generally in effect.
Except for such health insurance and disability insurance, the Company shall be
under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of any such employee
benefit plan and may from time to time amend, modify or terminate any such
employee benefit plan.

          4.4 Vacations. Executive shall be entitled to a paid vacation (in
addition to Company-wide holiday periods) during the period of his employment by
the Company in accordance with the Company's vacation policies for employees of
comparable level, as in effect from time to time, such vacation to be taken at
times consistent with Executive's duties to the Company and with the prior
approval of the President of the Company. Executive's employment by the Company
in any year is not a precondition to Executive's entitlement to vacation time in
the year subsequent thereto.

     5. Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties
hereunder and the business of the Company, upon the submission to the Company of
appropriate vouchers therefor, provided that such expenses shall in all events
be incurred in accordance with and within applicable limits under the Company's
expense reimbursement policy in effect from time to time.

     6. Confidentiality. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the
benefit of the Company all information, knowledge and data relating to or
concerned with its operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall not, at
any time hereafter, use, disclose or divulge any such


                                      -2-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

information, knowledge or data to any person, firm or corporation other than to
the Company or its designees or except as may otherwise be required in
connection with the business and affairs of the Company.

     7. Property Rights. Any invention, improvement, design, development or
discovery conceived, developed, created or made by Executive alone or with
others, during the period of his employment hereunder and applicable to the
business of the Company, whether or not patentable or registrable, shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall disclose the
same promptly and completely to the Company and shall, during the period of his
employment hereunder and at any time from time to time thereafter (i) execute
all documents requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire
right, title and interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents
requested by the Company for filing and prosecuting such applications for
patents, trademarks and/or copyrights as the Company, in its sole discretion,
may desire to prosecute, and (iii) give the Company all assistance it reasonably
requires, including the giving of testimony in any suit, action or proceeding,
in order to obtain, maintain and protect the Company's right therein and
thereto.

     8. Termination.

          8.1 For Cause. In addition to any other rights and remedies provided
by law or this Agreement, the Company may terminate Executive's employment
hereunder forthwith upon written notice for "cause". For purposes of this
paragraph, "cause" shall include: (i) commission of any act of material fraud or
gross negligence by Executive in the course of his employment hereunder which,
in the case of gross negligence, has a materially adverse effect on the business
or financial condition of the Company; (ii) willful misrepresentation at any
time during the term hereof by Executive to any superior executive officer of
the Company; (iii) voluntary termination by Executive of his employment or
failure, refusal or neglect by Executive to comply with any of his material
obligations hereunder or failure by Executive to comply with a reasonable
instruction of superior officers of the Company, which failure, refusal or
neglect, if curable, is not fully and completely cured to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company promptly upon written notice to Executive; (iv)
engagement by Executive in any conduct or the commission by Executive of any act
which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, materially injurious or
detrimental to the substantial interest of the Company; (v) engagement by
Executive in any act, whether with respect to his employment or otherwise, which
is in violation of the criminal laws of the United States or any state thereof
or any similar foreign law to which he may be subject involving acts of moral
turpitude; or (vi) death or disability of Executive. In the event of Executive's
death during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to Executive's
surviving spouse, if any, or if Executive does not have a surviving spouse, to
his then living children, if any, in equal shares, a monthly payment in an
aggregate amount equal to Executive's then current monthly base salary for a
period of six months after the date of Executive's death; provided, however,
that if Executive does not have a surviving spouse or children, then no such
payments shall be due. Executive shall be deemed disabled if he shall be unable
by reason of mental or physical incapacity from performing his duties hereunder
for a period of 45 consecutive days or an aggregate of 60 days in any
consecutive three-month period. If Executive's employment by the Company shall
be terminated pursuant to this Paragraph, Executive shall be entitled to receive
only the base salary actually earned and payable to him through the date of the
termination of his employment, together with any approved unreimbursed expenses
and other accrued employee benefits (as described above) through the date of
termination, and he shall not thereafter be entitled to receive any further
salary, bonus, expenses, benefits or other compensation of any kind hereunder.


                                        -3-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     8.2 Without Cause.

          8.2.1 If the Company shall terminate Executive's employment other than
(i) pursuant to Paragraph 8.2.2 or (ii) for "cause" as provided in Paragraph 8.1
above, Executive shall be entitled to receive, as damages, and as his sole and
exclusive right and remedy on account of such termination, the base salary to
which he would otherwise have been entitled under this Agreement throughout the
remaining portion of the term. Executive shall also be entitled to receive any
approved unreimbursed business expenses and other employee benefits (as
described above) to the date of termination. The willful and material breach by
the Company of any of its material obligations under this Agreement, which
breach is not fully cured promptly upon written notice to the Company shall, at
Executive's election, constitute a termination of this Agreement by the Company
without cause pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 8.2.1.

          8.2.2 In addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or
in this Agreement, at any time prior to a Change of Control (as defined in the
Indenture dated as of March 1, 1995 with respect to the Company's outstanding
11 7/8% Senior Secured Notes) the Company may terminate Executive's employment
hereunder without cause upon six months' written notice. If the Company shall
terminate Executive's employment pursuant to this Paragraph 8.2.2, Executive
shall be entitled to receive, as damages, and as his sole and exclusive right
and remedy on account of such termination, the base salary to which he would
otherwise have been entitled under this Agreement through the effective date of
termination. Executive shall also be entitled to receive any approved
unreimbursed business expenses and other employee benefits (as described above)
to the date of termination.

          8.2.3 Amounts payable by the Company under this Paragraph 8.2 shall be
payable when and as the same would otherwise have been payable under the terms
hereof and shall be subject to Executive's duty to mitigate his damages by using
reasonable efforts to seek other comparable employment. Compensation (in
whatever form) earned by Executive on account of other employment during the
unexpired portion of the term of this Agreement or through the effective date of
termination, as the case may be (without regard to when such compensation is
paid), shall be applied in reduction of the Company's obligations hereunder.
Executive shall not otherwise be entitled to receive any further salary, bonus,
expenses, benefits or other compensation hereunder.

     9. Executive's Representations and Warranties. Executive represents and
warrants to the Company that (i) Executive has the unfettered right to enter
into this Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and (ii)
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive nor the
performance by Executive of any of Executive's obligations hereunder constitute
or will constitute a violation or breach of, or a default under, any Agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or any other restriction of any kind, to which
Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

     10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings among the parties or any of them. There are
no representations, warranties, agreements or understandings other than
expressly contained herein. No termination, alteration, modification, variation
or waiver of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof shall be effective
unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement thereof is
sought.


                                       -4-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     11. Notice. Any notice required, permitted or desired to be given pursuant
to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently given or served for all purposes if sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt and postage prepaid, hand delivered, overnight delivery
service or sent by telephone facsimile as follows:

                        If to the Company, to it at:
                        308 West State Street
                        Rockford, Illinois 61101
                        Attention: President
                        Facsimile:  815-987-5335

                        with a copy to:

                        Paul S. Goodman
                        Shack & Siegel, P.C.
                        530 Fifth Avenue
                        New York, New York 10036
                        Facsimile:  212-730-1964

                        If to Executive, to him at:

                        4815 Crested Butte
                        Rockford, Illinois  61114

Either of the parties hereto may at any time and from time to time change the
address to which notice shall be sent hereunder by notice to the other party
given under this Paragraph 11. The date of the giving of any notice sent by mail
shall be the date of the posting of the mail.

     12. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor the right to receive any
payments hereunder may be assigned by Executive. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that Executive remain employed pursuant to the provisions hereof
by any successor of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition
of all or substantially all of the business or assets, or otherwise, and the
Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any such successor in
interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive, his heirs, executors
and administrators and upon the Company, its successors and assigns.

     13. Waiver. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of the Company
in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any such rights.
No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement shall be deemed a
continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.


                                       -5-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     14. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements
executed and to be performed entirely therein and each party hereto, by their
execution of this Agreement, hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the
courts of the State of Illinois and the Federal courts located within such State
in connection with any dispute arising under or related to this Agreement and
further agrees that service of process in any such action may be made by
certified mail to the address set forth herein.

     15. Severability. Should any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement be
held or declared to be void or illegal for any reason, all other clauses,
paragraphs or parts of this Agreement which can be effected without such illegal
clause, paragraph or part shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.
If, in the opinion of any court, any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement
is unreasonable or unenforceable, such court shall have the right, power and
authority to excise or modify such provisions, or portions thereof, of this
Agreement as to the court shall not be reasonable or enforceable and to enforce
the remainder of such clause, paragraph or part as so excised or modified.

     16. Binding Effect. This document is not intended to constitute an
agreement, commitment, or offer of employment binding upon the Company until and
unless executed on behalf of the Company, as provided below, and no
representative of the Company has authority to make any commitment or to give
any assurance to the contrary.

     17. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof or affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on the day and year first above written.

                                   BENEDEK BROADCASTING CORPORATION


                                   By: /s/ K. James Yager
                                       ----------------------------


                                      /s/ Ronald L. Lindwall
                                      -----------------------------
                                          Ronald L. Lindwall


                                       -6-


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     AGREEMENT made as of the 1st day of June, 1996, by and between BENEDEK
BROADCASTING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, with offices at 308 West State
Street, Rockford, Illinois 61101 (hereinafter called the "Company") and TERRANCE
F. HURLEY, residing at 3531 East 1st Street, Duluth, Minnesota 55804
(hereinafter called "Executive").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and Executive is willing
to undertake such employment on the terms and subject to the conditions
hereinafter set forth;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set
forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Employment. The Company hereby employs Executive as its Senior Vice
President to perform such supervisory or executive duties on behalf of the
Company as the President, Chief Executive Officer or Board of Directors of the
Company may from time to time determine.

     2. Duties. Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees that
throughout the period of his employment hereunder, he will devote his full time,
attention, knowledge and skills, faithfully, diligently and to the best of his
ability, in furtherance of the business of the Company, will perform the duties
assigned to him pursuant to Paragraph 2 hereof, subject, at all times, to the
direction and control of the President, Chief Executive Officer and the Board of
Directors of the Company. Executive shall at all times be subject to, observe
and carry out such rules, regulations, policies, directions and restrictions as
the Company shall from time to time establish. During the period of his
employment hereunder, Executive shall not, without the written approval of the
Board of Directors first had and obtained in each instance, directly or
indirectly accept employment or compensation from or perform services of any
nature for, any business enterprise other than the Company and its subsidiaries.
During the period of Executive's employment hereunder, Executive shall not be
entitled to additional compensation for serving in any office of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries to which he is elected.

     3. Term. Executive shall be employed for a term of three years commencing
as of the 1st day of June, 1996, and ending on the 31st day of May 1999, unless
his employment is terminated prior to the expiration of said term pursuant to
the provisions hereof. After the expiration of the term, the employment of the
Executive shall continue "at will" until terminated for any reason by either
Executive or the Company upon 90 days' prior written notice.

     4. Compensation. As full compensation for his services hereunder, the
Company will pay to Executive the following:

          4.1 Salary. A base salary at the rate of $150,000 (the "Initial Base
Salary") per annum during 1996 and such amount not less than the Initial Base
Salary as the Company and Executive may agree upon as to each year thereafter.
The Company shall pay Executive the base salary


                                       -1-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices. Executive shall also
be eligible to receive a bonus in respect of each fiscal year of the term of
this Agreement in such amount as the Company may define.

          4.2 Stock Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights. Executive shall be
eligible to receive stock options and/or stock appreciation rights in accordance
with the terms of any plan therefor adopted by the Company. Executive
acknowledges that the Company does not currently maintain any such plan and is
under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of any such plan and
may from time to time amend, modify or terminate any such plan.

          4.3 Additional Benefits. During the term of this Agreement, the
Company shall (i) provide Executive with a suitable car for his use in the
performance of his duties for the Company and for his personal use, (ii)
reimburse Executive for the annual dues for membership in one country club and
such civic organizations as the Company and Executive may agree upon, and (iii)
reimburse Executive for costs incurred in connection with a telephone and fax
machine located in his home. Executive shall also be entitled to participate, to
the extent he is eligible under the terms and conditions thereof, in any
pension, profit-sharing, retirement, hospitalization, insurance, medical
service, or other employee benefit plan generally available to the executives of
the Company which may be in effect from time to time during the period of his
employment hereunder, it being understood that the Company shall pay the entire
cost of any health insurance or disability insurance maintained by the Company
for Executive in accordance with the Company's policies generally in effect.
Except for such health insurance and disability insurance, the Company shall be
under no obligation to institute or continue the existence of any such employee
benefit plan and may from time to time amend, modify or terminate any such
employee benefit plan.

          4.4 Vacations. Executive shall be entitled to a paid vacation (in
addition to Company-wide holiday periods) during the period of his employment by
the Company in accordance with the Company's vacation policies for employees of
comparable level, as in effect from time to time, such vacation to be taken at
times consistent with Executive's duties to the Company and with the prior
approval of the President of the Company. Executive's employment by the Company
in any year is not a precondition to Executive's entitlement to vacation time in
the year subsequent thereto.

     5. Reimbursement. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all expenses
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the performance of his duties
hereunder and the business of the Company, upon the submission to the Company of
appropriate vouchers therefor, provided that such expenses shall in all events
be incurred in accordance with and within applicable limits under the Company's
expense reimbursement policy in effect from time to time.

     6. Non-Compete.

          6.1 In consideration of the Company's entering into this Agreement,
Executive agrees that during the period of his employment hereunder, he will not
(i) directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, join, control, participate in,
invest in, or otherwise be connected with, in any manner, whether as an officer,
director, employee, partner, investor or otherwise, any business entity which is
engaged in any business in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
currently engaged or is engaged at any time during the period of Executive's
employment hereunder, or (ii) for himself or on behalf of any other person,
partnership, corporation or entity, call on any customer of the Company for


                                       -2-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

the purpose of soliciting, diverting or taking away any customer from the
Company. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to prohibit Executive from
investing his funds in securities of a company if the securities of such company
are listed for trading on a national stock exchange or traded in the
over-the-counter market and Executive's holdings therein represent less than one
(1%) percent of the total number of shares or principal amount of other
securities of such company outstanding.

          6.2 Executive shall not, during the full term of this Agreement and
for a period of one year thereafter, for himself or on behalf of any other
person, partnership, corporation or entity, directly or indirectly, or by action
in concert with others (a) solicit, induce, or encourage any person known to him
to be an employee of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to terminate
his or her employment or other contractual relationship with the Company or any
of its affiliates; (b) solicit, induce or encourage any person known by him to
have a contractual relationship with the Company to discontinue, terminate,
cancel or refrain from entering into any contractual relationship with the
Company or any of its affiliates; (c) directly or indirectly own, manage,
operate, join, control, participate in, invest in, or otherwise be connected
with, in any manner, whether as an officer, director, employee, partner,
investor or otherwise, any business entity which owns, manages, operates,
controls or is otherwise connected with, in any manner, a television station in
any designated market area (as defined by Nielsen) then served by a television
station then owned by the Company or any of its affiliates; or (d) in any way
solicit or attempt to solicit the business or patronage of any person, firm,
corporation, partnership, association or other entity, whose business the
Company has enjoyed during Executive's tenure with the Company ("customers") or
otherwise induce such customers of the Company to reduce, terminate, restrict or
otherwise alter their business relationships with the Company in any fashion.

          6.3 Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Paragraph 6 are
reasonable and necessary for the protection of the Company, and that each
provision, and the period or periods of time, geographic areas and types and
scope of restrictions on the activities specified herein are, and are intended
to be divisible. In the event that any provision of this Paragraph 6, including
any sentence, clause or part hereof, shall be deemed contrary to law or invalid
or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the
remaining provisions shall not be affected, but shall, subject to the discretion
of such court, remain in full force and effect and any invalid and unenforceable
provisions shall be deemed, without further action on the part of the parties
hereto, modified, amended and limited to the extent necessary to render the same
valid and enforceable.

     7. Confidentiality. Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the
benefit of the Company all information, knowledge and data relating to or
concerned with its operations, sales, business and affairs, and he shall not, at
any time hereafter, use, disclose or divulge any such information, knowledge or
data to any person, firm or corporation other than to the Company or its
designees or except as may otherwise be required in connection with the business
and affairs of the Company.

     8. Property Rights. Any invention, improvement, design, development or
discovery conceived, developed, created or made by Executive alone or with
others, during the period of his employment hereunder and applicable to the
business of the Company, whether or not patentable or registrable, shall become
the sole and exclusive property of the Company. Executive shall disclose the
same promptly and completely to the Company and shall, during the period of his
employment hereunder and at any time from time to time thereafter (i) execute
all documents requested by the Company for vesting in the Company the entire
right, title and interest in and to the same, (ii) execute all documents
requested by the Company for filing and prosecuting such applications for
patents, trademarks and/or copyrights as the Company, in its sole discretion,
may desire to prosecute, and (iii)


                                       -3-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

give the Company all assistance it reasonably requires, including the giving of
testimony in any suit, action or proceeding, in order to obtain, maintain and
protect the Company's right therein and thereto.

     9. Remedies. The parties hereto acknowledge that Executive's services are
unique and that, in the event of a breach or a threatened breach by Executive of
any of his obligations under this Agreement, the Company will not have an
adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such breach or
threatened breach by Executive, the Company shall be entitled to such equitable
and injunctive relief as may be available to restrain Executive and any
business, firm, partnership, individual, corporation or entity participating in
such breach or threatened breach from the violation of the provisions hereof.
Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any
other remedies available at law or in equity for such breach or threatened
breach, including the recovery of damages and the immediate termination of the
employment of Executive hereunder.

     10. Termination.

          10.1 For Cause. In addition to any other rights and remedies provided
by law or this Agreement, the Company may terminate Executive's employment
hereunder forthwith upon written notice for "cause". For purposes of this
paragraph, "cause" shall include: (i) commission of any act of material fraud or
gross negligence by Executive in the course of his employment hereunder which,
in the case of gross negligence, has a materially adverse effect on the business
or financial condition of the Company; (ii) willful misrepresentation at any
time during the term hereof by Executive to any superior executive officer of
the Company; (iii) voluntary termination by Executive of his employment or
failure, refusal or neglect by Executive to comply with any of his material
obligations hereunder or failure by Executive to comply with a reasonable
instruction of superior officers of the Company, which failure, refusal or
neglect, if curable, is not fully and completely cured to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company promptly upon written notice to Executive; (iv)
engagement by Executive in any conduct or the commission by Executive of any act
which is, in the reasonable opinion of the Company, materially injurious or
detrimental to the substantial interest of the Company; (v) engagement by
Executive in any act, whether with respect to his employment or otherwise, which
is in violation of the criminal laws of the United States or any state thereof
or any similar foreign law to which he may be subject involving acts of moral
turpitude; or (vi) death or disability of Executive. In the event of Executive's
death during the term of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to Executive's
surviving spouse, if any, or if Executive does not have a surviving spouse, to
his then living children, if any, in equal shares, a monthly payment in an
aggregate amount equal to Executive's then current monthly base salary for a
period of six months after the date of Executive's death; provided, however,
that if Executive does not have a surviving spouse or children, then no such
payments shall be due. Executive shall be deemed disabled if he shall be unable
by reason of mental or physical incapacity from performing his duties hereunder
for a period of 45 consecutive days or an aggregate of 60 days in any
consecutive three-month period. If Executive's employment by the Company shall
be terminated pursuant to this Paragraph, Executive shall be entitled to receive
only the base salary actually earned and payable to him through the date of the
termination of his employment, together with any approved unreimbursed expenses
and other accrued employee benefits (as described above) through the date of
termination, and he shall not thereafter be entitled to receive any further
salary, bonus, expenses, benefits or other compensation of any kind hereunder.

          10.2 Without Cause.

               10.2.1 If the Company shall terminate Executive's employment
other than (i) pursuant to Paragraph 10.2.2 or (ii) for "cause" as provided in
Paragraph 10.1 above, Executive shall be entitled to receive, as damages, and as
his sole and exclusive right and remedy on account of such


                                       -4-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

termination, the base salary to which he would otherwise have been entitled
under this Agreement throughout the remaining portion of the term. Executive
shall also be entitled to receive any approved unreimbursed business expenses
and other employee benefits (as described above) to the date of termination. The
willful and material breach by the Company of any of its material obligations
under this Agreement, which breach is not fully cured promptly upon written
notice to the Company shall, at Executive's election, constitute a termination
of this Agreement by the Company without cause pursuant to the provisions of
this Paragraph 10.2.1.

               10.2.2 In addition to any other rights and remedies provided by
law or in this Agreement, at any time prior to a Change of Control (as defined
in the Indenture dated as of March 1, 1995 with respect to the Company's
outstanding 11 7/8% Senior Secured Notes) the Company may terminate Executive's
employment hereunder without cause upon six months' written notice. If the
Company shall terminate Executive's employment pursuant to this Paragraph
10.2.2, Executive shall be entitled to receive, as damages, and as his sole and
exclusive right and remedy on account of such termination, the base salary to
which he would otherwise have been entitled under this Agreement through the
effective date of termination. Executive shall also be entitled to receive any
approved unreimbursed business expenses and other employee benefits (as
described above) to the date of termination.

               10.2.3 Amounts payable by the Company under this Paragraph 10.2
shall be payable when and as the same would otherwise have been payable under
the terms hereof and shall be subject to Executive's duty to mitigate his
damages by using reasonable efforts to seek other comparable employment.
Compensation (in whatever form) earned by Executive on account of other
employment during the unexpired portion of the term of this Agreement or through
the effective date of termination, as the case may be (without regard to when
such compensation is paid), shall be applied in reduction of the Company's
obligations hereunder. Executive shall not otherwise be entitled to receive any
further salary, bonus, expenses, benefits or other compensation hereunder.

     11. Executive's Representations and Warranties. Executive represents and
warrants to the Company that (i) Executive has the unfettered right to enter
into this Agreement on the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and (ii)
neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive nor the
performance by Executive of any of Executive's obligations hereunder constitute
or will constitute a violation or breach of, or a default under, any Agreement,
arrangement or understanding, or any other restriction of any kind, to which
Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound.

     12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of
the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings among the parties or any of them. There are
no representations, warranties, agreements or understandings other than
expressly contained herein. No termination, alteration, modification, variation
or waiver of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof shall be effective
unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement thereof is
sought.


                                     -5-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

     13. Notice. Any notice required, permitted or desired to be given pursuant
to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
sufficiently given or served for all purposes if sent by certified or registered
mail, return receipt and postage prepaid, hand delivered, overnight delivery
service or sent by telephone facsimile as follows:

                        If to the Company, to it at:
                        308 West State Street
                        Rockford, Illinois 61101
                        Attention: President
                        Facsimile:  815-987-5335

                        with a copy to:

                        Paul S. Goodman
                        Shack & Siegel, P.C.
                        530 Fifth Avenue
                        New York, New York 10036
                        Facsimile:  212-730-1964

                        If to Executive, to him at:

                        3531 East 1st Street
                        Duluth, Minnesota 55804

Either of the parties hereto may at any time and from time to time change the
address to which notice shall be sent hereunder by notice to the other party
given under this Paragraph 13. The date of the giving of any notice sent by mail
shall be the date of the posting of the mail.

     14. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor the right to receive any
payments hereunder may be assigned by Executive. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that Executive remain employed pursuant to the provisions hereof
by any successor of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition
of all or substantially all of the business or assets, or otherwise, and the
Company shall have the right to assign this Agreement to any such successor in
interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon Executive, his heirs, executors
and administrators and upon the Company, its successors and assigns.

     15. Waiver. No course of dealing nor any delay on the part of the Company
in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any such rights.
No waiver of any default or breach of this Agreement shall be deemed a
continuing waiver or a waiver of any other breach or default.

     16. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements
executed and to be performed entirely therein and each party hereto, by their
execution of this Agreement, hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the
courts of the State of Illinois and the Federal courts located within such State
in connection with any dispute arising under or related to this Agreement and
further agrees that service of process in any such action may be made by
certified mail to the address set forth herein.

     17. Severability. Should any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement be
held or declared to be void or illegal for any reason, all other clauses,
paragraphs or parts of this Agreement


                                       -6-




 

<PAGE>
<PAGE>

which can be effected without such illegal clause, paragraph or part shall
nevertheless remain in full force and effect. If, in the opinion of any court,
any clause, paragraph or part of this Agreement is unreasonable or
unenforceable, such court shall have the right, power and authority to excise or
modify such provisions, or portions thereof, of this Agreement as to the court
shall not be reasonable or enforceable and to enforce the remainder of such
clause, paragraph or part as so excised or modified.

     18. Binding Effect. This document is not intended to constitute an
agreement, commitment, or offer of employment binding upon the Company until and
unless executed on behalf of the Company, as provided below, and no
representative of the Company has authority to make any commitment or to give
any assurance to the contrary.

     19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted
for convenience only and shall not constitute a part hereof or affect in any way
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed on the day and year first above written.

                                   BENEDEK BROADCASTING CORPORATION


                                   By:  /s/ K. James Yager
                                       ----------------------------


                                        /s/ Terrance F. Hurley
                                        ---------------------------
                                            Terrance F. Hurley


                                       -7-


<PAGE>





<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 12.1
 
   
               BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
               CALCULATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1991           1992           1993           1994           1995
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
HISTORICAL
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item
  and income taxes per statement of
  operations.................................   $(8,143,421)   $(5,605,078)   $(5,034,414)   $ 2,044,359    $  (811,644)
Add:
     Interest on indebtedness................    14,022,008     14,399,727     14,209,747     11,358,588     15,191,457
     Amortization on deferred loan costs.....       192,177        192,177        309,160      1,450,776        680,243
     Portion of rents representative of the
       interest factor.......................       169,667        158,667        151,533        152,790        208,667
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
          Income as adjusted.................     6,240,431      9,145,493      9,636,026     15,006,513      7,050,204
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Fixed charges:
     Interest on indebtedness................    14,022,008     14,399,727     14,209,747     11,358,588     15,191,457
     Amortization on deferred loan costs.....       192,177        192,177        309,160      1,450,776        680,243
     Portion of rents representative of the
       interest factor.......................       169,667        158,667        151,533        152,790        208,667
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
          Fixed charges......................    14,383,852     14,750,571     14,670,440     12,962,154     16,080,367
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...........       N/A            N/A            N/A               1.2X        N/A
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
(Deficiency).................................   $(8,143,421)   $(5,605,078)   $(5,034,414)       N/A        $  (811,644)
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                                -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                SIX MONTHS
                                                ENDED JUNE
                                                 30, 1996
                                               -------------
<S>                                             <C>
HISTORICAL
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item
  and income taxes per statement of
  operations.................................   $(3,042,639)
Add:
     Interest on indebtedness................     8,879,980
     Amortization on deferred loan costs.....     1,098,513
     Portion of rents representative of the
       interest factor.......................       114,350
                                               -------------
          Income as adjusted.................     7,050,204
                                               -------------
Fixed charges:
     Interest on indebtedness................     8,879,980
     Amortization on deferred loan costs.....     1,098,513
     Portion of rents representative of the
       interest factor.......................       114,350
                                               -------------
          Fixed charges......................    10,092,843
                                               -------------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges...........       N/A
                                               -------------
                                               -------------
(Deficiency).................................   $(3,042,639)
                                               -------------
                                               -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995     JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                  <C>
PRO FORMA FOR ACQUISITIONS AND FINANCING
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item and income taxes per statement
  of operations...........................................................     $ (18,460,000)       $(11,666,000)
Add:
     Interest on indebtedness.............................................        39,561,000          19,613,000
     Amortization on deferred loan costs..................................         1,487,000           1,502,000
     Portion of rents representative of the interest factor...............           371,000             214,000
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
          Income as adjusted..............................................        22,959,000           9,663,000
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
Fixed charges:
     Interest on indebtedness.............................................        39,561,000          19,613,000
     Amortization on deferred loan costs..................................         1,487,000           1,502,000
     Portion of rents representative of the interest factor...............           371,000             214,000
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
          Fixed charges...................................................        41,419,000          21,329,000
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges........................................          N/A                 N/A
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
(Deficiency)..............................................................     $ (18,460,000)       $(11,666,000)
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
                                                                             -----------------    ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 

<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
   
We hereby consent to the use in  this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of  our
report  dated February 9, 1996, except for Note A,  L and M as to which the date
is  June  6,  1996,  on  the  financial  statements  of  Benedek  Communications
Corporation  and Subsidiary. We also consent to  the reference to our firm under
the caption 'Experts' in the Prospectus.
    
 
                                          MCGLADREY & PULLEN, LLP
 
   
Rockford, Illinois
October 2, 1996
    


<PAGE>





<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
As independent public accountants, we hereby  consent to the use of our  reports
on  the TV Division of  Stauffer Communications, Inc. (and  to all references to
our Firm) included in or made a part of this Registration Statement  (333-09529)
for Benedek Communications Corporation filed on Form S-4.
    
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
   
Kansas City, Missouri
October 1, 1996
    


<PAGE>





<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
As  independent public accountants, we  hereby consent to the  use of our report
dated March 8, 1996 (and to all references  to our Firm), included in or made  a
part  of  this Amendment  No.  1 to  Form  S-4 Registration  Statement  File No.
333-09529.
    
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
   
Chicago, Illinois
October 1, 1996
    


<PAGE>



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                              5
       
<S>                                    <C>
<CIK>                                  0001017522
<NAME>                                 BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
<PERIOD-TYPE>                          6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                      Dec-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                         Jan-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                           Jun-30-1996
<CASH>                                   5,691,476
<SECURITIES>                                     0
<RECEIVABLES>                           21,173,856
<ALLOWANCES>                               360,896
<INVENTORY>                                      0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                        32,286,212
<PP&E>                                 120,203,733
<DEPRECIATION>                          29,005,869
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                         499,737,202
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                   24,176,873
<BONDS>                                348,279,540
<COMMON>                                    70,300
                   96,891,694
                                      0
<OTHER-SE>                             (34,482,583)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>           499,737,202
<SALES>                                 33,737,777
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                        34,375,998
<CGS>                                    4,260,970
<TOTAL-COSTS>                            4,260,970
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                        23,399,038
<LOSS-PROVISION>                           100,978
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                       9,978,493
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  0
<INCOME-TAX>                                     0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              0
<DISCONTINUED>                                   0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                  0
<CHANGES>                                        0
<NET-INCOME>                            (3,042,639)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    0
        


<PAGE>





<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2
 
                       NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY FOR
                       BENEDEK COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
 
   
     This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the
Exchange  Offer relating to  the 13 1/4% Senior  Subordinated Discount Notes due
2006 of Benedek Communications Corporation (the 'Company') made pursuant to  the
Prospectus,  dated                , 1996 (the 'Prospectus'), if certificates for
Existing Notes of the Company are not immediately available or if the  procedure
for  book-entry transfer cannot be completed on  a timely basis or time will not
permit all required documents to reach the Company prior to 5:00 p.m., New  York
City  time,  on the  Expiration Date  of the  Exchange Offer.  Such form  may be
delivered  or  transmitted  by  mail,  hand,  overnight  courier  or   facsimile
transmission,  to United States Trust Company of New York (the 'Exchange Agent')
as set forth  below. In addition,  in order to  utilize the guaranteed  delivery
procedure  to tender Existing Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed,
signed and  dated Letter  of  Transmittal relating  to  the Existing  Notes  (or
facsimile  thereof) must also  be received by  the Exchange Agent  prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not  defined
herein are defined in the Prospectus.
    
 
Delivery to:United States Trust Company of New York, Exchange Agent
 
                                    By Mail:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                                  P.O. Box 844
                                 Cooper Station
                            New York, NY 10276-0844
 
                                    By Hand:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                                  111 Broadway
                                  Lower Level
                             Corporate Trust Window
                               New York, NY 10006
 
                             By Overnight Courier:
                    United States Trust Company of New York
                                  770 Broadway
                               New York, NY 10003
                             Attn: Corporate Trust
 
                                 By Facsimile:
                                 (212) 420-6152
                             Confirm by Telephone:
                                 (800) 548-6565
 
                      For Information Call: (800) 548-6565
 
     Delivery of this instrument to an address other than as set forth above, or
transmission  of instructions via facsimile other  than as set forth above, will
not constitute valid delivery.
 



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
     Upon the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Prospectus  and  the
accompanying  Letter  of  Transmittal,  the undersigned  hereby  tenders  to the
Company the principal  amount at  maturity of  Existing Notes  set forth  below,
pursuant  to  the  guaranteed  delivery  procedure  described  in  'The Exchange
Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures' section of the Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Principal Amount at Maturity of Existing Notes Tendered:*
 
Certificate Nos. (if available):
                                                          If Existing Notes will be delivered by book-entry
                                                          transfer to The Depositary Trust Company, provide
                                                          account number.
Total Principal Amount at Maturity Represented
by Existing Notes Certificate(s):
$                                                         Account Number
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  Must be in denominations and principal  amount at maturity of $1,000 and  any
   integral multiple thereof.
 
                                       2
 



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE DEATH
OR  INCAPACITY  OF  THE  UNDERSIGNED AND  EVERY  OBLIGATION  OF  THE UNDERSIGNED
HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES,  SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.
 
                                PLEASE SIGN HERE
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                            <C>
                                      X
 
                                      X
                          Signature(s) of Owner(s)                                             Date
                           or Authorized Signatory
</TABLE>
 
     Area Code and Telephone Number: ___________________________________________
 
     Must  be signed  by the  holder(s) of the  Existing Notes  as their name(s)
appear(s) on certificates for Existing Notes or on a security position  listing,
or  by person(s)  authorized to become  registered holder(s)  by endorsement and
documents transmitted with this Notice  of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature  is
by  a trustee,  executor, administrator, guardian,  attorney-in-fact, officer or
other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person  must
set forth his or her full title below.
 
                 PLEASE PRINT NAME(S), CAPACITY AND ADDRESS(ES)
 
<TABLE>
<S>              <C>
Name(s):
Capacity:
Address(es):
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
 



<PAGE>
<PAGE>
                                   GUARANTEE
 
     The undersigned, an Eligible Institution within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15
under  the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, as  amended, hereby guarantees that
the certificates representing the principal amount at maturity of Existing Notes
tendered hereby  in proper  form for  transfer, or  timely confirmation  of  the
book-entry  transfer of such Existing Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
The Depositary  Trust Company  pursuant  to the  procedures  set forth  in  'The
Exchange  Offer --  Guaranteed Delivery  Procedures' section  of the Prospectus,
together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal (or a
manually signed facsimile thereof) with any required signature guarantee and any
other documents required by the Letter  of Transmittal, will be received by  the
Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than five New York Stock
Exchange trading days after the date of execution hereof.
 
________________________________________________________________________________
                                 Name of Firm
 
________________________________________________________________________________
                                    Address
 
________________________________________________________________________________
                                    Zip Code
 
Area Code and Tel. No.: ________________________________________________________
 
________________________________________________________________________________
                              Authorized Signature
 
________________________________________________________________________________
                                     Title
 
Name: __________________________________________________________________________
                             (Please Type or Print)
 
Dated: _________________________________________________________________________
 
NOTE: DO  NOT SEND CERTIFICATES FOR EXISTING  NOTES WITH THIS FORM. CERTIFICATES
      FOR EXISTING NOTES SHOULD ONLY BE SENT WITH YOUR LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.
 
                                       4



<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission